Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 16, 2013.

Registration No. 333-

UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



ESSENT GROUP LTD.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Bermuda
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  6351
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  Not Applicable
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

Essent Group Ltd.
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
(441) 297-9901
(Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Registrant's Principal Executive Offices)



Mark A. Casale
President and Chief Executive Officer
Essent Group Ltd.
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
(441) 297-9901
(Name, Address, including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, including Area Code, of Agent for Service)



Copies to:

Michael Groll
Alexander M. Dye
Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP
787 Seventh Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 728-8000

 

Mary Lourdes Gibbons
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer
and Assistant Secretary
Essent Group Ltd.
Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda
(441) 297-9901

 

Richard B. Aftanas
Dwight S. Yoo
Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP
Four Times Square
New York, New York 10036
(212) 735-3000



Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date hereof.



             If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.     o

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.     o

             Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer  o   Accelerated filer  o   Non-accelerated filer  ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller reporting company  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Each Class of Securities
to Be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee

 

Common Shares, $0.01 par value per share

  $287,500,000   $39,215

 

(1)
Includes offering price of shares which the underwriters have the option to purchase.

(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.



              The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED                , 2013

Shares

LOGO

Common Shares



          This is the initial public offering of common shares of Essent Group Ltd. We are offering             common shares to be sold in the offering. [The selling shareholders identified in this prospectus are offering an additional             common shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.] No public market currently exists for our common shares. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share.

          We intend to apply to list our common shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") under the symbol "ESNT".

           We are an "emerging growth company" as defined under applicable Federal securities laws and may utilize reduced public company reporting requirements. Investing in our common shares involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15 of this prospectus.



 
Per Share
 
Total
 

Initial public offering price

  $                     $                    

Underwriting discounts and commissions

  $                     $                    

Proceeds, before expenses, to Essent Group Ltd. 

  $                     $                    

[Proceeds, before expenses, to selling shareholders]

  $                     $                    



          The underwriters also may purchase up to             additional shares from [us] [and] [from the selling shareholders] at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions.

           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

          We intend to apply for, and expect to receive, consent under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) from the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA") for the issue and transfer of our common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. In granting such consent the BMA accepts no responsibility for our financial soundness or the correctness of any of the statements made or opinions expressed in this prospectus.

          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                      , 2013.




Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse

 

Barclays

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods,
                         A Stifel Company
  Macquarie Capital



   

                      , 2013



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

  1

RISK FACTORS

  15

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

  46

USE OF PROCEEDS

  48

DIVIDEND POLICY

  49

CAPITALIZATION

  50

DILUTION

  52

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

  54

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

  58

BUSINESS

  91

COMPANY INFORMATION

  117

CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

  118

MANAGEMENT

  136

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

  143

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

  157

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

  162

DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

  164

COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

  169

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

  177

CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

  179

UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

  190

LEGAL MATTERS

  195

EXPERTS

  195

ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

  196

WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

  197

GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, HOUSING FINANCE AND RELATED TERMS

  198

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

  F-1

          You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. Neither this prospectus nor any free writing prospectus is an offer to sell anywhere or to anyone where or to whom we are not permitted to offer or to sell securities under applicable law. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus or such free writing prospectus, as applicable.

          For investors outside the United States:    Neither we[, the selling shareholders,] nor any of the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.

ii


Table of Contents


TRADEMARKS

          We have proprietary rights to trademarks used in this prospectus which are important to our business, many of which are registered under applicable intellectual property laws. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the "®" or "™" symbols, but such references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent possible under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and trade names. We do not intend our use or display of other companies' trade names, trademarks or service marks to imply a relationship with, or endorsement or sponsorship of us by, any other companies. Each trademark, trade name or service mark of any other company appearing in this prospectus is the property of its respective holder.


MARKET, INDUSTRY AND OTHER DATA

          This prospectus includes market and industry data and forecasts that we have developed from independent research firms, publicly available information, various industry publications, other published industry sources or our internal data and estimates. Independent research reports, industry publications and other published industry sources generally indicate that the information contained therein was obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but do not guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information. Our internal data, estimates and forecasts are based on information obtained from our investors, trade and business organizations and other contacts in the markets in which we operate and our management's understanding of industry conditions. Except as otherwise indicated, "market share" as used in this prospectus is measured by our share of total new insurance written, or NIW, in the private mortgage insurance industry, and excludes NIW under the Home Affordable Refinance Program, or HARP, which we refer to as HARP NIW.

iii


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

           The following summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common shares. You should read this entire prospectus, including the sections entitled "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes to those statements, before making an investment decision. Unless the context otherwise indicates or requires, the terms "we," "our," "us," "Essent," and the "Company," as used in this prospectus, refer to Essent Group Ltd. and its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries, including our primary operating subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., as a combined entity, except where otherwise stated or where it is clear that the terms mean only Essent Group Ltd. exclusive of its subsidiaries. For your reference, we have included a glossary beginning on page 198 of selected insurance, mortgage finance and related terms.


Overview

          We are an established and growing private mortgage insurance company. We were formed to serve the U.S. housing finance industry at a time when the demands of the financial crisis and a rapidly changing business environment created the need for a new, privately funded mortgage insurance company. Since writing our first policy in May 2010, we have grown to an estimated 12.0% market share based on new insurance written, or NIW, for the three months ended June 30, 2013, up from 8.6% and 3.9% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We believe that our growth has been driven largely by the unique opportunity we offer lenders to partner with a well-capitalized mortgage insurer, unencumbered by legacy business, that provides fair and transparent claims payment practices, and consistency and speed of service.

          Private mortgage insurance plays a critical role in the U.S. housing finance system. Essent and other private mortgage insurers provide credit protection to lenders and mortgage investors by covering a portion of the unpaid principal balance of a mortgage in the event of a default. In doing so, we provide private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk, allowing lenders to make additional mortgage financing available to prospective homeowners.

          Private mortgage insurance helps extend affordable home ownership by facilitating the sale of low down payment loans into the secondary market. Two U.S. Federal government-sponsored enterprises, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which we refer to collectively as the GSEs, purchase residential mortgages from banks and other lenders and guaranty mortgage-backed securities that are offered to investors in the secondary mortgage market. The GSEs are restricted by their charters from purchasing or guaranteeing low down payment loans, defined as loans with less than a 20% down payment, that are not covered by certain credit protections. Private mortgage insurance satisfies the GSEs' credit protection requirements for low down payment loans, supporting a robust secondary mortgage market in the United States.

          In 2010, Essent became the first private mortgage insurer to be approved by the GSEs since 1995, and is licensed to write coverage in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. We believe that our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market. We have a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform and a highly experienced, talented team of 259 employees, including 52 in business development and sales and 71 in underwriting. Our holding company is domiciled in Bermuda and our U.S. insurance business is headquartered in Radnor, Pennsylvania. We operate additional underwriting and service centers in Winston-Salem, North Carolina and Irvine, California. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated new insurance written

 

1


Table of Contents

of $10.2 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, and as of June 30, 2013, we had over $22.5 billion of insurance in force.


Market Opportunities

          Mortgage insurance is offered by both private companies and government agencies. The economic and housing market downturn that precipitated the financial crisis in 2008 had a profound impact on the private mortgage insurance industry. Incumbent mortgage insurers sustained significant financial losses and depleted capital levels, which resulted in strained relationships with banks and other lenders. Since 2007, three private mortgage insurers have ceased writing new business. To stabilize the disruption in the housing market resulting from the financial crisis, the Federal government, among other things, significantly expanded its role in the mortgage insurance market, but is now scaling back. We expect that, as the U.S. housing market continues to recover, the demand for private capital to insure mortgage risk and to facilitate secondary market loan sales will grow. As a mortgage insurer with a growing number of customers and a strong balance sheet unencumbered by legacy, pre-crisis exposures, we believe that Essent is uniquely positioned to benefit from a number of important market trends.

    Improving fundamentals of the housing market.     The U.S. housing market continues to recover from the financial crisis, with purchase money mortgage originations increasing, the rate of household formation growing, new housing starts and home sales increasing, mortgage foreclosure activity declining, and home prices increasing across most of the country from depressed levels. We believe that recent data supports continued optimism in housing market fundamentals:

    Purchase mortgage originations were $503 billion in 2012, and are expected to grow by 23.1% to $619 billion in 2013, per the Mortgage Bankers Association as of August 22, 2013.

    Household formation was 1.0 million in 2012, compared to a financial crisis low of 0.4 million in 2008, per the U.S. Department of Commerce.

    The S&P Case-Shiller 20 City Index of residential housing prices has increased for six consecutive quarters through June 30, 2013, and rose an aggregate of 12% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013.

    The National Association of Realtors' Housing Affordability Index increased 56.2% from July 2006 to June 2013 and, as of June 30, 2013, was 25.6% higher than it was on average from 1993 to 2007.

    We believe that these strong fundamentals will lead to greater housing market activity, and support growth and profitability in the private mortgage insurance sector.

    High credit quality of new mortgage originations.     The credit quality of a mortgage loan is driven primarily by the credit profile of the borrower, as well as the type and value of the housing collateral supporting the loan. Borrowers with strong credit profiles are generally less likely to become delinquent with payments or to default on their mortgage loans. Following the financial crisis, mortgage lenders have significantly tightened their underwriting standards, generally limiting the availability of loans to borrowers with high FICO scores and low ratios of debt to income who can fully document their income and assets. From 2010 through 2012, the average borrower FICO score on all mortgage loans originated in the United States and sold to the GSEs was 762, compared to 729 for the period from 2005 through 2007. Banks have largely stopped offering loans with certain characteristics that generated high levels of defaults and losses during the financial crisis, including interest only and negative amortization loans. We believe that prudent underwriting standards,

 

2


Table of Contents

      higher credit quality borrowers, and lower mortgage default experience will translate into fewer claims for the mortgage insurance industry on policies written in the post-crisis period.

      Although we expect that credit standards will ease somewhat over time, we believe that regulatory reforms that have been, or are expected to be, implemented as a result of the financial crisis will create incentives for mortgage lenders to originate loans using prudent underwriting standards and result in a more stable housing market and housing finance system.

    Growing demand for private mortgage insurance.     Mortgage insurance is provided by both private companies, such as Essent, and government agencies, such as the FHA and the VA. In 2012, $547 billion, or 31.3%, of the $1.75 trillion aggregate mortgage originations were covered by mortgage insurance. Prior to the financial crisis, private insurers accounted for a majority of the insured mortgage origination market. From 1993-2007, private insurers covered, on average, 62% of total insured mortgage volume. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as incumbent private insurers dealt with financial losses, depleted capital positions and declining ratings. By 2009, government agencies accounted for 85% of total insured mortgage origination volume, with the FHA accounting for 71% of the aggregate insured mortgage market. Private mortgage insurers have since regained an increasing share of the insured mortgage market, steadily rising from 16% in 2010 to 23% in 2011 to 32% in 2012. These gains have been driven in part by multiple increases in the FHA's mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees since 2010, as well as the inflow of private capital into the sector to support new entrants like Essent and to recapitalize incumbent private mortgage insurers. The private mortgage insurance industry benefits from both a larger origination market and increased private mortgage insurance penetration. We believe that private mortgage insurance will continue to increase its share of the insured mortgage market in the coming years.

    We also believe that additional growth opportunities will emerge for private mortgage insurers as Federal regulators seek to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets by transferring mortgage risk from the GSEs to the private market. Federal regulators have established a goal for each of the GSEs to transfer credit risk on $30 billion of mortgages to the private market in 2013. We expect that similar, and potentially expanded, goals will be established in future periods.

    Significant barriers to entry.     The private mortgage insurance industry has significant barriers to entry due to the substantial capital necessary to fund operations and satisfy GSE requirements, the need for a customer-integrated operating platform capable of issuing and servicing mortgage insurance policies, the competitive positions and established customer relationships of existing mortgage insurance providers, and the need to obtain and maintain insurance licenses in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Additionally, the resource commitment required by customers, and larger lenders in particular, to connect to a new mortgage insurance platform is significant, and absent a critical need, such as the capital constraints in the mortgage insurance industry during the financial crisis, they have historically been reluctant to make such an investment.

    We were formed and built the foundation of our business during a unique window when the severe dislocation in the private mortgage insurance industry caused by the financial crisis created a need for a newly capitalized mortgage insurer and allowed us to quickly establish relationships with lenders. We believe that the improving financial conditions of mortgage insurance industry participants and housing markets will make it more difficult for new parties to enter the marketplace going forward.

 

3


Table of Contents


Our Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to play a leading role in the private mortgage insurance industry, and that we have a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on attractive market opportunities and to develop and grow our business in a prudent manner.

    High growth company levered to an improving U.S. residential housing market.     We believe that continued improvements in the U.S. residential housing market, more disciplined mortgage underwriting standards and increasing demand for private mortgage insurance solutions will continue to provide opportunities for Essent to deliver substantial growth. We believe these underlying housing market trends, combined with the expansion of our market share within the private mortgage insurance industry, have led, and will continue to lead, to attractive growth characteristics for Essent.

    We grew our net premiums earned from $1.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $7.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and to $27.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing compound annual growth of 350% since June 30, 2011.

    In addition, we increased our NIW from $561 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $2.2 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and to $5.9 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing compound annual growth of 224% since June 30, 2011.

    We achieved profitability in the fourth quarter of 2012 and have been profitable every quarter since. Our pre-tax income for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $13.4 million, an increase of $12.0 million over the three months ended December 31, 2012.

    Given the expected persistency of our book and lower volumes written earlier in our history, we expect to generate meaningful growth in our net premiums earned even without a year-over-year increase in annual NIW production.

    Growing number of lender relationships based on a customer-centric approach.     We compete and establish our growing market presence through a customer-centric approach that is built on the reliability and transparency of our coverage. Through our Clarity of Coverage® master policy terms, responsive customer service, and consistent and timely underwriting process, we seek to serve our customers' needs in an efficient and differentiated manner.

    We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. Since January 1, 2012, we added 545 new customers to our platform. We believe our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market.

    We believe that our Clarity of Coverage master policy terms have been embraced by lenders as a means to ensure fair and transparent claims payment practices, differentiating Essent in the market.

    We incent our sales and business development staff to focus on building long-term, high quality customer relationships. We have a non-commission-based structure for our sales and business development staff that includes an equity ownership program, which we believe aligns their efforts with our long-term corporate objectives, including providing better customer service and better risk selection.

 

4


Table of Contents

    Increasing share of new business that is expected to generate attractive returns.     We believe that the mortgage insurance we have written to date is high quality and attractively priced. We have successfully increased our market share every quarter since our formation, growing from 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 8.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 12.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2013. We expect that our growing market presence will allow us to continue to capture an increasing share of attractively priced business going forward.

    Our entire book of business is comprised of 2010 and later vintages, and as a result we believe our book should generate attractive returns.

    We target an aggregate, after-tax unlevered return on capital of 15% on the business we write today, assuming an average NIW premium rate of 55 basis points, a cumulative claim rate of 2.5%, persistency of 80.0%, a risk to capital ratio of 16.0:1 and a long-term expense ratio of 20.0%.

    Conservative balance sheet with strong financial position and disciplined risk management philosophy.     We believe that our strong financial position has been a critical component in gaining the confidence of our customers and growing our business. We are not encumbered by a high risk, legacy book of business written during the credit bubble of the pre-2009 period. We have established risk management controls throughout our organization that we believe will support our continued financial strength. Risk management is deeply incorporated into our business decisions and processes, including customer and policy acquisition, underwriting and credit approval, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment allocation and capital management.

    As of June 30, 2013, 94% of our in force book of business covered mortgages where borrowers had a FICO score of 700 or better, and 99% covered mortgages written with LTVs of 95% or lower, in each case at origination.

    We have the highest domestic financial strength rating in the private mortgage insurance industry by Standard & Poor's at "BBB+" (Stable) and the second highest by Moody's at "Baa3" (Positive).

    As of June 30, 2013, we had no financial leverage on our balance sheet, and our insurance companies had combined statutory capital of $356.2 million and a risk to capital ratio of 15.0:1. 100% of our investment assets were held in cash or investment grade fixed income securities, and over 52% of our fixed income portfolio was rated "Aaa" by Moody's.

    As of June 30, 2013, we had 90 policies reported to be in default, which reflected less than one-tenth of one percent of our aggregate policies in force.

    Scalable mortgage insurance franchise capable of supporting significant future growth.     We have invested significant resources in building our business for the long-term and creating a scalable franchise capable of supporting our future growth with limited incremental investment. We have proactively built our business to support our anticipated growth and believe we have the right team composition, management expertise, platform and organizational structure to drive improved operating efficiencies, earnings growth and higher return on equity.

    In 2009, we acquired a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform, which we have continued to develop and enhance, making it easier for our customers to do business with us. We wrote approximately 25,000 new policies in the second quarter of 2013 and serviced approximately 100,000 policies in force as of June 30, 2013.

 

5


Table of Contents

      We believe we have demonstrated an ability to attract and retain qualified employees, growing our headcount from 157 as of year-end 2011 to 259 as of June 30, 2013.

    Experienced and execution-oriented management team with a focus on long-term value creation.     Our senior management team has extensive experience in the mortgage and mortgage insurance industry, with many having prior experience with commercial and mortgage banks and the GSEs. In forming and building Essent, our management team has drawn on their collective experience to design processes, operating philosophies and compensation structures that support our goal of creating a leading mortgage insurer in the United States.

    Our senior management team has an average of over 20 years of relevant industry experience, bringing together a broad range of critical customer development, risk management and operating skills that we believe are necessary for our long-term success.

    Our senior management team has closely aligned interests as meaningful owners of Essent through a combination of a long-term incentive plan, annual share awards and voluntary share purchases.


Our Strategy

          Our goal is to be a leading private mortgage insurer in the United States through our focus on long-term customer relationships, integrated risk management, financial strength and profitability. We see a significant opportunity to continue expanding our market presence and to deliver disciplined growth. We intend to pursue strategies that leverage our competitive strengths to produce attractive earnings growth and risk-adjusted returns.

    Expand and diversify our customer base .    We believe that our growth has been and will continue to be driven by the opportunity we offer lenders to partner with a well-capitalized mortgage insurer, unencumbered by legacy business, that provides fair and transparent claims payment practices and consistency and speed of service. We intend to increase our share of our existing customers' business, and to enter into a growing number of relationships with new customers, by pursuing a core set of initiatives that involve increasing our marketing efforts to raise our brand awareness, broadening our customer outreach efforts through targeted additions to our sales force, bolstering the number of third-party front-end systems through which we can connect to customers, and maintaining high quality underwriting and customer service capabilities.

    Manage expenses to maximize operating leverage .    We have a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform that we believe can support significant growth with limited incremental investment. We believe that the scalability of our platform and our focus on controlling staffing, operating, capital and other expenses will allow us to deliver enhanced earnings over time. We believe that the benefits of an efficient expense structure extend beyond bottom line financial results, and provide us with greater flexibility to forego unattractive business that does not meet our targeted risk-return objectives.

    Protect our balance sheet by writing high quality mortgage insurance and prudently managing risk .    We intend to continue targeting high quality mortgage insurance and prudently managing the risks that we assume in our business in order to remain a well-capitalized counterparty for our customers. Our Chief Risk Officer reports directly to our Chief Executive Officer and leads a team that is responsible for implementing our risk management framework. Risk management is a significant focus of our business, including customer and policy acquisitions, underwriting and credit approvals, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment portfolio allocation and

 

6


Table of Contents

      capitalization decisions. We utilize an economic capital framework to evaluate risk-adjusted returns. We also perform stress tests on our portfolio to analyze how our book of business may perform under adverse scenarios. We believe that our economic capital framework and stress testing analysis helps to inform our optimal capitalization targets, allowing us to prudently manage and protect our balance sheet.

    Promote the role and benefits of private mortgage insurance by actively engaging with policymakers, regulators and industry participants.     We believe that a strong, viable private mortgage insurance market is a critical component of the U.S. housing finance system. Mortgage insurance provides private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk within the system, supports increased levels of homeownership, offers liquidity and process efficiencies for lenders, and provides consumers with lower-cost products and increased choice of mortgage and homeownership options. We meet frequently with policymakers, regulatory agencies, including state insurance and banking regulators and the FHFA, the GSEs, our customers and other industry participants to promote the role and value of private mortgage insurance and exchange views on the U.S. housing finance system. We intend to continue to promote legislative and regulatory policies that support a viable and competitive private mortgage insurance industry and a well-functioning U.S. housing finance system.

    Pursue new opportunities to source mortgage insurance business .    Following the financial crisis and placement of the GSEs under the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, regulators have sought to develop strategies and programs to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets and to transfer mortgage credit risk to the private market. We believe that this policy direction will continue, and may lead to additional opportunities for the mortgage insurance industry, and Essent in particular. We have actively pursued the currently proposed GSE risk sharing programs, and intend to analyze future risk sharing transactions as they arise.

    Opportunistically leverage our Bermuda structure to create incremental value for shareholders .    We expect to be opportunistic in evaluating ways to leverage our Bermuda holding company structure and our reinsurer, Essent Reinsurance Ltd., or Essent Re, to enhance shareholder value. We expect to hire a small number of additional employees at Essent Re to help us selectively evaluate MI reinsurance opportunities. We believe MI reinsurance that is written in a similarly diligent and controlled manner as our existing book of business can be additive to the Essent franchise.

 

7


Table of Contents


Summary Risk Factors

          Investing in our shares involves substantial risk. The risks described under the heading "Risk Factors" immediately following this summary may cause us to not realize the full benefits of our strengths or may cause us to be unable to successfully execute all or part of our strategy. Some of the more significant challenges include the following:

    Legislative or regulatory actions or decisions to change the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market, changes to the charters of the GSEs or changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of mortgage insurance or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns.

    The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance.

    Our revenues, profitability and returns would decline if we lose a significant customer.

    Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted by legislative or regulatory initiatives or changes such as the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act, including if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's final rule defining a qualified mortgage or risk retention requirements and the associated definition of qualified residential mortgages reduce the size of the origination market, reduce the amount of low down payment loans or create incentives to use government-supported mortgage insurance programs.

    A downturn in the U.S. economy or a decline in the value of borrowers' homes from their value at the time their loans close may result in more homeowners defaulting and could increase our losses.

    If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines as a result of macroeconomic conditions or otherwise, the amount of insurance that we write could decline and reduce our revenues.

    An increase in the rate of home price appreciation may cause the loan-to-value ratios of mortgages that we insure to decrease, potentially resulting in cancellations of our MI policies and/or increasing refinancing activity, which could negatively impact our revenues.

    We expect our claims to increase as our portfolio matures and our reserves may not reflect accurate estimates of our actual losses, each of which would adversely affect our business.

    The security of our information technology systems may be compromised and confidential information, including non-public personal information that we maintain, could be improperly disclosed.

          You should carefully consider all of the information included in this prospectus, including matters set forth under the headings "Risk Factors" and "Forward Looking Statements," before deciding to invest in our common shares.


Corporate and Other Information

          Essent Group Ltd. was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of Bermuda on July 1, 2008. Our registered office is located at Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda. Our website address is www.                          . We do not incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through, our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not consider it to be part of this prospectus.

 

8


Table of Contents

          We were founded by an experienced management team who saw a need for a new mortgage insurance company funded by private capital and unencumbered by legacy exposures, and were supported by a group of highly experienced, strategic and financial investors, including affiliates of Pine Brook Road Partners, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., an affiliate of Global Atlantic Financial Group, Valorina LLC, which is majority owned by an entity that is managed by Soros Fund Management LLC, Aldermanbury Investments Limited, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan, an affiliate of PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc., RenaissanceRe Ventures Ltd., funds or accounts managed by Wellington Management Company, LLP, and affiliates of HSBC, who collectively committed approximately $600 million in capital to fund our operations. We have drawn in the aggregate approximately $438 million of the available committed capital.

          Our primary wholly owned insurance subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., received its certificate of authority from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department in July 2009, and subsequently received licenses to issue mortgage insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. In December 2009, we acquired our mortgage insurance platform from a former mortgage insurance industry participant. In February 2010, we became the first mortgage insurer approved by the GSEs since 1995.

          Essent TM and Clarity of Coverage® and their corresponding logos appearing in this prospectus are owned by us or one of our subsidiaries. All other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners.


Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We qualify as an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act. As an emerging growth company, we have elected to take advantage of the reduced disclosure requirements available to emerging growth companies under the JOBS Act about our executive compensation arrangements and the presentation of selected financial data for periods prior to the earliest audited period presented in this prospectus and an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

          As a result of these elections, the information that we provide in this prospectus may be different than the information you may receive from other public companies in which you hold equity interests. In addition, it is possible that some investors will find our common shares less attractive as a result of our elections, which may result in a less active trading market for our common shares and more volatility in our share price.

          We may take advantage of these provisions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common shares which are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

 

9


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common shares offered by us

                    shares

[Common shares offered by selling shareholders

                    shares]

Total common shares offered

                    shares

Option to purchase additional common shares

  The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase an additional         common shares from [us] [and] [the selling shareholders].

Common shares to be outstanding after this offering

                    shares (or             shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares).

Use of proceeds

  We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include capital contributions to support the growth of our insurance subsidiaries. [We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.] See "Use of Proceeds."

Risk factors

  See "Risk Factors" for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding whether to invest in our common shares.

Dividend policy

  We do not currently expect to pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future.

Proposed trading symbol

  ESNT

Conflicts of interest

  Goldman, Sachs & Co. and/or its affiliates owns in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common shares and as a result is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" with us within the meaning of Rule 5121 of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority ("Rule 5121"). Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121, which requires that Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written consent of the account holder and that a qualified independent underwriter ("QIU") as defined in Rule 5121 participates in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and performs its usual standard of due diligence with respect thereto. Barclays Capital Inc. has agreed to act as QIU for this offering.

          Unless we indicate otherwise, the information in this prospectus:

    gives effect to the issuance of             common shares in this offering;

    assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares;

    assumes that the initial public offering price of our common shares will be $             per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus);

 

10


Table of Contents

    gives effect to the       for       share split effective as of                          ;

    assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding Class A common shares into             common shares;

    assumes the conversion of all of our outstanding Class B-2 common shares that are eligible to vest under the 2009 Restricted Share Plan, as amended (the "2009 Plan"), into             common shares and the forfeiture of any remaining Class B-2 common shares that are not eligible to vest in accordance with the 2009 Plan; and

    assumes our bye-laws have been amended to create a single class of common shares to be offered and sold in the offering.

 

11


Table of Contents


SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          The following tables set forth our summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the periods indicated. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results expected in any future period.

          The summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 have been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial position and results of operations for such periods. The summary consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for any future period.

          The information set forth under "Insurance company capital" below has been derived from the annual and quarterly statements of our insurance subsidiaries filed with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. The accompanying data has been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. Such practices vary from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP").

          The following data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, as well as the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Selected income statement data
(in thousands, except per-share amounts)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Net premiums written

  $ 78,296   $ 22,731   $ 72,668   $ 17,865   $ 219  

Increase in unearned premium

    (29,551 )   (9,216 )   (30,875 )   (9,686 )   (9 )
                       

Net premiums earned

  $ 48,745   $ 13,515   $ 41,793   $ 8,179   $ 210  
                       

Total revenues

  $ 52,595   $ 16,767   $ 48,716   $ 14,388   $ 6,300  

Total losses and expenses

    31,829     29,596     62,592     48,838     33,928  

Income tax benefit

    (10,011 )   (307 )   (333 )   (895 )   (54 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 ) $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per share(1):

                               

Basic:

                               

Class A

  $ 0.90   $ (0.48 ) $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )       N/A     N/A  

Diluted:

                               

Class A

  $ 0.89   $ (0.48 ) $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )       N/A     N/A  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic:

                               

Class A

    34,313     25,923     27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    1,577     285     557          

Diluted:

                               

Class A

    34,459     25,923     27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    6,549     285     557          

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share(2)

                               

Basic

  $                            

Diluted

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

                               

Basic

  $                            

Diluted

                               

 

12


Table of Contents

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Balance sheet data
(in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Total investments

  $ 297,805   $ 172,033   $ 247,414   $ 171,091   $ 161,725  

Cash

    129,166     21,338     22,315     18,501     15,511  

Total assets

    461,210     213,984     283,332     210,066     193,589  

Reserve for losses and LAE

    2,548     702     1,499     57      

Unearned premium reserve

    70,121     18,910     40,570     9,695     9  

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    7,400     12,274     9,841     14,703     2,485  

Total stockholders' equity

    371,234     170,055     219,123     176,061     183,493  

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 461,210   $ 213,984   $ 283,332   $ 210,066   $ 193,589  

Selected additional data
($ in thousands)

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

New insurance written

  $ 10,216,683   $ 3,621,424   $ 11,241,161   $ 3,229,720   $ 245,898  

Loss ratio(3)

   
2.7

%
 
4.8

%
 
3.5

%
 
0.7

%
 
0.0

%

Expense ratio(4)

    62.6 %   214.2 %   146.3 %   596.4 %   16,156.2 %
                       

Combined ratio

    65.3 %   219.0 %   149.8 %   597.1 %   16,156.2 %
                       

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Insurance portfolio:
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Insurance in force

  $ 22,576,300   $ 6,768,666   $ 13,628,980   $ 3,376,708   $ 244,968  

Risk in force

  $ 5,348,917   $ 1,596,691   $ 3,221,631   $ 777,460   $ 53,561  

Policies in force

    98,818     30,049     59,764     15,135     1,204  

Loans in default

   
90
   
21
   
56
   
3
   
 

Percentage of loans in default

    0.09 %   0.07 %   0.09 %   0.02 %    

Insurance company capital:

                               

Combined statutory capital(5)

  $ 356,169   $ 150,125   $ 203,611   $ 150,851   $ 165,144  

Risk to capital ratios:

                               

Essent Guaranty, Inc. 

    14.9:1     10.2:1     15.8:1     5.0:1     0.3:1  

Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. 

    17.0:1     22.5:1     16.2:1     10.4:1     0.6:1  

Combined(6)

    15.0:1     10.6:1     15.8:1     5.2:1     0.3:1  

(1)
Our Class A common shares have a stated dividend; however, our Class B-2 common shares do not have a stated dividend rate. Accordingly, earnings (loss) per common share has been calculated using the "two-class" method which provides that earnings and losses be allocated to each class of common shares according to dividends declared and their respective participation rights. Because the Class A common shares accrue a 10% cumulative dividend and the Class B-2 common shares have no stated dividend rate and any dividends paid on Class B-2 common shares would be discretionary, all earnings in 2013 have been allocated to the Class A common shares for purposes of computing earnings per share. In 2012, the net loss was allocated to the Class A common shares and vested Class B-2 common shares based on contributed capital. In 2011 and 2010, the entire net loss was allocated to the Class A common shares as no Class B-2 common shares had vested.

(2)
Pro forma per share data assumes (i) the conversion of all of our Class A common shares and all of our Class B-2 common shares eligible to vest under our 2009 Plan into a single class of common shares and forfeiture of any Class B-2 common shares that are not eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan and (ii) the              for             share split effective as of                          , as if such events occurred on January 1, 2012. Pro forma basic earnings (loss) per share consists of net income (loss) divided by the pro forma basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Pro

 

13


Table of Contents

    forma diluted earnings (loss) per share consists of net income (loss) divided by the pro forma diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.

(3)
Loss ratio is calculated by dividing the provision for loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.

(4)
Expense ratio is calculated by dividing other underwriting and operating expenses by net premiums earned.

(5)
Combined statutory capital equals sum of statutory capital of Essent Guaranty, Inc. plus Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc., after eliminating the impact of intercompany transactions.

(6)
The combined risk to capital ratio equals the sum of the net risk in force of Essent Guaranty, Inc. and Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. divided by the combined statutory capital.

 

14


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our common shares involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as other information included in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones facing us. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. In such case, the trading price of our common shares could decline, and you may lose all or part of your original investment. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Legislative or regulatory actions or decisions to change the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market generally, or changes to the charters of the GSEs with regard to the use of credit enhancements generally and private MI specifically, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns.

          Since 2008, the Federal government has assumed an expanded role in many key aspects of the U.S. housing finance system. In particular, the Department of the Treasury and the FHFA placed the GSEs into conservatorship in September 2008, putting regulatory and operational control of the GSEs under the auspices of the FHFA. Although we believe the FHFA's conservatorship was intended to be temporary, the GSEs have remained in conservatorship for nearly five years. During that time, there have been a wide-ranging set of GSE and secondary market reform advocacy proposals put forward, including nearly complete privatization of the mortgage market and elimination of the role of the GSEs, recapitalization of the GSEs and a set of alternatives that would combine a Federal role with private capital, some of which eliminate the GSEs and others which envision an ongoing role for the GSEs. Since 2011, a number of comprehensive GSE/secondary market legislative reform bills have also been introduced or announced, differing widely with regard to the future role of the GSEs, the overall structure of the secondary market and the role of the Federal government within the mortgage market. As a result of the uncertainty regarding resolution of the conservatorship of the GSEs and the proper structure of any new secondary mortgage market, as well as the Federal government's recently increased role within the housing market, we cannot predict how or when the role of the GSEs may change. In addition, the size, complexity and centrality of the GSEs to the current housing finance system and the importance of housing to the nation's economy make the transition to any new housing finance system difficult and present risks to market participants, including to us.

          The charters of the GSEs currently require certain credit enhancement for low down payment mortgage loans in order for such loans to be eligible for purchase or guarantee by the GSEs, and lenders historically have relied on mortgage insurance to a significant degree in order to satisfy these credit enhancement requirements. Because the overwhelming majority of our current and expected future business is the provision of mortgage insurance on loans sold to the GSEs, if the charters of the GSEs are amended to change or eliminate the acceptability of private mortgage insurance in their purchasing practices, then our volume of new business and our revenue may decline significantly.

          Changes to the statutory requirements of the FHFA's conservatorship of the GSEs, the elimination of the GSEs or the replacement of the GSEs with any successor entities or structures, or changes to the GSE charters would require Federal legislative action, which makes predicting the

15


Table of Contents

timing or substance of such changes difficult. As a result, it is uncertain what role the GSEs, the FHFA, the government and private capital, including private mortgage insurance, will play in the U.S. housing finance system in the future or the impact and timing of any such changes on the market and our business.

Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns.

          Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, which can be implemented by the GSEs at the FHFA's direction, could negatively impact our operating results and financial performance, including changes to:

          The GSEs have proposed minimum standards for mortgage insurer master policies, including standards relating to limitations of a mortgage insurer's rescission rights. The new minimum standards are expected to be implemented in 2014. These standards require us to make changes to our master policy, some of which will not be favorable to us and which could result in us paying more claims than required under our current master policy or could otherwise increase our operating costs. The imposition of standardized master policies may also make it more difficult for us to distinguish ourselves from our competitors on the basis of coverage terms.

          In addition, each of the GSEs maintains eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations — GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements." The GSEs are currently developing revisions to their respective eligibility standards for approved mortgage insurers. Although the GSEs have not publicly commented on the substance of such new eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, we expect those rules to include a new capital adequacy framework with minimum capital requirements. Any changes in these eligibility requirements may

16


Table of Contents

negatively impact our ability to write mortgage insurance at our current levels, generate the returns we anticipate from our business or otherwise participate in the private mortgage insurance market at all. Such changes may also make us less competitive with our competitors and with providers of alternatives to mortgage insurance if we must increase our premiums in order to maintain our target returns.

The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance.

          We compete for business with alternatives to private mortgage insurance, consisting primarily of government-supported mortgage insurance programs as well as home purchase or refinancing alternatives that do not use any form of mortgage insurance.

          Government-supported mortgage insurance programs include, but are not limited to:

          Alternatives to mortgage insurance include, but are not limited to:

          Any of these alternatives to private MI could reduce or eliminate the demand for our product, cause us to lose business or limit our ability to attract the business that we would prefer to insure. In particular, there has been substantial competition from government-sponsored mortgage insurance programs in the wake of the recent financial crisis. Government-supported mortgage insurance programs are not subject to the same capital requirements, risk tolerance or business objectives that we and other private mortgage insurance companies are, and therefore, generally have greater financial flexibility in setting their pricing, guidelines and capacity, which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, loans insured under FHA and other Federal government-supported mortgage insurance programs are eligible for securitization in Ginnie Mae securities, which may be viewed by investors as more desirable than Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac securities due to the explicit backing of Ginnie Mae securities by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Federal government.

          Consequently, if the FHA or other government-supported mortgage insurance programs maintain or increase their share of the mortgage insurance market, our business and industry could be affected. Factors that could cause the FHA or other government-supported mortgage insurance programs to maintain or increase their share of the mortgage insurance market include:

17


Table of Contents

          In addition, in the event that a government-supported mortgage insurance program in one of our markets reduces prices significantly or alters the terms and conditions of its mortgage insurance or other credit enhancement products in furtherance of political, social or other goals rather than a profit motive, we may be unable to compete in that market effectively, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

The implementation of the Basel III Capital Accord, or other changes to our customers' capital requirements, may discourage the use of mortgage insurance.

          In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, which we refer to as the "Basel Committee", developed the Basel Capital Accord, which we refer to as "Basel I", which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks' capital adequacy requirements. In 2005, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel I, which we refer to as "Basel II", which, among other things, governs the capital treatment of mortgage insurance purchased and held on balance sheet by banks in respect of their origination and securitization activities. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved publication of final regulatory capital rules, which we refer to as the "Basel III Rules", which govern almost all U.S. banking organizations regardless of size or business model. The Basel III Rules revise and enhance the Federal banking agencies' general risk-based capital, advanced approaches and leverage rules. The Basel III Rules will become effective on January 1, 2014, with a mandatory compliance date of January 1, 2015 for banking organizations other than advanced approaches banking organizations that are not savings and loans holding companies. On

18


Table of Contents

January 1, 2014, most banking organizations would be required to begin a multi-year transition period to the full implementation of the new capital framework.

          The Federal banking agencies' previously proposed Basel III rule would have made extensive changes to the capital requirements for residential mortgages, including eliminating capital recognition for certain low down payment mortgages covered by mortgage insurance. The Federal banking agencies decided to retain in the Basel III Rules the treatment for residential mortgage exposures that is currently set forth in the general risk-based capital rules and the treatment of mortgage insurance. In addition, with regard to the separate Basel III Rules applicable to general credit risk mitigation for banking exposures, insurance companies engaged predominantly in the business of providing credit protection, such as private mortgage insurance companies, are not eligible guarantors.

          If implementation of the Basel III Rules increases the capital requirements of banking organizations with respect to the residential mortgages we insure, it could adversely affect the size of the portfolio lending market, which in turn would reduce the demand for our mortgage insurance. If the Federal banking agencies revise the Basel III Rules to reduce or eliminate the capital benefit banks receive from insuring low down payment loans with private mortgage insurance, or if our bank customers believe that such adverse changes may occur at some time in the future, our current and future business may be adversely affected. Furthermore, if mortgage insurance companies do not meet the requirements to be an eligible guarantor for purposes of general credit mitigation, our future business prospects may be adversely affected.

Our revenues, profitability and returns would decline if we lose a significant customer.

          Our mortgage insurance business depends on our relationships with our customers, and in particular, our relationships with our largest lending customers. Our top ten customers generated 51.0% of our new insurance written, or NIW, during the six-month period ended June 30, 2013, compared to 60.4%, 84.9% and 99.6% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, one customer represented 16.8% of our NIW. Maintaining our business relationships and business volumes with our largest lending customers remains critical to the success of our business.

          Our master policies do not, and by law cannot, require our customers to do business with us. Under the terms of our master policy, our customers, or the parties they designate to service the loans we insure, have the unilateral right to cancel our insurance coverage at any time for any loan that we insure. Upon cancellation of coverage, subject to the type of coverage, we may be required to refund unearned premiums, if any.

          In addition, the economic downturn and challenging market conditions of the recent past adversely affected the financial condition of a number of our largest customers. If the U.S. economy enters into another recessionary period, these customers could again become subject to serious financial constraints that may jeopardize the viability of their business plans or their access to additional capital, forcing them to consider alternatives such as bankruptcy or consolidation with others in the industry. Other factors, such as rising interest rates, which could reduce mortgage origination volumes generally, rising costs associated with regulatory compliance and the relative cost of capital, may also result in consolidation among our customers. In the event our customers consolidate, they may revisit their relationships with individual mortgage insurers, such as us, which could result in a loss of customers or a reduction in our business. The loss of business from a significant customer could have a material adverse effect on the amount of new business we are able to write, and consequently, our revenue, and we can provide no assurance that any loss of business from a significant customer would be replaced from other new or existing lending customers.

19


Table of Contents

Intense competition within the private mortgage insurance industry could result in the loss of customers, lower premiums, wider credit guidelines and other changes which could lower our revenues or raise our costs.

          The private mortgage insurance industry is intensely competitive, with seven private mortgage insurers currently approved and eligible to write business for the GSEs. We compete with other private mortgage insurers on the basis of pricing, terms and conditions, underwriting guidelines, loss mitigation practices, financial strength, reputation, customer relationships, service and other factors. One or more private mortgage insurers may seek increased market share from government-supported insurance programs, such as those sponsored by the FHA, or from other private mortgage insurers by reducing pricing, loosening their underwriting guidelines or relaxing their risk management practices, which could, in turn, improve their competitive position in the industry and negatively impact our level of NIW. A decline in industry NIW might result in increased competition as certain private mortgage insurance companies may seek to maintain their NIW levels within a smaller market. In addition, the perceived increase in the credit quality of loans that currently are being insured, the relative financial strength of the existing mortgage insurance companies and the possibility of the private mortgage insurance market acquiring a greater share of the overall mortgage insurance market may encourage new entrants into the private mortgage insurance industry, which could further increase competition in our business.

          We believe that our financial strength has been a reason that some customers have done business with us. However, this competitive advantage may be mitigated if our competitors continue to improve their capital positions, profitability and financial strength ratings, or if we incur losses which weaken our financial position. Our customers may choose to diversify the mortgage insurers with which they do business due to weakness in our relative financial strength or other reasons, which could negatively affect our level of NIW and our market share.

If the volume of low down payment home mortgage originations declines, the amount of insurance that we write could decline, which would reduce our revenues.

          Our ability to write new business depends, among other things, on the origination volume of low down payment mortgages that require mortgage insurance. Factors that affect the volume of low down payment mortgage originations include:

20


Table of Contents

          If the volume of low down payment loan originations declines, then our ability to write new policies may suffer, and our revenue and results of operations may be negatively impacted.

Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's ("CFPB") final rule defining a qualified mortgage ("QM") reduces the size of the origination market or creates incentives to use government mortgage insurance programs.

          The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under Federal law, including residential mortgages, and generally requires creditors to make a reasonable, good faith determination of a consumer's ability-to-repay any consumer credit transaction secured by a dwelling prior to effecting such transaction. The CFPB is authorized to issue the regulations governing a good faith determination; Dodd-Frank, however, provides a statutory presumption of eligibility of loans that satisfy the QM definition. The CFPB has issued a final rule defining what constitutes a QM, which we refer to as the "QM Rule," that will take effect on January 10, 2014. Under the rule, a loan is deemed to be a QM if, among other factors:

          The QM Rule provides a "safe harbor" for QM loans with annual percentage rates, or APRs, below the threshold of 150 basis points over the Average Prime Offer Rate, or APOR, and a "rebuttable presumption" for QM loans with an APR above that threshold.

          The Dodd-Frank Act separately granted statutory authority to HUD (for FHA-insured loans), the VA (for VA-guaranteed loans) and certain other government agency insurance programs to develop their own definitions of a qualified mortgage in consultation with CFPB. We believe that HUD is considering adopting a separate definition of a qualified mortgage for loans insured by the FHA, although we do not know the extent of the differences. To the extent that these government agencies adopt their own definitions of a qualified mortgage and those definitions are more favorable to lenders and mortgage holders than those applicable to the market in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected.

          The QM Rule also provides for a second temporary category with more flexible requirements if the loan is eligible to be (i) purchased or guaranteed by the GSEs while they are in conservatorship, which represents the overwhelming majority of our business, or (ii) insured by the FHA, the VA, the Department of Agriculture or the Rural Housing Service. The second temporary category still requires that loans satisfy certain criteria, including the requirement that the loans are fully amortizing, have terms of 30 years or less and have points and fees representing 3% or less of the total loan amount. This temporary QM category expires on January, 10, 2021, or earlier if the Federal agencies issue their own qualified mortgage rules or, with respect to GSEs, if the FHFA's conservatorship ends.

21


Table of Contents

          Failure to comply with the ability-to-repay requirement exposes a lender to substantial potential liability. As a result, we believe that the QM regulations may cause changes in the lending standards and origination practices of our customers. Under the QM Rule, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable by the consumer at or prior to consummation of the loan may be included in the calculation of points and fees, including our borrower-paid single premium products. To the extent the use of private mortgage insurance causes a loan not to meet the definition of a QM, the volume of loans originated with mortgage insurance may decline or cause a change in the mix of premium plans and therefore our profitability. However, it is difficult to predict with any certainty how lenders' origination practices will change as a result of the QM rule and whether any such changes would have a negative impact on the MI industry. Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if the QM regulations reduce the size of the origination market, reduce the willingness of lenders to extend low-down payment credit, favor alternatives to private mortgage insurance such as government mortgage insurance programs or change the mix of our business in ways that may be unfavorable to us.

The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected by the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act's risk retention requirements and the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage ("QRM").

          The Dodd-Frank Act requires an originator or issuer to retain a specified percentage of the credit risk exposure on securitized mortgages that do not meet the definition of QRM. In March 2011, Federal regulators issued a set of proposed rules that outlined the risk retention requirements and defined the conditions necessary to satisfy the QRM definition. In response to public comments to such proposed rule, Federal regulators issued a revised proposed risk retention rule, including QRM definitions, on August 28, 2013. The new proposed rule generally defines QRM as a mortgage meeting the requirements of a QM (see " — Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's ("CFPB") final rule defining a qualified mortgage ("QM") reduces the size of the origination market or creates incentives to use government mortgage insurance programs.") The regulators also proposed an alternative QRM definition, "QM-plus," which utilizes certain QM criteria but also incorporates a maximum LTV standard of 70% and certain other restrictions selected to reduce the risk of default. Neither of the revised proposed definitions of QRM incorporate the use of private mortgage insurance. Because of the capital support provided by the U.S. Government to the GSEs, the GSEs satisfy the proposed risk retention requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act while they are in conservatorship and sellers of loans to the GSEs are not otherwise subject to risk retention requirements. The public comments for the new proposed rule are due on October 30, 2013. The final timing of the adoption of any risk retention regulation and the definition of QRM remains uncertain.

          If the final QRM rule does not give consideration to mortgage insurance in computing LTV and a large down payment is necessary for a loan to qualify as a QRM, the attractiveness of originating and securitizing loans with lower down payments may be reduced, which may adversely affect the future demand for mortgage insurance. In addition, changes in the final regulations regarding treatment of GSE-guaranteed mortgage loans, or changes in the conservatorship or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. Government, could impact the manner in which the risk-retention rules apply to GSE securitizations, originators who sell loans to GSEs and our business. The impact of these rules on the use of private MI depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM, (ii) under the proposed definition, the extent to which the presence of private mortgage insurance may adversely affect the ability of a loan to qualify as a QM and therefore as a QRM, (iii) under the QM-plus definition or any other final definition with an LTV requirement, the level of the final LTV requirement and the extent to which credit would be given for the use of MI, if any, in satisfying the LTV requirement, (iv) if, in the future, sellers of loans to the GSEs become subject to risk-retention requirements, and (v) the degree to which originators or issuers subject to risk retention requirements would see it as beneficial to utilize MI on non-QRM loans to mitigate their retained credit exposure.

22


Table of Contents

We expect our claims to increase as our portfolio matures.

          We believe, based upon our experience and industry data, that claims incidence for mortgage insurance is generally highest in the third through sixth years after loan origination. Although the claims experience on new insurance written by us in the years ended December 31, 2010, 2011 and 2012 has been favorable to date, we expect incurred losses and claims to increase as a greater amount of this book of insurance reaches its anticipated period of highest claim frequency. The actual default rate and the average reserve per default that we experience as our portfolio matures is difficult to predict and is dependent on the specific characteristics of our current in-force book (including the credit score of the borrower, the loan to value ratio of the mortgage, geographic concentrations, etc.), as well as the profile of new business we write in the future. In addition, the default rate and the average reserve per default will be affected by future macroeconomic factors such as housing prices, interest rates and employment. Incurred losses and claims could be further increased in the future in the event of general economic weakness or decreases in housing values. An increase in the number or size of claims, compared to what we anticipate, could adversely affect our results of operations or financial conditions.

Because we establish loss reserves only upon a loan default rather than based on estimates of our ultimate losses on risk in force, losses may have a disproportionate adverse effect on our earnings in certain periods.

          In accordance with industry practice and statutory accounting rules applicable to insurance companies, we establish loss reserves only for loans in default. Reserves are established for reported insurance losses and loss adjustment expenses based on when notices of default on insured mortgage loans are received. Reserves are also established for estimated losses incurred in connection with defaults that have not yet been reported. We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss. Because our reserving method does not account for the impact of future losses that could occur from loans that are not yet delinquent, our obligation for ultimate losses that we expect to occur under our policies in force at any period end is not reflected in our financial statements, except in the case where a premium deficiency exists. As a result, future losses may have a material impact on future results as defaults occur.

A downturn in the U.S. economy, a decline in the value of borrowers' homes from their value at the time their loans close and natural disasters, acts of terrorism or other catastrophic events may result in more homeowners defaulting and could increase our losses.

          Losses result from events that reduce a borrower's ability to continue to make mortgage payments, such as increasing unemployment and whether the home of a borrower who defaults on his or her mortgage can be sold for an amount that will cover unpaid principal and interest and the expenses of the sale. In general, favorable economic conditions reduce the likelihood that borrowers will lack sufficient income to pay their mortgages and also favorably affect the value of homes, thereby reducing and in some cases even eliminating a loss from a mortgage default. Deterioration in economic conditions generally increases the likelihood that borrowers will not have sufficient income to pay their mortgages and can also adversely affect housing values, which in turn can decrease the willingness of borrowers with sufficient resources to make mortgage payments when the mortgage balance exceeds the value of the home. Housing values may decline even absent deterioration in economic conditions due to declines in demand for homes, which may result from changes in buyers' perceptions of the potential for future appreciation, restrictions on mortgage credit due to more stringent underwriting standards, liquidity issues affecting lenders or other factors, such as the phase-out of the mortgage interest deduction, reductions or elimination in the deductibility of mortgage insurance premiums or changes in the tax treatment of residential property. The residential mortgage market in the United States has for some time experienced a variety of worsening economic conditions and housing values that have recently begun to stabilize

23


Table of Contents

but may not continue to do so. If our loss projections are inaccurate, our loss payments could materially exceed our expectations resulting in an adverse effect on our financial position and operating results. If economic conditions, such as employment and home prices, are less favorable than we expect, our premiums and underwriting standards may prove inadequate to shield us from a material increase in losses. In addition, natural disasters such as floods and tornadoes, acts of terrorism or other catastrophic events could result in increased claims against policies that we have written due to the impact that such events may have on the employment and income of borrowers and the value of affected homes, resulting in defaults on and claims under our policies. We cannot assure you that any strategies we may employ to mitigate the impact on us of such events, including limitations under our master policy on the payment of claims in certain circumstances where a property is damaged, the dispersal of our risk by geography and the potential use of third party reinsurance structures, will be successful.

Our success depends, in part, on our ability to manage risks in our investment portfolio.

          Our investment portfolio consists primarily of investment-grade debt obligations. Our investments are subject to fluctuations in value as a result of broad changes in market conditions as well as risks inherent in particular securities. Changing market conditions could materially impact the future valuation of securities in our investment portfolio, which may cause us to impair, in the future, some portion of the value of those securities and which could have a significant adverse effect on our liquidity, financial condition and operating results.

          Income from our investment portfolio is a source of cash flow to support our operations and make claim payments. If we, or our investment advisors, improperly structure our investments to meet those future liabilities or we have unexpected losses, including losses resulting from the forced liquidation of investments before their maturity, we may be unable to meet those obligations. Our investments and investment policies are subject to state insurance laws, which results in our portfolio being predominantly limited to highly rated fixed income securities. If interest rates rise above the rates on our fixed income securities, the market value of our investment portfolio would decrease. Any significant decrease in the value of our investment portfolio would adversely impact our financial condition.

          In addition, compared to historical averages, interest rates and investment yields on highly rated investments have generally been low during the period in which we purchased the securities in our portfolio, which limits the investment income we can generate. We depend on our investments as a source of revenue, and a prolonged period of low investment yields would have an adverse impact on our revenues and could adversely affect our operating results.

          We may be forced to change our investments or investment policies depending upon regulatory, economic and market conditions, and our existing or anticipated financial condition and operating requirements, including the tax position, of our business. Our investment objectives may not be achieved. Although our portfolio consists predominately of investment grade fixed income securities and complies with applicable regulatory requirements, the success of our investment activity and the value of our portfolio is affected by general economic conditions, which may adversely affect the markets for credit and interest-rate-sensitive securities, including the extent and timing of investor participation in these markets and the level and volatility of interest rates.

If interest rates decline, house prices appreciate or mortgage insurance cancellation requirements change, the length of time that our policies remain in force could decline and cause a decline in our revenue.

          Generally, in each year, most of our premiums are from insurance that has been written in prior years. As a result, the length of time insurance remains in force, which is also generally referred to as persistency, is a significant determinant of our revenues. A lower level of persistency

24


Table of Contents

could reduce our future revenues. Our annual persistency rate was 80.1% at June 30, 2013, compared to 94% at December 31, 2011. The factors affecting the persistency of our insurance portfolio include:

          Mortgage interest rates reached historic lows in the first half of 2013 and have begun to rise largely in response to potential changes in monetary policy by the Federal Reserve. Some portion of our insured portfolio may still be able to refinance at the current level of mortgage rates, which may reduce our future revenues. If interest rates continue to rise, persistency is likely to increase, which may extend the average life of our insured portfolio and result in higher levels of future claims as more loans remain outstanding.

The premiums we charge may not be adequate to compensate us for our liabilities for losses and, as a result, any inadequacy could materially affect our financial condition and results of operations.

          Our mortgage insurance premium rates may not be adequate to cover future losses. We set premiums at the time a policy is issued based on a number of factors, including our expectations regarding likely mortgage performance over the expected life of the coverage. These expectations may prove to be incorrect. Generally, we cannot cancel mortgage insurance coverage or adjust renewal premiums during the life of a mortgage insurance policy. As a result, higher than anticipated claims generally cannot be offset by premium increases on policies in force or mitigated by our non-renewal or cancellation of insurance coverage. The premiums we charge, and the associated investment income, may not be adequate to compensate us for the risks and costs associated with the insurance coverage provided to customers. Should we wish to increase our premium rates, any such change would be prospectively applied to new policies written, and the changes would be subject to approval by state regulatory agencies, which may delay or limit our ability to increase our premium rates.

Our delegated underwriting program may subject our mortgage insurance business to unanticipated claims.

          In our mortgage insurance business, we enter into agreements with our customers that commit us to insure loans made by them using pre-established underwriting guidelines. Once we accept a customer into our delegated underwriting program, we generally insure a loan originated by that customer without re-confirming the customer followed our specified underwriting guidelines. Under this program, a customer could commit us to insure a material number of loans with unacceptable risk profiles before we discover the problem and terminate that customer's delegated

25


Table of Contents

underwriting authority or pursue other rights that may be available to us, such as our rights to rescind coverage or deny claims, which rights are limited by the terms of our master policy.

We face risks associated with our contract underwriting business.

          We provide contract underwriting services for certain of our customers, including on loans for which we are not providing mortgage insurance. For substantially all of the existing loans that were originated through our contract underwriting services, we have agreed that if we make a material error in providing these services and the error leads to a loss for the customer, the customer may, subject to certain conditions and limitations, claim a remedy. Accordingly, we have assumed some credit risk in connection with providing these services. We also face regulatory and litigation risk in providing these services.

Because loss reserve estimates are subject to uncertainties and are based on assumptions that may be volatile, ultimate losses may be substantially different than our loss reserves.

          We establish reserves using estimated claim rates and claim amounts in estimating the ultimate loss on delinquent loans. The estimated claim rates and claim amounts represent our best estimates of what we will actually pay on the loans in default as of the reserve date. Although we have not rescinded or denied any claims to date, our master policy provides us the right to rescind or deny claims under certain circumstances. Our reserve calculations do not currently include any estimate for claim rescissions, but we may be required to do so at some later time to ensure that our reserves meet the requirements of U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

          The establishment of loss reserves is subject to inherent uncertainty and requires judgment by management. Our estimates of claim rates and claim sizes will be strongly influenced by prevailing economic conditions, such as current rates or trends in unemployment, housing price appreciation and/or interest rates, and our best judgments as to the future values or trends of these macroeconomic factors. If prevailing economic conditions deteriorate suddenly and/or unexpectedly, our estimates of loss reserves could be materially understated, which may adversely impact our financial condition and operating results. Changes to our estimates could result in a material impact to our results of operations, even in a stable economic environment, and there can be no assurance that actual claims paid by us will not be substantially different than our loss reserves.

A downgrade in our financial strength ratings may adversely affect the amount of business that we write.

          Financial strength ratings, which various ratings organizations publish as a measure of an insurance company's ability to meet contractholder and policyholder obligations, are important to maintain confidence in our products and our competitive position. A downgrade in our financial strength ratings, or the announced potential for a downgrade, could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations in many ways, including: (i) increased scrutiny of us and our financial condition by our customers, potentially resulting in a decrease in the amount of new insurance policies that we write; (ii) requiring us to reduce the premiums that we charge for mortgage insurance in order to remain competitive; and (iii) adversely affecting our ability to obtain reinsurance or to obtain reasonable pricing on reinsurance. A ratings downgrade could also increase our cost of capital and limit our access to the capital markets.

          In addition, if the GSEs renew their historical focus on financial strength or other third party credit ratings as components of their eligibility requirements for private mortgage insurers and do not set such requirements at a level that we can satisfy, or if as a result of a downgrade we would no longer comply with such rating requirements, our revenues and results of operations would be materially adversely affected. See "— Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including

26


Table of Contents

actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns" and " Certain Regulatory Considerations—GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements."

We rely on our senior management team and our business could be harmed if we are unable to retain qualified personnel.

          Our success depends, in part, on the skills, working relationships and continued services of our senior management team, in particular our chief executive officer, vice chairman, chief risk officer, chief financial officer and chief legal officer. We have employment agreements with our senior management team. We have not yet experienced the departure of any key personnel; however, such departures in the future could adversely affect the conduct of our business. In such an event, we would be required to obtain other personnel to manage and operate our business, and there can be no assurance that we would be able to employ a suitable replacement for the departing individual, or that a replacement could be hired on terms that are favorable to us. Volatility or lack of performance in our share price may affect our ability to retain our key personnel or attract replacements should key personnel depart.

If servicers fail to adhere to appropriate servicing standards or experience disruptions to their businesses, our losses could unexpectedly increase.

          We depend on reliable, consistent third-party servicing of the loans that we insure. Among other things, our mortgage insurance policies require our policyholders and their servicers to timely submit premium and monthly insurance in force and default reports and utilize commercially reasonable efforts to limit and mitigate loss when a loan is in default. If one or more servicers were to experience adverse effects to its business, such servicers could experience delays in their reporting and premium payment requirements. Without reliable, consistent third-party servicing, our insurance subsidiaries may be unable to correctly record new loans as they are underwritten, receive and process payments on insured loans and/or properly recognize and establish loss reserves on loans when a default exists or occurs but is not reported to us. In addition, if these servicers fail to limit and mitigate losses when appropriate, our losses may unexpectedly increase. Significant failures by large servicers or disruptions in the servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

          Furthermore, we have delegated to the GSEs, who have in turn delegated to most of their servicers, authority to accept modifications, short sales and deeds-in-lieu of foreclosure on loans we insure. Servicers are required to operate under protocols established by the GSEs in accepting these loss mitigation alternatives. We are dependent upon servicers in making these decisions and mitigating our exposure to losses. In some cases, loss mitigation decisions favorable to the GSEs may not be favorable to us, and may increase the incidence of paid claims. Inappropriate delegation protocols or failure of servicers to service in accordance with the protocols may increase the magnitude of our losses and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Our delegation of loss mitigation decisions to the GSEs is subject to cancellation but exercise of our cancellation rights may have an adverse impact on our relationship with the GSEs and lenders.

Our information technology systems may become outmoded, be temporarily interrupted or fail thereby causing us to fail to meet our customers' demands.

          Our business is highly dependent on the effective operation of our information technology systems, which are vulnerable to damage or interruption from power outages, computer and

27


Table of Contents

telecommunications failures, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, security breaches, catastrophic events and errors in usage. Although we have disaster recovery and business continuity plans in place, we may not be able to adequately execute these plans in a timely fashion. Additionally, we may not satisfy our customers' requirements if we fail to invest sufficient resources in, or otherwise are unable to maintain and upgrade our information technology systems. Because we rely on our information technology systems for many critical functions, including connecting with our customers, if such systems were to fail or become outmoded, we may experience a significant disruption in our operations and in the business we receive, which could negatively affect our operating results, financial condition and profitability.

The security of our information technology systems may be compromised and confidential information, including non-public personal information that we maintain, could be improperly disclosed.

          Our information technology systems may be vulnerable to physical or electronic intrusions, computer viruses or other attacks. As part of our business, we maintain large amounts of confidential information, including non-public personal information on consumers and our employees. Breaches in security could result in the loss or misuse of this information, which could, in turn, result in potential regulatory actions or litigation, including material claims for damages, interruption to our operations, damage to our reputation or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. Although we believe we have appropriate information security policies and systems in place in order to prevent unauthorized use or disclosure of confidential information, including non-public personal information, there can be no assurance that such use or disclosure will not occur.

Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could negatively impact our liquidity and potentially require us to raise more capital.

          Essent Group Ltd. serves as the holding company for our insurance and other subsidiaries and does not have any significant operations of its own. As a result, its principal source of funds is income from our investment portfolio, dividends and other distributions from our insurance and other subsidiaries, including permitted payments under our expense-sharing arrangements, and funds that may be raised from time to time in the capital markets. Our dividend income is limited to upstream dividend payments from our insurance and other subsidiaries, which may be restricted by applicable state insurance laws. Under Pennsylvania law, our insurance subsidiaries may pay ordinary dividends without prior approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner (the "Commissioner"), but are not permitted to pay extraordinary dividends without the prior approval of the Commissioner. An extraordinary dividend is a dividend or distribution which, together with other dividends and distributions made within the preceding 12 months, exceeds the greater of (i) ten percent of our surplus as shown in our last annual statement on file with the Commissioner, or (ii) our net income for the period covered by such statement, but shall not include pro rata distributions of any class of our own securities. Moreover, under Pennsylvania law, dividends and other distributions may only be paid out of unassigned surplus unless approved by the Commissioner. Our primary operating subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., had negative unassigned surplus of $102.2 million as of June 30, 2013, and as a result we would not have been permitted to pay ordinary dividends from Essent Guaranty, Inc. as of that date. In addition, Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. had negative unassigned surplus of $1.2 million as of June 30, 2013, and as a result we would not have been permitted to pay ordinary dividends from Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. as of that date. As a result of these dividend limitations, we likely will not receive dividend income from our subsidiaries for several years and, as a result, Essent Group Ltd. may have limited liquidity and may be required to raise additional capital.

28


Table of Contents

We may need additional capital to fund our operations or expand our business, and if we are unable to obtain sufficient financing or such financing is obtained on adverse terms, we may not be able to operate or expand our business as planned, which could negatively affect our results of operations and future growth.

          We may require incremental capital to support our growth and comply with regulatory requirements. As a condition to its approval from Freddie Mac, Essent Guaranty is required to maintain a risk-to-capital ratio of no greater than 20.0:1 until December 31, 2013. Historically, we have relied upon capital commitments from our existing investors to meet capital requirements and to fund our operations. Our ability to call such capital commitments will expire following this offering and to the extent we require capital in the future, we may need to obtain financing from the capital markets or other third party sources of financing. Potential investors or lenders may be unable to provide us with financing that is attractive to us. Our access to such financing will depend, in part, on:

          Our principal capital demands include funds for (i) the expansion of our business, (ii) the payment of certain corporate operating expenses, (iii) capital support for our subsidiaries, and (iv) Federal, state and local taxes. We may need to provide additional capital support to our insurance subsidiaries if required pursuant to insurance laws and regulations or by the GSEs. If we were unable to meet our obligations, our insurance subsidiaries could lose GSE approval or be required to cease writing business in one or more states, which would adversely impact our business, financial condition and operating results.

Our success will depend on our ability to maintain and enhance effective operating procedures and internal controls.

          Operational risk and losses can result from, among other things, fraud, errors, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, failure to comply with regulatory requirements, information technology failures, failure to appropriately transition new hires or external events. We continue to enhance our operating procedures and internal controls to effectively support our business and our regulatory and reporting requirements. Our management does not expect that our disclosure controls or our internal controls will prevent all potential errors and fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. As a result of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons or by collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in

29


Table of Contents

conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. As a result of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatement due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Accordingly, our disclosure controls and procedures are designed to provide reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Any ineffectiveness in our controls or procedures could have a material adverse effect on our business.

          We have a risk management framework designed to assess and monitor our risks. However, there can be no assurance that we can effectively review and monitor all risks or that all of our employees will operate within our risk management framework, nor can there can be any assurance that our risk management framework will result in accurately identifying all risks and accurately limiting our exposures based on our assessments. Moreover, risk management is expected to be a new and important focus of regulatory examinations of companies under supervision. There can be no assurance that our risk management framework and documentation will meet the expectations of such regulators.

The mortgage insurance industry is, and as a participant in that industry we are, subject to litigation and regulatory risk generally.

          The MI industry faces litigation risk in the ordinary course of operations, including the risk of class action lawsuits and administrative enforcement by Federal and state agencies. Litigation relating to capital markets transactions and securities-related matters in general has increased and is expected to continue to increase as a result of the recent financial crisis. Consumers are bringing a growing number of lawsuits against home mortgage lenders and settlement service providers. Mortgage insurers have been involved in class action litigation alleging violations of Section 8 of the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974, or RESPA, and the Fair Credit Reporting Act, or FCRA. Section 8 of RESPA generally precludes mortgage insurers from paying referral fees to mortgage lenders for the referral of MI business. This limitation also can prohibit providing services or products to mortgage lenders free of charge, charging fees for services that are lower than their reasonable or fair market value and paying fees for services that mortgage lenders provide that are higher than their reasonable or fair market value, in exchange for the referral of MI business services. Violations of the referral fee limitations of RESPA may be enforced by the CFPB, HUD, Department of Justice, state attorneys general and state insurance commissioners, as well as by private litigants in class actions. In the past, a number of lawsuits have challenged the actions of private mortgage insurers under RESPA, alleging that the insurers have violated the referral fee prohibition by entering into captive reinsurance arrangements or providing products or services to mortgage lenders at improperly reduced prices in return for the referral of MI, including the provision of contract underwriting services. In addition to these private lawsuits, other private mortgage insurance companies have received civil investigative demands from the CFPB as part of its investigation to determine whether mortgage lenders and mortgage insurance providers engaged in acts or practices in connection with their captive mortgage insurance arrangements in violation of RESPA, the Consumer Financial Protection Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. We received such an inquiry from the CFPB in January 2012; however, we do not currently have nor have we ever had any captive reinsurance arrangements. In April 2013, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida approved consent orders issued by the CFPB against four other private mortgage insurers relating to captive reinsurance. Under the settlements as approved, the mortgage insurers will end the challenged practices, pay monetary penalties, and be subject to monitoring by the CFPB and required to make reports to the CFPB in order to ensure their compliance with the provisions of the orders. Although we did not participate in the practices that were the subject of the CFPB investigation, the private mortgage insurance industry and our insurance subsidiaries are, and likely will continue to be, subject to substantial Federal and state regulation, which has increased in recent years as a result of the deterioration of the housing and

30


Table of Contents

mortgage markets in the United States. Increased Federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to new legal precedents, new regulations or new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

Our operating insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation in various jurisdictions, and material changes in the regulation of their operations could adversely affect us.

          Our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries are subject to government regulation in each of the jurisdictions in which they are licensed or authorized to do business. Governmental agencies have broad administrative power to regulate many aspects of the insurance business, which may include trade and claim practices, accounting methods, premium rates, marketing practices, claims practices, advertising, policy forms, and capital adequacy. These agencies are concerned primarily with the protection of policyholders rather than shareholders. Moreover, insurance laws and regulations, among other things:

          The NAIC examines existing state insurance laws and regulations in the United States. During 2012, the NAIC established a Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Working Group, which we refer to as the "MGIWG", to determine and make recommendations to the NAIC's Financial Condition Committee regarding what, if any, changes are deemed necessary to the solvency regulation of mortgage guaranty insurers. On June 24, 2013, the MGIWG approved submission of a request to the NAIC's Executive Committee to revise the Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Model Act. If the NAIC were to adopt a revised Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Model Act, it may result in state legislatures enacting and implementing the revised provisions. We cannot predict the effect that any NAIC recommendations or proposed or future legislation or rule-making in the United States or elsewhere may have on our financial condition or operations.

          Our Bermuda insurance and reinsurance subsidiary, Essent Re, conducts its business from its offices in Bermuda and is not licensed or admitted to do business in any jurisdiction except Bermuda. We do not believe that Essent Re is subject to the insurance laws of any state in the United States. However, recent scrutiny of the insurance and reinsurance industry in the United States and other countries could subject Essent Re to additional regulation in the future that may make it unprofitable or illegal to operate a reinsurance business through our Bermuda subsidiary.

If our Bermuda principal operating subsidiary becomes subject to insurance statutes and regulations in jurisdictions other than Bermuda or if there is a change in Bermuda law or regulations or the application of Bermuda law or regulations, there could be a significant and negative impact on our business.

          Essent Re is a registered Bermuda Class 3A Insurer pursuant to Section 4 of the Insurance Act 1978. As such, it is subject to regulation and supervision in Bermuda. Bermuda insurance statutes and the regulations, and policies of the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the "BMA"), require Essent Re to, among other things:

31


Table of Contents

          These statutes and regulations may restrict Essent Re's ability to write insurance and reinsurance policies, distribute funds and pursue its investment strategy. We do not presently intend for Essent Re to be admitted to do business in the United States, U.K. or any jurisdiction other than Bermuda. However, we cannot assure you that insurance regulators in the United States, U.K. or elsewhere will not review the activities of Essent Re or its subsidiaries or agents and assert that Essent Re is subject to such jurisdiction's licensing requirements.

          Generally, Bermuda insurance statutes and regulations applicable to Essent Re are less restrictive than those that would be applicable if they were governed by the laws of any states in the United States. If in the future Essent Re becomes subject to any insurance laws of the United States or any state thereof or of any other jurisdiction, we cannot assure you that Essent Re would be in compliance with such laws or that complying with such laws would not have a significant and negative effect on our business.

          The process of obtaining licenses is very time consuming and costly, and Essent Re may not be able to become licensed in jurisdictions other than Bermuda should we choose to do so. The modification of the conduct of our business that would result if we were required or chose to become licensed in certain jurisdictions could significantly and negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, our inability to comply with insurance statutes and regulations could significantly and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations by limiting our ability to conduct business as well as subject us to penalties and fines.

          Because Essent Re is a Bermuda company, it is subject to changes in Bermuda law and regulation that may have an adverse impact on our operations, including through the imposition of tax liability or increased regulatory supervision. In addition, Essent Re will be exposed to any changes in the political environment in Bermuda. The Bermuda insurance and reinsurance regulatory framework recently has become subject to increased scrutiny in many jurisdictions, including the U.K. As a result of the delay in implementation of Solvency II Directive 2009/138/EC ("Solvency II"), it is unclear when the European Commission will take a final decision on whether or not it will recognize the solvency regime in Bermuda to be equivalent to that laid down in Solvency II. While we cannot predict the future impact on our operations of changes in the laws and regulation to which we are or may become subject, any such changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to banking regulations that may limit our business activities.

          The Goldman Sachs Group, affiliates of which will own approximately         % of the voting and economic interests in our business immediately following consummation of this offering (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares), is a bank holding company and regulated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act. The BHC Act imposes regulations and requirements on The Goldman Sachs Group and on any company that is deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act and the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve. Due to the size of its voting and economic interests, we

32


Table of Contents

are deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group, and are therefore considered to be a non-bank subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act and so we are subject to the supervision and regulation of the Federal Reserve and to certain banking laws, regulations and orders that apply to The Goldman Sachs Group. We will remain subject to this regulatory regime until The Goldman Sachs Group is no longer deemed to control us for purposes of the BHC Act, which we do not generally have the ability to control and which will not occur until The Goldman Sachs Group has significantly reduced its voting and economic interest in us.

          As a controlled non-bank subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, we are restricted from engaging in activities that are not permissible under the BHC Act, or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. Permitted activities for a financial holding company or any controlled non-bank subsidiary generally include activities that the Federal Reserve has previously determined to be closely related to banking, financial in nature, or incidental or complementary to financial activities, including insurance underwriting and selling insurance as agent or broker such as our activity of offering private mortgage insurance and reinsurance coverage for single-family mortgage loans. Further, as a result of being subject to regulation and supervision by the Federal Reserve, we may be required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve before engaging in certain new activities or businesses, whether organically or by acquisition. The Federal Reserve could exercise its power to restrict us from engaging in any activity that, in the Federal Reserve's opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound business practice. To the extent that these regulations impose limitations on our business, we could be at a competitive disadvantage because some of our competitors are not subject to these limitations.

          As a subsidiary of a bank holding company, we are subject to examination by the Federal Reserve and required to provide information and reports for use by the Federal Reserve under the BHC Act. In addition, we are subject to the examination authority of, and may be required to submit reports to, the CFPB because we are an affiliate of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, which is an insured depository institution with more than $10 billion in assets. Further, the Dodd-Frank Act and related financial regulatory reform calls for the issuance of numerous regulations designed to increase and strengthen the regulation of bank holding companies, including The Goldman Sachs Group and its affiliates. We cannot predict the impact of regulatory changes on our business with certainty.

          Because of The Goldman Sachs Group's status as a bank holding company, we have agreed to certain restrictions on our activities imposed by The Goldman Sachs Group that are intended to facilitate compliance with the BHC Act and that may impose certain obligations on the Company. For a discussion of these restrictions, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—BHC Act Agreement." Furthermore, additional restrictions placed on The Goldman Sachs Group as a result of supervisory or enforcement actions may restrict us or our activities in certain circumstances, even if these actions are unrelated to our conduct or business.

          For further discussion of the applicability of banking regulation to our business and the risks presented by such regulation, see "Certain Regulatory Considerations—Banking Regulation."

Risks Relating to Taxes

          In addition to the risk factors discussed below, we advise you to read "Certain Tax Considerations—Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries—Bermuda" and "—United States", and consult your own tax advisor regarding the tax consequences to your investment in our common shares.

33


Table of Contents

We and our non-U.S. subsidiaries may become subject to U.S. Federal income and branch profits taxation.

          Essent Group Ltd. and Essent Re intend to operate their business in a manner that will not cause them to be treated as engaged in a trade or business in the United States and, thus, will not be required to pay U.S. Federal income and branch profits taxes (other than U.S. excise taxes on insurance and reinsurance premium and withholding taxes on certain U.S. source investment income) on their income. However, because there is uncertainty as to the activities which constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the United States, there can be no assurances that the U.S. Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") will not contend successfully that Essent Group Ltd. or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are engaged in a trade or business in the United States. In addition, Section 845 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), was amended in 2004 to permit the IRS to reallocate, recharacterize or adjust items of income, deduction or certain other items related to a reinsurance contract between related parties to reflect the proper "amount, source or character" for each item (in contrast to prior law, which only covered "source and character"). If, in future periods, we were to generate income from our Bermuda operations, then any U.S. Federal income and branch profits taxes levied upon earnings from such operations could materially adversely affect our shareholders' equity and earnings.

          A recently reintroduced legislative proposal would treat certain foreign corporations as U.S. corporations if such corporation is primarily managed and controlled within the United States. There can be no assurance that the proposal would not apply to Essent Group Ltd.

          Congress has been considering legislation intended to eliminate certain perceived tax advantages of Bermuda and other non-U.S. insurance companies and U.S. insurance companies having Bermuda and other non-U.S. affiliates, including perceived tax benefits resulting principally from reinsurance between or among U.S. insurance companies and their Bermuda affiliates.

          A legislative proposal in the House of Representatives as well as a prior Senate Finance Committee staff discussion draft and other prior proposals would limit deductions for premiums ceded to affiliated non-U.S. reinsurers above certain levels. The Administration's Fiscal Year 2014 Revenue Proposals contain a similar but more restrictive provision that would deny deductions for all premiums ceded to affiliated non-U.S. reinsurers, offset by an exclusion for any ceding commissions received or reinsurance recovered from such affiliates. Two legislative proposals (H.R. 3157 and S. 1963) introduced during the 112th Congress appeared to adopt the provision contained in the Administration's Fiscal Year 2013 Revenue Proposals. Enactment of such legislation or proposal as well as other changes in U.S. tax laws, regulations and interpretations thereof to address these issues could adversely affect us to the extent we generate income from our Bermuda operations.

The Federal Insurance Excise Tax may apply on a cascading basis.

          The IRS, in Revenue Ruling 2008-15, formally announced its position that the Federal Insurance Excise Tax (the "FET") is applicable (at a 1% rate on premiums) to all reinsurance cessions or retrocessions of risks by non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers to non-U.S. reinsurers where the underlying risks are either (i) risks of a U.S. entity or individual located wholly or partly within the United States, or (ii) risks of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in a trade or business in the United States which are located within the United States ("U.S. Situs Risks"), even if the FET has been paid on prior cessions of the same risks. The legal and jurisdictional basis for the IRS' position is unclear. Although certain U.S. income tax treaties provide for an exemption from the FET, including the "cascading" FET, the U.S. income tax treaty with Bermuda does not provide for such an exemption. We expect, pursuant to Revenue Ruling 2008-15, that the FET could be applicable with respect to (i) risks ceded to Essent Re from a non-U.S. insurance company, or (ii) risks ceded by Essent Re to a non-U.S. insurance company that does not have a FET treaty exemption.

34


Table of Contents

Holders of 10% or more of our common shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation under the "controlled foreign corporation" ("CFC") rules.

          If you are a "10% U.S. Shareholder" (defined as a U.S. Person (as defined in "Certain Tax Considerations") who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or "constructively" (as defined below)) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote) of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year and you own shares in the non-U.S corporation directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities on the last day of the non-U.S. corporation's taxable year on which it is a CFC, you must include in your gross income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes your pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. "Subpart F income" of a non-U.S. insurance corporation typically includes "foreign personal holding company income" (such as interest, dividends and other types of passive income), as well as insurance and reinsurance income (including underwriting and investment income). A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if "10% U.S. Shareholders" own (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or by attribution by application of the constructive ownership rules of section 958(b) of the Code, (i.e., "constructively")) more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of voting stock of that non-U.S. corporation, or the total value of all stock of that non-U.S. corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S. corporation earning insurance income in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock (or more than 25% of the total value of the stock) is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day during the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts (other than certain insurance or reinsurance related to some country risks written by certain insurance companies, not applicable here) exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks.

          We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns our common shares directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or Essent Re. See "— Provisions in our bye-laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of our shares. " It is possible, however, that the IRS could successfully challenge the effectiveness of these provisions.

U.S. Persons who hold our shares may be subject to U.S. income taxation at ordinary income rates on their proportionate share of our "related party insurance income" ("RPII").

          If the RPII (determined on a gross basis) of Essent Re were to equal or exceed 20% of Essent Re's gross insurance income in any taxable year and direct or indirect policyholders (and persons related to those policyholders) own directly or indirectly through entities 20% or more of the voting power or value of the Company, then a U.S. Person who owns any shares of Essent Re (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) on the last day of the taxable year on which it is an RPII CFC would be required to include in its income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes such person's pro rata share of Essent Re's RPII for the entire taxable year, determined as if such RPII were distributed proportionately only to U.S. Persons at that date regardless of whether such income is distributed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected. In addition, any RPII that is includible in the income of a U.S. tax-exempt organization may be treated as unrelated business taxable income. The amount of RPII earned by a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary (generally, premium and related investment income from the indirect or direct insurance or reinsurance of any direct or indirect U.S. holder of shares or any person related to such holder) will depend on a number of factors, including the identity of persons directly or indirectly insured or reinsured by the company. We do not expect gross RPII of Essent Re to equal or exceed 20% of its gross insurance

35


Table of Contents

income in any taxable year for the foreseeable future, but we cannot be certain that this will be the case because some of the factors which determine the extent of RPII may be beyond our control.

U.S. Persons who dispose of our shares may be subject to U.S. Federal income taxation at the rates applicable to dividends on a portion of such disposition.

          Section 1248 of the Code in conjunction with the RPII rules provides that if a U.S. Person disposes of shares in a non-U.S. corporation that earns insurance income in which U.S. Persons own 25% or more of the shares (even if the amount of gross RPII is less than 20% of the corporation's gross insurance income and the ownership of its shares by direct or indirect policyholders and related persons is less than the 20% threshold), any gain from the disposition will generally be treated as a dividend to the extent of the holder's share of the corporation's undistributed earnings and profits that were accumulated during the period that the holder owned the shares (whether or not such earnings and profits are attributable to RPII). In addition, such a holder will be required to comply with certain reporting requirements, regardless of the amount of shares owned by the holder. These RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of our shares because the Company will not itself be directly engaged in the insurance business. The RPII provisions, however, have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of the RPII rules by the IRS, the courts, or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. The U.S. Treasury has authority to impose, among other things, additional reporting requirements with respect to RPII. Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to us is uncertain.

U.S. Persons who hold our shares will be subject to adverse tax consequences if we are considered to be a passive foreign investment company ("PFIC") for U.S. Federal income tax purposes.

          If we are considered a PFIC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes, a U.S. Person who owns any of our shares could be subject to adverse tax consequences, including becoming subject to a greater tax liability than might otherwise apply and to tax on amounts in advance of when tax would otherwise be imposed, in which case your investment could be materially adversely affected. In addition, if we were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. Federal income tax laws. We believe that we are not, have not been, and currently do not expect to become, a PFIC for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. We cannot assure you, however, that we will not be deemed a PFIC by the IRS. If we were considered a PFIC, it could have material adverse tax consequences for an investor that is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming. We cannot predict what impact, if any, such guidance would have on an investor that is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation.

U.S. tax-exempt organizations who own our shares may recognize unrelated business taxable income.

          A U.S. tax-exempt organization may recognize unrelated business taxable income if a portion of the insurance income of any of our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries is allocated to the organization, which generally would be the case if any of our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries is a CFC and the tax-exempt shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or there is RPII, certain exceptions do not apply and the tax-exempt organization owns any of our shares. Although we do not believe

36


Table of Contents

that any U.S. Persons should be allocated such insurance income, we cannot be certain that this will be the case. U.S. tax-exempt investors are advised to consult their own tax advisors.

Scope of application of recently enacted legislation is uncertain.

          The Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act ("FATCA") provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010 and regulations issued thereunder require certain foreign financial institutions ("FFIs") (which may include us) to enter into an agreement with the IRS to disclose to the IRS the name, address, tax identification number, and other specified information of certain U.S. and non-U.S. persons who own a direct or indirect interest in the FFI and to withhold on account holders that fail to provide such information, or otherwise be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to (i) certain U.S. source income (including interest and dividends) and gross proceeds from any sale or other disposition of property that can produce U.S. source interest or dividends ("withholdable payments"), and (ii) "passthru payments" (generally, withholdable payments and payments that are attributable to withholdable payments) made by FFIs. Such requirements may be modified by an applicable intergovernmental agreement ("IGA"). If an IGA is entered into between Bermuda and the United States, the Company may be required to comply with implementing legislation instead of the rules described above. Further, if we are not characterized as an FFI, it may be characterized as a passive non-financial foreign entity, in which case it would appear to be subject to such 30% withholding tax on certain payments unless it either provides information to withholding agents with respect to its "substantial U.S. owners" or makes certain certifications. The regulations issued under FATCA and subsequent guidance issued by the IRS indicate that this withholding tax will not be imposed with respect to payments of income made prior to July 1, 2014, and with respect to payments of proceeds from the sale of property prior to January 1, 2017. The regulations also indicate that premiums received under any reinsurance contract outstanding on July 1, 2014, will not be subject to withholding under FATCA.

          We may be subject to the requirements imposed on FFIs or passive non-financial foreign entities under FATCA and will use reasonable efforts to avoid the imposition of a withholding tax under FATCA, which may include entering into an agreement with the IRS.

Potential foreign bank account reporting and reporting of "Specified Foreign Financial Assets."

          U.S. Persons holding our common shares should consider their possible obligation to file an IRS Form TD F 90-22.1 — Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report — with respect to their shares. Additionally, such U.S. and non-U.S. persons should consider their possible obligations to annually report certain information with respect to us with their U.S. Federal income tax returns. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors with respect to these or any other reporting requirement which may apply with respect to their ownership of our common shares.

Reduced tax rates for qualified dividend income may not be available in the future.

          We believe that the dividends paid on the common shares should qualify as "qualified dividend income" if, as is intended, the common shares are approved for listing on a national securities exchange. Qualified dividend income received by non-corporate U.S. Persons (as defined in "Certain Tax Considerations") is generally eligible for long-term capital gain rates. There has been proposed legislation before the U.S. Senate and House of Representatives that would exclude shareholders of certain foreign corporations from this advantageous tax treatment. If such legislation were to become law, non-corporate U.S. Persons would no longer qualify for the reduced tax rate on the dividends paid by us.

37


Table of Contents

Risks Relating to this Offering and Our Common Shares

There is no public market for our common shares and a market may never develop, which could cause our common shares to trade at a discount and make it difficult for holders of our common shares to sell their shares.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no established trading market for our common shares, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market for our common shares will develop, or if one develops, be maintained. We will negotiate the initial public offering price per share with the representatives of the underwriters and therefore that price may not be indicative of the market price of our common shares after this offering. Accordingly, no assurance can be given as to the ability of our shareholders to sell their common shares or the price that our shareholders may obtain for their common shares. In addition, the market price of our common shares may fluctuate significantly. Some of the factors that could negatively affect the market price of our common shares include:

          The stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common shares.

Future sales of shares by existing shareholders could cause our share price to decline.

          Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common shares to decline. Based on shares outstanding as of                          , upon completion of this offering, we will have                      outstanding common shares (or                      outstanding common shares, assuming full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares). All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act unless held by "affiliates", as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                      common shares outstanding as of                          will be

38


Table of Contents

restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act, but will be eligible for resale subject to applicable volume, means of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements entered into among the underwriters and shareholders holding approximately                      common shares. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, the representatives of the underwriters, may, in their sole discretion and at any time without notice, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)." Upon completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the common shares to be issued under our equity compensation plans and, as a result, all common shares acquired upon exercise of options granted under our plans will also be freely tradable under the Securities Act, subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements, unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of                      common shares are reserved for issuance under our share incentive plans.

          We, our executive officers and shareholders holding approximately                      common shares [,  including                      shares held by the selling shareholders], have agreed to a "lock-up," meaning that, subject to certain exceptions, neither we nor they will sell any shares without the prior consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC for 180 days after the date of this prospectus. Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period,                       common shares will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of the common shares that may be sold into the public market in the future. In addition, certain of our significant shareholders may distribute shares that they hold to their investors who themselves may then sell into the public market following the expiration of the lock-up period. Such sales may not be subject to the volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common shares could decline if the holders of those shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, holders of approximately                      shares, or         %, of our common shares will have registration rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering the sale of their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other shareholders in the future. Once we register the shares for the holders of registration rights, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the restrictions contained in the lock-up agreements.

          In the future, we may issue additional common shares or other equity or debt securities convertible into common shares in connection with a financing, acquisition, and litigation settlement or employee arrangement or otherwise. Any of these issuances could result in substantial dilution to our existing shareholders and could cause the trading price of our common shares to decline.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our common shares will depend in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by securities and industry analysts. If there is no coverage of our Company by securities or industry analysts, the trading price for our shares would be negatively impacted. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage or if one or more of these analysts downgrades our shares or publishes misleading or unfavorable research about our business, our share price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our shares could decrease, which could cause our share price or trading volume to decline.

39


Table of Contents

We are an "emerging growth company," and any decision on our part to comply only with certain reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies could make our common shares less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in the JOBS Act, and, for as long as we continue to be an "emerging growth company," we may choose to take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation, shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved and an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

          We could remain an "emerging growth company" for up to five years, or until the earliest of (i) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1 billion, (ii) the date that we become a "large accelerated filer" as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act, which would occur if, among other things, the market value of common equity securities held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in nonconvertible debt during the preceding three-year period.

          We cannot predict whether investors will find our common shares less attractive if we choose to rely on one or more of these exemptions. If some investors find our common shares less attractive as a result of any decisions to reduce future disclosure, there may be a less active trading market for our common shares and our share price may be more volatile.

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources and distract our management, which could make it difficult to manage our business, particularly after we are no longer an "emerging growth company."

          We have historically operated as a private company and have not been subject to the same financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements as a public company. After this offering, we will be required to file annual, quarterly and other reports with the SEC. We will need to prepare and timely file financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements. We will also be subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, under the listing standards of the NYSE and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, which will impose significant compliance costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by becoming a public company will require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs. These changes will also place significant additional demands on our finance and accounting staff, which may not have prior public company experience or experience working for a newly public company, and on our financial accounting and information systems. We may in the future hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company reporting experience and technical accounting knowledge. Other expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors' fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we will be required, among other things, to:

40


Table of Contents

          In particular, upon completion of this offering, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 will require us to document and test the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting in accordance with an established internal control framework, and to report on our conclusions as to the effectiveness of our internal controls. Likewise, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to provide an attestation report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 unless we choose to utilize the exemption from such attestation requirement available to "emerging growth companies." As described above, we expect to qualify as an emerging growth company upon completion of this offering and could potentially qualify as an emerging growth company until 2018. In addition, upon completion of this offering, we will be required under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal controls over financial reporting. Any failure to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results or cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal controls over financial reporting, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements. This could result in a decrease in the value of our common shares. Failure to comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 could potentially subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

We have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering and our investment of those proceeds may not yield favorable returns.

          Our management has broad discretion to spend the proceeds from this offering and you may not agree with the way the proceeds are spent. The failure of our management to apply these funds effectively could result in unfavorable returns. This could adversely affect our business, causing the price of our common shares to decline.

We do not intend to pay dividends on our common shares and, consequently, your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation in the price of our common shares.

          We do not intend to declare and pay dividends on our share capital for the foreseeable future. We currently intend to retain all our future earnings, if any, to fund our growth. Therefore, you are not likely to receive any dividends on your common shares for the foreseeable future and the success of an investment in our common shares will depend upon any future appreciation in their value. There is no guarantee that our common shares will appreciate in value or even maintain the price at which our shareholders have purchased their shares. Furthermore, our subsidiaries are restricted by state insurance laws and regulations from declaring dividends to us. See "— Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could negatively affect our liquidity and potentially require us to raise more capital. "

Holders of our shares may have difficulty effecting service of process on us or enforcing judgments against us in the United States.

          We are a Bermuda exempted company. As a result, the rights of holders of our common shares will be governed by Bermuda law and our memorandum of association and bye-laws. The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law may differ from the rights of shareholders of companies incorporated in other jurisdictions. Certain of our directors and some of the named experts referred to in this prospectus are not residents of the United States, and a substantial portion of our assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of

41


Table of Contents

process on those persons in the United States or to enforce in the United States judgments obtained in U.S. courts against us or those persons based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. securities laws. It is doubtful whether courts in Bermuda will enforce judgments obtained in other jurisdictions, including the United States, against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of those jurisdictions or entertain actions in Bermuda against us or our directors or officers under the securities laws of other jurisdictions.

U.S. persons who own our shares may have more difficulty in protecting their interests than U.S. persons who are shareholders of a U.S. corporation.

          The Companies Act 1981 of Bermuda (the "Companies Act"), which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of certain significant provisions of the Companies Act and our bye-laws which differ in certain respects from provisions of Delaware corporate law. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not discuss all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

          Interested Directors:     Bermuda law provides that if a director has an interest in a material contract or proposed material contract with us or any of our subsidiaries or has a material interest in any person that is a party to such a contract, the director must disclose the nature of that interest at the first opportunity either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the board. Under Delaware law such transaction would not be voidable if:

          Business Combinations with Large Shareholders or Affiliates.     As a Bermuda company, we may enter into business combinations with our large shareholders or affiliates, including mergers, asset sales and other transactions in which a large shareholder or affiliate receives, or could receive, a financial benefit that is greater than that received, or to be received, by other shareholders, without obtaining prior approval from our board of directors or from our shareholders. If we were a Delaware company, we would need prior approval from our board of directors or a supermajority of our shareholders to enter into a business combination with an interested shareholder for a period of three years from the time the person became an interested shareholder, unless we opted out of the relevant Delaware statute.

          Shareholders' Suits.     The rights of shareholders under Bermuda law are not as extensive as the rights of shareholders in many U.S. jurisdictions. Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under the laws of Bermuda. However, the Bermuda courts ordinarily would be expected to follow English case law precedent, which would permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of the company to remedy a wrong done to the company where an act is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company, is illegal or would result in the violation of our memorandum of association or bye-laws. Furthermore, a court would consider acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of our shareholders than actually approved it. The prevailing party in such an action generally would be able to recover a portion of

42


Table of Contents

attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action. Our bye-laws provide that shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in the right of the company, against any director or officer for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except with respect to any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.

          Indemnification of Directors.     We may indemnify our directors or officers or any person appointed to any committee by the board of directors acting in their capacity as such in relation to any of our affairs for any loss arising or liability attaching to them by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which such person may be guilty in relation to the company other than in respect of his own fraud or dishonesty. Under Delaware law, a corporation may indemnify a director or officer of the corporation against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred in defense of an action, suit or proceeding by reason of such position if such director or officer acted in good faith and in a manner he or she reasonably believed to be in or not be opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such director or officer had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.

We may repurchase your common shares without your consent.

          Under our bye-laws and subject to Bermuda law, we have the option, but not the obligation, to require a shareholder to sell to us at fair market value the minimum number of common shares which is necessary to avoid or cure any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, our subsidiaries or our shareholders if our board of directors reasonably determines, in good faith, that failure to exercise our option would result in such adverse consequences or treatment.

Provisions in our bye-laws may reduce or increase the voting rights of our shares.

          In general, and except as provided under our bye-laws and as provided below, the common shareholders have one vote for each common share held by them and are entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders. However, if, and so long as, the shares of a shareholder are treated as "controlled shares" (as determined pursuant to sections 957 and 958 of the Code) of any U.S. Person (as that term is defined in "Certain Tax Considerations") (that owns shares directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) and such controlled shares constitute 9.5% or more of the votes conferred by our issued shares, the voting rights with respect to the controlled shares owned by such U.S. Person will be limited, in the aggregate, to a voting power of less than 9.5%, under a formula specified in our bye-laws. The formula is applied repeatedly until the voting power of all 9.5% U.S. Shareholders has been reduced to less than 9.5%. In addition, our board of directors may limit a shareholder's voting rights when it deems it appropriate to do so to (i) avoid the existence of any 9.5% U.S. Shareholder; and (ii) avoid certain material adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to us, any of our subsidiaries or any direct or indirect shareholder or its affiliates. "Controlled shares" include, among other things, all shares that a U.S. Person is deemed to own directly, indirectly or constructively (within the meaning of section 958 of the Code). The amount of any reduction of votes that occurs by operation of the above limitations will generally be reallocated proportionately among our other shareholders whose shares were not "controlled shares" of the 9.5% U.S. Shareholder so long as such reallocation does not cause any person to become a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder.

43


Table of Contents

          Under these provisions, certain shareholders may have their voting rights limited, while other shareholders may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share. Moreover, these provisions could have the effect of reducing the votes of certain shareholders who would not otherwise be subject to the 9.5% limitation by virtue of their direct share ownership.

          We are authorized under our bye-laws to request information from any shareholder for the purpose of determining whether a shareholder's voting rights are to be reallocated under the bye-laws. If any holder fails to respond to this request or submits incomplete or inaccurate information, we may, in our sole discretion, eliminate the shareholder's voting rights.

There are regulatory limitations on the ownership and transfer of our common shares.

          Common shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Companies Act and the Bermuda Investment Business Act 2003, which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. In addition, the BMA must approve all issues and transfers of shares of a Bermuda exempted company. However, the BMA has pursuant to its statement of June 1, 2005 given its general permission under the Exchange Control Act 1972 (and related regulations) for the issue and free transfer of our common shares to and among persons who are non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes as long as the shares are listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. This general permission would cease to apply if the Company were to cease to be so listed. We intend to apply for, and expect to receive, consent under the Bermuda Exchange Control Act 1972 (and its related regulations) from the BMA for the issue and transfer of our common shares to and between residents and non-residents of Bermuda for exchange control purposes provided our common shares remain listed on an appointed stock exchange, which includes the NYSE. Bermuda insurance law requires that any person who becomes a holder of at least 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of the common shares of an insurance or reinsurance company or its parent company must notify the BMA in writing within 45 days of becoming such a holder or 30 days from the date they have knowledge of having such a holding, whichever is later. The BMA may, by written notice, object to a person holding 10%, 20%, 33% or 50% of our common shares if it appears to the BMA that the person is not fit and proper to be such a holder. The BMA may require the holder to reduce their shareholding in us and may direct, among other things, that the voting rights attaching to their shares shall not be exercisable. A person that does not comply with such a notice or direction from the BMA will be guilty of an offense.

          The insurance holding company laws and regulations of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the state in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, require that, before a person can acquire direct or indirect control of an insurer domiciled in the state, prior written approval must be obtained from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. The state insurance regulators are required to consider various factors, including the financial strength of the acquirer, the integrity and management experience of the acquirer's board of directors and executive officers, and the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the reinsurer or insurer. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, "control" over an insurer is generally presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds the power to vote or holds proxies representing, 10 percent or more of the voting securities of that reinsurer or insurer. Indirect ownership includes ownership of Essent's common shares.

          Except in connection with the settlement of trades or transactions entered into through the facilities of the NYSE, our board of directors may generally require any shareholder or any person proposing to acquire our shares to provide the information required under our bye-laws. If any such shareholder or proposed acquirer does not provide such information, or if the board of directors has reason to believe that any certification or other information provided pursuant to any such request is inaccurate or incomplete, the board of directors may decline to register any transfer or to

44


Table of Contents

effect any issuance or purchase of shares to which such request is related. Although these restrictions on transfer will not interfere with the settlement of trades on the NYSE, we may decline to register transfers in accordance with our bye-laws and board of directors resolutions after a settlement has taken place.

Future offerings of debt or equity securities, which may rank senior to our common shares, may restrict our operating flexibility and adversely affect the market price of our common shares.

          If we decide to issue debt securities in the future, it is likely that they will be governed by an indenture or other instrument containing covenants restricting our operating flexibility. Additionally, any equity securities or convertible or exchangeable securities that we issue in the future may have rights, preferences and privileges more favorable than those of our common shares and may adversely affect the market price of our common shares. Any such debt or preference equity securities will rank senior to our common shares and will also have priority with respect to any distributions upon a liquidation, dissolution or similar event, which could result in the loss of all or a portion of your investment. Our decision to issue such securities will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, and we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings.

Purchasing our common shares through this offering will result in an immediate and substantial dilution of your investment.

          The initial public offering price of our common shares is substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common shares. Therefore, if you purchase our common shares in this offering, your interest will be diluted immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common shares and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common shares after this offering. See "Dilution."

          Furthermore, if we raise additional capital by issuing new equity securities at a lower price than the initial public offering price, your interest will be further diluted, which may result in the loss of all or a portion of your investment. If our future access to public markets is limited or our performance decreases, we may need to carry out a private placement or public offering of our common shares at a lower price than the initial public offering price which will also dilute the interests of our shareholders.

45


Table of Contents


FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus includes forward-looking statements, including in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business" and "Certain Regulatory Considerations." These forward-looking statements include, without limitation, statements regarding our industry, business strategy, plans, goals and expectations concerning our market position, international expansion, future operations, margins, profitability, future efficiencies, capital expenditures, liquidity and capital resources and other financial and operating information. When used in this discussion, the words "may," "believes," "intends," "seeks," "anticipates," "plans," "estimates," "expects," "should," "assumes," "continues," "could," "will," "future" and the negative of these or similar terms and phrases are intended to identify forward-looking statements in this prospectus.

          Forward-looking statements reflect our current expectations regarding future events, results or outcomes. These expectations may or may not be realized. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give you no assurance these expectations will prove to have been correct. Some of these expectations may be based upon assumptions, data or judgments that prove to be incorrect. Actual events, results and outcomes may differ materially from our expectations due to a variety of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors. Although it is not possible to identify all of these risks and factors, they include, among others, the following:

46


Table of Contents

          In light of these risks, uncertainties and other factors, the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus might not prove to be accurate and you should not place undue reliance upon them. All forward-looking statements speak only as of the date made and we undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.

47


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, we estimate that we will receive net proceeds from this offering of approximately $              million, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions in connection with this offering and estimated offering expenses payable by us of $              million. See "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

          [We will not receive any of the proceeds from the common shares to be sold by the selling shareholders in this offering.]

          We intend to use the net proceeds we receive from this offering for general corporate purposes, which may include capital contributions to support the growth of our insurance subsidiaries. We will have broad discretion over the way that we use the net proceeds of this offering received by us. See "Risk Factors  — We have broad discretion to use our net proceeds from this offering and our investment of those proceeds may not yield favorable returns."

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $             , assuming estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of                  shares in the number of common shares offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and the total consideration paid to us by all shareholders by $              million, assuming the initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The information discussed above is illustrative only and will vary based on the actual public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing.

48


Table of Contents


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We do not currently expect to declare or pay dividends on our common shares for the foreseeable future. Instead, we intend to retain earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and general corporate purposes. Any payment of dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon various factors then existing, including earnings, financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by applicable law, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends to Essent Group Ltd. is limited by state insurance laws. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources" and "Risk Factors — Our holding company structure and certain regulatory and other constraints, including adverse business performance, could negatively impact our liquidity and potentially require us to raise more capital. " In addition, under the Companies Act, we may only declare or pay a dividend if, among other matters, there are reasonable grounds for believing that we are, and would after the payment be, able to pay our respective liabilities as they become due and that the realizable value of our assets will, and after the payment would, exceed our liabilities.

49


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our capitalization as of June 30, 2013:

          You should read this table in conjunction with the sections of this prospectus entitled "Selected Consolidated Financial and Other Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  As of June 30, 2013  
($ in thousands)
 
Actual
 
As
Adjusted(1)
 

Cash

  $ 129,166   $    
           

Equity

             

Class A common shares, $0.01 par value per share(2)

  $ 474      

Class B-1 common shares, $0.01 par value per share(3)

         

Class B-2 common shares, $0.01 par value per share(4)

    92      

Common shares, $0.01 par value per share(5)

           

Additional paid-in capital

    473,378        

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    (1,639 )      

Accumulated deficit

    (66,735 )      

Treasury stock, at cost

    (34,336 )      
           

Total stockholders' equity

    371,234        
             

Total capitalization

  $ 371,234        
           

(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the public offering price per share would increase (decrease) our total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $              million (assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares).

(2)
75,500,000 shares authorized, of which there are 47,433,451 shares issued (including treasury shares) and 44,052,083 shares outstanding, including 432,576 unvested shares, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

(3)
84,769,663 shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

(4)
9,269,663 shares authorized, of which there are 9,226,165 shares issued (including treasury shares) and 9,224,591 shares outstanding, including 6,555,898 unvested

50


Table of Contents

    shares, actual; no shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding, as adjusted.

(5)
Upon consummation of this offering and after giving effect to our             for             share split effective as of                          , our Class A common shares will convert into             common shares (including                  unvested common shares), our Class B-2 common shares eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan, will convert into             common shares (including                  unvested common shares) and our Class B-2 common shares that are not eligible for vesting will be forfeited under our 2009 Plan.

51


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common shares, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common shares and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common shares immediately after this offering.

          As of June 30, 2013 our net tangible book value was $              million, or $             per common share, and our historical net tangible book value per share was $             . Historical net tangible book value per share has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of common shares outstanding at June 30, 2013. Pro forma net tangible book value gives effect to the conversion of all of our outstanding Class A common shares and Class B-2 common shares eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan into a single class of common shares, the forfeiture of any Class B-2 common shares not eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan and the              for             share split effective as of             , and would have been $              million or $             per common share, as of June 30, 2013.

          Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value also gives effect to the sale of our common shares sold by us in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, would have been $              million, or $             per share as of June 30, 2013. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $             to the existing shareholders and dilution in net tangible book value per share of $             to new investors who purchase shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution to new investors:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $    

Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2013

  $          

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors in this offering

  $          

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

        $    
           

Dilution of net tangible book value per share to new investors

        $    
           

          A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase or decrease total consideration paid by new investors and total consideration paid by all shareholders by $              million, assuming that the number of common shares offered by us set forth on the front cover of this prospectus remains the same, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase or decrease of              million shares in the number of shares offered by us would increase or decrease the total consideration paid to us by new investors and total consideration paid to us by all shareholders by $              million, assuming the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

          The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2013, the total number of common shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by the

52


Table of Contents

existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing shares in this offering (amounts in thousands, except percentages and per share data):

 
  Shares
Purchased
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
 
Average
Price
Per Share
 
 
 
Number
 
Percent
 
Amount
 
Percent
 

Existing shareholders

            % $         % $    

New investors

                               
                       

Total

          100 % $       100 %      
                         

          [The foregoing table does not reflect proceeds to be realized by the selling shareholders in connection with the sales by them in this offering.]

53


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

          The following tables set forth our historical consolidated financial data as of and for the periods indicated. The selected consolidated financial and other data as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical operating results are not necessarily indicative of future operating results.

          The selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 has been derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, which we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position and results of operations for such periods. The selected consolidated financial and other data as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results expected as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013 or for any future period.

          The information set forth under "Insurance company capital" below has been derived from the annual and quarterly statements of our insurance subsidiaries filed with the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. The accompanying data has been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. Such practices vary from GAAP.

54


Table of Contents

          The following data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, as well as the section entitled "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Summary of operations
(in thousands, except per-share amounts)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Revenues :

                               

Net premiums written

  $ 78,296   $ 22,731   $ 72,668   $ 17,865   $ 219  

Increase in unearned premiums

    (29,551 )   (9,216 )   (30,875 )   (9,686 )   (9 )
                       

Net premiums earned

    48,745     13,515     41,793     8,179     210  

Net investment income

    1,744     998     2,269     1,169     214  

Realized investment gains, net

    93     104     143     364     13  

Other income

    2,013     2,150     4,511     4,676     5,863  
                       

Total revenues

    52,595     16,767     48,716     14,388     6,300  
                       

Losses and expenses :

                               

Provision for losses and LAE

    1,310     646     1,466     57      

Other underwriting and operating expenses

    30,519     28,950     61,126     48,781     33,928  
                       

Total losses and expenses

    31,829     29,596     62,592     48,838     33,928  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    20,766     (12,829 )   (13,876 )   (34,450 )   (27,628 )

Income tax benefit

   
(10,011

)
 
(307

)
 
(333

)
 
(895

)
 
(54

)
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 ) $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )
                       

Earnings (loss) per share(1):

                               

Basic:

                               

Class A

  $ 0.90   $ (0.48 ) $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )       N/A     N/A  

Diluted:

                               

Class A

  $ 0.89   $ (0.48 ) $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )       N/A     N/A  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                               

Basic:

                               

Class A

    34,313     25,923     27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    1,577     285     557          

Diluted:

                               

Class A

    34,459     25,923     27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    6,549     285     557          

Pro forma earnings (loss) per share(2)

                               

Basic

  $                            

Diluted

                               

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding

                               

Basic

  $                            

Diluted

                               

55


Table of Contents


 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Balance sheet data
(in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Total investments

  $ 297,805   $ 172,033   $ 247,414   $ 171,091   $ 161,725  

Cash

    129,166     21,338     22,315     18,501     15,511  

Total assets

    461,210     213,984     283,332     210,066     193,589  

Reserve for losses and LAE

    2,548     702     1,499     57      

Unearned premium reserve

    70,121     18,910     40,570     9,695     9  

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    7,400     12,274     9,841     14,703     2,485  

Total stockholders' equity

  $ 371,234   $ 170,055   $ 219,123   $ 176,061   $ 183,493  

 

Selected additional data
($ in thousands)
  Six Months Ended June 30,   Year Ended December 31,  
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

New insurance written

  $ 10,216,683   $ 3,621,424   $ 11,241,161   $ 3,229,720   $ 245,898  

Loss ratio(3)

   
2.7

%
 
4.8

%
 
3.5

%
 
0.7

%
 
0.0

%

Expense ratio(4)

    62.6 %   214.2 %   146.3 %   596.4 %   16,156.2 %
                       

Combined ratio

    65.3 %   219.0 %   149.8 %   597.1 %   16,156.2 %
                       

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Insurance portfolio:

                               

Insurance in force

  $ 22,576,300   $ 6,768,666   $ 13,628,980   $ 3,376,708   $ 244,968  

Risk in force

  $ 5,348,917   $ 1,596,691   $ 3,221,631   $ 777,460   $ 53,561  

Policies in force

    98,818     30,049     59,764     15,135     1,204  

Loans in default

   
90
   
21
   
56
   
3
   
 

Percentage of loans in default

    0.09 %   0.07 %   0.09 %   0.02 %    

Insurance company capital:

                               

Combined statutory capital(5)

  $ 356,169   $ 150,125   $ 203,611   $ 150,851   $ 165,144  

Risk to capital ratios:

                               

Essent Guaranty, Inc. 

    14.9:1     10.2:1     15.8:1     5.0:1     0.3:1  

Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. 

    17.0:1     22.5:1     16.2:1     10.4:1     0.6:1  

Combined(6)

    15.0:1     10.6:1     15.8:1     5.2:1     0.3:1  

(1)
Our Class A common shares have a stated dividend; however, our Class B-2 common shares do not have a stated dividend rate. Accordingly, earnings (loss) per common share has been calculated using the "two-class" method which provides that earnings and losses be allocated to each class of common shares according to dividends declared and their respective participation rights. Because the Class A common shares accrue a 10% cumulative dividend, the Class B-2 common shares have no stated dividend rate and any dividends paid on Class B-2 common shares would be discretionary, all earnings in 2013 have been allocated to the Class A Common shares for purposes of computing earnings per share. In 2012, the net loss was allocated to the Class A common shares and vested Class B-2 common shares based on contributed capital. In 2011 and 2010, the entire net loss was allocated to the Class A common shares as no Class B-2 common shares had vested.

(2)
Pro forma per share data assumes (i) the conversion of all of our Class A common shares and all of our Class B-2 common shares eligible to vest under our 2009 Plan into a single class of common shares and the forfeiture of any Class B-2 common shares that are not eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan and (ii) the             for             share split effective as of                          , as if such events occurred on January 1, 2012. Pro forma basic earnings (loss) per share consists of net income (loss) divided by the pro forma basic weighted average common shares outstanding. Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share consists of net income (loss) divided by the pro forma diluted weighted average common shares outstanding.

56


Table of Contents

(3)
Loss ratio is calculated by dividing the provision for loss and loss adjustment expenses by net premiums earned.

(4)
Expense ratio is calculated by dividing other underwriting and operating expenses by net premiums earned.

(5)
Combined statutory capital equals sum of statutory capital of Essent Guaranty, Inc. plus Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc., after eliminating the impact of intercompany transactions.

(6)
The combined risk to capital ratio equals the sum of the net risk in force of Essent Guaranty, Inc. and Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. divided by combined statutory capital.

57


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Selected Consolidated Financial Data" and our financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations. Factors that could cause such differences are discussed in the sections entitled "Forward-Looking Statements" and "Risk Factors." We are not undertaking any obligation to update any forward-looking statements or other statements we may make in the following discussion or elsewhere in this document even though these statements may be affected by events or circumstances occurring after the forward-looking statements or other statements were made. Therefore, no reader of this document should rely on these statements being current as of any time other than the time at which this document is declared effective by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Overview

          We are an established and growing private mortgage insurance company. We were formed to serve the U.S. housing finance industry at a time when the demands of the financial crisis and a rapidly changing business environment created the need for a new, privately funded mortgage insurance company. Since writing our first policy in May 2010, we have grown to an estimated 12.0% market share for the three months ended June 30, 2013, up from 8.6% and 3.9% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We believe that our growth has been driven largely by the unique opportunity we offer lenders to partner with a well-capitalized mortgage insurer, unencumbered by legacy business, that provides fair and transparent claims payment practices, and consistency and speed of service.

          In 2010, Essent became the first private mortgage insurer to be approved by the GSEs since 1995, and is licensed to write coverage in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. We believe that our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market. We have a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform, which we acquired from Triad Guaranty Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation (collectively, "Triad"), in exchange for up to $30 million in cash and the assumption of certain contractual obligations. Our holding company is domiciled in Bermuda and our U.S. insurance business is headquartered in Radnor, Pennsylvania. We operate additional underwriting and service centers in Winston-Salem, North Carolina and Irvine, California. We have a highly experienced, talented team with 259 employees, including 52 in business development and sales and 71 in underwriting. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated new insurance written of $10.2 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, and as of June 30, 2013, we had over $22.5 billion of insurance in force.

Legislative and Regulatory Developments

          Our results are significantly impacted by, and our future success may be affected by, legislative and regulatory developments affecting the housing finance industry. Key regulatory and legislative developments that may affect us include:

          The overwhelming majority of our current and expected future business is the provision of mortgage insurance on loans sold to the GSEs. Therefore, changes to the business practices of the GSEs or any regulation relating to the GSEs may impact our business and our results of

58


Table of Contents

operations. The FHFA is the regulator and conservator of the GSEs with authority to control and direct their operations. The FHFA has, and is likely to continue, to direct changes to the business operations of the GSEs in ways that affect the MI industry. In addition, it is likely that Federal legislation will be necessary to resolve the conservatorship of the GSEs, and such legislation could materially affect the role and charter of the GSEs and the operation of the housing finance system. In 2011, the U.S. Department of the Treasury recommended options for winding down the GSEs and using a combination of Federal housing policy changes to contract the government's footprint in housing finance and restore a larger role for private capital. Since 2011, Members of Congress have introduced several bills intended to reform the secondary market and the role of the GSEs, although no comprehensive housing finance or GSE reform legislation has been enacted to date. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations — Federal Laws and Regulations — Housing Financing Reform", "Risk Factors — Legislative or regulatory actions or decisions to change the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market generally, or changes to the charters of the GSEs with regard to the use of credit enhancements generally and private MI specifically, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns ", and "Risk Factors — Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns. "

          Various regulatory agencies have produced, and are now in the process of developing additional, new rules under the Dodd-Frank Act that are expected to have a significant impact on the housing finance industry, including the QM definition and the risk retention requirement and related QRM definition.

          Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB is authorized to issue regulations governing a loan originator's determination that, at the time a loan is originated, the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act provides a statutory presumption that a borrower will have the ability to repay a loan if the loan has characteristics satisfying the QM definition. The CFPB has issued a final rule defining what constitutes a QM that will take effect on January 10, 2014. Under the QM Rule, a loan is deemed to be a QM if it has certain loan features, satisfies extensive documentation requirements and meets limitations on fees and points and APRs. The QM Rule also provides for a second temporary category with more flexible requirements if the loan is eligible to be purchased or guaranteed by the GSEs while they are in conservatorship, which is the overwhelming majority of our business. This second temporary category still requires that loans satisfy certain criteria, including the requirement that the points and fees represent 3% or less of the total loan amount.

          Failure to comply with the ability-to-repay requirement exposes a lender to substantial potential liability. As a result, we believe that the QM regulations may cause changes in the lending standards and origination practices of our customers. Such changes may include a further tightening of mortgage origination practices and lending standards, which may further improve the credit quality of new mortgages, but may also result in a reduction of the overall volume of mortgage originations. To the extent the use of private mortgage insurance causes a loan not to meet the definition of a QM, the volume of loans originated with mortgage insurance may decline. In addition, the impact of the mortgage insurance premiums on the calculation of points and fees for purposes of QM may influence the use of MI, as well as our mix of premium plans and therefore our profitability. See "— Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Persistency and Business Mix." Finally, to the extent that government agencies that offer mortgage insurance adopt their own definitions of a qualified mortgage and those definitions are more favorable to lenders than those applicable in the market we operate in, our business may be adversely affected. See "Certain

59


Table of Contents

Regulatory Considerations — Federal Regulation — Dodd-Frank Act — Qualified Residential Mortgage Regulations — Risk Retention Requirements" and "Risk Factors — Our Business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's ("CFCB") final rule defining a qualified mortgage ("QM") reduces the size of the origination market or creates incentives to use government mortgage insurance programs."

          The Dodd-Frank Act provides for an originator or issuer risk-retention requirement on securitized mortgage loans that do not meet the definition of a QRM. Federal regulators issued the proposed risk-retention rule in March 2011, and in response to public comment on such proposed rule, issued a revised proposed-risk retention rule on August 28, 2013, including a definition of QRM that generally defines QRM as a mortgage meeting the requirements of QM (see "Certain Regulatory Considerations — Federal Regulations — Dodd-Frank Act — Qualified Mortgage Regulations—Ability to Repay Requirements"). In addition, the regulators also requested public comments on an alternative definition that, among other things, incorporates a maximum LTV standard of 70% and certain other restrictions selected to reduce the risk of default. Neither of the revised proposed definitions of QRM incorporate the use of private mortgage insurance. Under the proposed rule, the GSEs satisfy the risk retention requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act while they are in conservatorship. The proposed rule is now subject to public comment and final rules have yet to be issued. The final timing of the adoption of any risk retention regulation and the definition of QRM remains uncertain.

          Issuers may prefer not to retain risk and may therefore have a strong incentive to originate loans that meet the definition of a QRM. If the final rule gives consideration to private mortgage insurance in the definition of QRM, issuers may benefit from the use of private mortgage insurance for mortgage securitizations subject to the risk retention requirements. However, if the final QRM rule does not give consideration to MI in the definition of QRM, the attractiveness of originating and securitizing loans with lower down payments may be reduced, which may adversely affect the future demand for MI and our business. In addition, changes in the final regulations regarding treatment of GSE-guaranteed mortgage loans, could impact our business. The ultimate impact of these rules on the use of MI depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM, (ii) under the proposed definition, the extent to which the presence of private mortgage insurance may adversely affect the ability of a loan to qualify as a QM and therefore as a QRM, (iii) under the QM-plus definition or any other final definition with an LTV requirement, the level of the final LTV requirement and the extent to which credit would be given for the use of MI, if any, in satisfying the LTV requirement, (iv) if, in the future, sellers of loans to the GSEs become subject to risk-retention requirements, and (v) the degree to which originators or issuers subject to risk retention requirements would see it as beneficial to utilize MI on non-QRM loans to mitigate their retained credit exposure. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations — Federal Regulation — Dodd-Frank Act — Qualified Residential Mortgage Regulations — Risk Retention Requirements" and "Risk Factors — The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected by the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act's risk retention requirements and the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage ("QRM") ."

          In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved publication of final regulatory capital rules, which we refer to as the "Basel III Rules", governing almost all U.S. banking organizations regardless of size or business model. The Basel III Rules revise and enhance the Federal banking agencies' general risk-based capital, advanced approaches and leverage rules. The Basel III Rules will become effective on January 1, 2014, with a mandatory compliance date of January 1, 2015 for

60


Table of Contents

banking organizations other than advanced approaches banking organizations that are not savings and loan holding companies.

          The Federal banking agencies previously issued proposed rules that would have made extensive changes to the capital requirements for residential mortgages, including eliminating capital recognition for certain low down payment mortgages covered by mortgage insurance. After consideration of extensive comments with regard to the proposed capital rules for residential mortgages, the Federal banking agencies decided to retain in the Basel III Rules the treatment for residential mortgage exposures that is currently set forth in the general risk-based capital rules and the treatment of mortgage insurance.

          The Basel III Rules continue to afford FHA-insured loans a lower risk-weighting than low down payment loans insured with private MI, and Ginnie Mae mortgage-backed securities are afforded a lower risk weighting than Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac mortgage-backed securities. Therefore, with respect to capital requirements, FHA-insured loans will continue to have a competitive advantage over loans insured by private mortgage insurance and then sold to and securitized by the GSEs.

          In addition, with regard to the separate Basel III Rules applicable to general credit risk mitigation for banking exposures, insurance companies engaged predominantly in the business of providing credit protection, such as private mortgage insurance companies, are not eligible guarantors.

          If implementation of the Basel III Rules increases the capital requirements of banking organizations with respect to the residential mortgages we insure, it could adversely affect the size of the portfolio lending market, which in turn would reduce the demand for our mortgage insurance, but may create incentives for banks to originate and sell loans to the GSEs which could expand demand for mortgage insurance. If the Federal banking agencies revise the Basel III Rules to reduce or eliminate the capital benefit banks receive from insuring low down payment loans with private mortgage insurance, or if our bank customers believe that such adverse changes may occur at some time in the future, our current and future business may be adversely affected. Furthermore, if mortgage insurance companies do not meet the requirements to be an eligible guarantor for purposes of general credit mitigation, our future business prospects may be adversely affected. "Risk Factors — The implementation of the Basel III capital accord, or other changes to our customers capital adequacy requirements and the Basel III guidelines may discourage the use of mortgage insurance ."

          The FHA is our primary competitor outside of the private mortgage insurance industry and the FHA's role in the mortgage insurance industry is also significantly dependent upon regulatory developments. The U.S. Congress is considering reforms of the housing finance market, which includes consideration of the future mission, size and structure of the FHA, which is part of HUD. In HUD's annual report to Congress on the financial status of the FHA Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund, or MMIF, dated November 16, 2012, the capital reserve ratio of the MMIF turned to a negative 1.44%, below the congressionally mandated required minimum level of 2%. In part as a result of this capital shortfall, Congress is considering legislation to reform the FHA. If FHA reform were to raise FHA premiums, tighten FHA credit guidelines, make other changes which make lender use of FHA less attractive, or implement credit risk sharing between FHA and private mortgage insurers, these changes may be beneficial to our business. However, there can be no assurance that any FHA reform legislation will be enacted into law, and what provisions may be contained in any final legislation, if any. Therefore, the future impact on our business is uncertain. See "Certain Regulatory Considerations — Federal Regulation — FHA Reform" and "Risk Factors — The amount of insurance we may be able to write could be adversely affected if lenders and investors select alternatives to private mortgage insurance. "

61


Table of Contents

Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations

          Premiums are based on insurance in force, or IIF, during all or a portion of a period. A change in the average IIF during a period causes premiums to increase or decrease as compared to prior periods. Average premiums rates in effect during a given period will also cause premiums to differ when compared to earlier periods. IIF at the end of a reporting period is a function of the IIF at the beginning of such reporting period plus NIW less policy cancellations (including claims paid) during the period. As a result, premiums are generally influenced by:

          Premiums are paid either on a monthly installment basis ("monthly premiums"), in a single payment at origination ("single premiums"), or in some cases as an annual premium. For monthly premiums, we receive a monthly premium payment which is recorded as net premiums earned in the month the coverage is provided. Net premiums written may be in excess of net premiums earned due to single premium policies. For single premiums, we receive a single premium payment at origination, which is recorded as "unearned premium" and earned over the estimated life of the policy, which ranges from 36 to 156 months depending on the term of the underlying mortgage and loan-to-value ratio at date of origination. If single premium policies are cancelled due to repayment of the underlying loan and the premium is non-refundable, the remaining unearned premium balance is immediately recognized as earned premium revenue. Substantially all of our single premium policies in force as of June 30, 2013 were non-refundable. Premiums collected on an annual basis are recognized as net premiums earned on a straight line basis over the year of coverage. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, monthly and single premium policies comprised 80.3% and 19.7% of our NIW, respectively.

          The percentage of IIF that remains on our books after any 12-month period is defined as our persistency rate. Because our insurance premiums are earned over the life of a policy, higher persistency rates can have a significant impact on our profitability. The persistency rate on our portfolio was 80.1% at June 30, 2013. Generally, higher prepayment speeds lead to lower persistency.

          Prepayment speeds and the relative mix of business between single premium policies and monthly premium policies also impact our profitability. Our premium rates include certain assumptions regarding repayment or prepayment speeds of the mortgages. Because premiums are paid at origination on single premium policies, assuming all other factors remain constant, if loans are prepaid earlier than expected, our profitability on these loans is likely to increase and, if loans are repaid slower than expected, our profitability on these loans is likely to decrease. By contrast, if monthly premium loans are repaid earlier than anticipated, our premium earned with respect to those loans and therefore our profitability declines. Currently, the expected return on single premium policies is less than the expected return on monthly policies.

62


Table of Contents

          Our investment portfolio was comprised entirely of investment grade fixed income securities and money market investments, as of June 30, 2013. The principal factors that influence investment income are the size of the investment portfolio and the yield. As measured by amortized cost (which excludes changes in fair market value, such as from changes in interest rates), the size of our investment portfolio is mainly a function of capital contributions and cash generated from or used in operations which is impacted by net premiums received, investment earnings, net claim payments and expenses. Realized gains and losses are a function of the difference between the amount received on the sale of a security and the security's amortized cost, as well as any "other than temporary" impairments recognized in earnings. The amount received on the sale of fixed income securities is affected by the coupon rate of the security compared to the yield of comparable securities at the time of sale.

          In connection with the acquisition of our mortgage insurance platform, we entered into a services agreement with Triad to provide certain information technology maintenance and development and customer support-related services. In return for these services, we receive a fee which is recorded in other income. From the period from December 1, 2009 to November 30, 2010, this fee was based on a fixed amount. Effective December 1, 2010, the fee is adjusted monthly based on the number of Triad's MI policies in force and, accordingly, will decrease over time as Triad's existing policies are cancelled. The services agreement provides for a minimum monthly fee of $150,000 for the duration of the services agreement. The services agreement expires on November 30, 2014 and provides for two subsequent five year renewals at Triad's option. See note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

          Other income also includes revenues associated with contract underwriting services. The level of contract underwriting revenue is dependent upon the number of customers who have engaged us for this service and the number of loans underwritten for these customers.

          The provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses reflect the current expense that is recorded within a particular period to reflect actual and estimated loss payments that we believe will ultimately be made as a result of insured loans that are in default.

          Losses incurred are generally affected by:

63


Table of Contents

          We establish loss reserves for delinquent loans when we are notified that a borrower has missed at least two consecutive monthly payments ("Case Reserves"), as well as estimated reserves for defaults that may have occurred but not yet been reported to us ("IBNR Reserves"). We also establish reserves for the associated loss adjustment expenses ("LAE"), consisting of the estimated cost of the claims administration process, including legal and other fees. Using both internal and external information, we establish our reserves based on the likelihood that a default will reach claim status and estimated claim severity. See "— Critical Accounting Policies" for further information.

          We believe, based upon our experience and industry data, that claims incidence for mortgage insurance is generally highest in the third through sixth years after loan origination. As of June 30, 2013, 45% of our IIF relates to business written during the first six months of 2013 and substantially all of our policies in force are less than three years old. Although the claims experience on new insurance written by us to date has been favorable to date, we expect incurred losses and claims to increase as a greater amount of this book of insurance reaches its anticipated period of highest claim frequency. The actual default rate and the average reserve per default that we experience as our portfolio matures is difficult to predict and is dependent on the specific characteristics of our current in-force book (including the credit score of the borrower, the loan to value ratio of the mortgage, geographic concentrations, etc.), as well as the profile of new business we write in the future. In addition, the default rate and the average reserve per default will be affected by future macroeconomic factors such as housing prices, interest rates and employment.

    Other Underwriting and Operating Expenses

          Our other underwriting and operating expenses include components that are substantially fixed, as well as expenses that generally increase or decrease in line with the level of NIW.

          Our most significant expense is compensation and benefits for our employees, which represented 65% of other underwriting and operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 52%, 49% and 51% of other underwriting and operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Compensation and benefits expense has steadily increased each period since 2010 as we have increased our staffing from 68 employees at January 1, 2010 to 259 at June 30, 2013, primarily in our business development and operations functions to support the growth of our business. From January 1, 2010 to June 30, 2013, we grew our sales organization from 2 employees to 52 employees, which contributed to the growth of our

64


Table of Contents

active customers and NIW, and also expanded our underwriting and customer service teams from 9 employees to 96 to support this new business.

          Depreciation and amortization expense represented 4% of other underwriting and operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 25%, 28% and 20% of other underwriting and operating expenses for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. A significant portion of the depreciation expense recorded during these periods related to the assets acquired from Triad for $30 million in cash and the assumption of certain contractual obligations. The purchase price of the assets acquired from Triad was allocated primarily to acquired technology (94%) and workforce-in-place (4%) and is being amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over 36 months and 48 months, respectively, from the date of acquisition. The acquired technology component of the purchase price was fully depreciated as of November 30, 2012 and, accordingly, depreciation and amortization expense will decline in 2013 compared to prior periods.

          Underwriting and other expenses also include legal, consulting, other professional fees, premium taxes, travel, entertainment, marketing, licensing, supplies, hardware, software, rent, utilities and other expenses.

          We anticipate that as we continue to add customers and increase our IIF, our expenses will also continue to increase. In addition, as a result of the increase in our IIF, we expect that our net premiums earned will grow faster than our underwriting and other expenses resulting in a decline in our expense ratio. Subsequent to completion of the offering, we expect to incur incremental costs related to being a public company, including certain operating and compensation expenses.

    Income Taxes

          Income taxes are incurred based on the amount of earnings or losses generated in the jurisdictions in which we operate and the applicable tax rates and regulations in those jurisdictions. To date, substantially all of our business activity has been conducted in the United States where we are subject to corporate level Federal income taxes. Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are generally not subject to income taxes in the states in which we operate; however, our non-insurance subsidiaries are subject to state income taxes. In lieu of state income taxes, our insurance subsidiaries pay premium taxes that are recorded in other underwriting and operating expenses. The amount of income tax expense or benefit recorded in future periods will be dependent on the jurisdictions in which we operate and the tax laws and regulations in effect.

          Essent Group Ltd. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Essent Re, are domiciled in Bermuda, which does not have a corporate income tax. To date, these entities have incurred expenses and generated limited amounts of investment income.

          Since inception and prior to June 30, 2013, we recorded a valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, and as such, we generally did not record a benefit associated with the losses incurred in prior periods or other income tax benefits. The income tax provision or benefit recognized in prior periods related to changes in our valuation allowance associated with changes in deferred tax liabilities resulting from the increase or decrease in the unrealized gain on our investment portfolio. At June 30, 2013, after weighing all the evidence, we concluded that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, we have released the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2013, except for amounts that will be released against income before income taxes for the remainder of the year. The release of the valuation allowance resulted in the recognition of $10.0 million as a benefit for Federal income taxes in the second quarter of 2013. Starting in 2014, we expect that our effective tax rate will approach the statutory tax rate.

65


Table of Contents

    Mortgage Insurance Earnings and Cash Flow Cycle

          In general, the majority of any underwriting profit (premium revenue minus losses) that a book generates occurs in the early years of the book, with the largest portion of any underwriting profit realized in the first year. Subsequent years of a book generally result in modest underwriting profit or underwriting losses. This pattern generally occurs because relatively few of the claims that a book will ultimately experience typically occur in the first few years of the book, when premium revenue is highest, while subsequent years are affected by declining premium revenues, as the number of insured loans decreases (primarily due to loan prepayments), and increasing losses.

Key Performance Indicators

    Insurance In Force

          As discussed above, premiums we collect and earn are generated based on our IIF, which is a function of our NIW and cancellations. From May 2010, when we first began writing policies, through June 30, 2013, we have increased our NIW. We have also grown the number of customers who have approved us to provide mortgage insurance over this period, as well as increased our share of NIW from certain customers over time. The following table includes a summary of the change in our IIF for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010. In addition, this table includes our RIF at the end of each period and the number of customers that purchased MI during each respective period.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

IIF, beginning of period

  $ 13,628,980   $ 3,376,708   $ 3,376,708   $ 244,968   $  

NIW

    10,216,683     3,621,424     11,241,161     3,229,720     245,898  

Cancellations

    (1,269,363 )   (229,466 )   (988,889 )   (97,980 )   (930 )
                       

IIF, end of period

  $ 22,576,300   $ 6,768,666   $ 13,628,980   $ 3,376,708   $ 244,968  
                       

Average IIF during the period

  $ 17,753,344   $ 4,858,954   $ 7,581,042   $ 1,397,224   $ 64,264  

RIF, end of period

 
$

5,348,917
 
$

1,596,691
 
$

3,221,631
 
$

777,460
 
$

53,561
 

Number of Customers generating NIW during the period

   
557
   
262
   
463
   
134
   
13
 

          Our cancellation activity is relatively low because the average age of our insurance portfolio is young. Following is a summary of our IIF at June 30, 2013 by vintage:

($ in thousands)
 
$
 
%
 

2013 (through June 30)

  $ 10,085,910     45 %

2012

    10,287,399     45  

2011

    2,071,477     9  

2010

    131,514     1  
           

  $ 22,576,300     100 %
           

    Average Premium Rate

          Our average premium rate is dependent on a number of factors, including: (1) the risk characteristics and average coverage on the mortgages we insure; (2) the mix of monthly premiums

66


Table of Contents

compared to single premiums in our portfolio; (3) cancellations of non-refundable single premiums during the period; and (4) changes to our pricing.

          The following table outlines our average premium rate, which reflects net premium earned as a percentage of average IIF, calculated on an annualized basis for interim periods, for the periods presented:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Net premiums earned

  $ 48,745   $ 13,515   $ 41,793   $ 8,179   $ 210  

Average IIF during the period

  $ 17,753,344   $ 4,858,954   $ 7,581,042   $ 1,397,224   $ 64,264  

Average premium rate

    0.55 %   0.56 %   0.55 %   0.59 %   0.56 %

    Persistency Rate

          The measure for assessing the impact of policy cancellations on IIF is our persistency rate, defined as the percentage of IIF that remains on our books after any twelve-month period. See additional discussion regarding the impact of the persistency rate on our performance in "— Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Persistency and Business Mix."

    Risk to Capital

          The risk to capital ratio is frequently used as a measure of capital adequacy in the mortgage insurance industry and is calculated as a ratio of net risk in force to statutory capital. Net risk in force represents total risk in force net of reinsurance ceded and net of exposures on policies for which loss reserves have been established. Statutory capital is computed based on accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. See additional discussion in "— Liquidity and Capital Resources — Risk to Capital."

          As of June 30, 2013, our combined net risk in force was $5.3 billion and our combined statutory capital was $356.2 million resulting in a risk to capital ratio of 15.0 to 1. The amount of capital required varies in each jurisdiction in which we operate; however, generally, the maximum permitted risk to capital ratio is 25.0 to 1. As a condition to its approval from Freddie Mac, until December 31, 2013 Essent Guaranty is required to maintain a risk-to-capital ratio of no greater than 20.0:1. State insurance regulators and the GSEs are currently examining their respective capital rules to determine whether, in light of the recent financial crisis, changes are needed to more accurately assess mortgage insurers' ability to withstand stressful economic conditions. As a result, the capital metrics under which they assess and measure capital adequacy may change in the future. Independent of the state regulator and GSE capital requirements, management continually assesses the risk of our insurance portfolio and current market and economic conditions to determine the appropriate levels of capital to support our business.

67


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth our results of operations for the periods indicated:

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
   
   
   
 
 
  Year Ended December 31,  
Summary of Operations
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Revenues:

                               

Net premiums written

  $ 78,296   $ 22,731   $ 72,668   $ 17,865   $ 219  

Increase in unearned premiums

    (29,551 )   (9,216 )   (30,875 )   (9,686 )   (9 )
                       

Net premiums earned

    48,745     13,515     41,793     8,179     210  

Net investment income

    1,744     998     2,269     1,169     214  

Realized investment gains, net

    93     104     143     364     13  

Other income

    2,013     2,150     4,511     4,676     5,863  
                       

Total revenues

    52,595     16,767     48,716     14,388     6,300  
                       

Losses and expenses:

                               

Provision for losses and LAE

    1,310     646     1,466     57      

Other underwriting and operating expenses

    30,519     28,950     61,126     48,781     33,928  
                       

Total losses and expenses

    31,829     29,596     62,592     48,838     33,928  
                       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    20,766     (12,829 )   (13,876 )   (34,450 )   (27,628 )

Income tax benefit

    (10,011 )   (307 )   (333 )   (895 )   (54 )
                       

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 ) $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )
                       

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 Compared to the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we reported net income of $30.8 million, compared to a net loss of $12.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in our operating results in the first six months of 2013 over the same period in 2012 was primarily due to an increase in net premiums earned associated with the growth of our IIF and an increase in net investment income as well as the income tax benefit recorded due to the reversal of our valuation allowance against deferred tax assets, partially offset by increases in other underwriting and operating expenses and the provision for losses and loss adjustment expenses.

    Net Premiums Written and Earned

          Net premiums written and earned increased in the six months ended June 30, 2013 by 244% and 261%, respectively, compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily due to the increase in our average IIF from $4.9 billion in the first half of 2012 to $17.8 billion in the first half of 2013.

          In the six months ended June 30, 2013, unearned premiums increased by $29.6 million as a result of net premiums written on single premium policies of $36.5 million which was partially offset by $6.9 million of unearned premium that was recognized in earnings during the period. In the six months ended June 30, 2012, unearned premiums increased by $9.2 million as a result of net premiums written on single premium policies of $10.6 million partially offset by $1.4 million of unearned premium that was recognized in earnings during the period.

68


Table of Contents

    Net Investment Income

          Our net investment income was derived from the following sources for the period indicated:

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 2,024   $ 1,163  

Short-term investments

    4     10  
           

Gross investment income

    2,028     1,173  

Investment expenses

    (284 )   (175 )
           

Net investment income

  $ 1,744   $ 998  
           

          The increase in net investment income to $1.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $1.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 is primarily due to an increase in the size of our investment portfolio as a result of capital contributions from our investors and cash flows generated from operations. The average cash and investment portfolio balance was $325.9 million and $189.7 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The pre-tax investment income yield was 1.2% in each of the six month periods ended June 30, 2013 and 2012. The pre-tax investment income yields are calculated based on amortized cost. See "— Liquidity and Capital Resources" for further details of our investment portfolio.

    Other Income

          Other income includes fees earned for information technology and customer support services provided to Triad and contract underwriting revenues. The decline in other income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 compared to the same period in 2012 is primarily due to a reduction in the number of Triad's MI policies in force. This fee will continue to decrease over time as Triad's existing policies are cancelled. Contract underwriting revenue increased to $0.4 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 from $0.2 million in the first six months ended June 30, 2012 primarily due to an increase in the number of customers using the service.

    Provision for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          The increase in the provision for losses and LAE was primarily due to an increase in the number of insured loans in default partially offset by previously identified defaults that cured and paid claims.

          The following table presents a roll forward of insured loans in default for the periods indicated:

 
  Six Months
Ended
June 30,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Beginning default inventory

    56     3  

Plus: new defaults

    135     33  

Less: cures

    (95 )   (15 )

Less: claims paid

    (6 )    
           

Ending default inventory

    90     21  
           

69


Table of Contents

          The increase in the number of defaults at June 30, 2013 compared to June 30, 2012 is primarily due to an increase in our IIF and policies in force and a marginal increase in the default rate driven by an increase in the average age of the insurance portfolio.

          The following table includes additional information about our loans in default as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of June 30,  
 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Case reserves (in thousands)

  $ 2,315   $ 655  

Ending default inventory

    90     21  

Average reserve per default

  $ 25,725   $ 31,202  

Default rate

    0.09 %   0.07 %

Claims received included in ending default inventory

   
3
   
 

          The decrease in the average reserve per default is primarily due to changes in the composition (such as mark-to-market loan to value ratios, risk in force, and number of months past due) of the underlying loans in default. The primary factor contributing to the decrease in the average reserve per default from June 30, 2012 to June 30, 2013 is a decrease in the average RIF of the default inventory.

          The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and LAE and a detail of reserves and defaulted RIF by the number of missed payments and pending claims.

 
  As of
June 30,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 

Reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

  $ 1,499   $ 57  

Add provision for losses and LAE occurring in:

             

Current year

    1,435     703  

Prior years

    (125 )   (57 )
           

Incurred losses during the current period

    1,310     646  
           

Deduct payments for losses and LAE occurring in:

             

Current year

    4     1  

Prior years

    257      
           

Loss and LAE payments during the current period

    261     1  
           

Reserve for losses and LAE at end of period

  $ 2,548   $ 702  
           

70


Table of Contents


 
  As of June 30, 2013  
($ in thousands)
 
Number of
Policies in
Default
 
Percentage of
Policies in
Default
 
Amount of
Reserves
 
Percentage of
Reserves
 
Defaulted
RIF
 
Reserves as a
Percentage of
RIF
 

Missed payments:

                                     

Three payments or less

    49     55 % $ 740     32 % $ 2,559     29 %

Four to eleven payments

    34     38     1,154     50     1,762     66  

Twelve or more payments

    4     4     215     9     287     75  

Pending claims

    3     3     206     9     196     105  
                             

Total

    90     100 % $ 2,315     100 % $ 4,804     48 %
                             

IBNR

                174                    

LAE and other

                59                    
                                     

Total reserves

              $ 2,548                    
                                     

 

 
  As of June 30, 2012  
($ in thousands)
 
Number of
Policies in
Default
 
Percentage of
Policies in
Default
 
Amount of
Reserves
 
Percentage of
Reserves
 
Defaulted
RIF
 
Reserves as a
Percentage of
RIF
 

Missed payments:

                                     

Three payments or less

    10     48 % $ 220     34 % $ 630     35 %

Four to eleven payments

    9     43     413     63     526     78  

Twelve or more payments

    2     9     22     3     41     54  

Pending claims

                         
                             

Total

    21     100 % $ 655     100 % $ 1,197     55 %
                             

IBNR

                33                    

LAE and other

                14                    
                                     

Total reserves

              $ 702                    
                                     

          During the six-month period ended June 30, 2013, the provision for losses and LAE was $1.3 million, comprised of $1.4 million of current year loss development partially offset by $0.1 million of favorable prior years' loss development. During the six-month period ended June 30, 2012, the provision for losses and LAE was $0.6 million, comprised of $0.7 million of current year loss development partially offset by favorable prior years' loss development of $0.1 million. In both periods, the favorable prior years' loss development is the result of a re-estimation of amounts ultimately to be paid on prior year defaults in the default inventory.

          During the six-month period ended June 30, 2013, we paid 6 claims for a total amount of $0.2 million. We paid no claims during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

71


Table of Contents

    Other Underwriting and Operating Expenses

          Following are the components of our other underwriting and operating expenses for the periods indicated:

 
  Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
  2013   2012  
($ in thousands)
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 19,990     65 % $ 15,328     53 %

Depreciation and amortization

    1,105     4     8,005     28  

Other

    9,424     31     5,617     19  
                   

  $ 30,519     100 % $ 28,950     100 %
                   

Number of employees at end of period

    259           184        

          Other underwriting and operating expenses increased to $30.5 million in the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to $29.0 million in the six months ended June 30, 2012. The significant factors contributing to the change in other underwriting and operating expenses are:

    Compensation and benefits increased primarily due to the increase in our work force to 259 at June 30, 2013 from 184 at June 30, 2012. Additional employees were hired to support the growth in our business, particularly in our sales organization, as well as our underwriting and customer service teams. Compensation and benefits is composed of cash compensation, including salaries, wages and bonus, stock compensation expense, benefits and payroll taxes.

    Depreciation and amortization expense decreased in 2013 compared to 2012 as the substantial majority of the assets acquired from Triad were fully depreciated as of November 30, 2012. Depreciation expense associated with these assets during the six months ended June 30, 2012 was $6.6 million.

    Other expenses, including premium taxes, travel, marketing, hardware, software, rent and other facilities expenses, increased as a result of the expansion of our business.

    Income Taxes

          Our subsidiaries in the United States file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return. Our income tax benefit was $10.0 million and $0.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Our effective tax rate was (48.2)% and (2.4)% for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Since inception and prior to June 30, 2013, we had evaluated the realizability of our deferred tax assets on a quarterly basis and concluded that it was more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset would not be realized and provided a valuation allowance against the deferred tax assets. Accordingly, we did not record a benefit associated with the losses incurred in prior periods or for other income tax benefits. The income tax provision or benefit recognized in prior periods related to changes in our valuation allowance associated with changes in deferred tax liabilities relating to the change in the unrealized gain on our investment portfolio. At June 30, 2013, we concluded that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, we have released the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2013 except for amounts that will be reversed as an income tax benefit over the remainder of the year in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification ("ASC") 740-270. The release of the valuation allowance resulted in the recognition of $10.0 million as a benefit for income taxes in the second quarter of 2013.

72


Table of Contents

          The positive evidence that weighed in favor of releasing the allowance as of June 30, 2013 and ultimately outweighed the negative evidence against releasing the allowance was the following:

    the substantial growth in our IIF which has driven the increase in net premiums earned experienced in 2012 and through June 30, 2013;

    our increasing level of profitability in the fourth quarter of 2012 and the first two quarters of 2013 and our expectations regarding the sustainability of these profits;

    our expectation that we will be in a three-year cumulative income position in 2013;

    the strong credit profile of the loans we have insured since we began to issue MI policies in 2010;

    the size of our IIF and our contractual rights for future premiums from this book of business;

    our taxable income for 2012 and our expectations regarding the likelihood of future taxable income; and

    our current net operating loss carryforwards will be fully utilized in 2013

          Our determination of the amount of deferred tax asset valuation allowance to reverse as of June 30, 2013 was based on the guidance in ASC 740-270 regarding accounting for income taxes in interim periods. This guidance distinguishes between amounts that are recognized through the use of an estimated annual effective tax rate applied to year-to-date operating results and specific events that are discretely recognized as they occur. Under ASC 740-270, the tax benefit of an operating loss carryforward from prior years shall be included in the effective tax rate computation if the tax benefit is expected to be realized as a result of ordinary income in the current year. Otherwise, the tax benefit shall be recognized in each interim period to the extent that income in the period and for the year to date is available to offset the operating loss carryforward or, in the case of a change in judgment about realizability of the related deferred tax asset in future years, the effect shall be recognized in the interim period in which the change occurs. We estimated our pretax income for the year to determine the amount of tax benefit that was expected to be realized from ordinary income in 2013 and that amount was used to reduce tax expense from continuing operations to zero. The remainder of the tax benefit resulted from a change in estimate of future years' income and was recognized as a discrete benefit in the six months ended June 30, 2013. At June 30, 2013, the remaining valuation allowance was $11.4 million and we expect that it will be reversed as an income tax benefit throughout the remaining quarters of 2013 until that amount is reduced to zero as of December 31, 2013. The timing of the reduction of this remaining valuation allowance will be determined by the timing of our estimated income recognition for 2013.

          Income before income taxes recorded in the remainder of 2013 may be greater or less than our current estimate. If income before income taxes recorded for the remainder of 2013 is greater than our current estimate, we will recognize a provision for income taxes in subsequent periods of 2013. Conversely, if income before income taxes recorded for the remainder of 2013 is lower than our current estimate, we will recognize an additional benefit for income taxes in subsequent periods of 2013. Starting in 2014, we expect that our effective tax rate will approach the statutory tax rate.

Year Ended December 31, 2012 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2011

          For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, we reported net losses of $13.5 million and $33.6 million, respectively. The reduction in our net loss in 2012 compared to 2011 was primarily due to an increase in net premiums earned and net investment income, partially offset by increases in other underwriting and operating expenses and the provision for losses and LAE.

73


Table of Contents

    Net Premiums Written and Earned

          Net premiums written and earned increased in the year ended December 31, 2012 by 307% and 411%, respectively, compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to the increase in our average IIF to $7.6 billion for the year ended December 31, 2012 from $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011. The favorable impact of the increase in IIF on net premium earned was partially offset by a reduction in the average premium rate from 0.59% in 2011 to 0.55% in 2012.

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, unearned premiums increased to $30.9 million as a result of net premiums written on single premium policies of $35.7 million partially offset by $4.8 million of unearned premium that was recognized in earnings during the year. During the year ended December 31, 2011, unearned premiums increased by $9.7 million as a result of net premiums written on single premium policies of $10.3 million partially offset by $0.6 million of unearned premium that was recognized during the year.

    Net Investment Income

          The components of net investment income were derived from the following sources:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 2,632   $ 1,447  

Short-term investments

    14     92  
           

Gross investment income

    2,646     1,539  

Investment expenses

    (377 )   (370 )
           

Net investment income

  $ 2,269   $ 1,169  
           

          The increase in net investment income during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2011 is primarily due to an increase in the size of our investment portfolio as a result of capital contributions from our investors and cash flows generated from operations, as well as an increase in the pre-tax investment income yield. The average cash and investment portfolio balance was $214.0 million and $179.2 million in 2012 and 2011, respectively. The pre-tax investment income yield increased from 0.86% in 2011 to 1.2% in 2012. The increase in the pre-tax investment income is primarily due to a decrease in the portion of the portfolio invested in U.S. Treasury and Agency bonds and an increase in the allocation to higher yielding investment grade corporate, municipal and asset backed securities and an extension of the portfolio duration from 2.3 years at December 31, 2011 to 3.1 years at December 31, 2012.

    Other Income

          Other income includes fees earned for information technology and customer support services provided to Triad and contract underwriting revenues. The decline in other income is primarily due to the decline in service fee income from Triad of $4.7 million in 2011 to $3.8 million in 2012 as a result of a reduction in Triad's MI policies in force. This fee will continue to decline in future periods as Triad's existing policies are cancelled. Offsetting the decrease in service fee income from Triad is a increase in contract underwriting revenue to $0.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2012 from less than $0.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2011 primarily due to an increase in the number of customers using the service.

74


Table of Contents

    Provision for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          The provision for loss and LAE increased from $0.1 million in 2011 to $1.5 million in 2012 because of an increase in the number of new insured loans in default partially offset by previously identified defaults that cured.

          The following table presents a roll forward of insured loans in default for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Beginning default inventory

    3      

Plus: new defaults

    117     6  

Less: cures

    (63 )   (3 )

Less: claims paid

    (1 )    
           

Ending default inventory

    56     3  
           

          The increase in the number of defaults at December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 is primarily due to an increase in our IIF and policies in force and an increase in the average age of the insurance portfolio.

          The following tables include additional information about our loans in default as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Case reserves (in thousands)

  $ 1,393   $ 56  

Ending default inventory

    56     3  

Average direct reserve per default

  $ 24,860   $ 18,515  

Default rate

    0.09 %   0.02 %

Claims received included in ending default inventory

   
3
   
 

          The increase in the average reserve per default is primarily due to changes in the composition (such as mark-to-market loan to value ratios, risk in force, and number of months past due) of the underlying loans in default. The primary factor contributing to the increase in the average reserve per default from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012 is an increase in the average RIF of the default inventory.

75


Table of Contents

          The following tables provide a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and LAE and a detail of reserves and defaulted RIF by the number of missed payments and pending claims.

 
  As of
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 

Reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

  $ 57   $  

Add provision for losses and LAE occurring in:

             

Current year

    1,523     57  

Prior years

    (57 )    
           

Incurred losses during the current year

    1,466     57  
           

Deduct payments for losses and LAE occurring in:

             

Current year

    24      

Prior years

         
           

Loss and LAE payments during the current year

    24      
           

Reserve for losses and LAE at end of year

  $ 1,499   $ 57  
           

 

 
  As of December 31, 2012  
($ in thousands)
 
Number
of Policies
in Default
 
Percentage
of Policies
in Default
 
Amount
of Reserves
 
Percentage
of Reserves
 
Defaulted
RIF
 
Reserves as a
Percentage of
RIF
 

Missed payments:

                                     

Three payments or less

    30     54 % $ 391     28 % $ 1,335     29 %

Four to eleven payments

    19     34     689     49     948     73  

Twelve or more payments

    4     7     132     10     184     72  

Pending claims

    3     5     181     13     168     108  
                             

Total

    56     100 % $ 1,393     100 % $ 2,635     53 %
                             

IBNR

                70                    

LAE and other

                36                    
                                     

Total reserves

              $ 1,499                    
                                     

 

 
  As of December 31, 2011  
($ in thousands)
 
Number
of Policies
in Default
 
Percentage
of Policies in
Default
 
Amount
of Reserves
 
Percentage
of Reserves
 
Defaulted
RIF
 
Reserves as a
Percentage of
RIF
 

Missed payments:

                                     

Three payments or less

    1     33 % $ 56     100 % $ 56     100 %

Four to eleven payments

    2     67             96      

Twelve or more payments

                         

Pending claims

                         
                             

Total

    3     100.0 % $ 56     100 % $ 152     36 %
                             

IBNR

                                   

LAE and other

                1                    
                                     

Total reserves

              $ 57                    
                                     

76


Table of Contents

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, the provision for losses and LAE was $1.5 million, comprised of $1.6 million of current year loss development partially offset by $0.1 million of favorable prior years' loss development, as a result of a re-estimation of amounts to be paid on prior year defaults in the default inventory. During the year ended December 31, 2011, net losses incurred were $0.1 million, comprised solely of current year loss development. Given the small number of defaults in 2011, management established case reserves based upon a specific review of each loan in default and considering factors such as subsequent performance and policy deductibles.

          During the year ended December 31, 2012, we paid one claim for approximately $18,000. We paid no claims during 2011.

    Other Underwriting and Operating Expenses

          Following are the components of our other underwriting and operating expenses for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2012   2011  
($ in thousands)
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 31,624     52 % $ 24,011     49 %

Depreciation and amortization

    15,156     25     13,591     28  

Other

    14,346     23     11,179     23  
                   

  $ 61,126     100 % $ 48,781     100 %
                   

Number of employees at end of period

    209           157        

          Other underwriting and operating expenses increased to $61.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $48.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The significant factors contributing to the change in other underwriting and operating expenses are:

    Compensation and benefits increased due to the increase in our work force to 209 at December 31, 2012 from 157 employees at December 31, 2011. Additional employees were hired to support the growth in our business, particularly in our sales organization, as well as our underwriting and customer service teams. Compensation and benefits is composed of cash compensation, including salaries, wages and bonus, stock compensation expense, benefits and payroll taxes.

    Depreciation and amortization expense increased in 2012 compared to 2011 primarily due to an increase in the depreciation on the assets acquired from Triad as well as depreciation and amortization for additional property and equipment acquired.

    Other expenses, including premium taxes, travel, marketing, hardware, software, rent and other facilities expenses, increased as a result of the expansion of our business.

    Income Taxes

          Our subsidiaries in the United States file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return. Our income tax benefit was $0.3 million and $0.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our effective tax rate was (2.4)% and (2.6)% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the years then ended, we had a full valuation allowance recorded against deferred tax assets.

77


Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2011 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2010

          For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, we reported net losses of $33.6 million and $27.6 million, respectively. The increase in our net loss in 2011 compared to 2010 was primarily due to an increase in other underwriting and operating expenses and a reduction in other income, partially offset by increases in net premiums earned and net investment income.

    Net Premiums Written and Earned

          Net premiums written and earned increased in the year ended December 31, 2011 to $17.9 million and $8.2 million, respectively, compared to net written and earned premiums of $0.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 primarily due to the increase in our average IIF to $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $64.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.

          The increase in the unearned premium reserve in 2011 over 2010 is due to net premium written on single premium policies during the year ended December 31, 2011 of $10.3 million partially offset by $0.6 million of unearned premium that was recognized during the period.

    Net Investment Income

          The components of net investment income were derived from the following sources:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
($ in thousands)
 
2011
 
2010
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 1,447   $ 210  

Short-term investments

    92     270  
           

Gross investment income

    1,539     480  

Investment expenses

    (370 )   (266 )
           

Net investment income

  $ 1,169   $ 214  
           

          The increase in net investment income during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2010 is primarily due to the change in the mix of fixed income investments and an extension of the duration of the portfolio. As of December 31, 2010, the average cash and investment portfolio was composed of U.S. Treasury and Agency bonds and Agency MBS with a duration of 1.0 year. During 2011, we added investment grade corporate securities to the portfolio and increased the duration to 2.3 years, which resulted in an increase in the pre-tax investment income yield from 0.27% during 2010 to 0.86% in 2011. The average investment portfolio balance was $179.2 million and $181.0 million in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

    Other Income

          Other income principally includes fees earned for information technology and customer support services provided to Triad. Other income declined from $5.9 million in 2010 to $4.7 million in 2011 primarily due to the reduction in Triad's MI policies in force. Prior to December 1, 2010, the fee received was based on a fixed amount. Subsequent to December 1, 2010, the fee is adjusted monthly based on the number of Triad's MI policies in force and, accordingly, will decrease over time as Triad's existing policies are cancelled.

78


Table of Contents

    Provision for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          During 2011, we incurred 6 defaults, 3 of which subsequently cured, resulting in 3 defaults in inventory as of December 31, 2011 and a reserve for losses and loss adjustment expenses of $0.1 million. As of December 31, 2010, we had no loans in default. The increase in the number of defaults at December 31, 2011 is primarily due to an increase in our IIF and policies in force and an increase in the average age of the insurance portfolio. The average reserve per default at December 31, 2011 was $18,515.

 
  As of December 31, 2011  
($ in thousands)
 
Number
of Policies
in Default
 
Percentage
of Policies in
Default
 
Amount
of Reserves
 
Percentage
of Reserves
 
Defaulted
RIF
 
Reserves as a
Percentage of
RIF
 

Missed payments:

                                     

Three payments or less

    1     33 % $ 56     100 % $ 56     100 %

Four to eleven payments

    2     67             96      

Twelve or more payments

                         

Pending claims

                         
                             

Total

    3     100 % $ 56     100 % $ 152     36 %
                             

IBNR

                                   

LAE and other

                1                    
                                     

Total reserves

              $ 57                    
                                     

          During the year ended December 31, 2011, the provision for losses and LAE was $0.1 million, representing current year loss development as there were no loans in default in 2010 and, accordingly, no provision for losses and LAE was recorded during that period. Given the small number of defaults, management established case reserves based upon a specific review of each loan in default and considering factors such as subsequent performance and policy deductibles.

          We paid no claims during 2011 or 2010.

    Other Underwriting and Operating Expenses

          Other underwriting and operating expenses increased to $48.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to $33.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2010.

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2010  
($ in thousands)
 
$
 
%
 
$
 
%
 

Compensation and benefits

  $ 24,011     49 % $ 17,337     51 %

Depreciation and amortization

    13,591     28     6,636     20  

Other

    11,179     23     9,955     29  
                   

  $ 48,781     100 % $ 33,928     100 %
                   

Number of employees at end of period

    157           103        

          The significant factors contributing to the change in other underwriting and operating expenses are:

    Compensation and benefits increased due to the increase in our work force to 157 at December 31, 2011 from 103 at December 31, 2010. Additional employees were hired to support the growth in our business, particularly in our sales organization, as well as our

79


Table of Contents

      underwriting and customer service teams. Compensation and benefits is composed of cash compensation, including salaries, wages and bonus, stock compensation expense, benefits and payroll taxes.

    Depreciation expense increased in 2011 compared to 2010 primarily due to the acquisition of the assets from Triad. On the date of acquisition, December 1, 2009, we recorded the purchase price associated with the fixed payments of $15 million and began to amortize these assets over 36 months. Effective March 31, 2011, we determined it was probable that we would pay the contingent payments and recorded the additional purchase price of $15 million and began amortization of this portion of the purchase price over the remaining depreciable life of 20 months. See note 6 to our audited consolidated financial statements.

    Other expenses, including premium taxes, travel, marketing, hardware, software, rent and other facilities expenses increased as a result of the expansion of our business, partially offset by a reduction in legal and consulting fees.

    Income Taxes

          The Company's subsidiaries in the United States file a consolidated U.S. Federal income tax return. The Company's income tax benefit was $0.9 million and $0.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Our effective tax rate was (2.6)% and (0.2)% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the years then ended, we had a full valuation allowance recorded against our deferred tax assets.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Overview

          Our sources of funds consist primarily of:

    our investment portfolio and interest income on the portfolio;

    net premiums that we will receive from our existing IIF as well as policies that we write in the future; and

    capital contributions.

          Our obligations consist primarily of:

    claim payments under our policies; and

    the other costs and operating expenses of our business.

          As of June 30, 2013, we had substantial liquidity in addition to our investment portfolio, with $129.2 million of cash. Our cash position increased during the six months ended June 30, 2013 primarily as a result of $125 million in capital contributions received from our investors.

          As of June 30, 2013, our principal source of additional funding was equity contributions from our investors. Our current investors committed, subject to certain conditions, to make equity contributions to Essent in the amount of approximately $600.3 million. As of June 30, 2013, $438.3 million of this equity commitment had been drawn. The obligation of the current investors to make equity contributions to the Company will not continue following consummation of this offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions."

          Management believes that the Company has sufficient liquidity available both at the holding company and in its insurance and other operating subsidiaries to meet its operating cash needs and obligations and committed capital expenditures for the next 12 months.

80


Table of Contents

          While the Company and all of its subsidiaries are expected to have sufficient liquidity to meet all their expected obligations, additional capital may be required to meet any new capital requirements that are adopted by regulatory authorities or the GSEs, or to provide additional capital related to the growth of our risk in force in our insurance portfolio, or to fund new business initiatives.

          At the operating subsidiary level, liquidity could be impacted by any one of the following factors:

    significant decline in the value of our investments;

    inability to sell investment assets to provide cash to fund operating needs;

    decline in expected revenues generated from operations;

    increase in expected claim payments related to our IIF; or

    increase in operating expenses.

          Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain capital and dividend rules and regulations prescribed by jurisdictions in which it is authorized to operate and the GSEs. Under the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the insurance subsidiaries may pay dividends during any twelve-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10% of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders' surplus or (ii) the preceding year's statutory net income. The Pennsylvania statute also requires that dividends and other distributions be paid out of positive unassigned surplus without prior approval. The insurance subsidiaries currently have negative unassigned surplus and therefore would require prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner to make any dividend payment or other distributions in 2013. At June 30, 2013, our insurance subsidiaries were in compliance with these rules and regulations. The insurance subsidiaries have paid no dividends since their inception.

          In addition, as a condition to its approval from Freddie Mac, until December 31, 2013 Essent Guaranty is required to maintain a risk-to-capital ratio of no greater than 20.0:1.

          We anticipate using a portion of the proceeds from this offering to support the growth of our business and maintain statutory capital at levels that meet the capital requirements prescribed by the GSEs and regulations in the jurisdictions in which our insurance subsidiaries are authorized to operate.

    Cash Flows

          The following table summarizes our consolidated cash flows from operating, investing and financing activities:

 
  Six Months
Ended June 30,
  Year Ended December 31,  
($ in thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

  $ 47,799   $ 3,372   $ 36,639   $ (8,245 ) $ (21,733 )

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (62,106 )   (929 )   (79,729 )   (9,155 )   17,158  

Net cash provided by financing activities

    121,158     394     46,904     20,390     6,835  
                       

Net increase in cash

  $ 106,851   $ 2,837   $ 3,814   $ 2,990   $ 2,260  
                       

    Operating Activities

          Cash flow provided by operations totaled $47.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to cash provided by operating activities of $3.4 million for the six months ended

81


Table of Contents

June 30, 2012. The increase in cash flow from operations of $44.4 million was a result of the increase in premium collected and net investment income partially offset by an increase in expenses paid and a decrease in other income.

          Cash flow provided by operations totaled $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to cash flow used in operations of $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flow from operations of $44.8 million was a result of the increase in premium collected and net investment income partially offset by an increase in expenses paid and a decrease in other income.

          Cash flow used in operations totaled $8.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to cash flow used in operations of $21.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The reduction in operating cash flow deficit in 2011 of $13.5 million was the result of the increase in premium collected, earned premiums and net investment income partially offset by an increase in expenses paid and a decrease in other income.

    Investing Activities

          Cash flow used in investing activities totaled $62.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to cash used in investing activities of $0.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The increase in cash flow used in investing activities was primarily related to investing a portion of capital contributions which totaled $125 million.

          Cash flow used in investing activities totaled $79.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flow used in investing activities of $70.5 million was primarily related to the purchase of investments from December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012.

          Cash flow used in investing activities totaled $9.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to cash provided by investing activities of $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in cash flow used in investing activities of $26.4 million was primarily related to the purchase of investments from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011.

    Financing Activities

          Cash flow provided by financing activities totaled $121.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2013 as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $0.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. In June and March 2013, the Company issued Class A shares to the current investors for net proceeds of $123.8 million. Cash provided by financing activities in the six months ended June 30, 2012 were principally due to Class A common shares issued to the current investors largely offset by the payment of the 2011 annual fee to the current investors and payments to Triad under the asset purchase agreement. The annual fee was waived by our initial investors for the year ended December 31, 2012 and thereafter.

          Cash flow provided by financing activities totaled $46.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to cash flow provided by financing activities of $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011. The increase in cash flow provided by financing activities of $26.5 million was primarily related to issuance of equity to our current investors for net proceeds of $54.5 million in 2012 versus $24.8 million in 2011.

          Cash flow provided by financing activities totaled $20.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 as compared to cash provided by investing activities of $6.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in cash flow provided by financing activities of $13.6 million was primarily related to issuance of equity to our current investors for net proceeds of $24.8 million in 2011 versus net proceeds of $11.2 million from issuance of equity to our current investors net of treasury shares acquired and a $1.8 million dividend in 2010.

82


Table of Contents

    Risk to Capital

          We compute our risk to capital ratio on a separate company statutory basis, as well as for our combined insurance operations. The risk to capital ratio is our net risk in force divided by our statutory capital. Our net risk in force represents risk in force net of reinsurance ceded, if any, and net of exposures on policies for which loss reserves have been established. Statutory capital consists primarily of statutory policyholders' surplus (which increases as a result of statutory net income and decreases as a result of statutory net loss and dividends paid), plus the statutory contingency reserve. The statutory contingency reserve is reported as a liability on the statutory balance sheet. A mortgage insurance company is required to make annual contributions to the contingency reserve of 50% of net premiums earned. These contributions must generally be maintained for a period of ten years. However, with regulatory approval a mortgage insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year.

          Our combined risk to capital calculation as of June 30, 2013 is as follows:

Combined statutory capital:
($ in thousands)
   
 

Policyholders' surplus

  $ 306,704  

Contingency reserves

    49,465  
       

Combined statutory capital

  $ 356,169  
       

Combined net risk in force

  $ 5,346,427  
       

Combined risk to capital ratio

    15.0:1  
       

          For additional information regarding regulatory capital see note 11 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements. Our combined statutory capital equals the sum of statutory capital of Essent Guaranty, Inc. plus Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc., after eliminating the impact of intercompany transactions. The combined risk to capital ratio equals the sum of the net risk in force of Essent Guaranty, Inc. and Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. divided by combined statutory capital. The information above has been derived from the annual and quarterly statements of our insurance subsidiaries, which have been prepared in conformity with accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. Such practices vary from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.

    Financial Strength Ratings

          The financial strength of Essent Guaranty, our principal mortgage insurance subsidiary, is rated Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service ("Moody's") with a positive outlook. Standard & Poor's Rating Services' ("S&P") insurer financial strength rating of Essent Guaranty is BBB+ with a stable outlook.

Financial Condition

    Stockholders' Equity

          As of June 30, 2013, stockholders' equity was $371.2 million compared to $219.1 million as of December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to recorded net income as well as $125.0 million in capital contributions received from our investors. Stockholders' equity was $219.1 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to $176.1 million as of December 31, 2011, primarily as a result of capital contributions from our investors, partially offset by a recorded net loss in 2012.

83


Table of Contents

    Investments

          As of June 30, 2013, the total fair value of our investment portfolio was $297.8 million, compared to $247.4 million as of December 31, 2012. In addition, our total cash was $129.2 million as of June 30, 2013, compared to $22.3 million as of December 31, 2012. This increase was primarily due to $125.0 million in capital contributions in the form of cash that was received in the first six months of 2013 but had not been fully invested as of June 30, 2013.

          As of December 31, 2012, the total fair value of our investment portfolio was $247.4 million, compared to $171.1 million as of December 31, 2011. In addition, our total cash was $22.3 million as of December 31, 2012, compared to $18.5 million as of December 31, 2011. This increase was due to cash generated by operations and capital contributions in 2012 that had not been fully invested as of December 31, 2012. See "Business — Investment Portfolio" for further information regarding our investment portfolio.


Investment Portfolio by Asset Class

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Asset Class
($ in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 

U.S. Treasury securities

  $ 68,685     23.1 % $ 79,488     32.0 % $ 86,271     50.4 %

U.S. Agency securities

    19,371     6.5     19,593     8.0     22,724     13.3  

U.S. Agency Mortgage-backed securities

    24,841     8.3     29,640     12.0     24,769     14.5  

Municipal debt securities(A)

    36,403     12.2     37,654     15.2         0.0  

Corporate debt securities

    113,731     38.2     63,399     25.6     26,766     15.6  

Mortgage-backed securities

    12,990     4.4     5,592     2.3         0.0  

Asset-backed securities

    19,686     6.6     8,951     3.6         0.0  

Money market investments

    2,098     0.7     3,097     1.3     10,561     6.2  
                           

Total Investments

  $ 297,805     100.0 % $ 247,414     100.0 % $ 171,091     100.0 %
                           

(A)
All municipal securities are general obligation bonds. For information regarding the amortized cost and fair value of the municipal debt securities, see note 4 to our audited consolidated financial statements and note 3 to our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.


Investment Portfolio by Rating

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Rating(1)
($ in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 

Aaa

  $ 156,480     52.5 % $ 159,763     64.6 % $ 134,812     78.8 %

Aa1

    15,151     5.1     13,317     5.4     1,975     1.2  

Aa2

    8,840     3.0     8,144     3.3     1,567     0.9  

Aa3

    6,497     2.2     4,031     1.6     7,309     4.3  

A1

    18,490     6.2     11,621     4.7     8,399     4.9  

A2

    16,234     5.5     16,521     6.7     11,495     6.7  

A3

    30,463     10.2     16,401     6.6     5,534     3.2  

Baa1

    15,034     5.0     6,321     2.6         0.0  

Baa2

    24,542     8.2     9,753     3.9         0.0  

Baa3

    6,074     2.1     1,542     0.6         0.0  

Below Baa3-

        0.0         0.0         0.0  
                           

Total Investments

  $ 297,805     100.0 % $ 247,414     100.0 % $ 171,091     100.0 %
                           

(1)
Based on ratings issued by Moody's, if available. S&P rating utilized if Moody's not available.

84


Table of Contents


Investment Portfolio by Effective Duration

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Effective Duration
($ in thousands)
 
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 
Fair Value
 
Percent
 

< 1 Year

  $ 52,664     17.7 % $ 33,345     13.5 % $ 49,618     29.0 %

1 to < 2 Years

    28,809     9.7     41,712     16.9     23,958     14.0  

2 to < 3 Years

    50,455     16.9     33,475     13.5     35,415     20.7  

3 to < 4 Years

    53,529     18.0     42,516     17.1     30,900     18.1  

4 to < 5 Years

    68,566     23.0     47,469     19.2     15,195     8.9  

5 or more Years

    43,782     14.7     48,897     19.8     16,005     9.3  
                           

Total Investments

  $ 297,805     100.0 % $ 247,414     100.0 % $ 171,091     100.0 %
                           


Top Ten Portfolio Holdings

 
  June 30, 2013
Rank
($ in thousands)
  Security   Fair Value   Amortized
Cost
  Unrealized
Gain (Loss)(A)
  Moody's
Rating

1

  US T-Note 2% 4/30/2016   $ 6,646   $ 6,401   $ 245   Aaa

2

  US T-Note 2.125% 2/29/2016     6,472     6,198     274   Aaa

3

  US T-Note 2.625% 12/31/2014     5,488     5,381     107   Aaa

4

  US T-Note 1% 5/15/2014     5,338     5,297     41   Aaa

5

  US T-Note 2.375% 6/30/2018     4,926     4,741     185   Aaa

6

  US T-Note 1.625% 8/15/2022     4,879     5,138     (259 ) Aaa

7

  Goldman Sachs CMBS 2007-1     4,457     4,595     (138 ) A3

8

  Freddie Mac 3.0% 30 Yr MBS     4,080     4,341     (261 ) Aaa

9

  US T-Note 3.625% 2/15/2021     4,001     3,675     326   Aaa

10

  US T-Note 1.375% 9/30/2018     3,982     3,952     30   Aaa
                     

Total

      $ 50,269   $ 49,719   $ 550    
                     

Percent of Investment Portfolio

   
16.9

%
             
                         

(A)
As of June 30, 2013, for securities in unrealized loss positions, management believes decline in fair values is principally associated with the changes in the interest rate environment subsequent to their purchase and there are no other than temporary impairments. Also, see note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, which summarizes the aggregate amount of gross unrealized losses by asset class in which the fair value of investments has been less than cost for more than 12 months and less than 12 months.

 
  December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Rank
($ in thousands)
 
Security
  Fair Value  
Security
  Fair Value  

1

  US T-Note 2% 4/30/2016   $ 6,733   US T-Note .625% 12/31/2012   $ 11,755  

2

  US T-Note 2.125% 2/29/2016     6,553   US T-Note 2% 4/30/2016     6,758  

3

  US T-Note 2.625% 12/31/2014     5,550   US T-Note 2.125% 2/29/2016     6,593  

4

  US T-Note 1% 5/15/2014     5,357   US T-Note 1% 5/15/2014     5,693  

5

  US T-Note 1.625% 8/15/2022     5,166   US T-Note 2.625% 12/31/2014     5,653  

6

  US T-Note 2.375% 6/30/2018     5,094   US T-Note 2.375% 6/30/2018     5,037  

7

  US T-Note 3.625% 2/15/2021     4,226   TD Bank Money Mkt     5,030  

8

  US T-Note 1.375% 9/30/2018     4,112   Sovereign Bank Money Mkt     3,521  

9

  US T-Bill 3/21/2013     4,000   BB&T Bank Money Mkt     1,009  

10

  Freddie Mac 3.5% 30 Yr MBS     3,815   Bank of America Money Mkt     1,000  
                   

Total

      $ 50,606       $ 52,049  
                   


Percent of Investment Portfolio


 

 

20.5

%

 

 

 

30.4

%
                   

85


Table of Contents

          The following table includes municipal securities for states that represent more than 10% of the total municipal bond position as of June 30, 2013:

($ in thousands)
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
  Credit
Rating(1),(2)

Ohio

               

Cleveland, Ohio

  $ 1,311   $ 1,356   A1

Dublin, Ohio

               

City Schools

    1,691     1,748   Aa1

Ohio State

    1,165     1,200   Aa1

Ohio State

    1,165     1,198   Aa1
             

  $ 5,332   $ 5,502    
             

Texas

               

Cypress-Fairbanks, Tx

  $ 2,224   $ 2,282   AA-

Dallas County, Tx

    1,158     1,179   Aaa

Pasadena, Tx

               

Independent

    1,113     1,128   Aa2

Rockwell County, Tx

    835     853   Aa2
             

  $ 5,330   $ 5,442    
             

Washington

               

King County School District

  $ 1,815   $ 1,870   Aa2

Snohomish County

    292     302   Aa3

Washington Multnomah

    1,666     1,724   Aa2

Washington State

    1,159     1,186   Aa1
             

  $ 4,932   $ 5,082    
             

(1)
None of the above securities include financial guaranty insurance. Certain securities include state enhancements. The above ratings exclude the effect of such state enhancements.

(2)
Based on ratings issued by Moody's if available. S&P utilized if Moody's is not available.

Contractual Obligations

          As of December 31, 2012, the approximate future payments under our contractual obligations of the type described in the table below are as follows:

 
  Payments due by period  
($ in thousands)
 
Total
 
Less than
1 year
 
1 - 3 years
 
3 - 5 years
 
More than
5 years
 

Estimated loss and LAE payments(1)

  $ 1,499   $ 1,153   $ 346   $   $  

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    10,000     5,000     5,000          

Operating lease obligations

    11,984     1,194     2,823     2,095     5,872  
                       

Total

  $ 23,483   $ 7,347   $ 8,169   $ 2,095   $ 5,872  
                       

(1)
Our estimate of loss and LAE payments reflects the application of accounting policies described below in "Critical Accounting Policies — Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment

86


Table of Contents

    Expenses." The payments due by period are based on management's estimates and assume that all of the loss and LAE reserves included in the table will result in payments.

              We lease office space in Pennsylvania, North Carolina, California and Bermuda under leases accounted for as operating leases. A portion of the space leased in North Carolina has been subleased to Triad; minimum lease payments shown above have not been reduced by minimum sublease rentals of $0.4 million in 2013 and $0.3 million in 2014 due in the future under the non-cancelable sublease.

    Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

              We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or financing activities with special-purpose entities.

    Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

              We own and manage a large investment portfolio of various holdings, types and maturities. Investment income is one of our primary sources of cash flow supporting operations and claim payments. The assets within the investment portfolio are exposed to the same factors that affect overall financial market performance. While our portfolio is exposed to factors affecting markets worldwide, because the company insures loans only in the United States, it is most sensitive to fluctuations in the drivers of U.S. markets.

              We manage market risk via a defined investment policy implemented by our treasury function with oversight from our board of directors and our senior management. Important drivers of our market risk exposure monitored and managed by us include but are not limited to:

    Changes to the level of interest rates.   Increasing interest rates may reduce the value of certain fixed-rate bonds held in the investment portfolio. Higher rates may cause variable rate assets to generate additional income. Decreasing rates will have the reverse impact. Significant changes in interest rates can also affect persistency and claim rates which may in turn require that the investment portfolio be restructured to better align it with future liabilities and claim payments. Such restructuring may cause investments to be liquidated when market conditions are adverse.

    Changes to the term structure of interest rates.   Rising or falling rates typically change by different amounts along the yield curve. These changes may have unforeseen impacts on the value of certain assets.

    Market volatility/changes in the real or perceived credit quality of investments.   Deterioration in the quality of investments, identified through changes to our own or third party (e.g., rating agency) assessments, will reduce the value and potentially the liquidity of investments.

    Concentration Risk.   If the investment portfolio is highly concentrated in one asset, or in multiple assets whose values are highly correlated, the value of the total portfolio may be greatly affected by the change in value of just one asset or a group of highly correlated assets.

    Prepayment Risk.   Bonds may have call provisions that permit debtors to repay prior to maturity when it is to their advantage. This typically occurs when rates fall below the interest rate of the debt.

          Market risk is measured for all investment assets at the individual security level. Market risks that are not fully captured by the quantitative analysis are highlighted. In addition, material market risk changes that occur from the last reporting period to the current are discussed. Changes to how risks are managed will also be identified and described.

87


Table of Contents

          At December 31, 2012, the effective duration of our investment portfolio, including cash, was 3.1 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 3.1% in fair value of our investment portfolio. Excluding cash, our investment portfolio effective duration was 3.4 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 3.4% in fair value of our investment portfolio.

          At June 30, 2013, the duration of our investment portfolio, including cash, was 2.3 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 2.3% in fair value of our investment portfolio. Excluding cash, our investment portfolio duration was 3.4 years, which means that an instantaneous parallel shift (movement up or down) in the yield curve of 100 basis points would result in a change of 3.4% in fair value of our investment portfolio.

Critical Accounting Policies

          Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operation are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. In preparing our consolidated financial statements, management has made estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. In preparing these financial statements, management has utilized available information, including our past history, industry standards and the current and projected economic and housing environment, among other factors, in forming its estimates, assumptions and judgments, giving due consideration to materiality. Because the use of estimates is inherent in GAAP, actual results could differ from those estimates. In addition, other companies may utilize different estimates, which may impact comparability of our results of operations to those of companies in similar businesses. A summary of the accounting policies that management believes are critical to the preparation of our consolidated financial statements is set forth below.

    Insurance Premium Revenue Recognition

          Mortgage guaranty insurance policies are contracts that are generally non-cancelable by the insurer, are renewable at a fixed price, and provide for payment of premium on a monthly, annual or single basis. Upon renewal, we are not able to re-underwrite or re-price our policies. Consistent with industry accounting practices, premiums written on a monthly basis are earned as coverage is provided. Premiums written on an annual basis are amortized on a pro rata basis over the year of coverage. Primary mortgage insurance written on policies covering more than one year are referred to as single premium policies. A portion of the revenue from single premium policies is recognized in earned premium in the current period, and the remaining portion is deferred as unearned premium and earned over the expected life of the policy. If single premium policies related to insured loans are cancelled due to repayment by the borrower, and the premium is non-refundable, then the remaining unearned premium related to each cancelled policy is recognized as earned premium upon notification of the cancellation. Unearned premium represents the portion of premium written that is applicable to the estimated unexpired risk of insured loans. Rates used to determine the earning of single premium policies are estimates based on an analysis of the expiration of risk.

    Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          We establish reserves for losses based on our best estimate of ultimate claim costs for defaulted loans. Although ASC No. 944, regarding accounting and reporting by insurance entities, specifically excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves, it is industry practice to apply this standard. Accordingly, we establish loss reserves using the general principles

88


Table of Contents

contained in ASC No. 944. However, consistent with industry standards for mortgage insurers, we do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans which are not currently in default. Loans are classified as defaulted when the borrower has missed two consecutive payments. Once we are notified that a borrower has defaulted, we will consider internal and third party information and models, including the status of the loan as reported by its servicer and the type of loan product to determine the likelihood that a default will reach claim status. In addition, we will project the amount that we will pay if a default becomes a claim (referred to as "claim severity"). Based on this information, at each reporting date we determine our best estimate of loss reserves at a given point in time. Included in loss reserves are reserves for incurred but not reported ("IBNR") claims. IBNR reserves represent our estimated unpaid losses on loans that are in default, but have not yet been reported to us as delinquent by our customers. We will also establish reserves for associated loss adjustment expenses, consisting of the estimated cost of the claims administration process, including legal and other fees and expenses associated with administering the claims process. Establishing reserves is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

    Income Taxes

          Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, we determine the net deferred tax asset or liability based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various assets and liabilities and give current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Changes in tax laws, rates, regulations and policies, or the final determination of tax audits or examinations, could materially affect our tax estimates. We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax asset and recognize a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of all available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. When evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax asset, we consider estimates of expected future taxable income, existing and projected book/tax differences, carryback and carryforward periods, tax planning strategies available, and the general and industry specific economic outlook. This realizability analysis is inherently subjective, as it requires management to forecast changes in the mortgage market, as well as the related impact on mortgage insurance, and the competitive and general economic environment in future periods. Changes in the estimate of deferred tax asset realizability, if applicable, are included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). ASC No. 740 provides a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. Accordingly, we did not record a benefit associated with the losses incurred in the prior periods or for other income tax benefits. The income tax provision or benefit recognized in prior periods related to changes in our valuation allowance associated with changes in deferred tax liabilities for the increase or decrease in the unrealized gain on our investment portfolio.

          In accordance with ASC No. 740, before a tax benefit can be recognized, a tax position is evaluated using a threshold that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination. When evaluating the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, ASC No. 740 provides that a company should presume the tax position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. This analysis is inherently subjective, as it requires management to forecast the outcome of future tax examinations and the amount of tax benefits that will ultimately be realized given the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting date. New information may become available in future periods that could cause the actual amount of tax benefits to vary from management's estimates.

89


Table of Contents

    Investments Available for Sale

          Our entire investment portfolio is classified as available-for-sale and is reported at fair value. The related unrealized gains or losses are, after considering the related tax expense or benefit, recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders' equity. Realized investment gains and losses are reported in income based upon specific identification of securities sold. Each quarter we perform reviews of all of our investments in order to determine whether declines in fair value below amortized cost were considered other-than-temporary in accordance with applicable guidance. In evaluating whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary, we consider several factors including, but not limited to:

    our intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery;

    extent and duration of the decline;

    failure of the issuer to make scheduled interest or principal payments;

    credit ratings from third party rating agencies and changes in these credit ratings below investment grade;

    current credit spreads, downgrade trends, industry and asset sector trends, and issuer disclosures and financial reports to determine if credit ratings from third party credit agencies are reasonable; and

    adverse conditions specifically related to the security, an industry, or a geographic area.

          Under the current guidance a debt security impairment is deemed other than temporary if we either intend to sell the security, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery or we do not expect to collect cash flows sufficient to recover the amortized cost basis of the security. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the unrealized losses recorded in the investment portfolio resulted from fluctuations in market interest rates. Each issuer is current on its scheduled interest and principal payments. Accordingly, we recognized no other-than-temporary impairment losses in earnings associated with our investment portfolio.

          For information on our material holdings in an unrealized loss position, see "— Financial Condition — Investments."

    Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

          There are no recently issued accounting standards that are expected to have a material effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. See note 2 of our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

90


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Overview

          We are an established and growing private mortgage insurance company. We were formed to serve the U.S. housing finance industry at a time when the demands of the financial crisis and a rapidly changing business environment created the need for a new, privately funded mortgage insurance company. Since writing our first policy in May 2010, we have grown to an estimated 12.0% market share for the three months ended June 30, 2013, up from 8.6% and 3.9% for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. We believe that our growth has been driven largely by the unique opportunity we offer lenders to partner with a well-capitalized mortgage insurer, unencumbered by legacy business, that provides fair and transparent claims payment practices, and consistency and speed of service.

          Private mortgage insurance plays a critical role in the U.S. housing finance system. Essent and other private mortgage insurers provide credit protection to lenders and mortgage investors by covering a portion of the unpaid principal balance of a mortgage in the event of a default. In doing so, we provide private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk, allowing lenders to make additional mortgage financing available to prospective homeowners.

          Private mortgage insurance helps extend affordable home ownership by facilitating the sale of low down payment loans into the secondary market. Two U.S. Federal government-sponsored enterprises, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, which we refer to collectively as the GSEs, purchase residential mortgages from banks and other lenders and guaranty mortgage-backed securities that are offered to investors in the secondary mortgage market. The GSEs are restricted by their charters from purchasing or guaranteeing low down payment loans, defined as loans with less than a 20% down payment, that are not covered by certain credit protections. Private mortgage insurance satisfies the GSEs' credit protection requirements for low down payment loans, supporting a robust secondary mortgage market in the United States.

          We were founded by an experienced management team who saw a need for a new mortgage insurance company funded by private capital and unencumbered by legacy exposures, and were supported by a group of highly experienced, strategic and financial investors, including affiliates of Pine Brook Road Partners, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., an affiliate of Global Atlantic Financial Group, Valorina LLC, which is majority owned by an entity that is managed by Soros Fund Management LLC, Aldermanbury Investments Limited, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan, an affiliate of PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc., RenaissanceRe Ventures Ltd., funds or accounts managed by Wellington Management Company, LLP, and affiliates of HSBC, who collectively committed approximately $600 million in capital to fund our operations. We have drawn in the aggregate approximately $438 million of the available committed capital.

          Our wholly owned primary insurance subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., received its certificate of authority from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department in July 2009, and subsequently received licenses to issue mortgage insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. In December 2009, we acquired our mortgage insurance platform from a former MI participant. In February 2010, we became the first mortgage insurer approved by the GSEs since 1995.

          We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. We believe that our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market. We have a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform and a highly experienced, talented team of 259 employees, including 52 in business development and sales and 71 in underwriting. Our holding company is domiciled in Bermuda and our U.S. insurance business is headquartered in Radnor, Pennsylvania. We operate

91


Table of Contents

additional underwriting and service centers in Winston-Salem, North Carolina and Irvine, California. For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated new insurance written of $10.2 billion and $11.2 billion, respectively, and as of June 30, 2013, we had over $22.5 billion of insurance in force.

Market Opportunities

          Mortgage insurance is offered by both private companies and government agencies. The economic and housing market downturn that precipitated the financial crisis in 2008 had a profound impact on the private mortgage insurance industry. Incumbent mortgage insurers sustained significant financial losses and depleted capital levels, which resulted in strained relationships with banks and other lenders. Since 2007, three private mortgage insurers have ceased writing new business. To stabilize the disruption in the housing market resulting from the financial crisis, the Federal government, among other things, significantly expanded its role in the mortgage insurance market, but is now scaling back. We expect that, as the U.S. housing market continues to recover, the demand for private capital to insure mortgage risk and to facilitate secondary market loan sales will grow. As a mortgage insurer with a growing number of customers and a strong balance sheet unencumbered by legacy, pre-crisis exposures, we believe that Essent is uniquely positioned to benefit from a number of important market trends.

    Improving fundamentals of the housing market.   The U.S. housing market continues to recover from the financial crisis, with purchase money mortgage originations increasing, the rate of household formation growing, new housing starts and home sales increasing, mortgage foreclosure activity declining, and home prices increasing across most of the country from depressed levels. We believe that recent data supports continued optimism in housing market fundamentals:

    Purchase mortgage originations were $503 billion in 2012, and are expected to grow by 23.1% to $619 billion in 2013, per the Mortgage Bankers Association as of August 22, 2013.

    Household formation was 1.0 million in 2012, compared to a financial crisis low of 0.4 million in 2008, per the U.S. Department of Commerce.

    The S&P Case-Shiller 20 City Index of residential housing prices has increased for six consecutive quarters through June 30, 2013, and rose an aggregate of 12% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2013.

    The National Association of Realtors' Housing Affordability Index increased 56.2% from July 2006 to June 2013 and, as of June 30, 2013, was 25.6% higher than it was on average from 1993 to 2007.

      We believe that these strong fundamentals will lead to greater housing market activity, and support growth and profitability in the private mortgage insurance sector.

    High credit quality of new mortgage originations.   The credit quality of a mortgage loan is driven primarily by the credit profile of the borrower, as well as the type and value of the housing collateral supporting the loan. Borrowers with strong credit profiles are generally less likely to become delinquent with payments or to default on their mortgage loans. Following the financial crisis, mortgage lenders have significantly tightened their underwriting standards, generally limiting the availability of loans to borrowers with high FICO scores and low ratios of debt to income who can fully document their income and assets. From 2010 through 2012, the average borrower FICO score on all mortgage loans originated in the United States and sold to the GSEs was 762, compared to 729 for the period from 2005 through 2007. Banks have largely stopped offering loans with certain characteristics that

92


Table of Contents

      generated high levels of defaults and losses during the financial crisis, including interest only and negative amortization loans. We believe that prudent underwriting standards, higher credit quality borrowers, and lower mortgage default experience will translate into fewer claims for the mortgage insurance industry on policies written in the post-crisis period.

      Although we expect that credit standards will ease somewhat over time, we believe that regulatory reforms that have been, or are expected to be, implemented as a result of the financial crisis will create incentives for mortgage lenders to originate loans using prudent underwriting standards and result in a more stable housing market and housing finance system.

    Growing demand for private mortgage insurance.   Mortgage insurance is provided by both private companies, such as Essent, and government agencies, such as the FHA and the VA. In 2012, $547 billion, or 31.3%, of the $1.75 trillion aggregate mortgage originations were covered by mortgage insurance. Prior to the financial crisis, private insurers accounted for a majority of the insured mortgage origination market. From 1993-2007, private insurers covered, on average, 62% of total insured mortgage volume. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as incumbent private insurers dealt with financial losses, depleted capital positions and declining ratings. By 2009, government agencies accounted for 85% of total insured mortgage origination volume, with the FHA accounting for 71% of the aggregate insured mortgage market. Private mortgage insurers have since regained an increasing share of the insured mortgage market, steadily rising from 16% in 2010 to 23% in 2011 to 32% in 2012. These gains have been driven in part by multiple increases in the FHA's mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees since 2010, as well as the inflow of private capital into the sector to support new entrants like Essent and to recapitalize incumbent private mortgage insurers. The private mortgage insurance industry benefits from both a larger origination market and increased private mortgage insurance penetration. We believe that private mortgage insurance will continue to increase its share of the insured mortgage market in the coming years.

      We also believe that additional growth opportunities will emerge for private mortgage insurers as Federal regulators seek to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets by transferring mortgage risk from the GSEs to the private market. Federal regulators have established a goal for each of the GSEs to transfer credit risk on $30 billion of mortgages to the private market in 2013. We expect that similar, and potentially expanded, goals will be established in future periods.

    Significant barriers to entry.   The private mortgage insurance industry has significant barriers to entry due to the substantial capital necessary to fund operations and satisfy GSE requirements, the need for a customer-integrated operating platform capable of issuing and servicing mortgage insurance policies, the competitive positions and established customer relationships of existing mortgage insurance providers, and the need to obtain and maintain insurance licenses in all 50 states and the District of Columbia. Additionally, the resource commitment required by customers, and larger lenders in particular, to connect to a new mortgage insurance platform is significant, and absent a critical need, such as the capital constraints in the mortgage insurance industry during the financial crisis, they have historically been reluctant to make such an investment.

    We were formed and built the foundation of our business during a unique window when the severe dislocation in the private mortgage insurance industry caused by the financial crisis created a need for a newly capitalized mortgage insurer and allowed us to quickly establish relationships with lenders. We believe that the improving financial conditions of mortgage

93


Table of Contents

      insurance industry participants and housing markets will make it more difficult for new parties to enter the marketplace going forward.

Our Strengths

          We believe that we are well positioned to play a leading role in the private mortgage insurance industry, and that we have a number of competitive strengths that will allow us to capitalize on attractive market opportunities and to develop and grow our business in a prudent manner.

    High growth company levered to an improving U.S. residential housing market.   We believe that continued improvements in the U.S. residential housing market, more disciplined mortgage underwriting standards and increasing demand for private mortgage insurance solutions will continue to provide opportunities for Essent to deliver substantial growth. We believe these underlying housing market trends, combined with the expansion of our market share within the private mortgage insurance industry, have led, and will continue to lead, to attractive growth characteristics for Essent.

    We grew our net premiums earned from $1.4 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $7.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and to $27.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing compound annual growth of 350% since June 30, 2011.

    In addition, we increased our NIW from $561 million for the three months ended June 30, 2011 to $2.2 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2012, and to $5.9 billion for the three months ended June 30, 2013, representing compound annual growth of 224% since June 30, 2011.

    We achieved profitability in the fourth quarter of 2012 and have been profitable every quarter since. Our pre-tax income for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $13.4 million, an increase of $12.0 million over the three months ended December 31, 2012.

    Given the expected persistency of our book and lower volumes written earlier in our history, we expect to generate meaningful growth in our net premiums earned even without a year-over-year increase in annual NIW production.

    Growing number of lender relationships based on a customer-centric approach.   We compete and establish our growing market presence through a customer-centric approach that is built on the reliability and transparency of our coverage. Through our Clarity of Coverage master policy terms, responsive customer service, and consistent and timely underwriting process, we seek to serve our customers' needs in an efficient and differentiated manner.

    We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. Since January 1, 2012, we added 545 new customers to our platform. We believe our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market.

    We believe that our Clarity of Coverage master policy terms have been embraced by lenders as a means to ensure fair and transparent claims payment practices, differentiating Essent in the market.

    We incent our sales and business development staff to focus on building long-term, high quality customer relationships. We have a non-commission-based structure for our sales and business development staff that includes an equity ownership program,

94


Table of Contents

        which we believe aligns their efforts with our long-term corporate objectives, including providing better customer service and better risk selection.

    Increasing share of new business that is expected to generate attractive returns.   We believe that the mortgage insurance we have written to date is high quality and attractively priced. We have successfully increased our market share every quarter since our formation, growing from 3.9% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 8.6% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 12.0% for the three months ended June 30, 2013. We expect that our growing market presence will allow us to continue to capture an increasing share of attractively priced business going forward.

    Our entire book of business is comprised of 2010 and later vintages, and as a result we believe our book should generate attractive returns.

    We target an aggregate, after-tax unlevered return on capital of 15% on the business we write today, assuming an average NIW premium rate of 55 basis points, a cumulative claim rate of 2.5%, persistency of 80.0%, a risk to capital ratio of 16.0:1 and a long-term expense ratio of 20.0%.

    Conservative balance sheet with strong financial position and disciplined risk management philosophy.   We believe that our strong financial position has been a critical component in gaining the confidence of our customers and growing our business. We are not encumbered by a high risk, legacy book of business written during the credit bubble of the pre-2009 period. We have established risk management controls throughout our organization that we believe will support our continued financial strength. Risk management is deeply incorporated into our business decisions and processes, including customer and policy acquisition, underwriting and credit approval, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment allocation and capital management.

    As of June 30, 2013, 94% of our in force book of business covered mortgages where borrowers had a FICO score of 700 or better, and 99% covered mortgages written with LTVs of 95% or lower, in each case at origination.

    We have the highest domestic financial strength rating in the private mortgage insurance industry by Standard & Poor's at "BBB+" (Stable) and the second highest by Moody's at "Baa3" (Positive).

    As of June 30, 2013, we had no financial leverage on our balance sheet, and our insurance companies had combined statutory capital of $356.2 million and a risk to capital ratio of 15.0:1. 100% of our investment assets were held in cash or investment grade fixed income securities, and over 52% of our fixed income portfolio was rated "Aaa" by Moody's.

    As of June 30, 2013, we had 90 policies reported to be in default, which reflected less than one-tenth of one percent of our aggregate policies in force.

    Scalable mortgage insurance franchise capable of supporting significant future growth.   We have invested significant resources in building our business for the long-term and creating a scalable franchise capable of supporting our future growth with limited incremental investment. We have proactively built our business to support our anticipated growth and believe we have the right team composition, management expertise, platform and organizational structure to drive improved operating efficiencies, earnings growth and higher return on equity.

    In 2009, we acquired a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform, which we have continued to develop and enhance, making it easier for our

95


Table of Contents

        customers to do business with us. We wrote approximately 25,000 new policies in the second quarter of 2013 and serviced approximately 100,000 policies in force as of June 30, 2013.

      We believe we have demonstrated an ability to attract and retain qualified employees, growing our headcount from 157 as of year-end 2011 to 259 as of June 30, 2013.

    Experienced and execution-oriented management team with a focus on long-term value creation.   Our senior management team has extensive experience in the mortgage and mortgage insurance industry, with many having prior experience with commercial and mortgage banks and the GSEs. In forming and building Essent, our management team has drawn on their collective experience to design processes, operating philosophies and compensation structures that support our goal of creating a leading mortgage insurer in the United States.

    Our senior management team has an average of over 20 years of relevant industry experience, bringing together a broad range of critical customer development, risk management and operating skills that we believe are necessary for our long-term success.

    Our senior management team has closely aligned interests as meaningful owners of Essent through a combination of a long-term incentive plan, annual share awards and voluntary share purchases.

Our Strategy

          Our goal is to be a leading private mortgage insurer in the United States through our focus on long-term customer relationships, integrated risk management, financial strength and profitability. We see a significant opportunity to continue expanding our market presence and to deliver disciplined growth. We intend to pursue strategies that leverage our competitive strengths to produce attractive earnings growth and risk-adjusted returns.

    Expand and diversify our customer base.   We believe that our growth has been and will continue to be driven by the opportunity we offer lenders to partner with a well-capitalized mortgage insurer, unencumbered by legacy business, that provides fair and transparent claims payment practices and consistency and speed of service. We intend to increase our share of our existing customers' business, and to enter into a growing number of relationships with new customers, by pursuing a core set of initiatives that involve increasing our marketing efforts to raise our brand awareness, broadening our customer outreach efforts through targeted additions to our sales force, bolstering the number of third-party front-end systems through which we can connect to customers, and maintaining high quality underwriting and customer service capabilities.

    Manage expenses to maximize operating leverage.   We have a fully functioning, scalable and flexible mortgage insurance platform that we believe can support significant growth with limited incremental investment. We believe that the scalability of our platform and our focus on controlling staffing, operating, capital and other expenses will allow us to deliver enhanced earnings over time. We believe that the benefits of an efficient expense structure extend beyond bottom line financial results, and provide us with greater flexibility to forego unattractive business that does not meet our targeted risk-return objectives.

    Protect our balance sheet by writing high quality mortgage insurance and prudently managing risk.   We intend to continue targeting high quality mortgage insurance and prudently managing the risks that we assume in our business in order to remain a well-capitalized counterparty for our customers. Our Chief Risk Officer reports directly to our

96


Table of Contents

      Chief Executive Officer and leads a team that is responsible for implementing our risk management framework. Risk management is a significant focus of our business, including customer and policy acquisitions, underwriting and credit approvals, ongoing portfolio monitoring, loss reserving and claims management, investment portfolio allocation and capitalization decisions. We utilize an economic capital framework to evaluate risk-adjusted returns. We also perform stress tests on our portfolio to analyze how our book of business may perform under adverse scenarios. We believe that our economic capital framework and stress testing analysis helps to inform our optimal capitalization targets, allowing us to prudently manage and protect our balance sheet.

    Promote the role and benefits of private mortgage insurance by actively engaging with policymakers, regulators and industry participants.   We believe that a strong, viable private mortgage insurance market is a critical component of the U.S. housing finance system. Mortgage insurance provides private capital to mitigate mortgage credit risk within the system, supports increased levels of homeownership, offers liquidity and process efficiencies for lenders, and provides consumers with lower-cost products and increased choice of mortgage and homeownership options. We meet frequently with policymakers, regulatory agencies, including state insurance and banking regulators and the FHFA, the GSEs, our customers and other industry participants to promote the role and value of private mortgage insurance and exchange views on the U.S. housing finance system. We intend to continue to promote legislative and regulatory policies that support a viable and competitive private mortgage insurance industry and a well-functioning U.S. housing finance system.

    Pursue new opportunities to source mortgage insurance business.   Following the financial crisis and placement of the GSEs under the conservatorship of the FHFA in 2008, regulators have sought to develop strategies and programs to reduce U.S. taxpayer exposure to the mortgage markets and to transfer mortgage credit risk to the private market. We believe that this policy direction will continue, and may lead to additional opportunities for the mortgage insurance industry, and Essent in particular. We have actively pursued the currently proposed GSE risk sharing programs, and intend to analyze future risk sharing transactions as they arise.

    Opportunistically leverage our Bermuda structure to create incremental value for shareholders.   We expect to be opportunistic in evaluating ways to leverage our Bermuda holding company structure and our reinsurer, Essent Re, to enhance shareholder value. We expect to hire a small number of additional employees at Essent Re to help us selectively evaluate MI reinsurance opportunities. We believe MI reinsurance that is written in a similarly diligent and controlled manner as our existing book of business can be additive to the Essent franchise.

Our Industry

    U.S. Mortgage Market

          The U.S. residential mortgage market is one of the largest in the world with over $9.9 trillion of debt outstanding as of March 31, 2013, and includes a range of private and government sponsored participants. Private industry participants include mortgage banks, mortgage brokers, commercial, regional and investment banks, savings institutions, credit unions, REITs, mortgage insurers and other financial institutions. Public participants include government agencies such as the FHA, VA and Ginnie Mae, and government-sponsored enterprises such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. The overall U.S. residential mortgage market encompasses both primary and secondary markets. The primary market consists of lenders originating home loans to borrowers, and includes loans made

97


Table of Contents

to support home purchases, which are referred to as purchase originations, and loans made to refinance existing mortgages, which are referred to as refinancing originations. The secondary market includes institutions buying and selling mortgages in the form of whole loans or securitized assets, such as mortgage-backed securities.

    GSEs

          The GSEs are the largest participants in the secondary mortgage market, buying residential mortgages from banks and other primary lenders as part of their government mandate to provide liquidity and stability in the U.S. housing finance system. According to the Federal Reserve, the GSEs held or guaranteed approximately $4.4 trillion, or 45.1%, of total U.S. residential mortgage debt as of March 31, 2013. The GSE charters generally prohibit them from purchasing a low down payment loan unless the loan is insured by a GSE approved mortgage insurer, the mortgage seller retains at least a 10% participation in the loan or the seller agrees to repurchase or replace the loan in the event of a default. Historically, private mortgage insurance has been the preferred method lenders have utilized to meet this GSE charter requirement. As a result, the nature of the private mortgage insurance industry in the United States is driven in large part by the business practices and mortgage insurance requirements of the GSEs.

    Mortgage Insurance

          Mortgage insurance plays a critical role in the U.S. residential mortgage market by facilitating secondary market sales, and providing lenders and investors a means to diversify their exposures and mitigate mortgage credit risk. Mortgage insurance is provided by both private companies, such as Essent, and government agencies, such as the FHA and the VA. From 1993 through 2012, an average of 23.5% of total annual mortgage origination volume utilized mortgage insurance.

          Mortgage insurance industry volumes are influenced by total mortgage originations, and the mix between purchase and refinancing originations. Historically, mortgage insurance utilization has been meaningfully higher in purchase compared to refinancing originations. In 2012, total U.S. residential mortgage origination volume was $1.75 trillion, comprised of $503 billion of purchase originations and $1.25 trillion of refinancing originations. In recent years, historically low interest rates and special refinance programs, such as HARP, have caused refinancing volume to significantly outpace purchase originations. Purchase originations are expected to account for an increasing percentage of the overall mortgage market as the economic recovery and favorable housing market fundamentals stimulate growth in home buying activity, and a rising interest rate environment slows refinancing volume.

          The following graph provides detail on trends in total residential mortgage originations and the breakdown of the market between purchase and refinancing volume.

98


Table of Contents


Residential Purchase vs. Refinancing Mortgage Originations ($ in billions)

GRAPHIC


Source: Mortgage Bankers Association

    Financial Crisis and Recovery

          The severe economic and housing market dislocation experienced during the recent financial crisis had a profound impact on our industry. Incumbent insurers experienced record high claims activity and sustained significant financial losses, resulting in depleted capital positions. Three private mortgage insurers who wrote more than $125 billion of NIW, accounting for approximately 36% of total private mortgage insurance market NIW in 2007, have since exited the market, and several other insurers were forced to raise capital to repair their balance sheets and remain in operation. Although certain remaining incumbent insurers continue to deal with legacy challenges, the ongoing improvement of housing market fundamentals and the high credit quality of post-crisis new business are expected to support improved growth and profitability in the private MI sector post-crisis.

          Prior to the financial crisis, private mortgage insurers accounted for the majority of the insured mortgage origination market. In 2007, private mortgage insurance represented 77.3% of insured mortgages and covered 15.5% of the total mortgage origination volume. During the financial crisis, government agencies began to insure an increasing percentage of the market as incumbent private insurers came under significant financial stress. By 2009, private mortgage insurance represented only 15.4% of the insured mortgage market and covered 4.1% of the total mortgage origination volume.

          The private mortgage insurance industry has begun to recover, capturing an increasing share of the total insured market and thereby leading to higher private mortgage insurance penetration of the total mortgage origination market. In 2012, private mortgage insurance increased to 32.0% of the total insured market and covered 10.0% of the total mortgage origination volume. These gains have been driven in part by the improved financial position of incumbent insurers, the influx of private capital into the sector to support new entrants like Essent and the FHA's decision to increase its mortgage insurance premium rates and upfront fees multiple times since 2010. We believe that private mortgage insurance will continue to increase its share of the insured mortgage market in the coming years.

99


Table of Contents

          The charts below detail the relative share of the insured mortgage market covered by public and private participants, and historical NIW trends in the mortgage insurance market and private mortgage insurance penetration rates, which represents private mortgage insurance NIW to total U.S. residential mortgage origination volume.


Relative Share of Private and Public Mortgage Insurance

GRAPHIC


Source: Inside Mortgage Finance


Private MI NIW ($ in billions)

GRAPHIC


Source: Inside Mortgage Finance, except for total originations for the purpose of calculating private MI penetration, which is based on Mortgage Bankers Association. For 2011 and 2012, private MI penetration includes private MI HARP NIW.

          We view HARP as a modification of the coverage on existing insurance in force, and therefore when estimating our market share based on NIW, we exclude HARP NIW from total industry NIW. However, HARP is included as part of total industry NIW when showing private mortgage insurance penetration for the industry.

100


Table of Contents

    Competition

          The private mortgage insurance industry is highly competitive. Private mortgage insurers generally compete on the basis of underwriting guidelines, pricing, terms and conditions, financial strength, product and service offerings, customer relationships, name recognition, reputation, the strength of management and field organizations, the effective use of technology, and innovation in the delivery and servicing of insurance products. The private MI industry currently consists of seven active private mortgage insurers, including Essent and affiliates of each of CMG Mortgage Insurance Company (which is in the process of being acquired by Arch Capital Group), Genworth Financial Inc., Mortgage Guaranty Insurance Corporation, National Mortgage Insurance Corporation, Radian Guaranty, Inc. and United Guaranty Corporation.

          We and other private mortgage insurers compete directly with Federal and state governmental and quasi-governmental agencies that provide mortgage insurance, principally, the FHA and, to a lesser degree, the VA. As discussed above, the FHA's share of the mortgage insurance market increased following the financial crisis and has decreased as the private MI industry recovers. In addition to competition from the FHA and the VA, we and other private mortgage insurers currently face limited competition from state-sponsored mortgage insurance funds in several states, including California and New York. From time to time, other state legislatures and agencies consider expanding the authority of their state governments to insure residential mortgages.

          Our industry also competes with alternatives to mortgage insurance, which includes products designed to eliminate the need for private mortgage insurance, such as "piggyback loans", which combine a first lien loan with a second lien. In addition, we compete with investors willing to hold credit risk on their own balance sheets without credit enhancement and, in some markets, with alternative forms of credit enhancement such as structured finance products and derivatives.

Our Products and Services

    Mortgage Insurance

          In general, there are two principal types of private mortgage insurance, primary and pool.

    Primary Mortgage Insurance

          Primary mortgage insurance provides protection on individual loans at specified coverage percentages. Primary mortgage insurance is typically offered to customers on individual loans at the time of origination on a flow basis. Substantially all of our policies are primary mortgage insurance.

          Customers that purchase our primary mortgage insurance select a specific coverage level for each insured loan. To be eligible for purchase by a GSE, a low down payment loan must comply with the coverage percentages established by that GSE. For loans not sold to the GSEs, the customer determines its desired coverage percentage. Generally, our risk across all policies written is approximately 24% of the underlying primary insurance in force, but may vary from policy to policy between 6% and 35% coverage.

          We file our premium rates with the insurance departments of the 50 states and the District of Columbia. Premium rates cannot be changed after the issuance of coverage and premiums applicable to an individual loan are based on a broad spectrum of risk variables including coverage percentages, LTV, loan and property attributes, and borrower risk characteristics. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Net Premiums Written and Earned" and "— Key Performance Indicators — Premium Rate."

101


Table of Contents

          Premium payments for primary mortgage insurance coverage are typically made by the borrower. Mortgage insurance paid directly by the borrower is referred to as borrower-paid mortgage insurance, or "BPMI". If the borrower is not required to pay the premium, then the premium is paid by the lender, who may recover the premium through an increase in the note rate on the mortgage or higher origination fees. Loans for which premiums are paid by the lender are referred to as lender-paid mortgage insurance, or "LPMI". In either case, the payment of premium to us is generally the legal responsibility of the insured.

          Premiums are generally calculated as a percentage of the original principal balance and may be paid as follows:

    monthly, where premiums are collected on a monthly basis over the life of the policy;

    single, where the entire premium is paid upfront at the time the mortgage loan is originated; or

    annually, where premiums are paid in advance for the subsequent 12 months.

          Although we have not issued any such policies to date, we may in the future also be paid on a "split" basis, where an initial premium is paid upfront along with subsequent monthly payments.

          In general, we may not terminate mortgage insurance coverage except in the event there is non-payment of premiums or certain material violations of our mortgage insurance policies. The insured may technically cancel mortgage insurance coverage at any time at their option or upon mortgage repayment, which is accelerated in the event of a refinancing. However, in the case of loans sold to the GSEs, lender cancellation of a policy not eligible for cancellation under the GSE rules may be in violation of the GSEs' charter. GSE guidelines generally provide that a borrower meeting certain conditions may require the mortgage servicer to cancel mortgage insurance coverage upon the borrower's request when the principal balance of the loan is 80% or less of the property's current value. The Homeowners Protection Act of 1998, or HOPA, also requires the automatic termination of BPMI on most loans when the LTV ratio, based upon the original property value and amortized loan balance, reaches 78%, and also provides for cancellation of BPMI upon a borrower's request when the LTV ratio, based on the current value of the property, reaches 80%, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in HOPA. In addition, some states impose their own MI notice and cancellation requirements on mortgage loan servicers.

    Pool Insurance

          Pool insurance is typically used to provide additional credit enhancement for certain secondary market mortgage transactions. Pool insurance generally covers the excess of the loss on a defaulted mortgage loan that exceeds the claim payment under the primary coverage, if such loan has primary coverage, as well as the total loss on a defaulted mortgage loan that did not have primary coverage. Pool insurance may have a stated aggregate loss limit for a pool of loans and may also have a deductible under which no losses are paid by the insurer until losses on the pool of loans exceed the deductible. In another variation, generally referred to as modified pool insurance, policies are structured to include both an exposure limit for each individual loan, as well as an aggregate loss limit or a deductible for the entire pool. To date, we have not written any pool insurance and have written a de minimis amount of modified pool insurance.

    Master Policy and Clarity of Coverage Endorsement

          We issue a master policy to each customer approved by our counterparty risk department before accepting their business. The master policy sets forth the general terms and conditions of our MI coverage, including loan eligibility requirements, coverage term, policy administration, payment processing, and exclusions or reductions in coverage.

102


Table of Contents

          Mortgage insurance master policies generally protect mortgage insurers from the risk of material misrepresentations and fraud in the origination of an insured loan through remedies including the right to rescind coverage. The relationships between the legacy private mortgage insurers and mortgage lenders have been strained since the financial crisis, in part due to a historically high rate of rescissions, in particular for loans originated from 2006 to 2008. As a result of this rescission activity, lenders found themselves exposed to unanticipated losses. In response, we introduced the Clarity of Coverage endorsement to our master policy, which provides for fair and transparent treatment of claim investigations and coverage rescissions for every loan we insure. Specifically, Clarity of Coverage identifies what misrepresentations or underwriting errors will be deemed material and, consequently, would be grounds for rescinding a policy. Among other terms beneficial to the customer, in the case of policies underwritten on a delegated basis, after 36 months of timely borrower payments from their own funds we will not rescind coverage unless we identify fraud or misrepresentation of certain material eligibility factors. For policies we underwrite on a non-delegated basis, we assume responsibility for underwriting and will not rescind coverage if we made an underwriting error. We believe this transparency enhances the value of our insurance coverage and serves as an important differentiator for us in the market.

          The GSEs have approved the terms of our master policy. Any new master policy, or material changes to our existing master policy, would be subject to approval by the GSEs and the insurance regulators of each of the states and the District of Columbia. The GSEs have proposed minimum standards for mortgage insurer master policies, including standards relating to rescission rights, with revised master policy requirements expected to be implemented in 2014. See "Risk Factors — Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI, or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns " and "Certain Regulatory Considerations — GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements."

          In addition to offering mortgage insurance, we provide contract underwriting services on a limited basis. As a part of these services, we assess whether data provided by the customer relating to a mortgage application complies with the customer's loan underwriting guidelines. These services are provided for loans that require private mortgage insurance, as well as for loans that do not require private mortgage insurance. Under the terms of our contract underwriting agreements with customers and subject to contractual limitations on liability, we agree to indemnify the customer against losses incurred in the event that we make an underwriting error and such error materially restricts or impairs the saleability of a loan, results in a material reduction in the value of a loan or results in the customer being required to repurchase a loan. The indemnification may be in the form of monetary or other remedies, subject to per loan and annual limitations. See "Risk Factors — We face risks associated with our contract underwriting business."

          In connection with the acquisition of our mortgage insurance platform from Triad in 2009, we agreed to provide certain information systems maintenance and development services to Triad as its legacy insurance portfolio runs off. Triad retains the obligation for all risks insured under its existing insurance contracts and will continue to directly manage loss mitigation and claim activity on its insured business. See "— Information Technology" below.

Our MI Portfolio

          All of our policies in force were written since May 2010. We believe that we have a high quality portfolio of mortgage insurance that is strong across a variety of metrics.

103


Table of Contents

    Insurance in Force by Policy Year

          The following table sets forth our IIF, as of June 30, 2013, by year of policy origination.

($ thousands)
 
$
 
%
 

2013 (through June 30)

  $ 10,085,910     45 %

2012

    10,287,399     45  

2011

    2,071,477     9  

2010

    131,514     1  
           

  $ 22,576,300     100 %
           

          The following tables reflect our IIF and RIF amounts by borrower credit scores at origination, LTV at origination, and loan type and amortization as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011.


Portfolio by Credit Score

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Total IIF by FICO score
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

³ 760

  $ 12,579,842     55.7 % $ 7,778,575     57.1 % $ 2,034,556     60.3 %

740 - 759

    4,011,141     17.8     2,402,603     17.6     569,125     16.9  

720 - 739

    3,022,359     13.4     1,801,292     13.2     408,798     12.1  

700 - 719

    1,704,037     7.5     988,160     7.3     245,901     7.3  

680 - 699

    994,955     4.5     520,496     3.9     97,941     2.8  

£ 679

    263,966     1.1     137,854     0.9     20,387     0.6  
                           

Total

  $ 22,576,300     100.0 % $ 13,628,980     100.0 % $ 3,376,708     100.0 %
                           

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Total RIF by FICO score
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

³ 760

  $ 2,954,484     55.2 % $ 1,822,677     56.6 % $ 463,346     59.5 %

740 - 759

    957,841     17.9     572,440     17.8     132,619     17.1  

720 - 739

    728,822     13.6     435,100     13.5     95,813     12.3  

700 - 719

    400,692     7.5     230,802     7.2     57,954     7.5  

680 - 699

    241,489     4.6     126,200     4.0     23,003     3.0  

£ 679

    65,589     1.2     34,412     0.9     4,725     0.6  
                           

Total

  $ 5,348,917     100.0 % $ 3,221,631     100.0 % $ 777,460     100.0 %
                           

104


Table of Contents


Portfolio by LTV

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Total IIF by LTV
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

85.00% and below

  $ 3,392,450     15.0 % $ 1,994,994     14.6 % $ 572,940     17.0 %

85.01% to 90.00%

    8,937,420     39.6     5,739,703     42.1     1,651,373     48.9  

90.01% to 95.00%

    10,097,956     44.7     5,839,127     42.8     1,145,614     33.9  

95.01% and above

    148,474     0.7     55,156     0.5     6,781     0.2  
                           

Total

  $ 22,576,300     100.0 % $ 13,628,980     100.0 % $ 3,376,708     100.0 %
                           

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Total RIF by LTV
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

85.00% and below

  $ 368,071     6.9 % $ 215,739     6.7 % $ 60,100     7.7 %

85.01% to 90.00%

    2,080,074     38.9     1,334,525     41.4     378,591     48.7  

90.01% to 95.00%

    2,851,732     53.3     1,653,258     51.3     336,398     43.3  

95.01% and above

    49,040     0.9     18,109     0.6     2,371     0.3  
                           

Total

  $ 5,348,917     100.0 % $ 3,221,631     100.0 % $ 777,460     100.0 %
                           


Portfolio by Loan Amortization Period

 
  As of June 30,   As of December 31,  
Total IIF by Loan Amortization Period
($ in thousands)
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

FRM 30 years and higher

  $ 18,901,211     83.7 % $ 11,211,969     82.3 % $ 2,534,447     75.1 %

FRM 20 - 25 years

    917,020     4.1     585,365     4.3     150,726     4.5  

FRM 15 years

    1,940,110     8.6     1,206,579     8.9     411,760     12.2  

ARM 5 years and higher

    817,959     3.6     625,067     4.5     279,775     8.2  
                           

Total

  $ 22,576,300     100.0 % $ 13,628,980     100.0 % $ 3,376,708     100.0 %
                           

          Our in force portfolio is geographically diverse. As of June 30, 2013, only two states accounted for greater than 5% of our portfolio and no single metropolitan statistical area accounted for greater than 4% of our portfolio, as measured by either IIF or RIF. The following tables provide detail of the IIF and RIF in our top ten most concentrated states and our top ten most concentrated U.S. metropolitan statistical areas as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011.

105


Table of Contents


Top Ten States

 
  As of June 30,   As of
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

IIF by State

                   

CA

    11.2 %   10.9 %   10.8 %

TX

    8.1     7.9     8.4  

NC

    4.4     4.3     4.4  

FL

    4.2     3.7     2.5  

IL

    4.1     4.4     3.7  

NJ

    3.9     4.1     4.4  

PA

    3.8     4.1     4.7  

GA

    3.5     3.2     3.2  

VA

    3.5     3.4     3.8  

AZ

    3.5     3.3     2.9  

All others

    49.8     50.7     51.2  
               

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

RIF by State

                   

CA

    10.6 %   10.4 %   10.6 %

TX

    7.9     7.7     8.4  

NC

    4.6     4.4     4.5  

FL

    4.4     3.8     2.6  

IL

    4.2     4.4     3.7  

PA

    3.8     4.2     4.7  

NJ

    3.8     4.0     4.3  

GA

    3.7     3.4     3.2  

WA

    3.5     3.3     3.3  

VA

    3.4     3.4     3.9  

All Others

    50.1     51.0     50.8  
               

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

106


Table of Contents


Top Ten Metropolitan Statistical Areas

 
  As of June 30,   As of
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

IIF by Metropolitan Statistical Area

                   

Chicago-Joliet-Naperville, IL

    3.2 %   3.4 %   2.9 %

Houston-Sugar Land-Baytown, TX

    2.7     2.8     2.7  

Phoenix-Mesa-Glendale, AZ

    2.7     2.6     2.4  

Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA

    2.7     2.4     2.4  

Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV

    2.6     2.5     2.8  

Los Angeles-Long Beach-Glendale, CA

    2.5     2.5     2.3  

Denver-Aurora, CO

    2.2     2.3     2.1  

New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ

    2.1     2.5     2.5  

Philadelphia, PA

    2.0     2.2     2.5  

Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI

    2.0     1.9     1.8  

All Others

    75.3     74.9     75.6  
               

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

 

 
  As of June 30,   As of
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

RIF by Metropolitan Statistical Area

                   

Chicago-Joliet-Naperville, IL

    3.3 %   3.4 %   3.0 %

Atlanta-Sandy Springs-Marietta, GA

    2.8     2.5     2.3  

Houston-Sugar Land-Baytown, TX

    2.7     2.7     2.7  

Phoenix-Mesa-Glendale, AZ

    2.5     2.5     2.5  

Washington-Arlington-Alexandria, DC-VA-MD-WV

    2.5     2.5     2.8  

Los Angeles-Long Beach-Glendale, CA

    2.4     2.4     2.3  

Minneapolis-St. Paul-Bloomington, MN-WI

    2.1     2.0     1.9  

Denver-Aurora, CO

    2.1     2.2     2.1  

Philadelphia, PA

    2.1     2.2     2.5  

New York-White Plains-Wayne, NY-NJ

    2.0     2.3     2.5  

All Others

    75.5     75.3     75.4  
               

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
               

Customers

          Our customers consist of originators of residential mortgage loans, such as regulated depository institutions, mortgage banks, credit unions and other lenders. We classify our customers into two broad categories and segment our marketing efforts based on the customer's operating model and whether decisions to select a mortgage insurance provider are made centrally, or at the field or customer branch level:

107


Table of Contents

          We seek to maintain strong institutional relationships with all our customers. We provide them with ongoing risk, sales, training, service and product development support. We maintain regular and ongoing dialogue with our customers to develop an in depth understanding of their strategies and needs, to share market perspectives and industry best practices, offer tailored solutions and training where necessary on a local level.

          The following table provides detail on the percentage of our total NIW generated by centralized and decentralized customers, respectively, during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and twelve months ended December 31, 2012 and 2011.

 
  Six Months Ended
June 30,
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Centralized

    58.1 %   67.9 %   87.6 %   98.1 %

Decentralized

    41.9     32.1     12.4     1.9  
                   

Total

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %
                   

          We have master policy relationships with approximately 800 customers as of June 30, 2013, including 21 of the 25 largest mortgage originators in the United States for the first quarter of 2013. We believe our customers account for nearly 70% of the annual new insurance written in the private mortgage insurance market.

          Our top ten customers generated 51.0% of our new insurance written, which we refer to as our NIW, during the six month period ended June 30, 2013, compared to 60.4%, 84.9% and 99.6% for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, only one customer, Wells Fargo, exceeded 10% of our consolidated revenue. Wells Fargo represented 16.8% of our NIW for the six months ended June 30, 2013. As we have grown, we have successfully diversified our customer base.

108


Table of Contents

          The following chart provides detail on the percentage of our NIW production generated by our top customers for each of the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010.


Percentage of NIW by Top Customers

GRAPHIC

Sales and Marketing

          Our sales and marketing efforts are designed to help us establish and maintain in-depth, quality customer relationships. We organize our sales and marketing efforts based on our centralized and decentralized customer segmentation, giving additional consideration to a customers' geographic location and whether its lending footprint is national or regional in nature.

          We emphasize a collaborative approach with our customers that includes educational offerings and joint product development and marketing initiatives, including:

109


Table of Contents

          We have an experienced team of national and regional account managers strategically deployed nationwide that markets our mortgage insurance products and support services. As of June 30, 2013, our sales force consisted of 52 individuals, an increase from the 45 and 32 people that we employed in sales as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

          We assign national account managers to each of the national lenders, providing a point of communication between us and the customer's senior management team. These professionals are responsible for the development and execution of sales and marketing strategies aimed at growing customer volumes and ensuring each customer's needs are understood and helping them to pursue their strategies. The national account managers also coordinate the direct communication of customers with our underwriting and risk management groups to provide a continual flow of information between the organizations.

          We also have regional account managers and dedicated support staff operating in eight defined geographic regions. Our regional account managers play a similar role to our national account managers with respect to customer relationship management, education and customer training, serving as our primary point of contact for small and mid-sized regional lenders operating in a given territory. Regional account managers also support our national account team by assisting with our efforts to directly market and service the branch locations of certain national lenders.

          We support our national and regional sales force, and improve their effectiveness in acquiring new customers by raising our brand awareness through advertising and marketing campaigns, website enhancements, electronic communication strategies, and sponsorship of industry and educational events.

          We continue to build our sales force by hiring qualified mortgage professionals who generally have well-established relationships with industry leading lenders and significant experience in both mortgage insurance and mortgage lending. Our approach is reflected in and supported by our compensation structure, pursuant to which we have successfully implemented a non-commission-based structure that includes an equity ownership program, which we believe aligns their efforts with our long-term corporate objectives, including providing better customer service and better risk selection.

Information Technology

          We have a highly automated business that relies on information technology. We accept insurance applications through electronic submission and issue electronic insurance approvals. In order to facilitate this process, we establish direct connections to the origination and servicing systems of our customers and servicers, which may require a significant upfront investment. We also provide our customers secure access to our web-based mortgage insurance ordering and servicing systems to facilitate transactions.

          Since we acquired our mortgage insurance platform, we have continued to upgrade and enhance systems and technology, including:

110


Table of Contents

          We believe that our technology, together with our information technology team, has greatly enhanced our operating efficiency and created competitive advantages. As of June 30, 2013, we had 51 information technology employees, who are responsible for maintaining and enhancing our mortgage insurance platform. This team is experienced in large-scale project delivery, including mortgage insurance administration systems and the development of web-enabled servicing capabilities. Technology costs are managed by standardizing our technology infrastructure, consolidating application systems, managing project execution risks and using contract employees as needed.

Underwriting

          We have established underwriting guidelines that we believe protect our balance sheet and result in the insurance of high quality business. Most applications for mortgage insurance are submitted to us electronically and we rely upon the lender's representations and warranties that the data submitted is true and correct when making our insurance decision. Our underwriting guidelines incorporate credit eligibility requirements that, among other things, restrict our coverage to mortgages that meet our requirements with respect to borrower FICO scores, maximum debt-to-income levels, maximum LTV ratios and documentation requirements. Our underwriting guidelines also limit the coverage we provide for mortgages made with certain high risk features, including those for cash-out refinance, second homes or investment properties.

          We regularly seek to enhance our underwriting guidelines through extensive data gathering, detailed loan level risk analysis, and assessments of trends in key macroeconomic factors such as housing prices, interest rates and employment. We utilize proprietary models that enable us to assess individual loan risks with a high degree of granularity and set pricing for our policies within a risk-adjusted return framework. See "— Risk Management" below. We have adopted a balanced underwriting approach, which considers our risk analysis, return objectives and market factors.

          At present, our underwriting guidelines are broadly consistent with those of the GSEs. Many of our customers use the GSEs' automated loan underwriting systems, Desktop Underwriter and Loan Prospector, for making credit determinations. We accept the underwriting decisions made by GSEs' underwriting systems, subject to certain additional limitations and requirements.

          Our primary mortgage insurance policies are issued through one of two programs:

111


Table of Contents

          We maintain primary underwriting centers in Radnor, Pennsylvania, Winston-Salem, North Carolina and Irvine, California. We believe that the geographical distribution of our underwriting staff allows us to make underwriting determinations across different time zones and best serve customers across the United States. Our employees conduct the substantial majority of our non-delegated underwriting, however, we engage underwriters on an outsourced basis from time to time in order to provide temporary underwriting capacity.

Risk Management

          We have established risk management controls throughout our organization and have a risk management framework that is designed to reduce the volatility of our financial results and capital position. The risk committee of our board of directors has formal oversight responsibility for the risks associated with our business and is supported by a management risk committee, chaired by our Chief Risk Officer, comprised of all senior members of our executive team. Our risk management group includes 22 individuals, which is led by our Chief Risk Officer, who reports directly to the Chief Executive Officer.

          We believe that our risk management framework encompasses all the major risks we face, including our mortgage insurance portfolio, investment risk, liquidity risk, regulatory compliance risk, among others. The majority of our risk analysis is directed toward the risks embedded in our mortgage insurance portfolio. As such, we have established a risk management approach that analyses the risk across the full life cycle of a mortgage, into what we term the "loan life cycle."

          We generally break down the loan life cycle risk management process into three components:

          Customer qualification involves a process in which we diligence a potential customer's financial resources, operational practices, management experience and track record of originating quality mortgages prior to formalizing a customer relationship. We leverage the experience of our management team to pre-screen lenders prior to formally engaging and performing a lender qualification review. Once engaged, our counterparty risk management team conducts a lender qualification review with oversight from the management risk committee. Approved lenders are subject to clear parameters regarding underwriting delegation status, credit guideline requirements and variances and collateral thresholds and volume mix expectations for loan diversification.

          The policy acquisition process involves the establishment of underwriting guidelines, pricing schedules and aggregate risk limits. See "— Underwriting" above. These guidelines and schedules are coded in our credit risk rule engine which is utilized to screen each loan underwritten, and are

112


Table of Contents

constructed to ensure prudent risk acquisition with adequate return on capital. These guidelines and schedules are maintained and periodically reviewed by our risk management team and adjusted to reflect the most current risk assessment based on ongoing experience in the insurance portfolio as well as industry loan quality trends.

          The portfolio management process involves two main functions, quality assurance, or QA, reviews, and a comprehensive surveillance protocol, in order to provide customers timely feedback that fosters high quality loan production. Through our QA process, we review a statistically significant sample of individual mortgages from our customers to ensure that the loans accepted through our underwriting process meet our pre-determined eligibility and underwriting criteria. The QA process allows us to identify trends in lender underwriting and origination practices, as well as back-test underlying reasons for delinquencies, defaults and claims within our portfolio. The information gathered from the QA process is incorporated into our policy acquisition function and intended to prevent continued aggregation of underperforming risks. Our surveillance protocol maintains oversight over customer and vendor activities, industry dynamics, production trends and portfolio performance. The portfolio management process also involves loss mitigation aimed to reduce both frequency and severity of non-performing risk. See "— Defaults and Claims" below.

          Our risk management professionals are supported by substantial data analysis and sophisticated risk models. We have a dedicated modeling and analytics team comprised of five professionals as of June 30, 2013 who are responsible for delivering actionable models, tools, analysis and reporting to inform our credit underwriting and pricing decisions. The team analyzes mortgage, financial, economic and housing data to develop proprietary behavioral models that help us assess credit, prepayment and loss severity trends and collateral valuation models to help inform business decisions. Performance and profitability are evaluated across customers and products to identify the emergence of potential weaknesses and adverse risks. Geographic housing market analysis also is utilized in establishing market restrictions for certain products and segments. We utilize an economic capital framework to evaluate risk-adjusted returns. We also perform stress tests on our portfolio to analyze how our book of business may perform under adverse scenarios. We believe that our economic capital framework and stress testing analysis helps to inform our optimal capitalization targets, allowing us to prudently manage and protect our balance sheet.

Defaults and Claims

          The default and claim cycle for a mortgage insurance policy begins with receipt of a default notice from the servicer. Defaults may occur for a variety of reasons including death or illness, divorce or other family problems, unemployment, changes in economic conditions, declines in property values that cause the outstanding mortgage amount to exceed the value of a home or other events. We consider a loan to be in default when we are notified by the servicer that the borrower has missed at least two consecutive monthly payments.

          We expect servicers to make timely collection efforts on borrowers who have defaulted, and to attempt to restore the defaulted mortgage, and our mortgage insurance coverage, to current status. If the servicer cannot restore a borrower to current status, the servicer may be able to offer the borrower a forbearance or loan modification alternatives. Where these alternatives cannot cure the default, the servicer is responsible for pursuing remedies for the default, including foreclosure or accepting a short sale or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Among other requirements, servicers operate under protocols established by the GSEs. See "Risk Factors — If servicers fail to adhere to

113


Table of Contents

appropriate servicing standards or experience disruptions to their businesses, our losses could unexpectedly increase ."

          The following table shows the number of primary insured loans and the percentage of loans insured by us that are in default, as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012 and 2011:


Number of Loans in Default and Default Rate

 
  June 30,   December 31,  
 
 
2013
 
2012
 
2011
 

Number of policies in force

    98,818     59,764     15,135  

Loans in default

    90     56     3  

Percentage of loans in default

    0.09 %   0.09 %   0.02 %


Loan Defaults by Originating Year

 
  June 30, 2013   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011  
Originating Year
 
Loans
in
Default
 
Percentage
of policies
written in
period
 
Defaulted
RIF
(in thousands)
 
Loans
in
Default
 
Percentage
of policies
written
in period
 
Defaulted
RIF
(in thousands)
 
Loans
in
Default
 
Percentage
of policies
written in
period
 
Defaulted
RIF
(in thousands)
 

2010

    5     0.4 % $ 127     6     0.5 % $ 269     2     0.2 % $ 96  

2011

    43     0.3 %   2,108     36     0.3 %   1,504     1     0.0 %   56  

2012

    38     0.1 %   2,346     14     0.0 %   862     N/A     N/A     N/A  

2013

    4     0.0 %   223     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A     N/A  
                                             

Total

    90         $ 4,804     56         $ 2,635     3         $ 152  
                                             

          We have experienced a low level of defaults to date. This is due, in part, to the weighted average life of our mortgage insurance portfolio being 7.7 months, as of June 30, 2013, whereas the peak default period for insured mortgage loans has historically been three to six years after loan origination. As a result, we do expect default levels to increase as our portfolio seasons. However, since we began writing business in May 2010, we believe that the underwriting practices in the industry have improved substantially and that the quality of mortgage loans originated has been high. Consequently, we expect that the default rate and losses on the business we have underwritten to date will be favorable in comparison to the default rate and losses experienced by the mortgage insurers that wrote business in 2009 and prior years.

          Defaulted mortgages that are not cured turn into claims. The insured customer must acquire title to the property before submitting a claim. The time in which a customer may acquire title to a property through foreclosure varies, depending on the state in which the property is located. Historically, on average, mortgage insurers do not receive a request for claim payment until approximately 18 months following a default on a first-lien mortgage. This time lag has increased in recent years as the industry has experienced a slowdown in foreclosures (and, consequently, a slowdown in claims submitted to mortgage insurers) largely due to foreclosure moratoriums imposed by various government entities and lenders and increased scrutiny within the mortgage servicing industry on the foreclosure process.

          Upon review and determination that a claim is valid, we generally have the following three settlement options:

114


Table of Contents

          Notwithstanding our Clarity of Coverage commitment, we believe there are opportunities to mitigate losses between the time a loan defaults and the ultimate loss we may experience. Because of the small number of defaults and filed claims in our insurance portfolio to date, our opportunities to pursue these activities have been limited. However, we expect both defaulted loan counts and claim filings to increase as our portfolio grows and seasons, expanding the potential benefit from these loss mitigation activities. Our loss mitigation and claims area is led by seasoned personnel supported by default tracking and claims processing capabilities within our integrated platform. Our loss mitigation staff is also actively engaged with our servicers and the GSEs with regard to appropriate servicing and loss mitigation practices.

Investment Portfolio

          Our investment portfolio, including cash, compromises the largest single component of our balance sheet, representing 93% of our total assets at June 30, 2013. Our primary objectives with respect to our investment portfolio are to preserve capital, generate investment income and maintain sufficient liquidity to cover operating expenses and pay future insurance claims. As of June 30, 2013, all of our investment securities were rated investment-grade.

          Our board of directors annually adopts an investment policy that defines specific limits for asset sectors, single issuer, credit rating, asset duration, industry and geographic concentration and eligible and ineligible investments. Our senior management is responsible for the execution of our investment strategy and compliance with the adopted investment policy, and review investment performance and strategy with the investment committee of the board of directors on a quarterly basis.

          Our current strategy for the investment portfolio is focused primarily on the following: selecting high quality, fixed income securities; maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet expected and unexpected financial obligations; mitigating interest rate risk through management of asset durations; continuously monitoring investment quality; and restricting investments to assets that are highly correlated to the residential mortgage market.

          We engage an external asset manager to assist with the trading, investment research, investment due diligence and portfolio allocation within the guidelines that we have set. Approximately 62% of our investment assets, excluding cash, were managed by the external manager as of June 30, 2013. Assets not managed by the external manager include securities on deposit with state regulatory agencies in connection with the insurance licenses and bonds issued by the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government agencies. To date, we have not used any derivatives to hedge any investment or business risks that we are currently assuming and we have not recorded impairments or realized material losses on any investment assets. We measure investment performance against a market benchmark on both total return and return volatility dimensions.

          See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Financial Condition — Investments" for information regarding the performance of our investment portfolio.

115


Table of Contents

Facilities

          We do not own any real property. We lease office facilities totaling approximately 77,000 square feet, including 27,000 square feet for our U.S. operations headquarters in Radnor, Pennsylvania. We lease additional office space in Winston-Salem, North Carolina, Irvine, California and Bermuda. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our current needs and that suitable additional space will be available as and when needed.

Employees

          As of June 30, 2013, we had 259 employees, substantially all of whom are based in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union and we consider our employee relations to be good. We also periodically engage contractors who provide services to us on a temporary basis.

116


Table of Contents


COMPANY INFORMATION

          Essent Group Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company. Operations are conducted through Essent's principal subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., which is a monoline insurance company licensed in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

Corporate Structure

          Essent Group Ltd. was organized as a limited liability company under the laws of Bermuda on July 1, 2008. Essent's primary mortgage insurance operations to date have been conducted through Essent Guaranty, Inc. ("Essent Guaranty"), a Pennsylvania domiciled insurer. Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. ("Essent PA") provides reinsurance to Essent Guaranty for mortgage insurance coverage in excess of 25% of the balance of any mortgage loan insured by Essent Guaranty. Essent also has a wholly-owned Bermuda-domiciled reinsurer, Essent Re, which has a Class 3A insurance license issued from the Bermuda Monetary Authority, and which may in the future provide reinsurance for Essent Guaranty. As of June 30, 2013, Essent Re had not entered into, or generated any revenue from, insurance contracts.

          The following chart illustrates our corporate structure immediately following closing of the offering, together with the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company's subsidiaries, each of which is wholly owned.

GRAPHIC

117


Table of Contents


CERTAIN REGULATORY CONSIDERATIONS

Direct U.S. Regulation

          We are subject to comprehensive, detailed regulation by Federal regulators and state insurance departments. State regulations are principally designed for the protection of the public and our insured policyholders, rather than for the benefit of investors. Although their scope varies, state insurance laws generally grant broad supervisory powers to agencies or to officials to examine insurance companies and to enforce rules or to exercise discretion affecting almost every significant aspect of the insurance business.

    GSE Qualified Mortgage Insurer Requirements

          Pursuant to their charters, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac purchase or guaranty low down payment loans insured by entities that they determine to be qualified mortgage insurance companies. Both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac have published comprehensive requirements to become and remain a qualified mortgage insurer. The FHFA, as the conservator of the GSEs, has the authority to establish the priorities of the GSEs and to control and direct their operations. The FHFA has established a strategic plan for the GSEs, and publishes a scorecard that sets annual objectives for the GSEs under that strategic plan. On March 2013, the FHFA released its 2013 scorecard detailing specific priorities for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac in 2013. Among the goals in the 2013 scorecard is the development by the GSEs of aligned counterparty risk management standards for mortgage insurers that include uniform master policy and eligibility requirements. Although the GSEs have not publicly commented on the substance of new eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, we expect those rules to include a new capital adequacy framework with minimum capital requirements. Our primary insurance subsidiary, Essent Guaranty, Inc., is currently approved by both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac as a mortgage insurer, but Essent Guaranty's longer term eligibility may be impacted by its continuing compliance with the eligibility requirements. The GSEs have proposed minimum standards for mortgage insurer master policies, including standards relating to limitations of a mortgage insurer's rescission rights, with revised master policies expected to be implemented in 2014. Our existing master policy conforms to a substantial majority of these minimum standards but additional changes are expected to be made over the next few months. Any new master policy or material changes to our existing master policy would be subject to further approval by the GSEs and state insurance regulators.

    State Insurance Regulation

          Our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are required by the insurance regulatory authority of its state of domicile, and the insurance regulatory authority of each other jurisdiction in which it is licensed to transact business, to make various filings with those insurance regulatory authorities and with the NAIC, including quarterly and annual financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting principles. We are licensed in all fifty states and the District of Columbia. Most states also regulate transactions between insurance companies and their affiliates and have restrictions on transactions that have the effect of inducing lenders to place business with the insurer. For a description of limits on dividends payable to Essent Group Ltd. from our insurance subsidiary, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources" and note 11 to our audited consolidated financial statements entitled "Dividends Restrictions," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

          In general, state regulation of our insurance business relates to:

    licenses to transact business;

    producer licensing;

    approval of policy forms;

    approval of premium rates;

118


Table of Contents

    limits on insurable loans;

    quarterly, annual and other reports on our financial condition;

    the basis upon which assets and liabilities must be stated;

    requirements regarding contingency reserves;

    minimum capital levels and adequacy ratios;

    limitations on the types of investment instruments which may be held in an investment portfolio;

    special deposits of securities;

    limits on dividends payable;

    advertising compliance;

    establishment of reserves;

    claims handling;

    hazardous financial condition; and

    enterprise risk management.

          Mortgage insurance premium rates are regulated to protect policyholders against the adverse effects of excessive, inadequate or unfairly discriminatory rates and to encourage competition in the insurance marketplace. Any increase in premium rates must be justified, generally on the basis of the insurer's loss experience, expenses and future trend analysis. The general mortgage default experience may also be considered. Premium rates are subject to review and challenge by state regulators. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis — Liquidity and Capital Resources" for information about regulations governing our capital adequacy, information about our current capital and our expectations regarding our future capital position.

          The insurance holding company laws and regulations of Pennsylvania, the state in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, regulate, among other things, certain transactions between Essent, our insurance subsidiaries and other parties affiliated with us and certain transactions involving Essent's common shares, including transactions that constitute a change of control of Essent and, consequently, a change of control of our insurance subsidiaries. Specifically, these laws and regulations require that, before a person can acquire direct or indirect control of an insurer domiciled in the state, prior written approval must be obtained from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department. The Department is required to consider various factors, including the financial strength of the acquirer, the integrity and management experience of the acquirer's board of directors and executive officers, and the acquirer's plans for the future operations of the reinsurer or insurer. Pursuant to applicable laws and regulations, "control" over an insurer is generally presumed to exist if any person, directly or indirectly, owns, controls, holds the power to vote or holds proxies representing, 10 percent or more of the voting securities of that reinsurer or insurer. Indirect ownership includes ownership of Essent's common shares.

          State insurance law, and not Federal bankruptcy law, would apply to any insolvency or financially hazardous condition of our insurance subsidiaries.

    Statutory Accounting

          The preparation of financial statements in conformity with state-regulated statutory accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities. It also requires disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

119


Table of Contents

          We are required to establish statutory accounting contingency loss reserves in an amount equal to 50% of our net earned premiums. These amounts generally cannot be withdrawn for a period of 10 years, except as permitted by applicable insurance law and regulations. With regulatory approval, a mortgage guaranty insurance company may make early withdrawals from the contingency reserve when incurred losses exceed 35% of net premiums earned in a calendar year. For further information, see note 16 to our audited consolidated financial statements entitled "Statutory Accounting," included elsewhere in this prospectus.

Federal Laws and Regulation

          Certain Federal laws directly or indirectly affect private mortgage insurers. Private mortgage insurers are also impacted indirectly by Federal law and regulation affecting mortgage originators and lenders, purchasers of mortgage loans, such as the GSEs, and governmental insurers such as the FHA and the VA. For example, changes in Federal housing laws and regulation or other laws and regulations that affect the demand for private MI may have a material adverse effect on us. In addition, mortgage origination and servicing transactions are subject to compliance with various Federal and state laws, including RESPA, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act, the Truth In Lending Act, or TILA, the Homeowners Protection Act of 1998, the FCRA, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, and others. Among other things, these laws and their implementing regulations prohibit payments for referrals of settlement service business, require fairness and non-discrimination in granting or facilitating the granting of credit, govern the circumstances under which companies may obtain and use consumer credit information, and define the manner in which companies may pursue collection activities, require disclosures of the cost of credit and provide for other consumer protections.

    Dodd-Frank Act

          The Dodd-Frank Act amended certain provisions of TILA and RESPA that may have a significant impact on our business prospects. The CFPB, a Federal agency created by the Dodd-Frank Act, is charged with implementation and enforcement of these provisions. The CFPB recently published a final rule regarding Qualified Mortgages, or QMs, and Federal banking regulators, HUD and FHFA are in the process of finalizing a rule on Qualified Residential Mortgages, or QRMs, both of which are discussed further below. The CFPB also recently published residential mortgage servicing rules providing amendments to Regulation Z (TILA) and RESPA. The full scope of the Dodd-Frank Act and its impact on the mortgage insurance businesses remains uncertain at this time.

    Qualified Mortgage Regulations — Ability to Repay Requirements

          The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB to regulate the offering and provision of consumer financial products and services under Federal law, including residential mortgages. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the CFPB is authorized to issue regulations governing a loan originator's determination that, at the time a loan is originated, the consumer has a reasonable ability to repay the loan. The Dodd-Frank Act provides for a statutory presumption that a borrower will have the ability to repay a loan if the loan has characteristics satisfying the QM definition. Creditors who violate the ability-to-repay standard can be liable for all interest and fees paid by the borrower as well as actual and statutory damages. Furthermore, the borrower may assert this as a defense by recoupment or set off without regard to any statute of limitation in any foreclosure action initiated by or on behalf of the creditor, assignee or any holder of the mortgage.

          The CFPB has issued the QM Rule, which will take effect on January 10, 2014. Under the rule, a loan is deemed to be a QM if it meets certain specified requirements, including if:

    the term of the mortgage is less than or equal to 30 years;

    there is no negative amortization, interest only or balloon features;

120


Table of Contents

    the lender properly documents the loan in accordance with the requirements;

    the total "points and fees" do not exceed certain thresholds, generally 3%; and

    the total debt-to-income ratio must not exceed 43%.

          The QM Rule provides a "safe harbor" for QM loans with annual percentage rates, or APRs, below the threshold of 150 basis points over the Average Prime Offer Rate, or APOR, and a "rebuttable presumption" for QM loans with an APR above that threshold.

          The Dodd-Frank Act separately granted statutory authority to HUD (for FHA-insured loans), the VA (for VA-guaranteed loans) and certain other government agency insurance programs to develop their own definitions of a qualified mortgage in consultation with CFPB. We believe that HUD is considering adopting a separate definition of a qualified mortgage for loans insured by the FHA, although we do not know the extent of the differences. Any reduction in low down payment business as a result of these requirements may have an adverse impact on our business, which we cannot predict at present. To the extent that these government agencies adopt their own definitions of a qualified mortgage and those definitions are more favorable to lenders and mortgage holders than those applicable to the market in which we operate, our business may be adversely affected.

          The QM Rule also provides for a second, temporary category that allows for more flexible underwriting requirements. To qualify under the temporary QM definition, a mortgage must meet the general product feature requirements and be eligible to be purchased or guaranteed by either the GSEs while they remain under conservatorship, the FHA, the VA, the Department of Agriculture or the Rural Housing Service. This temporary QM category expires on Jan. 10, 2021, or earlier if the Federal agencies issue their own qualified mortgage rules or, with respect to GSEs, if the FHFA's conservatorship ends. In May 2013, the FHFA directed the GSEs to limit purchases after January 10, 2014 to loans that meet certain QM criteria, namely loans that are fully amortizing, have terms of 30 years or less, and have points and fees representing 3% or less of the total loan amount.

          Under the QM Rule, mortgage insurance premiums that are payable by the consumer at or prior to consummation of the loan are includible in the calculation of points and fees unless, and to the extent that UFP are (i) less than or equal to the UFP charged by the FHA, and (ii) are automatically refundable on a pro rata basis upon satisfaction of the loan. Our borrower-paid single premium products, both refundable and non-refundable, may be includible within the points and fees calculation under the QM Rule. As noted above, the QM Rule includes a limitation on points and fees in excess of 3% of the total loan amount. Because inclusion of MI premiums in the calculation of points and fees will reduce the capacity for other points and fees in order for lenders to comply with the cap, mortgage originators may be less likely to utilize borrower-paid single premium MI products. Even where the MI premium is not directly included in the calculation of points and fees, it may limit the ability of the lender to charge other points and fees. The treatment of MI premiums as a component of the points and fees calculation, or the potential indirect impact of MI premiums on the total points and fees, may be a key determinant of whether a loan is in the safe harbor, receives a rebuttable presumption of ability to repay, or receives no presumption. As a result, the QM Rule may decrease demand for certain of our single premium products and may increase demand for monthly and annual premium MI products that do not impact the points and fees. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Factors Affecting Our Results of Operations — Persistency and Business Mix."

          We expect that most lenders will be reluctant to make loans that do not qualify as QMs, because they will not be entitled to the presumption against civil liability under the Dodd-Frank Act, and mortgage investors may be reluctant to purchase mortgages or mortgage-backed securities that are not QMs due to potential assignee liability for such loans. As a result, we believe that the QM regulations will have a direct impact on establishing a subset of borrowers who can meet the regulatory standards and will directly affect the willingness of lenders and mortgage

121


Table of Contents

investors to extend mortgage credit and therefore the size of the residential mortgage market once the QM regulations become effective. Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the QM regulations reduce the size of the origination market, reduce the willingness of lenders to extend low down payment credit, favor alternatives to private mortgage insurance such as government mortgage insurance programs, or change the mix of our business in ways that may be unfavorable to us. See "Risk Factors — Our business prospects and operating results could be adversely impacted if, and to the extent that, the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau's ("CFPB") final rule defining a qualified mortgage ("QM") reduces the size of the origination market or creates incentives to use government mortgage insurance programs."

    Qualified Residential Mortgage Regulations — Risk Retention Requirements

          The Dodd-Frank Act generally requires an issuer of an asset-backed security or a person who organizes and initiates an asset-backed transaction (a "securitizer") to retain at least 5% of the risk associated with securitized mortgage loans, although in some cases the retained risk may be allocated between the securitizer and the mortgage originator. This risk-retention requirement does not apply to a mortgage loan that is a "qualified residential mortgage," or a "QRM," or that is insured or guaranteed by the FHA or other specified Federal agencies. In March 2011, Federal regulators issued a proposed risk-retention rule that included a definition of QRM and an alternative definition. In response to public comment on the initial proposal, on August 28, 2013, Federal regulators made public a revised proposed risk retention rule and QRM definitions (the "Revised Risk Retention Proposal"), with public comments due by October 30, 2013. The Revised Risk Retention Proposal would generally define QRM as a mortgage meeting the requirements of a QM (see "—Qualified Mortgage Regulations—Ability to Repay Requirements"). In addition, an alternative QRM definition, "QM-plus," that was considered but ultimately not selected as the preferred approach, was also proposed for comment. QM-plus utilizes certain QM criteria but also incorporates a maximum LTV standard of 70% and certain other restrictions selected to reduce the risk of default. Under the QM-plus alternative, significantly fewer loans likely would qualify as a QRM and, therefore, be exempt from risk retention. Neither definition of QRM in the Revised Risk Retention Proposal incorporates the use of private mortgage insurance.

          As with the original proposal, under the Revised Risk Retention Proposal, because of the capital support provided by the U.S. government, the GSEs satisfy the Dodd-Frank Act risk-retention requirements while they are in conservatorship. Therefore, lenders that originate loans that are sold to the GSEs while they are in conservatorship will not be required to retain risk associated with those loans. In addition, an equivalent guaranty provided by a limited-life regulated entity that has succeeded to the charter of a GSE and that is operating under specified direction and control of the FHFA would satisfy the risk-retention requirements, provided that the entity is operating with capital support from the U.S. government. However, if a GSE or successor limited-life regulated entity began to operate in another manner, then the guaranty provided by the GSE or such other entity may not satisfy the risk-retention requirements. Changes in final regulations regarding treatment of GSE guaranteed mortgage loans, or changes in the conservatorship or capital support provided to the GSEs by the U.S. government, could impact the manner in which the risk-retention rules apply to GSE securitizations and our business.

          By exempting QRMs from the risk-retention requirements, the cost of securitizing these mortgages would be reduced, thus providing a market incentive for the origination of loans that are exempt from the risk-retention requirement. If the final rules treat all QM loans as QRMs, low down payment loans with private mortgage insurance that do not meet the requirements of the QM rule can only be securitized with a risk retention requirement, which may further deter their origination and adversely affect our business. If the final definition includes a substantial down payment requirement, such as incorporated in QM-plus, without recognition of private mortgage insurance to

122


Table of Contents

meet the definition, loans with LTVs in excess of the final requirement that are not guaranteed by the GSEs cannot be securitized without risk retention, which may deter their origination and adversely affect our business.

          The final timing of the adoption of any risk retention regulation and the definition of QRM remains uncertain. The impact of these rules on the use of MI depends on, among other things, (i) the final definition of QRM, (ii) under the proposed definition, the extent to which the presence of private mortgage insurance may adversely affect the ability of a loan to qualify as a QM and therefore as a QRM, (iii) under the QM-plus definition or any other final definition with an LTV requirement, the level of the final LTV requirement and the extent to which credit would be given for the use of MI, if any, in satisfying the LTV requirement, (iv) if, in the future, sellers of loans to the GSEs become subject to risk-retention requirements, and (v) the degree to which originators or issuers subject to risk retention requirements would see it as beneficial to utilize MI on non-QRM loans to mitigate their retained credit exposure. See " Risk Factors—The amount of insurance we write could be adversely affected by the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act's risk retention requirements and the definition of Qualified Residential Mortgage ("QRM" )."

    Mortgage Servicing Rules

          The Dodd-Frank Act amended and expanded upon mortgage servicing requirements under TILA and RESPA. The CFPB was required to amend Regulation Z (TILA) and Regulation X (RESPA) to conform these regulations to the statutory requirements. The CFPB published final regulations on February 14, 2013 implementing these detailed new mortgage servicing requirements. These rules are scheduled to become effective in January 2014. Included within these rules are new or enhanced requirements for handling escrow accounts, responding to borrower assertions of error and inquiries from borrower, special handling of loans that are in default, and loss mitigation in the event of borrower default. A provision of the required loss mitigation procedures prohibits the loan holder or servicer from commencing foreclosure until 120 days after the borrower's delinquency. Complying with the new rules could cause the servicing of mortgage loans to become more burdensome and costly than it is today. As to servicing of mortgage loans covered by our insurance policies, these rules could contribute to delays in realization upon collateral and have an adverse impact on resolution of claims.

    Homeowners Protection Act of 1998

          HOPA provides for the automatic termination, or cancellation upon a borrower's request, of private mortgage insurance upon satisfaction of certain conditions. HOPA requires that lenders give borrowers certain notices with regard to the automatic termination or cancellation of mortgage insurance. These provisions apply to borrower-paid mortgage insurance for purchase money, refinance and construction loans secured by the borrower's principal dwelling. FHA and VA loans are not covered by HOPA. Under HOPA, automatic termination of mortgage insurance would generally occur when the mortgage is first scheduled to reach an LTV of 78% of the home's original value, assuming that the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments. A borrower who has a "good payment history," as defined by HOPA, may generally request cancellation of mortgage insurance when the LTV is first scheduled to reach 80% of the home's original value or when actual payments reduce the loan balance to 80% of the home's original value, whichever occurs earlier. If mortgage insurance coverage is not canceled at the borrower's request or by the automatic termination provision, the mortgage servicer must terminate mortgage insurance coverage by the first day of the month following the date that is the midpoint of the loan's amortization, assuming the borrower is current on the required mortgage payments.

123


Table of Contents

    Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act of 1974

          Mortgage insurance generally may be considered to be a "settlement service" for purposes of RESPA under applicable regulations. Subject to limited exceptions, RESPA prohibits persons from giving or accepting anything of value in connection with the referral of a settlement service. RESPA authorizes the CFPB, DOJ, state attorneys general and state insurance commissioners to bring civil enforcement actions, and also provides for criminal penalties and private rights of action. In the past, a number of lawsuits have challenged the actions of private mortgage insurers under RESPA, alleging that the insurers have violated the referral fee prohibition by entering into captive reinsurance arrangements or providing products or services to mortgage lenders at improperly reduced prices in return for the referral of mortgage insurance, including the provision of contract underwriting services. In addition to these private lawsuits, other private mortgage insurance companies have received "Civil Investigative Demands" from the CFPB as part of its investigation to determine whether mortgage lenders and mortgage insurance providers engaged in acts or practices in connection with their captive mortgage insurance arrangements in violation of the RESPA, the Consumer Financial Protection Act and the Dodd-Frank Act. Our primary insurance subsidiary received such an inquiry from the CFPB in January 2012; however, we do not currently have nor have we ever had any captive reinsurance arrangements. In April 2013, the United States District Court for the Southern District of Florida approved consent orders issued by the CFPB against four other private mortgage insurers relating to captive reinsurance. Under the settlements as approved, the mortgage insurers will end the challenged practices, pay monetary penalties, and be subject to monitoring by the CFPB and required to make reports to the CFPB in order to ensure their compliance with the provisions of the orders. Although we did not participate in the practices that were the subject of the CFPB investigation, the private mortgage industry and our insurance subsidiaries are, and likely will continue to be, subject to substantial Federal and state regulation, which has increased in recent years as a result of the deterioration of the housing and mortgage markets in the U.S. Increased Federal or state regulatory scrutiny could lead to new legal precedents, new regulations or new practices, or regulatory actions or investigations, which could adversely affect our financial condition and operating results.

    SAFE Act (Mortgage Loan Originator Licensing)

          The SAFE Act requires mortgage loan originators to be licensed and/or registered with the Nationwide Mortgage Licensing System and Registry, or the Registry. The Registry is a database established by the Conference of State Bank Supervisors and the American Association of Residential Mortgage Regulators. Among other things, the database was established to support the licensing of mortgage loan originators by each state. As part of this licensing and registration process, loan originators who are employees of institutions other than depository institutions or certain of their subsidiaries that are regulated by a Federal banking agency, must generally be licensed under the SAFE Act guidelines enacted by each state in which they engage in loan originator activities and registered with the Registry. The SAFE Act generally prohibits employees of a depository institution (including certain of their subsidiaries that are regulated by a Federal banking agency) from originating residential mortgage loans without first registering with the Registry and maintaining that registration. Certain of our underwriters are licensed pursuant to the SAFE Act.

    Privacy and Information Security

          The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999, or GLB, imposes privacy requirements on financial institutions, including obligations to protect and safeguard consumers' nonpublic personal information and records, and limitations on the re-use of such information. Federal regulatory agencies have issued the Interagency Guidelines Establishing Information Security Standards, or "Security Guidelines," and interagency regulations regarding financial privacy, or "Privacy Rule,"

124


Table of Contents

implementing sections of GLB. The Security Guidelines establish standards relating to administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to ensure the security, confidentiality, integrity, and the proper disposal of consumer information. The Privacy Rule limits a financial institution's disclosure of nonpublic personal information to unaffiliated third parties unless certain notice requirements are met and the consumer does not elect to prevent or "opt out" of the disclosure. The Privacy Rule also requires that privacy notices provided to customers and consumers describe the financial institutions' policies and practices to protect the confidentiality and security of the information. With respect to our business, GLB is enforced by the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, and state insurance regulators. Many states have enacted legislation implementing GLB and establishing information security regulation. Many states have enacted privacy and data security laws which impose compliance obligations beyond GLB, including obligations to protect social security numbers and provide notification in the event that a security breach results in a reasonable belief that unauthorized persons may have obtained access to consumer nonpublic information.

    Fair Credit Reporting Act

          The Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, or FCRA, imposes restrictions on the permissible use of credit report information. FCRA has been interpreted by some FTC staff and Federal courts to require mortgage insurance companies to provide "adverse action" notices to consumers in the event an application for mortgage insurance is declined or offered at less than the best available rate for the loan program applied for on the basis of a review of the consumer's credit. We provide such notices as required. Although Essent has not been involved, there has been class action litigation over these FCRA adverse action notices involving the mortgage industry, including court-approved settlements.

    Housing Finance Reform

          Presently, the Federal government plays a dominant role in the U.S. housing finance system through the role of the GSEs and the FHA, VA and Ginnie Mae. There is broad policy consensus toward the need for private capital to play a larger role and government credit risk to be reduced. However, to date there has been a lack of consensus with regard to the specific changes necessary to return a larger role for private capital and how small the eventual role of government should become. Since the GSEs were placed into conservatorship in September 2008, there have been a wide ranging set of GSE and secondary market reform advocacy proposals put forward, including nearly complete privatization and elimination of the role of the GSEs, recapitalization of the GSEs and a number of alternatives that combine a Federal role with private capital, some of which eliminate the GSEs and others of which envision an on-going role for the GSEs. Since 2011, a number of comprehensive GSE/secondary market legislative reform bills have also been introduced or discussed in the U.S. Congress, differing widely with regard to the future role of the GSEs, the overall structure of the secondary market and the role of the Federal government within the mortgage market. In addition, the size, complexity and centrality of the GSEs to the current housing finance system and the importance of housing to the economy make the transition to any new housing finance system difficult.

          The placement of the GSEs into the conservatorship of the FHFA increases the likelihood that the U.S. Congress will address the role and purpose of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market and potentially legislate structural and other changes to the GSEs and the functioning of the secondary mortgage market. New Federal legislation could reduce the level of private MI coverage used by the GSEs as credit enhancement, eliminate the requirement altogether or otherwise alter or eliminate the role of the GSEs, and thereby materially affect our ability to compete, demand for our products and the profitability of our business.

125


Table of Contents

          The path of reform is uncertain, but will be influenced by a number of factors including the policy direction of the Obama administration. On February 11, 2011, the Obama administration released a proposal to reform the U.S. housing finance market. Under that proposal, the Federal government's role in housing finance would gradually decline, including winding down the GSEs and a corresponding increase in the role of private capital in the system.

          With respect to long-term reform, the proposal outlined three options for a future housing finance system, each of which differs in both the structure and scale of the Federal government's future role:

    Option 1:    Privatized system of housing finance with the Federal government's role limited to providing assistance for narrowly targeted groups of borrowers, leaving the vast majority of the mortgage market to the private sector;

    Option 2:    Similar to Option 1, but with ability for the Federal government to scale up to a larger share of the market if private capital withdraws in times of financial stress; and

    Option 3:    Similar to Option 2, but with assistance to low- and moderate-income borrowers and with the Federal government providing catastrophic reinsurance behind private capital for securities of a targeted range of mortgages.

          Many major housing finance reform proposals from legislators and other parties are premised on an Option 3 model, with government providing a backstop or guarantee for mortgage-backed securities for some portion of the market. For example, a recent proposal by the Bipartisan Policy Center's Housing Commission called for winding down the GSEs and implementing a new system built on a U.S. full faith and credit backstop of MBS but with private capital bearing the predominant risk of credit loss in front of taxpayers. Under an Option 3 model, private mortgage insurance can provide capital to reduce taxpayer credit risk where government provides a backstop or guarantee.

          On August 6, 2013, President Obama publicly addressed housing finance and, among other announcements, issued a set of core principles for housing finance reform which endorsed an Option 3 model intended to ensure widespread and consistent access to 30-year fixed rate mortgages as the role of the GSEs is eventually transitioned out of the housing finance system. The Obama Administration also endorsed intermediate steps to transition to a new housing finance system, including systematically reducing the government's credit risk exposure at the GSEs through two key approaches, (i) a capital markets approach in which private investors take on the risk of the portfolio's first losses, and (ii) an insurance approach in which well capitalized and regulated private institutions insure a portfolio of mortgages against default and collect insurance premiums.

          Several proposals have been and are currently being considered by Congress. On July 24, 2012, the House Financial Services Committee passed H.R. 2767, "The Protecting American Taxpayers and Homeowners Act of 2013" (the "PATH Act"), a comprehensive secondary market reform plan similar to Option 1 including a very limited risk-bearing role for government and winding down of the GSEs, as well as extensive reforms to the FHA. In August, 2013 the leadership of the Senate Banking Committee announced plans to hold extensive hearings and to consider legislation to address secondary market and GSE reform in late 2013. Legislation in the Senate is likely to be influenced by, among other things, proposed bipartisan legislation co-authored by Senators Bob Corker (R-TN) and Mark Warner (D-VA), titled S. 1217, "The Housing Finance Reform and Taxpayer Protection Act" (the "Corker-Warner Bill"). The Corker-Warner Bill sets a framework for GSE and secondary market reform that includes winding down the GSEs over a five year period and the creation of a new entity, the Federal Mortgage Insurance Corporation, or FMIC, as a successor to FHFA with responsibility for running a catastrophic government insurance fund for certain mortgage-backed securities and regulating the operation of the secondary market. Among its provisions,

126


Table of Contents

properly underwritten mortgages meeting certain conditions, including private mortgage insurance on loans with LTVs in excess of 80%, will be eligible to be securitized with the catastrophic government guarantee provided by FMIC. The prospects for passage of housing finance and GSE reform legislation remain uncertain in both the House and Senate.

          While neither the Obama administration nor Congress has taken significant actions to wind down the GSEs, as the regulator and conservator of the GSEs, the FHFA has the authority to establish the priorities of the GSEs and to control and direct their operations. In the absence of comprehensive legislative reform of the GSEs, the FHFA has made changes to the business and operations of the GSEs, in part under the direction of an FHFA-developed strategic plan for the conservatorship of the GSEs. This strategic plan calls for the contraction of the role of the GSEs and expansion of the role private capital through a number of actions, including shrinking the portfolios of the GSEs, raising guaranty fees and consideration of expanded use of credit risk sharing with private market participants, including private MI and capital markets. The FHFA's 2013 scorecard for the GSEs establishes a goal for Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac to each demonstrate the viability of multiple types of risk transfer transactions involving single family mortgages with at least $30 billion of unpaid principal balances in 2013.

          In the second quarter of 2012, both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac reported profits for the first time since the fourth quarter of 2006. Also, the second quarter of 2012 was the first time that neither of the GSEs had to request financial support from the U.S. Treasury. These developments continued in 2013 when both Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac reported record profits. Under the terms of the preferred stock investment agreements between the U.S. Treasury and the GSEs, all GSE profits are remitted to the U.S. Treasury, and as such the return to profitability of the GSEs has become a source of revenues to the Federal government at a time of large Federal deficits. The profitability of the GSEs, and the active interest of investors in GSE securities which would benefit from a recapitalization of the GSEs, may impact the pace and direction of housing finance reform.

          There can be no assurance that other Federal laws and regulations affecting these institutions and entities will not change, or that new legislation or regulations will not be adopted that will adversely affect the private mortgage insurance industry. See "Risk Factors — Legislative or regulatory actions or decisions to change the role of the GSEs in the U.S. housing market generally, or changes to the charters of the GSEs with regard to the use of credit enhancements generally and private MI specifically, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns " and "Risk Factors — Changes in the business practices of the GSEs, including actions or decisions to decrease or discontinue the use of MI or changes in the GSEs' eligibility requirements for mortgage insurers, could reduce our revenues or adversely affect our profitability and returns. "

    Basel III

          In 1988, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision, which we refer to as the "Basel Committee," developed the Basel Capital Accord, which we refer to as "Basel I," which set out international benchmarks for assessing banks' capital adequacy requirements. In 2005, the Basel Committee issued an update to Basel I, which we refer to as "Basel II", which, among other things, governs the capital treatment of mortgage insurance purchased and held on balance sheet by banks in respect of their origination and securitization activities. In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved publication of final regulatory capital rules, which we refer to as the "Basel III Rules", which govern almost all U.S. banking organizations regardless of size or business model. The Basel III Rules revise and enhance the Federal banking agencies' general risk-based capital, advanced approaches and leverage rules. The Basel III Rules will become effective on January 1, 2014, with a mandatory compliance date of January 1, 2015 for banking organizations other than advanced approaches banking organizations that are not savings and loan holding companies. On

127


Table of Contents

January 1, 2014, most banking organizations would be required to begin a multi-year transition period to the full implementation of the new capital framework. The effective date and compliance period, and the beginning of the transitional period, would be January 1, 2014 for advanced approaches banking organizations that are not savings and loan holding companies.

          The Federal banking agencies' proposed rule to implement Basel III in the United States would have made extensive changes to the capital requirements for residential mortgages. In addition, the proposed rule would have eliminated existing capital recognition for certain low down payment mortgages if covered by mortgage insurance. After consideration of extensive comments with regard to the proposed capital rules for residential mortgages, the Federal banking agencies revised the Basel III Rules to retain the treatment for residential mortgage exposures under the general risk-based capital rules and the treatment of mortgage insurance. Consistent with such rules, the Basel III Rules assign a 50 or 100 percent risk weight to loans secured by one-to-four-family residential properties. Generally, residential mortgage exposures secured by a first lien on a one-to-four family residential property that are prudently underwritten and that are performing according to their original terms receive a 50 percent risk weighting. All other one-to-four family residential mortgage loans are assigned a 100 percent risk weight. The Basel III Rules continue to afford FHA-insured loans a lower risk-weighting than low down payment loans insured with private mortgage insurance, and Ginnie Mae MBS are afforded a lower risk weighting than Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac MBS.

          If implementation of the Basel III Rules increases the capital requirements of banking organizations with respect to the residential mortgages we insure, it could adversely affect the size of the portfolio lending market, which in turn would reduce the demand for our mortgage insurance. If the Federal banking agencies revise the Basel III Rules to reduce or eliminate the capital benefit banks receive from insuring low down payment loans with private mortgage insurance, or if our bank customers believe that such adverse changes may occur at some time in the future, our current and future business may be adversely affected. In addition, with regard to the separate Basel III Rules applicable to general credit risk mitigation for banking exposures, insurance companies engaged predominantly in the business of providing credit protection, such as private mortgage insurance companies, are not eligible guarantors, which could affect our business prospects.

          See "Risk Factors — The implementation of the Basel III Capital Accord, or other changes to our customers' capital requirements, may discourage the use of mortgage insurance ."

    Mortgage Insurance Tax Deduction

          In 2006, Congress enacted the private mortgage insurance tax deduction in order to foster homeownership. The deduction was enacted on a temporary basis and it expired at the end of 2011. In January 2013, Congress passed the American Taxpayer Relief Act, which extended the private mortgage insurance tax deduction retroactively for one year and prospectively for one year through 2013. In 2012, legislation was also introduced that would make the private mortgage insurance deduction permanent. The proposed legislation is likely to be reintroduced in the 113th Congress and considered as a part of the comprehensive tax reform debate. We cannot predict whether the tax deduction will be made permanent and if not, whether it will be further extended after 2013.

    Bermuda Insurance Regulation

          The Insurance Act 1978 of Bermuda and related regulations, as amended (the "Insurance Act"), regulates the insurance business of Essent Reinsurance Ltd., and provides that no person may carry on any insurance business in or from within Bermuda unless registered as an insurer

128


Table of Contents

under the Insurance Act by the BMA. The BMA, in deciding whether to grant registration, has broad discretion to act as it thinks fit in the public interest. The BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether the applicant is a fit and proper body to be engaged in the insurance business and, in particular, whether it has, or has available to it, adequate knowledge and expertise to operate an insurance business. In addition, the BMA is required by the Insurance Act to determine whether a person who proposes to control 10 percent, 20 percent, 33 percent or 50 percent (as applicable) of the voting powers of a Bermuda registered insurer or its parent company is a fit and proper person to exercise such degree of control.

          The continued registration of an applicant as an insurer is subject to the applicant complying with the terms of its registration and such other conditions as the BMA may impose from time to time. The Insurance Act also grants to the BMA powers to supervise, investigate and intervene in the affairs of insurance companies.

          The Insurance Act imposes on Bermuda insurance companies solvency and liquidity standards as well as auditing and reporting requirements. Certain significant aspects of the Bermuda insurance regulatory framework are set forth below.

    Classification of Insurers

          The Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business, insurers carrying on special purpose business and insurers carrying on general business). There are six classifications of insurers carrying on general business (Classes 1, 2, 3, 3A, 3B, and 4) with Class 1 insurers subject to the lightest regulation and Class 4 insurers subject to the strictest regulation.

          Essent Re, which is incorporated to carry on general insurance and reinsurance business, is registered as a Class 3A insurer in Bermuda and is regulated as such under the Insurance Act. The Company is not licensed to carry on long-term business. Long-term business broadly includes life insurance and disability insurance with terms in excess of five years. General business broadly includes all types of insurance that is not long-term business.

          Although licensed as a Class 3A reinsurer, through June 30, 2013, Essent Re has not entered into any insurance contracts. As such, the Authority has, on an annual basis, granted Essent Re a direction which exempts it from having to comply with certain provisions of the Insurance Act, including the requirement to prepare and file audited annual statutory financial statements, file an annual statutory financial return, appoint an auditor and file an annual opinion of a loss reserve specialist. Each of these requirements are described more fully below. The Authority has also granted a direction which modifies the minimum solvency margin applicable to Essent Re to US$120,000, on the basis that it shall not enter into any contracts of insurance or reinsurance.

    Cancellation of Insurer's Registration

          An insurer's registration may be cancelled by the Authority on certain grounds specified in the Insurance Act. Failure of the insurer to comply with its obligations under the Insurance Act or if, the Authority believes that the insurer has not been carrying on business in accordance with sound insurance principles, would be such grounds.

    Principal Representative

          An insurer is required to maintain a principal office in Bermuda and to appoint and maintain a principal representative in Bermuda. For the purpose of the Insurance Act, the Essent Reinsurance Ltd.'s principal representative is Kane (Bermuda) Limited ("Kane") and its principal office for these purposes is the offices of Kane. Without a reason acceptable to the Authority, an insurer may not terminate the appointment of its principal representative, and the principal

129


Table of Contents

representative may not cease to act as such, unless 30 days' notice in writing to the Authority is given of the intention to do so. It is the duty of the principal representative to forthwith notify the Authority where the principal representative believes there is a likelihood of the insurer (for which the principal representative acts) becoming insolvent or that a reportable "event" has, to the principal representative's knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred. Examples of such a reportable "event" include failure by the insurer to company substantially with a condition imposed upon the insurer by the Authority relating to a solvency margin or a liquidity or other ratio. Within 14 days of such notification to the Authority, the principal representative must furnish the Authority with a written report setting out all the particulars of the case that are available to the principal representative.

    Independent Approved Auditor

          A Class 3A insurer must appoint an independent auditor who will annually audit and report on the insurer's financial statements prepared under generally accepted accounting principles or international financial reporting standards ("GAAP financial statements"), statutory financial statements and statutory financial returns each of which are required to be filed annually with the Authority. The auditor must be approved by the Authority as the independent auditor of the insurer. If the insurer fails to appoint an approved auditor or at any time fails to fill a vacancy for such auditor, the Authority may appoint an approved auditor for the insurer and shall fix the remuneration to be paid to the approved auditor within 14 days, if not agreed sooner by the insurer and the auditor.

    Loss Reserve Specialist

          A Class 3A insurer is required to submit an opinion of its approved loss reserve specialist with its statutory financial return in respect of its losses and loss expenses provisions. The loss reserve specialist will normally be a qualified casualty actuary and must be approved by the Authority.

    Annual Financial Statements

          A Class 3A insurer will prepare annual GAAP financial statements and statutory financial statements. The Insurance Act prescribes rules for the preparation and substance of statutory financial statements (which include, in statutory form, a balance sheet, income statement, a statement of capital and surplus, and notes thereto). The statutory financial statements include detailed information and analysis regarding premiums, claims, reinsurance and investments of the insurer. An insurer is required to file with the Authority the annual GAAP financial statements and statutory financial statements within four months from the end of the relevant financial year (unless specifically extended). The statutory financial statements do not form part of the public records maintained by the Authority but the GAAP financial statements are available for public inspection.

    Annual Statutory Financial Return

          An insurer is required to file with the Authority a statutory financial return no later than four months after its financial year end (unless specifically extended). The statutory financial return includes, among other matters, a report of the approved independent auditor on the statutory financial statements of the insurer, a general business solvency certificate, the statutory financial statements themselves and the opinion of the loss reserve specialist. The principal representative and at least two directors of the insurer must sign the solvency certificate. The directors are required to certify whether the minimum solvency margin has been met, and the independent approved auditor is required to state whether in its opinion it was reasonable for the directors to so certify. Where an insurer's accounts have been audited for any purpose other than compliance with

130


Table of Contents

the Insurance Act, a statement to that effect must be filed with the statutory financial return. The statutory financial return is not available for public inspection.

    Minimum Solvency Margin, Enhanced Capital Requirement and Restrictions on Dividends and Distributions

          A Class 3A insurer must at all times maintain a solvency margin and an enhanced capital requirement in accordance with the provisions of the Insurance Act. Each year the insurer is required to file with the Authority a capital and solvency return within four months of its relevant financial year end (unless specifically extended). The prescribed form of capital and solvency return comprises the insurer's Bermuda Solvency Capital Requirement model, a schedule of fixed income investments by rating categories, a schedule of net loss and loss expense provisions by line of business, a schedule of premiums written by line of business, a schedule of risk management and a schedule of fixed income securities.

          The Insurance Act mandates certain actions and filings with the Authority if a Class 3A insurer fails to meet and/or maintain its enhanced capital requirement or solvency margin including the filing of a written report detailing the circumstances giving rise to the failure and the manner and time within which the insurer intends to rectify the failure. A Class 3A insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if in breach of its enhanced capital requirement, solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its solvency margin or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the Authority. Class 3A insurers must obtain the Authority's prior approval for a reduction by 15% or more of the total statutory capital as set forth in its previous year's financial statements. These restrictions on declaring or paying dividends and distributions under the Insurance Act are in addition to those under the Companies Act which apply to all Bermuda companies.

    Minimum Liquidity Ratio

          The Insurance Act provides a minimum liquidity ratio for general business. An insurer engaged in general business is required to maintain the value of its relevant assets at not less than 75% of the amount of its relevant liabilities. Relevant assets include cash and time deposits, quoted investments, unquoted bonds and debentures, first liens on real estate, investment income due and accrued, accounts and premiums receivable and reinsurance balances receivable.

          There are certain categories of assets which, unless specifically permitted by the Authority, do not automatically qualify as relevant assets, such as unquoted equity securities, investments in and advances to affiliates and real estate and collateral loans.

          The relevant liabilities are total general business insurance reserves and total other liabilities less deferred income tax and sundry liabilities (by interpretation, those not specifically defined).

    Supervision, Investigation and Intervention

          The Authority may appoint an inspector with powers to investigate the affairs of an insurer if the Authority believes that an investigation is required in the interests of the insurer's policyholders or potential policyholders. In order to verify or supplement information otherwise provided to the inspector, the Authority may direct an insurer to produce documents or information relating to matters connected with its business.

          An inspector may examine on oath any past or present officer, employee or insurance manager of the insurer under investigation in relation to its business and apply to the court in

131


Table of Contents

Bermuda for an order that other persons may also be examined on any matter relevant to the investigation. It shall be the duty of any insurer in relation to whose affairs an inspector has been appointed and of any past or present officer, employee or insurance manager of such insurer, to produce to the inspector on request all books, records and documents relating to the insurer under investigation which are in its or his custody or control and otherwise to give to the inspector all assistance in connection with the investigation which it or he is reasonably able to give.

          If it appears to the Authority that there is a risk of an insurer becoming insolvent, or that it is in breach of the Insurance Act or any conditions imposed upon its registration, the Authority may, among other things, direct the insurer (1) not to take on any new insurance business, (2) not to vary any insurance contract if the effect would be to increase its liabilities, (3) not to make certain investments, (4) to realise certain investments, (5) to maintain or transfer to the custody of a specified bank, certain assets, (6) not to declare or pay any dividends or other distributions or to restrict the making of such payments (7) to limit its premium income, (8) not to enter into any specified transaction with any specified persons or persons of a specified class, (9) to provide such written particulars relating to the financial circumstances of the insurer as the Authority thinks fit, (10) to obtain the opinion of a loss reserve specialist and to submit it to the Authority and (11) to remove a controller or officer.

    Disclosure of Information

          In addition to powers under the Insurance Act to investigate the affairs of an insurer, the Authority may require certain information from an insurer (or certain other persons) to be produced to the Authority. Further, the Authority has been given powers to assist other regulatory authorities, including foreign insurance regulatory authorities, with their investigations involving insurance and reinsurance companies in Bermuda but subject to restrictions. For example, the Authority must be satisfied that the assistance being requested is in connection with the discharge of regulatory responsibilities of the foreign regulatory authority. Further, the Authority must consider whether cooperation is in the public interest. The grounds for disclosure are limited and the Insurance Act provides for sanctions for breach of the statutory duty of confidentiality.

    FHA Reform

          We compete with the single-family mortgage insurance programs of the Federal Housing Administration, which is part of HUD. In HUD's annual report to Congress dated November 16, 2012 on the financial status of the FHA Mutual Mortgage Insurance Fund, or MMIF, the capital reserve ratio of the MMIF was a negative 1.44%, below the Congressionally mandated required minimum level of 2%. In part as a result of this capital shortfall, Congress is considering legislation to reform the FHA. In 2012, an FHA reform bill, H.R. 4264 "The FHA Emergency Fiscal Solvency Act of 2012," passed the House of Representatives and came close to passage in the Senate. In July 2013, the House Financial Services Committee passed the PATH Act, which contains among its provisions extensive reforms to the FHA, including an increase to the minimum capital reserve ratio to 4%, a 5% minimum borrower down payment, mandated minimum premiums and increased premium authority, increased authority for the FHA to seek indemnification from lenders for improperly originated loans and requires the implementation of loan level risk sharing agreements. In addition, on July 31, 2013, the Senate Banking Committee passed the S. 1376 "The FHA Solvency Act of 2013," which among other changes, raises the minimum capital reserve ratio to 3%, sets certain minimum and maximum premiums and grants authority for higher premiums than currently permitted, and strengthens the authority of the FHA to seek indemnifications from lenders for improperly originated loans. Despite areas of similarity, such as provisions to strengthen the solvency of the FHA MMIF, there are significant differences between the PATH Act and the FHA Solvency Act of 2013. The prospects for passage of FHA reform legislation in either the House or

132


Table of Contents

Senate, and how differences in proposed reforms between the House and Senate might be resolved in any final legislation, remain uncertain. If FHA reform were to raise FHA premiums, tighten FHA credit guidelines, make other changes which make lender use of the FHA less attractive, or implement credit risk sharing between the FHA and private mortgage insurers, these changes may be beneficial to our business. However, there can be no assurance that any FHA reform legislation will be enacted into law, and what provisions may be contained in any final legislation, if any.

    Lobbying Disclosure Act of 1995

          Essent US Holdings employs an in-house lobbyist in order to engage in the public policy debates that have been referred to herein, and accordingly has registered with the Secretary of the Senate and the Clerk of the House of Representatives as required by the Lobbying Disclosure Act ("LDA"). The LDA requires initial registration and periodic reports relative to an organization's Federal lobbying activities and expenditures.

    Implications of and Elections Under the JOBS Act

          As a company that had gross revenues of less than $1.0 billion during its last fiscal year, we are an "emerging growth company," or an "EGC,"as defined in the JOBS Act. We will retain that status until the earliest of: (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion (as indexed for inflation in the manner set forth in the JOBS Act) or more; (ii) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our shares pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act; (iii) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt; or (iv) the date on which we are deemed to be a "large accelerated filer," as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act or any successor thereto.

          As an EGC, we are relieved from certain significant requirements:

    we may elect to not comply with Item 402 of Regulation S-K, which requires extensive quantitative and qualitative disclosure regarding executive compensation, but instead disclose the more limited information required of a "smaller reporting company";

    we are exempt from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002; and

    the JOBS Act will also exempt us from the following additional compensation-related disclosure provisions that were imposed on U.S. public companies pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act: (i) the advisory vote on executive compensation required by Section 14A(a) of the Exchange Act; (ii) the requirements of Section 14A(b) of the Exchange Act relating to shareholder advisory votes on "golden parachute" compensation; (iii) the requirements of Section 14(i) of the Exchange Act as to disclosure relating to the relationship between executive compensation and our financial performance; and (iv) the requirement of Section 953(b)(1)of the Dodd-Frank Act, which will require disclosure as to the relationship between the compensation of the Company's chief executive officer and median employee pay.

          Further, section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act provides that, as an EGC, in any other registration statement that we file with the SEC, we need not present selected financial data prescribed by the SEC in its regulations for any period prior to the earliest audited period presented in connection with our initial public offering.

          The JOBS Act also permits EGCs to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies. We are choosing

133


Table of Contents

to "opt out" of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period is irrevocable.

Banking Regulation

          The Goldman Sachs Group, directly and through its affiliates will own approximately         % of the voting and economic interest in our business immediately after consummation of this offering (assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares), is a bank holding company and regulated as a financial holding company under the BHC Act. Due to the size of its voting and economic interest, we are deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group and are therefore considered to be a non-bank subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act. As a result, although we do not engage in banking operations, we are subject to regulation, supervision, examination and potential enforcement action by the Federal Reserve and to certain banking laws, regulations and orders that apply to The Goldman Sachs Group. In addition, we are subject to the examination authority of, and may be required to submit reports to, the CFPB because we are an affiliate of Goldman Sachs Bank USA, which is an insured depository institution with more than $10 billion in assets. The bank regulatory framework is intended primarily to protect their depositors, the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the safety and soundness of depository institutions and the financial system as a whole rather than our stockholders. Because of The Goldman Sachs Group's status as a bank holding company, we have agreed to certain restrictions on our activities imposed by The Goldman Sachs Group that are intended to facilitate its compliance with the BHC Act. For a discussion of these restrictions, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Person Transactions—BHC Act Agreement."

          Following this offering, we will continue to be deemed to be controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group for purposes of the BHC Act and, therefore, we will continue to be subject to regulation by the Federal Reserve and to the BHC Act, as well as certain other banking laws, regulations and orders that apply to The Goldman Sachs Group. We will remain subject to this regulatory regime until The Goldman Sachs Group is no longer deemed to control us for bank regulatory purposes, which we do not generally have the ability to control and which will not occur until The Goldman Sachs Group has significantly reduced its voting and economic interest in us. We cannot predict the ownership level at which the Federal Reserve would consider us no longer controlled by The Goldman Sachs Group.

          The Goldman Sachs Group and its non-bank subsidiaries, including Essent, generally may conduct only activities that are authorized for a bank holding company or a financial holding company under the BHC Act. The scope of services we may provide to our customers is limited under the BHC Act to those which are (i) financial in nature or incidental to financial activities (including insurance underwriting and selling insurance as agent or broker such as our activity of offering private mortgage insurance and reinsurance coverage for single-family mortgage loans) or (ii) complementary to a financial activity and which do not pose a substantial risk to the safety and soundness of depository institutions or the financial system generally. Any failure of The Goldman Sachs Group to maintain its status as a financial holding company could result in substantial limitations on our activities and our growth. In particular, our permissible activities could be further restricted to only those that constitute banking or activities closely related to banking. The Goldman Sachs Group's loss of its financial holding company status could be caused by several factors, including any failure by The Goldman Sachs Group's bank subsidiaries to remain sufficiently capitalized, by any examination downgrade of one of The Goldman Sachs Group's bank subsidiaries, or by any failure of one of The Goldman Sachs Group's bank subsidiaries to maintain a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act

134


Table of Contents

broadened the requirements for maintaining financial holding company status by also requiring the holding company to remain well capitalized and well managed. We have no ability to prevent such occurrences from happening.

          The Federal Reserve has broad enforcement authority over us, including the power to prohibit us from conducting any activity that, in the Federal Reserve's opinion, is unauthorized or constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting our business. The Federal Reserve may approve, deny or refuse to act upon applications or notices for The Goldman Sachs Group and its subsidiaries to conduct new activities, acquire or divest businesses or assets, or reconfigure existing operations. The Federal Reserve may also impose substantial fines and other penalties for violations of applicable banking laws, regulations and orders. The Dodd-Frank Act strengthened the Federal Reserve's supervisory and enforcement authority over a bank holding company's non-bank affiliates.

          There are limits on the ability of The Goldman Sachs Group's bank subsidiaries to extend credit to or conduct other transactions with us. In general, any loans to us from a The Goldman Sachs Group bank subsidiary must be on market terms and secured by designated amounts of specified collateral and are limited to 10% of the lending bank's capital stock and surplus. Statutory changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act will place certain additional restrictions on transactions between us and The Goldman Sachs Group in the future, which we do not expect to be material to us.

135


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers and directors as of September 16, 2013:

Name
 
Age
 
Position

Mark A. Casale

    49   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Adolfo F. Marzol

    53   Executive Vice President

Vijay Bhasin

    49   Senior Vice President, Chief Risk Officer

Mary Lourdes Gibbons

    52   Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Assistant Secretary

Lawrence E. McAlee

    49   Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

William Spiegel

    51   Director

Robert Glanville

    47   Director

Allan Levine

    45   Director

Andrew Turnbull

    44   Director

Aditya Dutt

    37   Director

Vipul Tandon

    39   Director

Roy J. Kasmar

    57   Director Nominee

           Mark A. Casale is our founder and has served as our Chief Executive Officer and as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Casale has more than 25 years of financial services management experience, with senior roles in the areas of mortgage banking, mortgage insurance, bond insurance and capital markets. From 2001 to 2007, Mr. Casale held various senior management positions with Radian Group, Inc., including most recently serving as the president of its mortgage insurance subsidiary, Radian Guaranty, Inc. Prior to that, Mr. Casale oversaw capital markets and strategic investments for Radian and managed its joint venture businesses. Mr. Casale also held various management positions with Advanta Corp., a financial services company, including serving as its senior vice president of corporate finance services. Mr. Casale holds a BS in accounting from St. Joseph's University and an MBA in finance from New York University.

           Adolfo F. Marzol is our Executive Vice President and served as our executive Vice Chairman from 2009 to 2013. Mr. Marzol has more than 25 years of experience in the areas of financial management, capital markets, credit risk, operations risk and mortgage servicing. From 2006 to 2009, Mr. Marzol served as a senior advisor to companies in the areas of mortgage risk management, policy and governance as the managing member of Marzol Enterprises, LLC, a consulting business. Mr. Marzol previously held leadership positions at Fannie Mae between 1996 and 2006, including serving as its executive vice president and chief credit officer. Prior to that, Mr. Marzol held a series of senior positions with Chase Manhattan Mortgage from 1988 to 1995, including serving as its executive vice president and chief financial officer. Mr. Marzol holds a BS in economics and an MA in finance from the University of Florida.

           Vijay Bhasin has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer since 2009. Mr. Bhasin has significant mortgage finance industry expertise, including holding multiple senior management positions specializing in mortgage risk, modeling and analytics. From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Bhasin served as a managing director of Countrywide Financial Corporation/Bank of America, a mortgage lender, with responsibility for capital assessment, asset liability management, counterparty credit risk measurement and structured credit analytics. Earlier in his career, Mr. Bhasin held several management positions with Freddie Mac, including vice president for credit and prepayment modeling, and held research positions with Fannie Mae and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. Mr. Bhasin holds a BS in mechanical engineering from the National Institute of

136


Table of Contents

Technology, Kurukshetra, India, an MBA in finance and marketing from Southern Illinois University, and a PhD in finance from Indiana University, Bloomington.

           Mary Lourdes Gibbons has served as our Senior Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Assistant Secretary since 2008. Ms. Gibbons has more than 20 years of experience in the mortgage industry. From 2003 to 2008, Ms. Gibbons served as chief legal officer of Wilmington Finance, Inc., a mortgage lender. Ms. Gibbons began her career at the U.S. Bankruptcy Court and White and Williams LLP, a law firm. Ms. Gibbons mortgage-related experience includes senior roles at ContiMortgage Corp. and Advanta Mortgage Corp. Ms. Gibbons holds a BS in marketing from St. Joseph's University and a JD from The Delaware Law School.

           Lawrence E. McAlee has served as our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2009. Mr. McAlee has over 20 years of experience in the areas of finance, accounting, controls and risk management. Between 2002 and 2009, Mr. McAlee held a series of senior management positions at Sovereign Bancorp, Inc., including serving as its chief accounting officer, general auditor and chief enterprise risk management officer. Prior to joining Sovereign, Mr. McAlee was a partner with Arthur Andersen LLP. Mr. McAlee holds a BS in accounting from St. Joseph's University and is a certified public accountant.

           William Spiegel has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Spiegel is a founding partner and a managing director of Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC, an investment firm, where he is responsible for managing its financial services investing activities. He is also a member of Pine Brook's investment committee. Mr. Spiegel currently represents Pine Brook as a director of AloStar Bank of Commerce, Aurigen Capital Limited, Third Point Reinsurance Ltd., Global Atlantic Financial Group, Green Bancorp, Inc. and Syndicate Holding Corp. Mr. Spiegel has over 20 years of private equity investment experience. Prior to joining Pine Brook, Mr. Spiegel was with The Cypress Group from its inception in 1994 until 2006. Prior to joining The Cypress Group, Mr. Spiegel worked in the Merchant Banking Group at Lehman Brothers. He has served on the board of directors of numerous companies, including four publicly traded corporations. He is currently a director of Lancashire Holdings Limited, a global provider of specialty insurance products. Mr. Spiegel holds a BSc in economics from The London School of Economics and Political Science, an MA in economics from the University of Western Ontario and an MBA from The University of Chicago.

           Robert Glanville has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Glanville is a founding partner and has served as a managing director on the financial services investment team of Pine Brook Road Partners, LLC since 2006. He is also a member of Pine Brook's investment committee. Mr. Glanville currently represents Pine Brook as a director of Syndicate Holding Corp. and United PanAm Financial Corp. From 2003 to 2006, Mr. Glanville was senior vice president, financial and treasury services for Arch Capital Group, Ltd., an insurance and reinsurance company. From 1999 to 2003, Mr. Glanville was with Warburg Pincus, a private equity firm. Before joining Warburg Pincus, Mr. Glanville founded FA Services, an emerging markets financial services and investment boutique based in Moscow. From 1988 to 1992, Mr. Glanville worked in New York and Tokyo for Morgan Stanley, an investment banking firm, specializing in corporate finance and M&A. Mr. Glanville holds an AB in American history from Princeton University.

           Allan Levine has served as a member of our board of directors since 2008. Mr. Levine currently is the chairman and chief executive officer of Global Atlantic Financial Group, a global financial services company, formerly the Goldman Sachs Reinsurance Group. Prior to the spin-off of Global Atlantic from Goldman Sachs in 2013, Mr. Levine was a partner and managing director of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and global head of the Goldman Sachs Reinsurance Group, and prior to assuming that role, was co-head of the firm's strategy group. Prior to joining Goldman Sachs in

137


Table of Contents

1997, Mr. Levine worked for Ernst & Young. Mr. Levine earned a BS from Miami University and an MBA from Columbia Business School.

           Andrew Turnbull has served as a member of our board of directors since 2013. Mr. Turnbull has almost 20 years of insurance and reinsurance experience, including the underwriting, pricing and risk management of alternative risk transfer products and derivatives. Mr. Turnbull currently serves as group strategy and business development officer of PartnerRe Ltd., a reinsurance company, a position held since 2011. From 2008 to 2011, Mr. Turnbull has held various roles with Torus Insurance Holdings Limited, including serving as its chief operating officer and principal representative for the group's flagship carrier, and as group chief actuary. Prior to joining Torus, Mr. Turnbull managed the non-traditional insurance and reinsurance business of XL Capital Ltd., and served as executive vice president of XL Insurance (Bermuda) Ltd and XL Re Ltd. He holds a joint BSc (Hons) degree in mathematics and statistics from the University of Edinburgh and is a Fellow of the Casualty Actuarial Society, the Society of Actuaries, the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries and is a member of the American Academy of Actuaries.

           Aditya Dutt has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Dutt currently serves as the senior vice president of RenaissanceRe Holdings Ltd., president of RenaissanceRe Underwriting Managers, Ltd. and a member of RenaissanceRe's executive committee. Mr. Dutt's responsibilities include managing all of RenaissanceRe's catastrophic reinsurance joint ventures, strategic investments and insurance-linked securities investments. Prior to joining RenaissanceRe in 2008, Mr. Dutt served as executive director in Morgan Stanley's investment banking division in New York and Hong Kong, responsible for executing strategic transactions including mergers, acquisitions, divestitures and capital-raising for the insurance and reinsurance industry. Prior to Morgan Stanley, Mr. Dutt worked at Salomon Brothers in the corporate finance and fixed income departments in Hong Kong. Mr. Dutt holds a BA in mathematics from Dartmouth College.

           Vipul Tandon has served as a member of our board of directors since 2010. Mr. Tandon is a managing director in the private equity group of Soros Fund Management, which he joined in 2006. Previously, Mr. Tandon served as a vice-president in the special situations group of American Capital Strategies, a vice-president of Foamex International, an associate at both Frontline Capital Group and Trace International, and an analyst at DLJ Merchant Banking Partners. Mr. Tandon is also a director of APR Energy PLC. Mr. Tandon holds both a BS in economics and a BA in international relations from The University of Pennsylvania and an MBA from INSEAD.

           Roy J. Kasmar will serve as a member of our board of directors effective upon the effectiveness of the Registration Statement. Mr. Kasmar has been a member of the board of directors of Essent Guaranty since 2012. Mr. Kasmar is currently the president of Kazmar Co. LLC, which provides advisory services to the mortgage and mortgage insurance industry. Mr. Kasmar has over 30 years of experience in the mortgage or mortgage insurance industry. Prior to forming Kazmar Co. LLC, Mr. Kasmar served as the president of Radian Group Inc. and Radian Guaranty Inc., a private mortgage insurer, from 1999 to 2007. Prior to joining Radian, Mr. Kasmar served as the president and chief operating officer of Amerin Guaranty Corporation, a mortgage insurer, from 1996 to 1999. Additionally, Mr. Kasmar has held senior management positions with Prudential Home Mortgage, First Boston Capital Group and Chase Home Mortgage. Mr. Kasmar holds a BS in economics and business administration from Drury College and an MBA in finance from Fairleigh Dickinson University.

Composition of the Board of Directors

          Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors has presently set the number of authorized directors at twelve. Upon completion of this

138


Table of Contents

offering, our board of directors will consist of eight members, including our chief executive officer, Mark A. Casale, with four vacancies. Our amended and restated bye-laws, which will be effective upon completion of this offering, provide that the number of directors may be set by resolution of the board of directors from time to time.

          At the first annual general meeting following this offering, our directors will be divided into three classes, with (i) Class I being elected by the shareholders for a one year term, (ii) Class II being elected by the shareholders for a two year term and (iii) Class III being elected by the shareholders for a three year term. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting will be elected for a term of three years. Each class of directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board.

          Our directors hold office until their successors have been elected and qualified, or the earlier of their death, resignation or removal. Vacancies on the board of directors may be filled by the shareholders or by the board of directors. Vacancies caused by loss of a Pine Brook nominee (such nomination rights described further below) will be filled at the direction of Pine Brook. Our system of electing and removing directors may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control of our Company.

          Prior to consummation of this offering, our existing shareholders agreement provides that certain of our shareholders have the right to designate individuals to be elected to the board of directors and each of the other shareholders agrees to vote in favor of such directors. Under our existing shareholders agreement, our board of directors may consist of up to three directors designated by Essent Intermediate, L.P., one director designated jointly by The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Commonwealth Annuity and Life Reinsurance Co. Ltd., one director designated by each of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Commonwealth Annuity and Life Reinsurance Co. Ltd., Valorina LLC, Aldermanbury Investments Limited, PPF Holdings II Ltd. and Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., and our Chief Executive Officer. Our current board of directors was appointed as follows:

          In accordance with our existing shareholders agreement, Essent Intermediate, L.P. nominated Mr. Kasmar to fill a vacancy presently allocated to Essent Intermediate, L.P. Our existing shareholders agreement terminates, and its provisions will no longer be operative, upon the consummation of the offering.

          Upon consummation of the offering, we will enter into a shareholders agreement with Essent Intermediate, L.P. and Pine Brook Essent Co-Invest, L.P. (collectively, "Pine Brook"), pursuant to which, for so long as Pine Brook holds at least 35% of the shares held by it at the consummation of this offering, Pine Brook will have the right to nominate one Class III director to the board of directors at each annual general meeting at which the term of a Pine Brook designee expires. In addition, we will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary and desirable actions within our control to cause the election, removal and replacement of such director in accordance with the shareholders agreement and applicable law. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Related Person Transactions—Pine Brook Shareholders Agreement"

139


Table of Contents

and "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights" and "—Pine Brook Shareholders Agreement."

          When considering whether directors and nominees have the experience, qualifications, attributes or skills, taken as a whole, to enable our board of directors to satisfy its oversight responsibilities effectively in light of our business and structure, the board of directors will focus primarily on each person's background and experience. We believe that our directors provide an appropriate mix of experience and skills relevant to the size and nature of our business.

          Our board of directors has considered whether our directors and director nominee qualify as "independent" directors in accordance with the NYSE listing requirements and has determined that only Mr. Casale will not be considered independent, as he is an employee of Essent. The NYSE independence definitions include a series of objective tests, such as that the director is not, and has not been for at least three years, one of our employees and that neither the director nor any of his family members has engaged in various types of business dealings with us. In making these determinations, our board of directors reviewed and discussed information provided by the directors, director nominee and us with regard to each director's and director nominee's business and personal activities and relationships as they may relate to us and our management.

Board Leadership Structure

          Upon the effectiveness of our registration statement, our Chief Executive Officer, Mark Casale, will also be our chairman of the board of directors. We believe that combining the roles of chief executive officer and chairman of the board of directors is in the best interest of the Company and our shareholders at this point. Mr. Spiegel will serve as the lead independent director upon the effectiveness of our registration statement.

Board Committees

          At the time of the offering, the board of directors will have an audit committee, a compensation committee, a nominating and corporate governance committee and a risk committee. We expect our President and Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers will regularly report to the non-executive directors and the board committees to ensure effective and efficient oversight of our activities and to assist in proper risk management and the ongoing evaluation of management controls.

          The audit committee has the responsibility for, among other things, assisting the board of directors in reviewing our financial reporting and other internal control processes, our financial statements, the independent auditors' qualifications, independence and compensation, the performance of our internal audit function and independent auditors, and our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements and our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.

          Upon completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of Mr. Glanville, who will serve as chairperson of the committee, Mr. Turnbull, Mr. Dutt and Mr. Tandon. All members of our audit committee will meet the requirements for financial literacy under the applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the NYSE. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Glanville is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined under the applicable rules of the SEC and has the requisite financial sophistication as defined under the applicable rules and regulations of the NYSE. Each member of the audit committee will be an independent director under the rules of the NYSE

140


Table of Contents

relating to audit committee independence, including Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act. The audit committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE, which will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

          The compensation committee has the responsibility for, among other things, determining the compensation of our executive officers and directors, reviewing our executive compensation policies and plans, administering and implementing our equity compensation plans, and preparing a report on executive compensation for inclusion in our proxy statement for our annual meeting.

          Upon consummation of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of Mr. Kasmar, who will serve as chairperson of the committee, Mr. Spiegel and Mr. Levine. Each of the members of our compensation committee will be independent under the rules of the NYSE, will be a "non-employee director" as defined in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and will be an "outside director" as that term is defined in Section 162(m) of the Code. The compensation committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE, which will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

          The nominating and corporate governance committee has the responsibility for, among other things, reviewing board structure, composition and practices, and making recommendations on these matters to our board of directors, reviewing, soliciting and making recommendations to our board of directors and shareholders with respect to candidates for election to the board of directors, overseeing our board of directors' performance and self-evaluation process, and developing and reviewing a set of corporate governance principles for our Company.

          Upon consummation of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Spiegel, who will serve as chairperson of the committee, Mr. Levine and Mr. Kasmar. Each of the members of our nominating and corporate governance committee will be an independent director under the rules of the NYSE relating to nominating and corporate governance committee independence. The nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter that satisfies the applicable standards of the SEC and the NYSE, which will be available on our website upon the closing of this offering.

          The risk committee has the responsibility for, among other things, assisting with the oversight of key risks and the review of investing activities. Upon completion of this offering, our risk committee will consist of Mr. Glanville, who will serve as chairperson of the committee, Mr. Turnbull, Mr. Dutt and Mr. Tandon. Each of the members of our risk committee will be an independent director under the rules of the NYSE.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participations

          William Spiegel and Allan Levine served as the members of our compensation committee in 2012. None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer or employee of our Company. None of our executive officers serves or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. The members of our compensation committee (and/or certain entities affiliated with certain members) are parties to the subscription agreement, shareholders agreement, registration rights agreement and other agreements referred to under "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions." In addition, we intend to enter into

141


Table of Contents

indemnification agreements with each of our directors, including Mr. Kasmar, Mr. Spiegel and Mr. Levine, who will comprise our compensation committee upon consummation of this offering.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

          We intend to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics that applies to all of our employees, officers and directors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. Following the consummation of this offering, the code of business conduct and ethics will be available on our website. We expect that any amendments to the code, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference and is not a part of this prospectus.

Director Compensation

          Our directors did not earn or receive any compensation in 2012 for their service as directors, except Mr. Kasmar, a director nominee, earned compensation as a director of our subsidiary, Essent Guaranty. We did, however, reimburse our directors for their expenses incurred in connection with attending board and committee meetings and fulfilling their duties as members of our board of directors.

          Following this offering, our non-employee directors will be entitled to the following compensation:

Annual Cash Retainer

  $ 70,000  

Annual Cash Retainer for Board Committee Chairperson

       

Audit Committee

  $ 15,000  

Compensation Committee

  $ 10,000  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

  $ 5,000  

Committee Member Cash Retainer

       

Audit Committee

  $ 10,000  

Compensation Committee

  $ 7,500  

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

  $ 7,500  

Lead Director Cash Retainer

  $ 15,000  

Annual Equity Award(1)

  $ 110,000  

(1)
It is anticipated that equity awards for directors will be in the form of restricted share units granted under our 2013 Plan vesting over one year.

Indemnification

          Our amended and restated bye-laws, which will become effective upon consummation of this offering, provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law.

          In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. These agreements will provide for indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Bermuda law against all expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, arising out of such person's services as our director or officer, any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provided services at our company's request.

          We believe that these bye-law provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors and officers.

          We also maintain standard policies of insurance that provide coverage (1) to our directors and officers against loss rising from claims made by reason of breach of duty or other wrongful act and (2) to us with respect to indemnification payments that we may make to such directors and officers.

142


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation of the Named Executive Officers

          The following table sets forth information regarding the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to certain of our executive officers during the year ended December 31, 2012. As an emerging growth company, we have opted to comply with the executive compensation disclosure rules applicable to "smaller reporting companies" as such term is defined in the rules promulgated under the Securities Act, which require compensation disclosure for our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Throughout this prospectus, these three officers are referred to as our "named executive officers."

          The compensation reported in the Summary Compensation Table below is not necessarily indicative of how we will compensate our named executive officers in the future. We expect that we will continue to review, evaluate and modify our compensation framework as a result of our becoming a publicly-traded company and the compensation program following this offering could vary significantly from our historical practices.


2012 Summary Compensation Table

Name and Principal
Position
 
Year
 
Salary
($)
 
Bonus
($)
 
Stock
Awards(1)
($)
 
Option
Awards
($)
 
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation(2)
($)
 
Nonqualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earnings
($)
 
All Other
Compensation
($)
 
Total
($)
 

Mark A. Casale

    2012     400,000         290,663         375,000             1,065,663  

President and Chief Executive Officer

                                                       

Adolfo F. Marzol

    2012     375,000         189,563         187,500             752,063  

Vice Chairman

                                                       

Vijay Bhasin

    2012     325,000         164,288         195,000             684,288  

Chief Risk Officer

                                                       

Footnotes to Summary Compensation Table:

(1)
The amount reported in this column represents the aggregate grant date fair value of the Class A common shares granted in March 2012 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, disregarding for this purpose the estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting conditions. These shares were issued in 2012 for performance in fiscal year 2011 in accordance with the terms of the current employment agreements with our named executive officers which require that 50% of their annual bonuses be paid in the form of Class A common shares. For additional information, including a discussion of the assumptions used to calculate these values, see "— Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End" below and note 10 to our audited consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this prospectus.

(2)
The amount reported in this column represents the cash portion of the annual bonus earned for fiscal year 2012, which were paid in 2013. All of our named executive officers are eligible to receive bonuses under our annual leadership bonus program, which individual bonus amounts are based on corporate and, for named executive officers other than Mr. Casale, individual performance objectives. For 2012, the target annual bonus for Messrs. Casale, Marzol and Bhasin was 125%, 100% and 100% of their annual base salary, respectively, and the amount earned for 2012 for each of Messrs. Casale, Marzol and Bhasin reflect payouts at 150%, 100%, and 120% of their respective target annual bonuses. The current employment agreements with our named executive officers require that 50% of the annual bonus is paid in cash and 50% in the form of Class A common shares. The Class A common shares granted in March 2013 for performance in fiscal year 2012 will be reported in the Stock Awards column in next year's 2013 Summary Compensation Table in accordance with SEC rules, as the grant date for these shares was in 2013. For additional information regarding our annual bonus program, see "— Compensation of the Named Executive Officers — Annual Bonus Plan."

Executive Employment Agreements

          Certain of the compensation paid to the named executive officers reflected in the 2012 Summary Compensation Table is provided pursuant to employment arrangements entered into with us and/or our affiliates in 2009, which are summarized below.

143


Table of Contents

          The employment agreements for Messrs. Casale, Marzol, and Bhasin provide that the current term of the agreements will expire on February 6, 2014, June 1, 2014 and June 1, 2014, respectively. The employment agreements provide for an automatic one-year extension of the term, unless at least three months prior to the expiration of the initial term or the then current term either party to the employment agreement provides the other party with written notice of its intention not to renew the agreement. Pursuant to their respective employment agreements, Mr. Casale is entitled to an annual base salary of $400,000 (which increased to $500,000 effective April 1, 2013 upon the Company receiving funded equity capital in excess of $350 million in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement) and each of Messrs. Marzol and Bhasin are entitled to annual base salaries of $375,000 and $325,000, respectively.

          Each of the named executive officers are also eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon achievement of Company financial objectives and, for Messrs. Marzol and Bhasin, individual goals. Mr. Casale's employment agreement provides for a target annual bonus equal to 125% of his annual base salary, while the employment agreements for each of Messrs. Marzol and Bhasin provide for a target annual bonus equal to 100% of their respective base salaries. For a discussion of our annual bonus plan, please see "— Annual Bonus Plan" below. The named executive officers are also entitled to participate in the employee benefit plans and fringe benefit and welfare benefit programs that are generally available to other employees.

          We are undertaking a review of our compensation arrangements with our named executive officers, and it is anticipated that in connection with this offering, each of our named executive officers will be entering into a new employment agreement with us and/or our affiliates. These new employment agreements will replace and supersede each of our named executive officer's current employment agreement with us and/or our affiliates described above. The employment agreements will have an initial term expiring on the three-year anniversary of this offering and will automatically extend for successive one-year periods, unless at least 120 days prior to the expiration of the initial term or the then current term either party to the employment agreement provides the other party with written notice of its intention not to renew the agreement.

          Pursuant to their new employment agreements, Messrs. Casale, Marzol and Bhasin will be entitled to annual base salaries of not less than $700,000, $425,000 and $350,000, respectively. Commencing with our 2014 fiscal year, each of our named executive officers will also be eligible to receive an annual bonus based upon the achievement of Company and individual performance objectives. Each of Messrs. Casale, Marzol and Bhasin will be entitled to a target annual bonus equal to 125%, 100% and 100% of their annual base salaries, respectively. We expect that 25% of the annual bonus earned will be paid in the form of restricted common shares or similar equity-based awards. For a discussion of our annual bonus plan that will be adopted in connection with the consummation of this offering, please see "— Annual Bonus Plan" below. Commencing with our 2014 fiscal year, each of Messrs. Marzol and Bhasin will be eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plan. Pursuant to their new employment agreements, Messrs. Marzol and Bhasin will each be entitled to a target opportunity under our long-term incentive plan equal to 50% of their respective annual base salaries. Mr. Casale will be eligible to participate in our long-term incentive plan as may be agreed to from time to time by him and our compensation committee. For a discussion of our long-term incentive plan, please see "— Stock and Retirement Plans — 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan" below. Our named executive officers will also entitled to participate in health, insurance, retirement and other benefits on no less favorable terms to similarly situated employees of the Company.

          For a discussion of the severance pay and other benefits to be provided in connection with a termination of employment and/or a change in control under the employment arrangements at or following this offering, please see "— Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

144


Table of Contents

Annual Bonus Plan

          All employees with the title of senior vice president or more senior and other designated employees are eligible to participate in our annual leadership bonus program. Our annual leadership bonus program pays for performance, which means that both we and the executive must meet minimum stated goals for the executive to qualify for a bonus. The weighting of corporate and individual goals varies by level of employees and, for our named executive officers is 75% and 25% for Mr. Marzol, 50% and 50% for Mr. Bhasin and Mr. Casale's annual bonus is based entirely on the achievement of corporate goals. Bonus payments under the program are scheduled to occur as soon as practicable following the end of the fiscal year, and in no event later than March 15 th  of the following year, subject to the executive's continued employment through such payment date. Bonuses are paid in a combination of cash and common shares. Historically, one-half of the bonus has been paid in cash and one-half has been paid in common shares valued based on the last issue price of such shares by us. Unless otherwise provided in an executive's employment or award agreement, common shares issued under our bonus program vest in three equal installments over a three-year period beginning with the January immediately following the grant date. The employment agreements with Messrs. Casale and Marzol provide that Class A common shares issued to them as part of their annual bonus will be fully vested on the date of grant. Following this offering, our compensation committee will determine the portion of any bonus that will be paid in cash and the portion that will be paid in common shares, provided, that no less than 50% of any bonus will be paid in cash. For additional information regarding the vesting of outstanding restricted Class A common shares held by our named executive officers on a termination of employment, see "— Potential Payment upon Termination or Change in Control" below.

          In connection with this offering, our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our shareholders to approve, the Essent Group Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan, or the Annual Incentive Plan. For a summary of the Annual Incentive Plan, please see "— Additional Incentive Compensation Plan and Awards — Essent Group Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan" below.

Stock and Retirement Plans

          2009 Restricted Share Plan.     We adopted the 2009 Restricted Share Plan, or the 2009 Plan, to assist us in recruiting and retaining the senior management team and to motivate such individuals to exert their best efforts on behalf of the Company by providing incentives through the granting of restricted Class B-2 common shares. Our compensation committee administers the 2009 Plan and has the full power and authority to make and establish the terms of any award to participants, consistent with the terms of the 2009 Plan, and to waive any such terms and conditions at any time (including, without limitation, accelerating or waiving any vesting conditions), and to make all other determinations as the compensation committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the 2009 Plan.

          Our 2009 Plan reserves for delivery 9,269,663 Class B-2 common shares, subject to adjustment in the event of any share dividend or split, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or transaction or exchange of shares or other corporate exchange, or any distribution to shareholders of shares other than regular cash dividends or any transaction similar to the foregoing. The 2009 Plan provides only for the grant of restricted shares, the terms and conditions of which are set by the compensation committee at the time of grant and are set forth in a restricted share agreement. Restricted shares vest as determined by the compensation committee and all vesting ceases upon a participant's termination of employment for any reason. For additional information regarding the vesting of outstanding restricted Class B-2 common shares held by our named executive officers on a termination of employment, see "— Potential Payment upon Termination or Change in Control" below. Restricted shares may not be

145


Table of Contents

sold, assigned, transferred, pledged or otherwise encumbered until such time that it has vested, except as otherwise provided in the 2009 Plan, award agreement or shareholders agreement. Further, if, prior to the offering date, a participant's employment terminates for any reason, then we will have the right to repurchase the shares received pursuant to awards at the then fair market value. For participants with a title of senior vice president or more senior, following a termination of a participant's employment other than for cause, the participant will have the right to require us to purchase all vested Class B-2 common shares owned by the participant at the then fair market value.

          In connection with this offering, our board of directors has amended and restated the 2009 Plan, effective immediately prior to the consummation of the offering, which will govern all outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan following the offering. In addition, our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our shareholders to approve, the Essent Group Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, which will be effective upon the consummation of the offering. For a summary of the 2013 Plan, and equity awards that are expected to be granted in connection with this offering, please see "— Additional Incentive Compensation Plans and Awards — Essent Group Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan" and "— Additional Incentive Compensation Plans — Equity Awards Pursuant to the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan" below.

          401(k) Retirement Plan.     We manage our staffing under a co-employment agreement with Insperity, Inc. ("Insperity"). Employees of the Company are eligible to participate in a multiple employer retirement plan sponsored by Insperity that is intended to qualify for favorable tax treatment under Section 401(a) of the Code and contains a cash or deferred feature that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 401(k) of the Code. Employees who have attained at least 21 years of age are generally eligible to participate in the plan on the first day of the calendar month following their respective dates of hire. Participants may make pre-tax or after-tax contributions to the plan from their eligible earnings up to the statutorily prescribed annual limit on contributions under the Code. Participants who are 50 years of age or older may contribute additional amounts based on the statutory limits for catch-up contributions. All employee and employer contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participant's directions. Pre-tax contributions by participants and contributions that we make to the plan and the income earned on those contributions are generally not taxable to participants until withdrawn, and all contributions are generally deductible by us when made. Participant contributions are held in trust as required by law. No minimum benefit is provided under the plan. An employee's interest in his pre-tax or after-tax deferrals is 100% vested when contributed. The plan provides for discretionary employer matching and profit sharing contributions, and for 2012 we did not make any contributions. An employer matching contribution was introduced in 2013 which provides for a contribution equal to 50% of a participant's 401(k) contributions up to 4% of a participant's compensation. The employer matching contribution is immediately vested.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

          The following table sets forth the outstanding equity awards of our common shares held by each of our named executive officers as of December 31, 2012, not taking into account the conversion of all of our outstanding Class A common shares and Class B common shares eligible

146


Table of Contents

for vesting under our 2009 Plan and the             for             share split effective as of             in connection with this offering.

 
  Stock Awards  
Name
 
Grant Date
 
Number of Shares or
Units that have not
Vested
(#)
 
Market Value of
Shares or Units that
have not Vested(1)
($)
 
Equity
Incentive
Plan Awards:
Number of
Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights that
have not
Vested
(#)
 
Equity
Incentive Plan
Awards:
Market or
Payout Value
of Unearned
Shares, Units
or Other
Rights that
have not
Vested
($)
 

Mark A. Casale

    2/1/09 (2)   2,393,620     2,872,344          

Adolfo F. Marzol

    6/1/09 (2)   797,873     957,448          

Vijay Bhasin

    3/6/12 (3)   5,417     59,154          

    3/8/11 (3)   10,833     118,296          

    6/1/09 (2)   319,149     382,979          

Footnotes to Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End table:

(1)
The market value reported in this column in respect of grants of Class A common shares is calculated by multiplying the number of Class A common shares shown in the table by $10.92 per share, which was the fair market value of such shares on December 31, 2012 as determined by our board of directors based on an independent valuation as of December 31, 2012. The market value reported in this column in respect of grants of Class B-2 common shares is calculated by multiplying the number of Class B-2 common shares by $1.20 per share, which was the fair market value of such shares on December 31, 2012 based on an independent valuation of the Company as of such date prepared in connection with the independent valuation of the Class A common shares.

(2)
Each of our named executive officers received a one-time grant of restricted Class B-2 common shares on June 1, 2009 (February 1, 2009 for Mr. Casale) under our 2009 Plan. The restricted Class B-2 common shares generally vest in three equal installments over a three-year period beginning on the third anniversary of the executive's employment commencement date, subject to a limit equal to an investment percentage, generally equal to the percentage of committed capital actually invested in the Company by our initial investors divided by $750 million. Because the restricted Class B-2 common shares are eligible to vest based on the amount funded by our initial investors, on each date our initial investors invest additional capital, the number of outstanding restricted Class B-2 common shares that would have vested had such investment occurred on or prior to the scheduled vesting date for such shares, will vest, provided such named executive officer remains continuously employed with the Company through such date. Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated 2009 Plan, to be effective immediately prior to the consummation of the offering, the investment percentage will be calculated upon the offering, and any awards that are no longer eligible to vest on a future date based on the achievement of the investment percentage will be immediately forfeited and cancelled for no payment or consideration. Pursuant to the shareholder agreement, the current investors committed, subject to certain conditions, to make equity contributions to the Company in the amount of approximately $600.3 million. As of June 30, 2013, $438.3 million of this equity commitment had been drawn. Based on the amount of capital actually invested by our initial investors as of the date of this prospectus, approximately 58.4% ( i.e. , $438.3 million divided by $750 million) of the Class B-2 common

147


Table of Contents

    shares granted to our named executive officers are eligible for vesting and the remaining 42.6% will be forfeited as of the completion of this offering. The initial number of Class B-2 common shares granted to each named executive officer was as follows: Mr. Casale, 2,780,899 shares, of which 387,278 have vested as of December 31, 2012; Mr. Marzol, 926,966 shares, of which 129,093 have vested as of December 31, 2012; and Mr. Bhasin, 370,787 shares, of which 51,637 have vested as of December 31, 2012.

(3)
Our named executive officers received 50% of their annual bonus in the form of Class A common shares. The Class A common shares granted to Mr. Bhasin vest in three equal installments over a three-year period beginning the January immediately following the grant date.

Potential Payments upon Termination or Change in Control

          It is anticipated that in connection with the consummation of this offering, each of our named executive officers will be entering into a new employment agreement with us and/or our affiliates. These employment agreements will provide for certain payments to be made in connection with certain terminations of employment.

          Upon a termination of employment by us without "cause" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement) or by the named executive officer for "good reason" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), in addition to any accrued or earned but unpaid amounts, subject to the execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates, the named executive officer will be entitled to (i) a lump-sum payment equal to 1.5 times (or, for Mr. Casale, 2 times) the sum of his then current annual base salary and target annual bonus for the fiscal year in which the date of termination occurs, payable as soon as reasonably practicable following the date of termination; (ii) his annual bonus for the year in which the termination date occurs, pro-rated based on the number of days which elapsed in the applicable fiscal year through the date of termination, payable at such time annual bonuses are paid to other senior executive officers of the Company; (iii) subject to executive's election of COBRA continuation coverage, provided executive does not become eligible to receive comparable health benefits through a new employer, a monthly cash payment equal to the monthly COBRA premium cost for current coverage for the 18-month (or, for Mr. Casale, 24-month) period following the date of termination; (iv) outplacement services at a level commensurate with executive's position in accordance with the Company's practices in effect from time to time; (v) vesting of any equity grant and other long-term incentive award previously granted to executive that is subject to service-based vesting or service requirements, that would have vested during the 18-month (or, for Mr. Casale, 24-month) period following the date of termination; provided, that if such termination follows a "change of control" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement) such awards will become fully vested on the date of termination of executive's employment; and (vi) vesting of any performance-based equity grant and other long-term incentive award that has not been earned as of the date of termination, which will remain outstanding through the completion of the applicable performance period and will be earned on a pro-rated basis (based on the period from the commencement of the applicable performance period through the date of termination) based on the actual performance for the applicable performance period.

          Upon a termination due to death or as a result of "disability" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), subject to the execution of a general release of claims in favor of the Company and its affiliates, (i) any equity grant and other long-term incentive award subject to service-based vesting or service requirements, previously granted to executive shall become fully vested on the date of termination and (ii) any performance-based equity grant and other long-term incentive award that has not been earned as of the termination date, will remain outstanding through the completion of the applicable performance period and will be earned on a pro-rated

148


Table of Contents

basis (based on the period from the commencement of the applicable performance period through the date of termination) based on the actual performance for the applicable performance period.

          In connection with this offering, it is expected that certain equity awards will be granted to each of our named executive officers pursuant to the 2013 Plan. See "— Additional Incentive Compensation Plans — Equity Awards Pursuant to the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan" below for additional information. The award agreements evidencing the restricted common shares, subject to time- and performance-based vesting, that are expected to be granted will provide that in the event of a "change in control" (as defined in the 2013 Plan) occurring (i) following the completion of the applicable performance period, restricted common shares earned based upon our book value per share growth during the three-year performance period, shall become fully vested on the date of the change in control, and (ii) prior to the expiration of the applicable performance period, the date of the change in control shall be the last day of the performance period, and any restricted common shares earned shall vest, on a pro-rated basis, based on the number of days in the shortened performance period divided by 1,095.

          Each named executive officer's employment agreement will subject him to customary confidentiality restrictions that apply during his employment and indefinitely thereafter, and provides during his employment, and for a period of 18-months (or, for Mr. Casale, 24-months) thereafter, each executive will be subject to non-competition and non-interference covenants. Generally, the non-competition covenant prevents the executive from engaging in mortgage insurance or reinsurance or any business activities in which the Company or any of its affiliates are engaged (or has committed plans to engage) during executive's employment, and the non-interference covenant prevents the executive from soliciting or hiring our employees or those of our affiliates and from soliciting or inducing any of our customers, suppliers, licensees, or other business relations or those of our affiliates, to cease doing business without us, or reduce the amount of business conducted with, us or our affiliates, or in any manner interfering with our relationship with such parties.

          Pursuant to the amended and restated 2009 Plan and the award agreement evidencing the one-time grant of Class B-2 common shares to each of our named executive officers in 2009, upon a termination of employment by us without "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason" (as such terms are defined in the applicable employment agreement) or by reason of death or "disability" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement), each named executive officer will be entitled to vest in a portion of their outstanding unvested Class B-2 common shares equal to the product of (i) 16.67%, and (ii) the "investment percentage" (as defined in the 2009 Plan). In addition, all unvested Class B-2 common shares held by each of the named executive officers will fully vest (but in no event in a percentage beyond the "investment percentage") upon a termination of employment by us other than for "cause" or by the named executive officer for "good reason" in connection with a "change in control" (as defined in the applicable employment agreement). Pursuant to the terms of the amended and restated 2009 Plan, expected to be effective upon the offering, the investment percentage will be calculated upon the offering, and any awards that are no longer eligible to vest on a future date based on the achievement of the investment percentage will be immediately forfeited and cancelled for no payment or consideration.

Additional Incentive Compensation Plans and Awards

          Essent Group Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.     The following summary describes the material terms of the Essent Group Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or 2013 Plan. The following summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the 2013 Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the 2013 Plan, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities Exchange Commission.

149


Table of Contents

          Purpose.     The purpose of the 2013 Plan is to assist the Company in attracting, retaining, motivating, and rewarding certain employees, officers, directors, and consultants of the Company and its affiliates and promoting the creation of long-term value for shareholders of the Company.

          Plan Administration.     The 2013 Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee has the authority, among other things, to select participants, determine types of awards and terms and conditions of awards for participants, prescribe rules and regulations for the administration of the plan and make all decisions and determinations as deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of the 2013 Plan. Our compensation committee may delegate certain of its authority as it deems appropriate, pursuant to the terms of the 2013 Plan, to officers or employees of the Company or its affiliates. Our compensation committee's actions will be final, conclusive and binding.

          Authorized Shares.     A total of             common shares will be reserved and available for delivery under the 2013 Plan. The total number of common shares reserved and available for delivery under the 2013 Plan will be increased on the first day of each of the Company's fiscal years beginning with fiscal year 2014, in an amount equal to the lesser of (i) 1,500,000 common shares, (ii) 2% of the Company's outstanding common shares on the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, or (iii) such number of common shares as determined by our board of directors. The number of common shares reserved and available for delivery under the 2013 Plan is subject to adjustment, as described below. The maximum number of common shares that may be issued in respect of incentive share options is             . Common shares issued under the 2013 Plan may consist of authorized but unissued common shares or previously issued common shares. Common shares underlying awards that are settled in cash, canceled, forfeited, or otherwise terminated without delivery to a participant will again be available for issuance under the 2013 Plan. Common shares withheld or surrendered in connection with the payment of an exercise price of an award or to satisfy tax withholding will not again become available for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

          Individual Limits.     At all times that the Company is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, the maximum number of common shares subject to share options, share appreciation rights or performance-based awards intended to qualify as "qualified performance-based compensation" (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code), in each case, that may be granted to any individual in any one calendar year is 1,000,000, subject to adjustment, as described below. The maximum value of performance-based awards intended to qualify as "qualified performance-based compensation" (within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code) that is valued in dollars that an individual may receive in respect of any annual performance period is $5,800,000, and for any performance period in excess of one year, such amount multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months in the performance period and denominator of which is 12. The maximum number of common shares that may be subject to awards granted to any non-employee director of the Company in any one calendar year is 50,000.

          Types of Awards.     The types of awards that may be available under the 2013 Plan are described below. All of the awards described below will be subject to the terms and conditions determined by our compensation committee in its sole discretion, subject to certain limitations provided in the 2013 Plan. Each award granted under the 2013 Plan will be evidenced by an award agreement, which will govern that award's terms and conditions.

          Non-qualified Share Options.     A non-qualified share option is an option that is not intended to meet the qualifications of an incentive share option, as described below. An award of a non-qualified share option grants a participant the right to purchase a certain number of our common shares during a specified term in the future, or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions, at an exercise price set by our compensation committee on the grant date. The

150


Table of Contents

term of a non-qualified share option will be set by our compensation committee but may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. The exercise price may be paid using (i) cash, or by certified or bank cashier's check, (ii) delivery of common shares previously owned by the participant, (iii) by a broker-assisted cashless exercise in accordance with procedures approved by our compensation committee, or (iv) by any other means approved by our compensation committee.

          Incentive Stock Options.     An incentive stock option is a share option that meets the requirements of Section 422 of the Code. Incentive stock options may be granted only to our employees or employees of certain of our subsidiaries and must have an exercise price of no less than 100% of the fair market value (or 110% with respect to a ten-percent shareholder) of a common share on the grant date and a term of no more than 10 years (or 5 years with respect to a ten-percent shareholder). The aggregate fair market value, determined at the time of grant, of our common shares subject to incentive share options that are exercisable for the first time by a participant during any calendar year may not exceed $100,000.

          Share Appreciation Rights.     A share appreciation right entitles the participant to receive an amount equal to the difference between the fair market value of our common shares on the exercise date and the base price of the share appreciation right that is set by our compensation committee on the grant date, multiplied by the number of shares subject to the share appreciation right. The term of a share appreciation right will be set by our compensation committee but may not exceed 10 years from the grant date. Payment to a participant upon the exercise of a share appreciation right may be either in cash, common shares, or specified property as determined by our compensation committee.

          Restricted Share.     A restricted share award is an award of restricted common shares that does not vest until a specified period of time has elapsed, and/or upon the achievement of performance or other conditions determined by our compensation committee, and which will be forfeited if the conditions to vesting are not met. During the period that any restrictions apply, transfer of the restricted common shares is generally prohibited. Unless otherwise specified in their award agreement, participants generally have all of the rights of a shareholder as to the restricted common shares, including the right to vote such shares, provided, that any cash or share dividends with respect to the restricted common shares will be withheld by the Company and will be subject to forfeiture to the same degree as the restricted common shares to which such dividends relate.

          Restricted Share Units.     A restricted share unit is an unfunded and unsecured obligation to issue a common share (or an equivalent cash amount) to the participant in the future. Restricted share units become payable on terms and conditions determined by our compensation committee and will vest and be settled at such times in cash, common shares, or other specified property, as determined by our compensation committee.

          Other Share-Based or Cash-Based Awards.     Under the 2013 Plan, our compensation committee may grant other types of equity-based or cash-based awards subject to such terms and conditions that our compensation committee may determine. Such awards may include the grant of dividend equivalents, which generally entitle the participant to receive amounts equal to the dividends that are paid on the shares underlying the award. Our compensation committee may also grant common shares as a bonus, and may grant other awards in lieu of obligations of the Company or its affiliates to pay cash or deliver other property under the 2013 Plan or under other plans or compensatory arrangements, subject to such terms and conditions as our compensation committee may determine. Any other equity-based or cash-based award may be granted, at our compensation committee's discretion, in a manner which is intended to qualify the award for the "performance-based compensation" exception under Section 162(m) of the Code.

151


Table of Contents

          Performance Awards.     A performance award is an award of common shares or units subject (in whole or in part) to the achievement of pre-determined performance objectives specified by our compensation committee. Earned performance awards may be settled in cash, common shares, or other awards (or in a combination thereof), at the discretion of our compensation committee. With respect to performance awards intended to qualify for the "performance-based compensation" exception under Section 162(m) of the Code, performance objectives will be based on specified levels of or increases in one or more of the following business criteria (alone or in combination, whether gross or net, before or after taxes, and/or before or after other adjustments, as determined by our compensation committee): (i) earnings, including net earnings, total earnings, operating earnings, earnings growth, operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth, or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, return on equity, financial return ratios, or internal rates of return; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) share price appreciation; (x) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), cash flow return on investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations or cash flow in excess of cost of capital, working capital turnover; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) balance sheet measurements; (xiv) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xv) operating margin, profit margin, or gross margin; (xvi) share price or total shareholder return; (xvii) cost or expense targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xviii) sales or sales growth; (xix) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, market share, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; and (xx) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, the formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions.

          Adjustments.     The aggregate number of common shares reserved and available for delivery under the 2013 Plan, the individual limitations, the number of common shares covered by each outstanding award, and the price per common share underlying each outstanding award will be equitably and proportionally adjusted or substituted, as determined by our compensation committee, as to the number, price or kind of share or other consideration subject to such awards in connection with share dividends, extraordinary cash dividends, share splits, reverse share splits, recapitalizations, reorganizations, mergers, amalgamations, consolidations, combinations, exchanges, or other relevant changes in our capitalization affecting our common shares or our capital structure which occurs after the date of grant of any award, or in the event of any change in applicable law or circumstances that results in or could result in, as determined by the compensation committee in its sole discretion, any substantial dilution or enlargement of the rights intended to be granted to, or available for, participants in the 2013 Plan.

          Corporate Events.     In the event of a merger, amalgamation, or consolidation involving the Company in which the Company is not the surviving corporation or in which the Company is the surviving corporation but the holders of our common shares receive securities of another corporation or other property or cash, a "change in control" (as defined in the 2013 Plan), or a reorganization, dissolution, or liquidation of the Company, our compensation committee may, in its discretion, provide for the assumption or substitution of outstanding awards, accelerate the vesting of outstanding awards, cash-out outstanding awards, or replace outstanding awards with a cash incentive program that preserves the value of the awards so replaced.

152


Table of Contents

          Transferability.     Awards under the 2013 Plan may not be sold, transferred, pledged, or assigned other than by the will or by the applicable laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than Incentive Share Options) otherwise provided in an award agreement or determined by our compensation committee.

          Amendment.     Our board of directors or our compensation committee may amend the 2013 Plan or outstanding awards at any time. Our shareholders must approve any amendment if their approval is required pursuant to applicable law or the applicable rules of each national securities exchange on which our common shares our traded. No amendment to the 2013 Plan or outstanding awards which materially impairs the right of a participant is permitted unless the participant consents in writing. Shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that reduces the exercise price or base price of any outstanding award or that would be treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles. Shareholder approval will also be required for the repurchase for cash or cancelation of an award at a time when its exercise price or base price, as applicable, exceeds the fair market value of a common share on the date of such repurchase or cancelation.

          Termination.     The 2013 Plan will terminate on the day before the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the 2013 Plan is adopted by our board of directors and (ii) the date the shareholders of the Company approve the 2013 Plan. In addition, our board of directors or our compensation committee may suspend or terminate the plan at any time. Following any such suspension or termination, the 2013 Plan will remain in effect to govern any then outstanding awards until such awards are forfeited, terminated or otherwise canceled or earned, exercised, settled or otherwise paid out, in accordance with their terms.

          Clawback.     All awards under the 2013 Plan will be subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect, or as may be adopted by our board of directors (or any committee or subcommittee thereof) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time.

          Equity Awards Pursuant to the 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan.     In connection with the consummation of this offering, we expect to grant restricted common shares to members of senior management, including each of our named executive officers, under the 2013 Plan, which is described below. One-half of the restricted common shares granted to each member of senior management will be subject to time-based vesting, and will vest in equal annual installments during the four-year period commencing January 1, 2014. One-half of the restricted common shares granted to each member of senior management will be subject to time-based and performance-based vesting, with any restricted common shares becoming earned based upon our compounded annual book value per share growth percentage during a three-year performance period commencing January 1, 2014, vesting on the one year anniversary of the completion of the performance period. The portion of the restricted common shares that will be earned based upon the achievement of compounded annual book value per share growth is as follows:

Performance level
  Compounded Annual Book Value
Per Share Growth
  Restricted Common Shares Earned(1)  

Threshold

                  %   0 %

Threshold

                  %   50 %

Maximum

    ³               %   100 %

(1)
Restricted common shares earned will be determined on a straight line basis between 0% and 50% if performance is between threshold and target and between 50% and 100% if performance is between threshold and maximum.

153


Table of Contents

          Certain of our employees who do not receive restricted common shares will receive restricted share units, that will be settled with our common shares (or an equivalent amount of cash), subject to time-based vesting, and will vest and settle in equal annual installments during the three-year period commencing January 1, 2014.

          The number of restricted common shares and restricted share units that will be granted in connection with the consummation of the offering is set forth in the table below.

 
  Restricted Share Awards
(Time- and Performance-Based)
Number of
Shares
  Restricted Share Awards
(Time-Based)
Number of
Shares
  Restricted Share Units
Number of
Units
 

Mark A. Casale

                   

Adolfo F. Marzol

                   

Vijay Bhasin

                   

Other Members of Senior Management

                   

All others

                   
                 

Total

                   
                 

          Essent Group Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan.     The following summary describes the material terms of the Essent Group Ltd. Annual Incentive Plan, or Annual Incentive Plan. The following summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Annual Incentive Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Annual Incentive Plan, a copy of which has been filed with the Securities Exchange Commission

          The purpose of the Annual Incentive Plan is to enable our Company and its subsidiaries to attract, retain, motivate and reward executive officers and key employees by providing them with the opportunity to earn competitive compensation directly linked to our Company's performance. The Annual Incentive Plan is designed to meet the requirements of the "performance-based compensation" exemption from Section 162(m) of the Code to the extent that it is applicable to our Company and the Annual Incentive Plan.

          The Annual Incentive Plan will be administered by our compensation committee. Our compensation committee may delegate certain of its authority to such individuals as it deems appropriate, pursuant to the terms of the Annual Incentive Plan.

          To the extent Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to our Company and the Annual Incentive Plan, our compensation committee will establish the performance objective or objectives applicable to any award under the Annual Incentive Plan within 90 days after the beginning of each performance period (and no later than the date on which 25% of the performance period has elapsed). If Section 162(m) of the Code is applicable to our Company and the Annual Incentive Plan, unless our compensation committee determines that an award will not qualify as "performance-based compensation" under Section 162(m) of the Code, the performance goals will be based upon specified levels of or increases in one or more of the following business criteria (alone or in combination with any other criterion, whether gross or net, before or after taxes, and/or before or after other adjustments, as determined by our compensation committee): (i) earnings, including net earnings, total earnings, operating earnings, earnings growth, operating income, earnings before or after taxes, earnings before or after interest, depreciation, amortization, or extraordinary or special items or book value per share (which may exclude nonrecurring items); (ii) pre-tax income or after tax income; (iii) earnings per share (basic or diluted); (iv) operating profit; (v) revenue, revenue growth, or rate of revenue growth; (vi) return on assets (gross or net), return on investment, return on capital, return on equity, financial return ratios, or internal rates of return; (vii) returns on sales or revenues; (viii) operating expenses; (ix) share price appreciation; (x) cash flow (including, but not limited to, operating cash flow and free cash flow), cash flow return on

154


Table of Contents

investment (discounted or otherwise), net cash provided by operations or cash flow in excess of cost of capital, working capital turnover; (xi) implementation or completion of critical projects or processes; (xii) economic value created; (xiii) balance sheet measurements; (xiv) cumulative earnings per share growth; (xv) operating margin, profit margin, or gross margin; (xvi) share price or total shareholder return; (xvii) cost or expense targets, reductions and savings, productivity and efficiencies; (xviii) sales or sales growth; (xix) strategic business criteria, consisting of one or more objectives based on meeting specified market penetration, market share, geographic business expansion, customer satisfaction, employee satisfaction, human resources management, supervision of litigation, information technology, and goals relating to acquisitions, divestitures, joint ventures, and similar transactions, and budget comparisons; and (xx) personal professional objectives, including any of the foregoing performance goals, the implementation of policies and plans, the negotiation of transactions, the development of long term business goals, the formation of joint ventures, research or development collaborations, and the completion of other corporate transactions; or (xxi) for any period of time in which Section 162(m) of the Code is not applicable to the Company and the Annual Incentive Plan, or in the case of persons whose compensation is not subject to Section 162(m) of the Code, such other criteria as may be determined by our compensation committee. To the extent that Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to the Annual Incentive Plan prior to the 2017 meeting of shareholders, our compensation committee has the discretion to establish performance objectives without reference to the business criteria set forth above.

          Payment of awards will be made as soon as practicable following the end of the performance period after our compensation committee certifies in writing whether and to what extent, if at all, the applicable performance criteria have been attained. Our compensation committee will determine whether any award under the Annual Incentive Plan will be paid in cash or an equity-based award under our 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan (or another shareholder approved equity-based plan) of equivalent value, or in a combination of cash and an equity-based award, and may condition the vesting of such equity-based award on the performance of additional service.

          The maximum award amount payable per fiscal year under the Annual Incentive Plan is $10,000,000. Our compensation committee may reduce awards under the Annual Incentive Plan for any reason or increase awards to employees whose compensation is not subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. Awards to employees whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code cannot be increased beyond the maximum award.

          Unless otherwise determined by our compensation committee when the performance criteria are selected or otherwise provided in an agreement with a participant, a participant in the Annual Incentive Plan whose employment terminates will generally forfeit all rights to any unpaid award. However, if the participant's employment terminates for any reason prior to payment of the Annual Incentive Plan award, our compensation committee may waive the forfeiture feature, but may not waive the requirement to satisfy the performance criteria for participants whose compensation is subject to Section 162(m) of the Code. However, if Section 162(m) of the Code does not apply to the Annual Incentive Plan, our compensation committee has the discretion to waive both the forfeiture feature and the requirements for satisfaction of the performance criteria.

          All awards granted under the Annual Incentive Plan will be subject to any incentive compensation clawback or recoupment policy currently in effect, or as may be adopted by our board of directors (or any committee or subcommittee thereof) and, in each case, as may be amended from time to time.

          Our board of directors or our compensation committee may at any time amend, suspend, discontinue or terminate the Annual Incentive Plan, provided, however, that such action shall not be effective without the approval of the shareholders of our Company to the extent necessary to continue to qualify the amounts payable to employees as performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The Annual Incentive Plan will remain in effect until it is terminated by our board of directors or our compensation committee.

155


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions

          Upon completion of this offering, we intend to adopt a related person transactions policy pursuant to which our executive officers, directors and principal shareholders, including their immediate family members, will not be permitted to enter into a related person transaction with us without the consent of our audit committee. Subject to certain exceptions, any request for us to enter into a transaction with an executive officer, director, principal shareholder or any of such persons' immediate family members, in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000, will be required to be presented to our audit committee for review, consideration and approval. All of our directors, executive officers and employees will be required to report to our audit committee any such related person transaction. In approving or rejecting the proposed transaction, our audit committee will take into account, among other factors it deems appropriate, whether the proposed related person transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances, the extent of the related person's interest in the transaction and, if applicable, the impact on a director's independence. Under the policy, if we should discover related person transactions that have not been approved, our audit committee will be notified and will determine the appropriate action, including ratification, rescission or amendment of the transaction. A copy of our related person transactions policy will be available on our website.

Related Person Transactions

          On March 25, 2010, in connection with the issuance of additional Class A common shares, we entered into the Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement or, the subscription agreement, with Essent Intermediate, L.P., Valorina LLC, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, PPF Holdings II Ltd., Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II, L.P., Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (collectively, the "Ithan Creek Entities"), Mark Casale, and certain other investors identified therein. Under the subscription agreement, our shareholders are obligated to pay draws requested by us under certain enumerated circumstances up to their individual funding commitment in exchange for additional Class A common shares. Any shareholder who declines or otherwise fails to fund its pro rata share of the draw forfeits certain rights under the subscription agreement and related documents. As of June 30, 2013, we had drawn approximately $438 million of this commitment in the aggregate under the subscription agreement. Our right to make draws will terminate upon the consummation of this offering. However, certain indemnification and other covenants will survive.

          We and Essent Intermediate, L.P., Valorina LLC, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, PPF Holdings II Ltd., Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., Ithan Creek Entities, Commonwealth Annuity and Life Reinsurance Company Limited, Mark Casale, and certain other investors identified therein entered into a shareholders agreement on February 6, 2009, as amended or supplemented from time to time, or the shareholders agreement, in connection with our subscription agreement, which, among other provisions, places certain restrictions on the transfers of shares by the shareholders party thereto. The shareholders agreement also permits certain shareholders to force a sale of the Company. In addition, the shareholders agreement provides certain shareholders party thereto with preemptive rights to purchase newly issued securities prior to this offering of our equity securities. Certain of our shareholders are also entitled

157


Table of Contents

to appoint members of our board of directors and board observers. The shareholders agreement will terminate and its provisions will no longer be operative upon the consummation of this offering.

          On                          , 2013, we entered into an amended and restated registration rights agreement with Essent Intermediate, L.P., Valorina LLC, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, PPF Holdings II Ltd., Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., Ithan Creek Entities, Mark Casale, and certain other shareholders identified therein, or the registration rights agreement, which amended the previous agreement, entered into in connection with the subscription agreement, pursuant to which certain shareholders have registration rights with respect to their registrable shares (as defined in the registration rights agreement) as set forth below.

          Demand Rights.     At any time after six months of our initial public offering of equity securities, certain shareholders will have the right to demand registration of all or a portion of such shareholder's registrable shares. Any shareholder proposing to distribute their registrable shares through an underwritten offering shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with an underwriter or underwriters that is mutually agreeable to us and the shareholders holding a majority-in-interest of the registrable shares that the shareholders requested for inclusion in such registration.

          Shelf Registration.     At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 (or any successor form relating to secondary offerings), we will register all registrable shares. Certain shareholders will have the right to demand an underwritten offering be effected under the registration statement on Form S-3.

          Piggyback Rights.     Certain other shareholders will have the right to elect to have included in any demand registration all or a portion of such shareholder's shares. In the event that we propose to register any of our shares pursuant to a registration statement, certain shareholders will have the right to elect to have included in such registration all or a portion of such shareholder's shares.

          Blackout Periods.     We have the ability, subject to certain conditions, to delay the filing of a registration statement or suspend the use of a prospectus in connection with an underwritten demand request for a reasonable period of time which shall not exceed two occasions or 60 days in any 12-month period.

          Registration Limitations.     Any registration conducted pursuant to the registration rights agreement is subject to customary cutback provisions, as well as size, number and timing limitations as set forth therein, including that any demand for the registration of a shareholder's registrable shares must relate to an offering where the aggregate gross proceeds are reasonably expected to be at least $50 million.

          Indemnification; Expenses; Lock-ups.     We have agreed to indemnify the applicable selling shareholder (including each member, manager, partner, officer and director thereof and legal counsel and independent accountant thereto), each underwriter of such seller of such registrable shares, and each other person, if any, who controls such seller or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act against any expenses, losses, claims, damages or liabilities resulting from any untrue statement or omission of material fact contained in any registration statement, prospectus or any amendment or supplement to such registration statement, unless such liability arose from the applicable selling shareholder's misstatement or omission, and the applicable selling shareholder has agreed to indemnify us against all losses caused by its misstatements or omissions. We will pay all registration expenses of all registrations under the registration rights agreement, provided, however, that if a demand registration is withdrawn at the

158


Table of Contents

request of the shareholders requesting such registration (other than as a result of information concerning the business or financial condition of the Company that is made known in writing to the shareholders requesting registration after the date on which such registration was requested) and if the requesting shareholders elect not to have such registration counted as a demand registration or shelf takedown, the requesting shareholders will pay the registration expenses of such registration pro rata in accordance with the number of their registrable shares requested to be included in such registration. In connection with any public offering, each shareholder, and officer or director of the Company, if requested by us and the underwriters managing such public offering, agree not to sell or otherwise transfer or dispose of any registrable shares or other securities of the Company held by such shareholder (other than those registrable shares included in the public offering) for a specified period of time not to exceed 180 days from the effective date of such registration.

          On February 6, 2009, we entered into a fee agreement with Essent Intermediate, L.P., The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, Valorina LLC, Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., PPF Holdings II Ltd., HSBC Equity Partners USA, L.P., HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA LP and Mark Casale, pursuant to which we agreed to provide an annual fee to each such shareholder (other than those that defaulted in their obligations for draws under the subscription agreement) in an amount equal to each shareholder's pro rata share (based upon amounts invested by the shareholder as a percentage of aggregate investments by all such shareholders pursuant to the subscription agreement) of the lesser of (a) 0.75% of the total amount invested in the Company by the investors in a given calendar year, or (b) $2.3 million. Annual fees began to accrue on December 18, 2009, which was the date that the total amount invested under the subscription agreement was at least $100 million. The fee agreement terminated on December 5, 2012. As of June 30, 2013, we had made aggregate payments of $3.1 million under the Fee Agreement.

          On February 6, 2009 we entered into a management rights agreement (the "Essent management rights agreement") with Essent Intermediate, L.P., an affiliate of one of our shareholders, or Intermediate, and on March 25, 2010, we entered into a management rights agreement which, together with the Essent management rights agreement, we refer to as the management rights agreements, with the Ithan Creek Entities.

          Pursuant to the management rights agreements, and in connection with Intermediate's and the Ithan Creek Entities' purchase of Class A common shares of the Company, we provided Intermediate and each Ithan Creek Entity certain rights, including:

159


Table of Contents

          The rights afforded to Intermediate and the Ithan Creek Entities under the management rights agreements shall be terminated upon consummation of this offering.

          Upon consummation of this offering, we will enter into a shareholders agreement with Essent Intermediate, L.P. and Pine Brook Essent Co-Invest, L.P., pursuant to which, for so long as Pine Brook holds at least 35% of the shares held by it at the consummation of this offering, Pine Brook will have the right to nominate one Class III director to the board of directors at each annual general meeting at which the term of a Pine Brook designee expires. In addition, we will agree to use commercially reasonable efforts to take all necessary and desirable actions within our control to cause the election, removal and replacement of such director in accordance with the shareholders agreement and applicable law. See "Description of Share Capital—Registration Rights" and "—Pine Brook Shareholders Agreement."

          On February 5, 2010, we entered into a discretionary advisory agreement, with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., or GSAM, an affiliate of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., one of our shareholders, pursuant to which GSAM was appointed an investment adviser, operating within our stated investment guidelines, for an account representing a certain portion of our assets. Under the Discretionary Advisory Agreement, GSAM receives annual fees at a rate of 12.75 basis points on the first $1.0 billion, 10.00 basis points on the next $1.0 billion and 8.00 basis points on any balance above $2.0 billion, with a minimum annual fixed fee of $300,000 per calendar year starting January 1, 2013. The discretionary advisory agreement is terminable upon 45 days' written notice by GSAM or 30 days by us and was entered into in the ordinary course of business on similar terms to agreements executed with non-related parties.

          On December 22, 2010, we entered into a master policy agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, NA, or JPMorgan Chase, an affiliate of Aldermanbury Investments Ltd., one of our shareholders, pursuant to which we provide a mortgage guaranty insurance master policy. Pursuant to this master policy, in consideration for premiums paid by JPMorgan Chase on each loan for which JPMorgan Chase and we agree to extend a commitment, we agree to insure JPMorgan Chase for defaults on any such loan. The term of the policy is connected to each loan for which we have extended a commitment. The master policy may not be cancelled by us for as long as any certificate issued under the master policy remains in force. However, we are under no obligation to issue any certificates under the master policy and we may cease issuing new certificates without prior notice to JPMorgan Chase. JPMorgan Chase may cancel the policy by cancelling all outstanding certificates previously issued under the master policy. In connection with the master policy agreement, we further executed a clarity letter agreement, providing further detail to JPMorgan Chase on our loan review program, and a dispute resolution agreement, governing the method by which we and JPMorgan Chase agree to resolve claims disputes. Each of these, along with any ancillary documents to the master policy agreement, were negotiated at arm's length, in the ordinary course of business and on similar terms to agreements executed with non-related parties. During the year ended December 31, 2012, $2.4 million, or approximately 4.9%, in revenues were earned under this master policy agreement.

          Because of The Goldman Sachs Group's status as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended, or the BHC Act, we will be subject to certain

160


Table of Contents

restrictions on our activities imposed by The Goldman Sachs Group that are intended to facilitate compliance with the BHC Act. In particular, The Goldman Sachs Group will have rights to conduct audits on, and access certain information of, the Company and will have certain rights to review the policies and procedures that we implement to comply with the laws and regulations that relate to our activities. In addition, we will be obligated to provide The Goldman Sachs Group with notice of certain events and business activities and cooperate with The Goldman Sachs Group to mitigate potential adverse consequences resulting therefrom. These restrictions will remain in effect as long as the Federal Reserve deems us to be a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group under the BHC Act.

          In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. These agreements will provide for indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Bermuda law against all expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, arising out of such person's services as our director or officer, any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provided services at our Company's request.

161


Table of Contents


SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS, MANAGEMENT AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common shares as of                          , 2013 and after giving effect to this offering by (1) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our outstanding common shares, (2) each of our directors, (3) each of our executive officers, (4) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (5) [each selling shareholder], in each case after giving effect to (i) the             for             share split effective as of             and (ii) the conversion of all of our Class A common shares and Class B-2 common shares eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan into a single class of common shares (and the forfeiture of any Class B-2 common shares not eligible for vesting under our 2009 Plan).

          To our knowledge, each person named in the table has sole voting and investment power with respect to all of the securities shown as beneficially owned by such person, except as otherwise set forth in the notes to the table. The number of securities shown represents the number of securities the person "beneficially owns," as determined by the rules of the SEC. The SEC has defined "beneficial" ownership of a security to mean the possession, directly or indirectly, of voting power and/or investment power. A security holder is also deemed to be, as of any date, the beneficial owner of all securities that such security holder has the right to acquire within 60 days after that date through (1) the exercise of any option, warrant or right, (2) the conversion of a security, (3) the power to revoke a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement, or (4) the automatic termination of a trust, discretionary account or similar arrangement.

          The percentages reflect beneficial ownership immediately prior to and immediately after the consummation of this offering as determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and are based on                  common shares outstanding as of                          , 2013 and assumes there are                  common shares outstanding as of the date immediately following the consummation of this offering. Except as noted below, the address for all beneficial owners in the table below is c/o Essent Group Ltd., Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11 Bermuda.

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters' Option is Not
Exercised
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters' Option is
Exercised in Full
 
Name and Address
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 

5% Shareholders

                                     

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

                                     

Pine Brook Essent Co-Invest, L.P. 

                                     

The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. 

                                     

Aldermanbury Investments Limited

                                     

Valorina LLC(1)

                                     

Renaissance Ventures Ltd. 

                                     

PPR Holdings II Ltd. 

                                     

HSBC Equity Partners USA, L.P. 

                                     

162


Table of Contents

 
  Shares Beneficially Owned
Prior to Offering
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters' Option is Not
Exercised
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters' Option is
Exercised in Full
 
Name and Address
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 
Number of
Shares
 
Percentage of
Class
 

HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA LP

                                     

Global Atlantic Financial Group

                                     

Wellington Management Company, LLP(2)

                                     

Directors and Executive Officers

                                     

Mark A. Casale

                                     

Adolfo F. Marzol

                                     

Vijay Bhasin

                                     

William Spiegel

                                     

Robert Glanville

                                     

Allan Levine

                                     

Christopher M. Linneman

                                     

Andrew Turnbull

                                     

Aditya Dutt

                                     

Rajiv Kamilla

                                     

Vipul Tandon

                                     

All directors and executive officers as a group

                                     

(1)
Valorina LLC is majority owned by an entity that is managed by Soros Fund Management LLC.

(2)
Consists of shares held directly by Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II, L.P. and Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., which are investment advisory clients of Wellington Management Company, LLP.

163


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF SHARE CAPITAL

          The following descriptions of our share capital and certain provisions of our memorandum of association and bye-laws are intended as summaries only and are qualified in their entirety by reference to our amended memorandum of association and amended and restated bye-laws, which will be effective upon completion of this offering and are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, and to applicable Bermuda law. The descriptions of our common shares reflect changes to our capital structure that will occur upon the closing of this offering.

General

          Upon the consummation of this offering, our authorized share capital will consist of              shares, par value               per share, which will consist of a single class of common shares. Assuming (i) our bye-laws have been amended to create a single class of common shares, (ii) the conversion of all of our outstanding Class A common shares into a single class of common shares, (iii) the conversion of all of our outstanding Class B-2 common shares that are eligible for vesting under the restricted share plan into a single class of common shares and the forfeiture of any remaining B-2 common shares that are not eligible for vesting under our restricted share plan, and (iv) the             for             share split effective as of                          , in each case in connection with this offering, immediately after this offering, there will be             common shares outstanding. Assuming the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, there will be              common shares outstanding immediately after this offering.

Preference Shares

          Pursuant to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, our board of directors by resolution may establish one or more series of preference shares having such number of shares, designations, dividend rates, relative voting rights, conversion or exchange rights, redemption rights, liquidation rights and other relative participation, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as may be fixed by the board without any further shareholder approval. Such rights, preferences, powers and limitations as may be established could have the effect of discouraging an attempt to obtain control of the Company.

Common Shares

          Common shares have no pre-emptive rights or other rights to subscribe for additional shares, and no rights of redemption, conversion or exchange. Under certain circumstances and subject to the provisions of Bermuda law and our bye-laws, we may be required to make an offer to repurchase shares held by members. All shares sold pursuant to this offering will be, when issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

          The board may, subject to Bermuda law and our bye-laws, declare a dividend to be paid to our members as of a record date determined by the board, in proportion to the number of shares held by such holder.

          In general, and subject to the adjustments described below, holders of common shares will have one vote for each common share held by them and will be entitled to vote, on a non-cumulative basis, at all meetings of shareholders.

164


Table of Contents

          Under our bye-laws if, and so long as, the votes conferred by the "Controlled Shares" (as defined below) of any person would otherwise cause such person (or any other person) to be treated as a "9.5% Shareholder" (as defined below) with respect to any matter (including, without limitation, election of directors), the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares owned by shareholders of such person's "Controlled Group" (as defined below) will be reduced (and will be automatically reduced in the future) by whatever amount is necessary so that after any such reduction the votes conferred by the Controlled Shares of such person will not result in any other person being treated as a 9.5% Shareholder with respect to the vote on such matter. These reductions will be made pursuant to formulas provided in our bye-laws, as applied by the board within its discretion. Under these provisions certain members may have their voting rights limited to less than one vote per share, while other members may have voting rights in excess of one vote per share.

          "Controlled Shares" means, in reference to any person, all shares that such person is deemed to own directly, indirectly (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) or, in the case of any U.S. Person, constructively (within the meaning of Section 958(b) of the Code); "Controlled Group" means, with respect to any person, all shares directly owned by such person and all shares directly owned by each other member any of whose shares are included in the Controlled Shares of such person; "9.5% Shareholder" means a U.S. Person that (a) owns (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) any shares and (b) owns, is deemed to own, or constructively owns Controlled Shares which confer votes in excess of 9.5% of the votes conferred by all of the issued and outstanding shares.

          In addition, our bye-laws provide that the board may determine that certain shares shall not carry voting rights or shall have reduced voting rights to the extent that the board reasonably determines, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors, that it is necessary to do so to avoid any adverse tax consequences or materially adverse legal or regulatory treatment to us, any of our subsidiaries or any member or its affiliates, provided that the board will use reasonable efforts to ensure equal treatment to similarly situated members to the extent possible under the circumstances.

          Our bye-laws authorize us to request information from any member for the purpose of determining whether a member's voting rights are to be adjusted as described above. If, after a reasonable cure period, a member fails to respond to a request by us for information or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to a request, the board may eliminate the member's voting rights. A member will be required to notify us in the event it acquires actual knowledge that it or one of its investors is the actual, deemed or constructive owner of 9.5% or more of our controlled shares.

          Before the date of this prospectus, there has been no public market for our common shares.

          The provisions of our bye-laws may have an anti-takeover effect and may delay, defer or prevent a tender offer or takeover attempt that you might consider in your best interest, including an attempt that might result in your receipt of a premium over the market price for your shares. These provisions are also designed, in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with our board of directors, which could result in an improvement of such persons' terms.

          Our bye-laws provide that our board shall consist of such number of directors being not less than two directors and such number in excess as the board may determine. Our board of directors will initially consist of eight directors.

165


Table of Contents

          Following completion of this offering, in accordance with the terms of our bye-laws, at our next annual general meeting, our board will be divided into three classes, Class I, Class II and Class III. Each class of directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors constituting the entire board. Each class of directors is elected for a three-year term of office, but the terms are staggered so that the term of only one class of directors expires at each annual general meeting.

          Our bye-laws provide that a director may be removed only with cause by a majority vote of the shareholders, provided that the notice of the shareholders meeting convened to remove the director is given to the director. The notice must contain a statement of the intention to remove the director and must be served on the director not less than 14 days before the meeting. The director is entitled to attend the meeting and be heard on the motion for his removal.

          Our bye-laws establish an advance notice procedure for shareholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual general meeting of our shareholders.

          These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.

          The bye-laws provide that any shareholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual general meeting must deliver to our secretary a timely written notice of the shareholder's intention to do so.

          To be timely, the shareholder's notice must be delivered to or mailed and received by us not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the anniversary date of the preceding annual meeting, except that if the annual meeting is set for a date that is not within 30 days before or after such anniversary date, we must receive the notice not later than the close of business on the tenth day following the earlier of the date on which notice of the annual general meeting was posted to shareholders or the date on which public disclosure of the date of the annual general meeting was made.

          The notice must include the following information:

166


Table of Contents

          Our bye-laws provide that no bye-law shall be rescinded, altered, or amended, and no new bye-law shall be made, unless it shall have been approved by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution of our shareholders.

          In the case of certain bye-laws, including the bye-laws relating to the power to demand a vote on a poll, election and removal of directors, indemnification and exculpation of directors and officers, winding up of the company and amendment of memorandum of association provisions, the required resolutions must include the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our directors then in office and of at least 66  2 / 3 % of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

          Amendments to our memorandum of association will require an affirmative vote of the majority of our board and by a resolution of the shareholders including the affirmative vote of not less than 66  2 / 3 % of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

          These provisions make it more difficult for any person to remove or amend any provisions in our memorandum of association and bye-laws that may have an anti-takeover effect.

          Our bye-laws contain provisions regarding "business combinations" with "interested shareholders."

          Pursuant to our bye-laws, in addition to any other approval that may be required by applicable law, any business combination with an interested shareholder within a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested shareholder must be approved by our board and authorized at an annual or special general meeting by the affirmative vote of at least 66  2 / 3 % of our issued and outstanding voting shares that are not owned by the interested shareholder, unless:

          The bye-laws define "business combinations" to include the following:

167


Table of Contents

          An "interested shareholder" is a person that beneficially owns 15% or more of our issued and outstanding voting shares and any person affiliated or associated with us that owned 15% or more of our issued and outstanding voting shares at any time three years prior to the relevant time.

          Our annual general meeting will be held each year. A special general meeting may be convened by the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board when in their judgement such a meeting is necessary. In addition, upon receiving a requisition from the shareholders of at least one tenth (1/10 th ) of the paid up share capital of the Company, the board shall convene a special general meeting.

          Under our bye-laws, at least five (5) days' notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting.

          The quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present throughout and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares.

          Questions proposed for the consideration by the shareholders will be decided by the affirmative vote of the majority of the votes cast.

Pine Brook Shareholders Agreement

          We intend to enter into a shareholders agreement with Pine Brook upon consummation of this offering. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Pine Brook Shareholders Agreement."

Registration Rights

          On                  , 2013, we entered into the registration rights agreement with Essent Intermediate, L.P., Valorina LLC, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, PPF Holdings II Ltd., Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., Mark Casale, and certain other shareholders identified therein. See "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement."

Market Listing

          We intend to apply to list our common shares on the NYSE under the symbol "ESNT".

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          Upon the completion of this offering, the transfer agent and registrar for our common shares will be                                        .

168


Table of Contents


COMPARISON OF SHAREHOLDER RIGHTS

Differences in Corporate Law

          You should be aware that the Companies Act, which applies to us, differs in certain material respects from laws generally applicable to U.S. companies incorporated in the State of Delaware and their shareholders. The following is a summary of significant differences between the Companies Act and Bermuda common law applicable to us and our shareholders and the provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law applicable to U.S. companies organized under the laws of Delaware and their shareholders. Because the following statements are summaries, they do not address all aspects of Bermuda law that may be relevant to us and our shareholders.

          The Companies Act authorizes the directors of a company, subject to its bye-laws, to exercise all powers of the company except those that are required by the Companies Act or the company's bye-laws to be exercised by the shareholders of the company. Our bye-laws provide that our business is to be managed and conducted by our board. At common law, members of a board of directors owe a fiduciary duty to the company to act in good faith in their dealings with or on behalf of the company and exercise their powers and fulfill the duties of their office honestly. This duty includes the following essential elements:

          The Companies Act imposes a duty on directors and officers of a Bermuda company:

          The Companies Act also imposes various duties on directors and officers of a company with respect to certain matters of management and administration of the company.

          Under Bermuda law, directors and officers generally owe fiduciary duties to the company itself, not to the company's individual shareholders or members, creditors, or any class of either shareholders, members or creditors. Our shareholders may not have a direct cause of action against our directors.

          Under Delaware law, the business and affairs of a corporation are managed by or under the direction of its board of directors. In exercising their powers, directors are charged with a fiduciary duty of care to protect the interests of the corporation and a fiduciary duty of loyalty to act in the best interests of its shareholders. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director act in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the company. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the company and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an

169


Table of Contents

informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, a director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the company.

          Bermuda law and our bye-laws provide that if a director has an interest in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with us or any of our subsidiaries or has a interest in any person that is a party to such a contract, the director must disclose the nature of that interest at the first opportunity either at a meeting of directors or in writing to the board. Our bye-laws provide that after a director has made such a declaration of interest, he is not allowed to be counted for purposes of determining whether a quorum is present, is not allowed to vote on a contract proposed contract or arrangement in which he has an interest, and is required to recuse himself from any discussion. For the avoidance of doubt, our bye-laws provide that no director is considered interested with respect to any transaction in which all of the members participate or are offered to participate.

          Under Delaware law, such transaction would not be voidable if (i) the material facts as to such interested director's relationship or interests are disclosed or are known to the board of directors and the board in good faith authorizes the transaction by the affirmative vote of a majority of the disinterested directors, (ii) such material facts are disclosed or are known to the shareholders entitled to vote on such transaction and the transaction is specifically approved in good faith by vote of the majority of shares entitled to vote on the matter or (iii) the transaction is fair as to the company as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified. Under Delaware law, such interested director could be held liable for a transaction in which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Under Bermuda law, the voting rights of our shareholders are regulated by our bye-laws and, in certain circumstances, the Companies Act. Subject to our bye-laws, at any general meeting two or more persons present throughout and representing in person or by proxy in excess of fifty percent of the total issued voting shares in the Company shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. Generally, except as otherwise provided in the bye-laws or the Companies Act, at any general meeting, subject to any rights or restrictions attached to the shares, every shareholder present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each voting share held. No shareholder shall be entitled to vote at a general meeting unless such shareholder has paid all the calls on all shares held by them. Subject to the Companies Act and our bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the shareholders at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast. In the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

          Under Delaware law, unless otherwise provided in a company's certificate of incorporation, each shareholder is entitled to one vote for each share of stock held by the shareholder. Delaware law provides that unless otherwise provided in a company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, a majority of the shares entitled to vote, present in person or represented by proxy, constitutes a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. In matters other than the election of directors, with the exception of special voting requirements related to extraordinary transactions, and unless otherwise provided in a company's certificate of incorporation or bylaws, the affirmative vote of a majority of shares present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at a meeting in which a quorum is present is required for shareholder action, and the affirmative vote of a plurality of shares

170


Table of Contents

present in person or represented by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting is required for the election of directors.

          The amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation (other than certain affiliated companies) requires the amalgamation or merger agreement to be approved by the company's board of directors and by its shareholders. Our bye-laws provide that a simple majority of the shareholders voting at such meeting is required to approve the amalgamation or merger agreement, and the quorum for such meeting is two persons present throughout and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company.

          Under Bermuda law, in the event of an amalgamation or merger of a Bermuda company with another company or corporation, a shareholder of the Bermuda company who did not vote in favor of the amalgamation or merger and is not satisfied that fair value has been offered for such shareholder's shares may, within one month of notice of the shareholders meeting, apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda to appraise the fair value of those shares.

          Under Delaware law, with certain exceptions, a merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all the assets of a corporation must be approved by the board of directors and a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote on such transaction. A shareholder of a company participating in certain merger and consolidation transactions may, under certain circumstances, be entitled to appraisal rights, such as having a court to determine the fair value of the stock or requiring the company to pay such value in cash. However, such appraisal right is not available to shareholders if the stock received in such transaction is listed on a national securities exchange, including the New York Stock Exchange or the Nasdaq Global Market.

          An acquiring party is generally able to acquire compulsorily the common shares of minority holders of a company in the following ways:

          By a procedure under the Companies Act known as a "scheme of arrangement." A scheme of arrangement could be effected by obtaining the agreement of the company and of holders of common shares, representing in the aggregate a majority in number and at least 75% in value of the common shareholders present and voting at a court ordered meeting held to consider the scheme of arrangement. The scheme of arrangement must then be sanctioned by the Bermuda Supreme Court. If a scheme of arrangement receives all necessary agreements and sanctions, upon the filing of the court order with the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda, all holders of common shares could be compelled to sell their shares under the terms of the scheme of arrangement.

          By acquiring pursuant to a tender offer 90% of the shares or class of shares not already owned by, or by a nominee for, the acquiring party (the offeror), or any of its subsidiaries. If an offeror has, within four months after the making of an offer for all the shares or class of shares not owned by, or by a nominee for, the offeror, or any of its subsidiaries, obtained the approval of the holders of 90% or more of all the shares to which the offer relates, the offeror may, at any time within two months beginning with the date on which the approval was obtained, by notice compulsorily acquire the shares of any non-tendering shareholder on the same terms as the original offer unless the Supreme Court of Bermuda (on application made within a one-month period from the date of the offeror's notice of its intention to acquire such shares) orders otherwise.

171


Table of Contents

          Where the acquiring party or parties hold not less than 95% of the shares or a class of shares of the company, by acquiring, pursuant to a notice given to the remaining shareholders or class of shareholders, the shares of such remaining shareholders or class of shareholders. When this notice is given, the acquiring party is entitled and bound to acquire the shares of the remaining shareholders on the terms set out in the notice, unless a remaining shareholder, within one month of receiving such notice, applies to the Supreme Court of Bermuda for an appraisal of the value of their shares. This provision only applies where the acquiring party offers the same terms to all holders of shares whose shares are being acquired.

          Delaware law provides that a parent corporation, by resolution of its board of directors and without any shareholder vote, may merge with any subsidiary of which it owns at least 90% of each class of its capital stock. Upon any such merger, and in the event the parent corporate does not own all of the stock of the subsidiary, dissenting shareholders of the subsidiary are entitled to certain appraisal rights. Delaware law also provides, subject to certain exceptions, that if a person acquires 15% of voting stock of a company, the person is an "interested shareholder" and may not engage in "business combinations" with the company for a period of three years from the time the person acquired 15% or more of voting stock.

          Class actions and derivative actions are generally not available to shareholders under Bermuda law. The Bermuda courts, however, would ordinarily be expected to permit a shareholder to commence an action in the name of a company to remedy a wrong to the company where the act complained of is alleged to be beyond the corporate power of the company or illegal, or would result in the violation of the company's memorandum of association or bye-laws.

          Furthermore, consideration would be given by a Bermuda court to acts that are alleged to constitute a fraud against the minority shareholders or, for instance, where an act requires the approval of a greater percentage of the company's shareholders than that which actually approved it.

          When the affairs of a company are being conducted in a manner which is oppressive or prejudicial to the interests of some part of the shareholders, one or more shareholders may apply to the Supreme Court of Bermuda, which may make such order as it sees fit, including an order regulating the conduct of the company's affairs in the future or ordering the purchase of the shares of any shareholders by other shareholders or by the company.

          Class actions and derivative actions generally are available to shareholders under Delaware law for, among other things, breach of fiduciary duty, corporate waste and actions not taken in accordance with applicable law. In such actions, the court generally has discretion to permit the winning party to recover attorneys' fees incurred in connection with such action.

          Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may in its bye-laws or in any contract or arrangement between the company and any officer, or any person employed by the company as auditor, exempt such officer or person from, or indemnify him in respect of, any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the officer or person may be guilty in relation to the company or any subsidiary thereof.

172


Table of Contents

          We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company's directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director. We have purchased and maintain a directors' and officers' liability policy for this purpose.

          Under Delaware law, a corporation may include in its certificate of incorporation a provision that, subject to the limitations described below, eliminates or limits director liability to the corporation or its shareholders for monetary damages for breaches of their fiduciary duty of care. Under Delaware law, a director's liability cannot be eliminated or limited for (i) breaches of the duty of loyalty, (ii) acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) the payment of unlawful dividends or expenditure of funds for unlawful stock purchases or redemptions, or (iv) transactions from which such director derived an improper personal benefit.

          Delaware law provides that a corporation may indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation against any liability or expenses incurred in any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative proceeding if they acted in good faith and in a manner they reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe their conduct was unlawful, except that in any action brought by or in the right of the corporation, such indemnification may be made only for expenses (not judgments or amounts paid in settlement) and may not be made even for expenses if the officer, director or other person is adjudged liable to the corporation (unless otherwise determined by the court). In addition, under Delaware law, to the extent that a director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any proceeding referred to above, he or she must be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by that party. Furthermore, under Delaware law, a corporation is permitted to maintain directors' and officers' insurance.

          Our annual general meeting will be held each year. Bermuda law provides that a special general meeting of shareholders may be called by the board of directors of a company and must be called upon the request of shareholders holding not less than 10% of the paid-up capital of the company carrying the right to vote at general meetings. Bermuda law also requires that shareholders be given at least five days' notice of a general meeting, but the accidental omission to give notice to any person does not invalidate the proceedings at a meeting. Our bye-laws provide that the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman (if any) or any two directors or any director and the secretary may convene a members meeting. Under our bye-laws, at least 5 days' notice of an annual general meeting or a special general meeting must be given to each shareholder entitled to vote at such meeting. This notice requirement is subject to the ability to hold such meetings on shorter notice if such notice is agreed: (i) in the case of an annual general meeting by all of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at such meeting; or (ii) in the case of a special general meeting, by a majority in number of the shareholders entitled to attend and vote at the meeting holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares entitled to vote at such meeting. The quorum required for a general meeting of shareholders is two or more persons present throughout and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares.

173


Table of Contents

          Delaware law permits the board of directors or any person who is authorized under a corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws to call a special meeting of shareholders.

          Under Delaware law, a company is generally required to give written notice of any meeting not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days before the date of the meeting to each shareholder entitled to vote at the meeting.

          The Companies Act and our bye-laws provide that shareholders may take action by written resolution signed by the majority of shareholders that would have been required had a meeting occurred and had all shareholders so entitled attended and voted thereat.

          Delaware law permits shareholders to take action by the consent in writing by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting of stockholders at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted.

          Under Bermuda law, a company may not declare or pay a dividend, or make a distribution out of contributed surplus, if there are reasonable grounds for believing that (i) the company is, or would after the payment be, unable to pay its liabilities as they become due; or (ii) the realizable value of the company's assets would thereby be less than its liabilities. Under our bye-laws, each common share is entitled to dividends if, as and when dividends are declared by our board of directors, subject to any preferred dividend right of holders of any preference shares. "Contributed surplus" is defined for purposes of section 54 of the Companies Act to include the proceeds arising from donated shares, credits resulting from the redemption or conversion of shares at less than the amount set up as nominal capital and donations of cash and other assets to the company.

          Under Delaware law, subject to any restrictions contained in the company's certificate of incorporation, a company may pay dividends out of surplus or, if there is no surplus, out of net profits for the fiscal year in which the dividend is declared and for the preceding fiscal year. Delaware law also provides that dividends may not be paid out of net profits if, after the payment of the dividend, capital is less than the capital represented by the outstanding stock of all classes having a preference upon the distribution of assets.

          Members of the general public have the right to inspect our public documents available at the office of the Registrar of Companies in Bermuda and our registered office in Bermuda, which will include our memorandum of association (including its objects and powers) and certain alterations to our memorandum of association. Our shareholders have the additional right to inspect our bye-laws, minutes of general meetings and audited financial statements, which must be presented to the annual general meeting of shareholders.

          The register of members of a company is also open to inspection by shareholders and members of the general public without charge. The register of members is required to be open for inspection for not less than two hours in any business day (subject to the ability of a company to close the register of members for not more than 30 days in a year). A company is required to maintain its share register in Bermuda but may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, establish a branch register outside of Bermuda. A company is also required to keep at its registered office a register of directors and officers which is also open to inspection by

174


Table of Contents

shareholders and members of the general public without charge. Bermuda law does not, however, provide a general right for shareholders to inspect or obtain copies of any other corporate records.

          Delaware law requires that a company, within 10 days before a meeting of shareholders, prepare and make available a complete list of shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting. This list must be open to the examination of any shareholder for any purpose relating to the meeting for a period of at least 10 days prior to the meeting during ordinary business hours and at the principal place of business of the company. Delaware law also permits a shareholder to inspect the company's books and records if the shareholder can establish that he or she is a shareholder of the company, the shareholder has complied with Delaware law with respect to the form and manner of making demand for inspection of corporate records and the inspection by the shareholder is for a proper purpose.

          Under Bermuda law, shareholder(s) may, as set forth below and at their own expense (unless the company otherwise resolves), require the company to: (i) give notice to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of the annual general meeting of any resolution that the shareholder(s) may properly move at the next annual general meeting; and/or (ii) circulate to all shareholders entitled to receive notice of any general meeting a statement in respect of any matter referred to in any proposed resolution or any business to be conducted at such general meeting. The number of shareholders necessary for such a requisition is either: (i) any number of shareholders representing not less than 5% of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting to which the requisition relates; or (ii) not less than 100 shareholders.

          Delaware law does not include a provision restricting the manner in which nominations for directors may be made by shareholders or the manner in which business may be brought before a meeting, although restrictions may be included in a Delaware corporation's certificate of incorporation or bylaws.

          Bermuda law provides that the memorandum of association of a company may be amended by a resolution passed at a general meeting of shareholders of which due notice has been given. Certain amendments to the memorandum of association may require approval of the Bermuda Minister of Finance, who may grant or withhold approval at his or her discretion.

          Under Bermuda law, the holders of an aggregate of not less than 20% in par value of a company's issued and outstanding share capital have the right to apply to the Bermuda courts for an annulment of any amendment of the memorandum of association adopted by shareholders at any general meeting, other than an amendment which alters or reduces a company's share capital as provided in the Companies Act. Where such an application is made, the amendment becomes effective only to the extent that it is confirmed by the Bermuda court. An application for an annulment of an amendment of the memorandum of association must be made within 21 days after the date on which the resolution altering the company's memorandum of association is passed and may be made on behalf of persons entitled to make the application by one or more of their designees as such holders may appoint in writing for such purpose. No application may be made by the shareholders voting in favor of the amendment.

          Under Delaware law, amendment of the certificate of incorporation, which is the equivalent of a memorandum of association, of a company must be made by a resolution of the board of directors setting forth the amendment, declaring its advisability, and either calling a special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote or directing that the proposed amendment be considered at the next annual meeting of the shareholders. Delaware law requires that, unless a greater percentage is

175


Table of Contents

provided for in the certificate of incorporation, a majority of the outstanding voting power of the corporation is required to approve the amendment of the certificate of incorporation at the shareholders' meeting. If the amendment would alter the number of authorized shares or par value or otherwise adversely affect the powers, preferences or special rights of any class of a company's stock, the holders of the issued and outstanding shares of such affected class, regardless of whether such holders are entitled to vote by the certificate of incorporation, are entitled to vote as a class upon the proposed amendment. However, the number of authorized shares of any class may be increased or decreased, to the extent not falling below the number of shares then outstanding, by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock entitled to vote, if so provided in the company's original certificate of incorporation.

          Consistent with the Companies Act, the Company's bye-laws provide that the bye-laws may only be rescinded, altered or amended upon approval by a resolution of our board of directors and by a resolution of our shareholders.

          Under Delaware Law, holders of a majority of the voting power of a corporation and, of so provided in the certificate of incorporation, the directors of the corporation, have the power to adopt, amend and repeal the bylaws of a corporation.

          Under Bermuda law, a solvent company may be wound up by way of a shareholders' voluntary liquidation. Prior to the company entering liquidation, a majority of the directors shall each make a statutory declaration, which states that the directors have made a full enquiry into the affairs of the company and have formed the opinion that the company will be able to pay its debts within a period of 12 months of the commencement of the winding up and must file the statutory declaration with the Bermuda Registrar of Companies. The general meeting will be convened primarily for the purposes of passing a resolution that the company be wound up voluntarily and appointing a liquidator. The winding up of the company is deemed to commence at the time of the passing of the resolution.

          Under Delaware law, a corporation may voluntarily dissolve (i) if a majority of the board of directors adopts a resolution to that effect and the holders of a majority of the issued and outstanding shares entitled to vote thereon vote for such dissolution; or (ii) if all shareholders entitled to vote thereon consent in writing to such dissolution.

176


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Immediately prior to this initial public offering, there was no public market for our common shares. As of September 16, 2013, we had approximately 108 registered holders of our shares. Sales of substantial amounts of our common shares in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common shares. Some of our common shares will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common shares in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

Sales of Restricted Securities

          After this offering,                  common shares will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our "affiliates," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                   common shares that will be outstanding after this offering are "restricted securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by non-affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold without regard to the provisions of Rule 144.

Lock-up Agreements

          We, certain of our officers and directors and holders of substantially all of our common shares[, including the selling shareholders,] who will collectively own             common shares upon consummation of this offering, have agreed with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC. These agreements are described below under "Underwriting (Conflicts of Interest)."

Rule 144

          In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any common shares that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common shares by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

          In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell our common shares acquired from us immediately upon the closing of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the availability of public information about us, if:

177


Table of Contents

          Approximately                  common shares that are not subject to the lock-up agreements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the consummation of this offering.

          Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, and subject to the lock up agreements described above, our affiliates who have beneficially owned our common shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

          Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

          Any of our employees, officers or directors who acquired shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying with the holding period requirements of Rule 144. Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with the holding period, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling those shares. However, all shares issued under Rule 701 are subject to lock-up agreements and will only become eligible for sale when the 180-day lock-up agreements expire.

Equity Incentive Plans

          We previously adopted the 2009 Restricted Share Plan, or the 2009 Plan. In connection with this offering, our board of directors has amended and restated the 2009 Plan, effective immediately prior to the offering, which will govern all outstanding awards under the 2009 Plan following the offering. In addition, our board of directors has adopted, and we expect our shareholders to approve, the Essent Group Ltd. 2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2013 Plan, which will be effective upon the offering. For additional information regarding our 2009 Plan and 2013 Plan, including the number of shares reserved for issuance, see "Executive Compensation — Stock and Retirement Plans" above.

Registration Rights

          The holders of approximately                  common shares, or their transferees, are entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of those shares under the Securities Act pursuant to the registration rights agreement. If these shares are registered, they will be freely tradeable without restriction under the Securities Act. For a description of these registration rights, see "Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Related Person Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement."

178


Table of Contents


CERTAIN TAX CONSIDERATIONS

          The following legal discussion (including and subject to the matters and qualifications set forth in such summary) of certain tax considerations (a) under "— Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries — Bermuda" and "— Taxation of Shareholders — Bermuda Taxation" is based upon the advice of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, and (b) under "— Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries — United States" and "— Taxation of Shareholders — United States Taxation," is based upon the advice of Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York (and the advice of such firms does not include accounting matters, or determinations or conclusions relating to the business or activities of the Company). The summary is based upon current law and is for general information only. The tax treatment of a holder of our common shares, or of a person treated as a holder of our common shares for U.S. Federal income, state, local or non-U.S. tax purposes, may vary depending on the holder's particular tax situation. In addition, legislative, judicial or administrative changes or interpretations may be forthcoming that could be retroactive and could affect the tax consequences to us or to holders of our common shares.

          PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS SHOULD CAREFULLY REVIEW THIS PROSPECTUS AND SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX CONSEQUENCES OF OWNING COMMON SHARES.

Taxation of the Company and Subsidiaries

          Under current Bermuda law, there is no income, corporate or profits tax or withholding tax, capital gains tax or capital transfer tax payable by us. The Company has obtained from the Minister of Finance under The Exempted Undertaking Tax Protection Act 1966, as amended, an assurance that, in the event that Bermuda enacts legislation imposing tax computed on profits, income, any capital asset, gain or appreciation, or any tax in the nature of estate duty or inheritance, then the imposition of any such tax shall not be applicable to the Company or to any of their operations or their shares, debentures or other obligations, until March 31, 2035. The Company could be subject to taxes in Bermuda after that date. This assurance is subject to the proviso that it is not intended to be construed so as to prevent the application of any tax or duty to such persons as are ordinarily resident in Bermuda or to prevent the application of any tax payable in accordance with the provisions of the Land Tax Act 1967 or otherwise payable in relation to any property leased to the Company. The Company pays annual Bermuda government fees and annual insurance license fees. In addition, all entities employing individuals in Bermuda are required to pay a payroll tax and there are other sundry taxes payable, directly or indirectly, to the Bermuda government.

          The following discussion is a summary of certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations relating to our operations. A non-U.S. corporation that is engaged in the conduct of a U.S. trade or business will be subject to U.S. Federal income tax as described below, unless entitled to the benefits of an applicable tax treaty. Whether a trade or business is being conducted in the United States is an inherently factual determination. As the Code, regulations and court decisions fail to identify definitively activities that constitute being engaged in a trade or business in the United States, we cannot be certain that the IRS will not contend successfully that the Company and/or its non-U.S. subsidiaries are or will be engaged in a trade or business in the United States. A non-U.S. corporation deemed to be so engaged would be subject to U.S. income tax at regular corporate rates on the portion of its income that is treated as effectively connected with the conduct of that U.S. trade or business ("ECI"), as well as the branch profits tax on its dividend equivalent amount, generally, the ECI (with certain adjustments) deemed withdrawn from the United States, unless the

179


Table of Contents

corporation is entitled to relief under the permanent establishment provision of an applicable tax treaty, as discussed below. Such income tax, if imposed, would be based on ECI computed in a manner generally analogous to that applied to the income of a U.S. corporation, except that a non-U.S. corporation is generally entitled to deductions and credits only if it timely files a U.S. Federal income tax return. The Company and Essent Re intend to file protective U.S. Federal income tax returns on a timely basis in order to preserve the right to claim income tax deductions and credits if it is ever determined that either company is subject to U.S. Federal income tax. The highest marginal U.S. Federal income tax rates currently are 35% for a corporation's effectively connected income and 30% for the additional "branch profits" tax.

          If Essent Re is entitled to the benefits under the income tax treaty between Bermuda and the United States (the "Bermuda Treaty"), Essent Re would not be subject to U.S. income tax on any income found to be effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business unless that trade or business is conducted through a permanent establishment in the United States. No regulations interpreting the Bermuda Treaty have been issued. Essent Re currently intends to conduct its activities so that it does not have a permanent establishment in the United States, although we cannot be certain that we will achieve this result.

          An insurance enterprise resident in Bermuda generally will be entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty if (i) more than 50% of its shares are owned beneficially, directly or indirectly, by individual residents of the United States or Bermuda or U.S. citizens and (ii) its income is not used in substantial part, directly or indirectly, to make disproportionate distributions to, or to meet certain liabilities of, persons who are neither residents of either the United States or Bermuda nor U.S. citizens. We cannot be certain that Essent Re will be eligible for Bermuda Treaty benefits immediately following the offering or in the future because of factual and legal uncertainties regarding the residency and citizenship of the Company's shareholders. The Company would not be eligible for treaty benefits because it is not an insurance company. Accordingly, the Company and Essent Re have conducted and intend to conduct substantially all of their foreign operations outside the United States and to limit their U.S. contacts so that neither the Company nor Essent Re should be treated as engaged in the conduct of a trade or business in the United States.

          Non-U.S. insurance companies carrying on an insurance business within the United States have a certain minimum amount of effectively connected net investment income, determined in accordance with a formula that depends, in part, on the amount of U.S. risk insured or reinsured by such companies. If a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary is considered to be engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and it is not entitled to the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty in general (because it fails to satisfy one of the limitations on treaty benefits), the Code could subject a significant portion of such company's investment income to U.S. income tax. In addition, while the Bermuda Treaty clearly applies to premium income, it is uncertain whether the Bermuda Treaty applies to other income such as investment income. If Essent Re is considered engaged in the conduct of an insurance business in the United States and is entitled to the benefits of the Bermuda Treaty in general, but the Bermuda Treaty is interpreted to not apply to investment income, a significant portion of Essent Re's investment income could be subject to U.S. income tax.

          The United States also imposes an excise tax on insurance and reinsurance premiums ("FET") paid to non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers that are not eligible for the benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty that provides for an exemption from the FET with respect to risks (i) of a U.S. entity or individual located wholly or partially within the United States and (ii) of a non-U.S. entity or individual engaged in a trade or business in the United States, located within the United States ("U.S. Situs Risks"). The rates of tax are 4% for casualty insurance premiums and 1% for reinsurance premiums. Additionally, the IRS, in Revenue Ruling 2008-15, formally announced its position that the FET is applicable (at a 1% rate on premiums) to all reinsurance cessions or retrocessions of risks by non-U.S. insurers or reinsurers to non-U.S. reinsurers not eligible for the

180


Table of Contents

benefits of a U.S. income tax treaty providing for an exemption from the FET where the underlying risks are U.S. Situs Risks, even if the FET has been paid on prior cessions of the same risks.

          Each of our U.S. domiciled subsidiaries is subject to taxation in the United States at regular corporate rates. Additionally, dividends paid by Essent U.S. Holdings, Inc. will be subject to a 30% U.S. withholding tax.

          The FATCA provisions of the Hiring Incentives to Restore Employment Act of 2010 and regulations issued thereunder require certain FFIs (which may include the Company or Essent Re) to enter into an agreement with the IRS to disclose to the IRS the name, address, tax identification number, and other specified information of certain U.S. and non-U.S. persons who own a direct or indirect interest in the FFI and to withhold on account holders that fail to provide such information, or otherwise be subject to a 30% withholding tax with respect to (i) certain U.S. source income (including interest and dividends) and withholdable payments and (ii) "passthru payments" (generally, withholdable payments and payments that are attributable to withholdable payments) made by FFIs; such requirements may be modified by an applicable IGA. Additionally, if the Company or Essent Re is characterized as an FFI and does enter into such an agreement with the IRS, a 30% withholding tax could be imposed on shareholders that do not provide the required information (without any gross-up) or, if the shareholders are, themselves, foreign financial institutions, certification that they have entered into their own agreements with the U.S. Treasury. Further, if the Company and Essent Re are not characterized as FFIs, each may be characterized as a passive non-financial foreign entity, in which case it may be subject to such 30% withholding tax on certain payments unless it either provides information to withholding agents with respect to its "substantial U.S. owners" or makes certain certifications. For these purposes, an FFI is generally a non-U.S. entity that (i) accepts deposits in the ordinary course of a banking or similar business, (ii) holds financial assets for the accounts of others as a substantial portion of its business, (iii) is engaged primarily in the business of investing, reinvesting, or trading in securities, partnership interests, commodities, or any interest in such securities, partnership interests or commodities, (iv) is an insurance company that issues, or is obligated to make payments with respect to, a cash value insurance or annuity contract or (v) is an entity that is a holding company or treasury center that is part of an expanded affiliated group that includes a depository institution, custodial institution, insurance company, or certain other entities, or is formed in connection with or availed of by an investment vehicle established with an investment strategy of investing, reinvesting or trading in financial assets. The U.S. Treasury has issued regulations to implement this legislation. Although the U.S. Treasury has stated that Treasury and IRS do not view the issuance of insurance or reinsurance contracts without cash value, including most property and casualty insurance contracts and indemnity reinsurance contracts, as implicating the concerns of the legislation, it is currently unclear whether the Company or Essent Re will be considered an FFI or a passive non-financial foreign entity for purposes of this legislation. The regulations issued under FATCA and subsequent guidance issued by the IRS indicate that this withholding tax will not be imposed with respect to payments of income made prior to July 1, 2014, and with respect to payments of proceeds from the sale of property prior to January 1, 2017. The regulations also indicate that premiums received by Essent Re under any reinsurance contract outstanding on July 1, 2014, will not be subject to withholding under FATCA. If an IGA is entered into between Bermuda and the United States, the Company may be required to comply with implementing legislation instead of the rules described above.

          The Company and Essent Re may be subject to the requirements imposed on FFIs or passive non-financial foreign entities under FATCA and will use reasonable efforts to avoid the imposition of a withholding tax under FATCA, which may include entering into an agreement with the IRS.

181


Table of Contents

Taxation of Shareholders

          Currently, there is no Bermuda withholding or other tax payable on principal, interest or dividends paid to the holders of the common shares.

          The following summary sets forth certain U.S. Federal income tax considerations related to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the common shares. Unless otherwise stated, this summary deals only with shareholders that are U.S. Persons (as defined below) who purchase their common shares pursuant to this offering, who did not own (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) shares of the Company prior to such offering and who hold their shares as capital assets within the meaning of section 1221 of the Code. The following discussion is only a discussion of certain U.S. Federal income tax matters as described herein and does not purport to address all of the U.S. Federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to a particular shareholder in light of such shareholder's specific circumstances. In addition, the following summary does not address the U.S. Federal income tax consequences that may be relevant to special classes of shareholders, such as financial institutions, insurance companies, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, financial asset securitization investment trusts, dealers or traders in securities or currencies, tax-exempt organizations, expatriates, partnerships or other pass-through entities (or investors in such entities), persons whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, persons subject to the alternative minimum tax, persons who are considered with respect to any of us as "United States shareholders" for purposes of the CFC rules of the Code (generally, a U.S. Person, as defined below, who owns or is deemed to own 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of the Company's shares or the shares of any of our non-U.S. subsidiaries (i.e., 10% U.S. Shareholders (as defined below))), or persons who hold their shares as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, who may be subject to special rules or treatment under the Code. This discussion is based upon the Code, the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder and any relevant administrative rulings or pronouncements or judicial decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof and as currently interpreted, and does not take into account possible changes in such tax laws or interpretations thereof, which may apply retroactively. This discussion does not include any description of the tax laws of any state or local governments within the United States or of any non-U.S. government. Persons considering making an investment in common shares should consult their own tax advisors concerning the application of the U.S. Federal tax laws to their particular situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction prior to making such investment.

          If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for U.S. Federal income tax purposes) holds the common shares, the tax treatment of the partners will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership owning our shares, you should consult your tax advisor.

          For purposes of this discussion, the term "U.S. Person" means: (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a partnership or corporation, created in or organized under the laws of the United States, or organized under the laws of any political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. Federal income taxation regardless of its source, (iv) a trust if either (x) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of such trust and one or more U.S. Persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of such trust or (y) the trust has a valid election in effect to be treated as a U.S. Person for U.S. Federal income tax purposes or (v) any other person or entity that is treated for U.S. Federal income tax purposes as if it were one of the foregoing.

182


Table of Contents

          Taxation of Distributions.     Subject to the discussions below relating to the potential application of the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules, cash distributions, if any, made with respect to the common shares will constitute dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes to the extent paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits of the Company (as computed using U.S. tax principles). To the extent such distributions exceed the Company's earnings and profits, they will be treated first as a return of the shareholder's basis in their shares to the extent thereof, and then as gain from the sale of a capital asset. If, as expected, the Company does not compute its earnings and profits under U.S. tax principles, all distributions will be characterized as dividends for U.S. Federal income tax purposes. Dividends paid by us to U.S. Persons who are corporations will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Dividends paid by us on our common shares to non-corporate U.S. persons should be eligible for reduced rates of taxation as "qualified dividend income" if, as is intended, the common shares are approved for listing on the NYSE and, provided certain requirements, including stock holding period requirements, are satisfied. Qualified dividend income is subject to tax at long-term capital gains rates rather than the higher rates applicable to ordinary income.

          Dividends that exceed certain thresholds in relation to a shareholder's tax basis in the common shares could be characterized as an "extraordinary dividend" under the Code. A non-corporate holder of our common shares that receives an extraordinary dividend will be required to treat any losses on the sale of our common shares as long-term capital losses to the extent of the extraordinary dividends such shareholder receives that are treated as qualified dividend income.

          Classification of the Company or Its Non-U.S. Subsidiaries as Controlled Foreign Corporations.     Each 10% U.S. Shareholder (as defined below) of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during a taxable year and who owns shares in the CFC, directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities, on the last day of the CFC's taxable year, must include in its gross income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes its pro rata share of the CFC's "subpart F income," even if the subpart F income is not distributed. A non-U.S. corporation is considered a CFC if 10% U.S. Shareholders constructively own more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of such non-U.S. corporation, or more than 50% of the total value of all stock of such corporation. For purposes of taking into account insurance income, which is a category of subpart F income, a CFC also includes a non-U.S. company that earns insurance income in which more than 25% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock or more than 25% of the total value of all stock is owned by 10% U.S. Shareholders on any day of the taxable year of such corporation, if the gross amount of premiums or other consideration for the reinsurance or the issuing of insurance or annuity contracts (other than certain insurance or reinsurance related to same country risks written by certain insurance companies not applicable here) exceeds 75% of the gross amount of all premiums or other consideration in respect of all risks.

          A "10% U.S. Shareholder" is a U.S. Person who owns (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) at least 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock entitled to vote of the non-U.S. corporation. We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. Person who owns shares of the Company directly or indirectly through one or more non-U.S. entities should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities, or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of all classes of shares of the Company or any of its non-U.S. subsidiaries. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

          The RPII CFC Provisions.     The special RPII CFC income inclusion rules apply only if (i) the RPII of a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary, determined on a gross basis, is 20% or more of such company's gross insurance income for the taxable year, (ii) direct and indirect insureds and

183


Table of Contents

persons related (as defined below) to such insureds, whether or not U.S. Persons, are treated as owing (directly or indirectly through entities) 20% or more of the voting power or 20% or more of the value of such company and (iii) RPII Shareholders (as defined below) are treated as owing directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively 25% or more of such non-U.S. insurance subsidiary by vote or value. Although we cannot be certain, the Company expects Essent Re will not have RPII equal to or in excess of 20% of its gross insurance income (the "20% Gross Income Exception") for the foreseeable future. Additionally, as the Company is not licensed as an insurance company, we do not anticipate that the Company will have insurance income, including RPII.

          RPII is any "insurance income" (as defined below) attributable to policies of insurance or reinsurance with respect to which the person (directly or indirectly) insured is a "RPII shareholder" (as defined below) or a "related person" (as defined below) to such RPII shareholder. In general, and subject to certain limitations, "insurance income" is income (including premium and investment income) attributable to the issuing of any insurance or reinsurance contract which would be taxed under the portions of the Code relating to insurance companies if the income were the income of a U.S. domestic insurance company. For purposes of inclusion of the RPII of a non-U.S. insurance subsidiary in the income of RPII shareholders, unless an exception applies, the term "RPII shareholder" means any U.S. Person who owns (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) any amount of the Company's shares. Generally, the term "related person" for this purpose means someone who controls or is controlled by the RPII shareholder or someone who is controlled by the same person or persons which control the RPII shareholder.

          Control is measured by either more than 50% in value or more than 50% in voting power of stock applying certain constructive ownership principles. A corporation's pension plan is ordinarily not a "related person" with respect to the corporation unless the pension plan owns, directly or indirectly through the application of certain constructive ownership rules, more than 50% measured by vote or value, of the stock of the corporation. Essent Re will be treated as a CFC under the RPII provisions if RPII shareholders are treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 25% or more of the shares of the Company by vote or value.

          If the special RPII CFC inclusion rules apply, each U.S. Person owning (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) any shares in the Company (and therefore, indirectly, in Essent Re) on the last day of Essent Re's taxable year on which it is a CFC under the RPII rules will be required to include in its gross income for U.S. Federal income tax purposes its share of the RPII of Essent Re for the portion of the taxable year during which Essent Re was a CFC under the RPII provisions, determined as if all such RPII were distributed proportionately only to such U.S. Persons at that date, but limited by each such U.S. Person's share of Essent Re's current-year earnings and profits as reduced by the U.S. Person's share, if any, of certain prior-year deficits in earnings and profits. The amount of RPII includable in the income of a RPII shareholder is based upon the net RPII income for the year after deducting related expenses such as losses, loss reserves and operating expenses. Essent Re intends to operate in a manner that is intended to ensure that Essent Re qualifies for the 20% Gross Income Exception. Although we do not expect that the gross RPII of Essent Re will equal or exceed 20% of Essent Re's gross insurance income in the foreseeable future, it is possible that we will not be successful in qualifying under this exception.

          Computation of RPII.     In order to determine how much RPII Essent Re has earned in each taxable year, our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries may obtain and rely upon information from their insureds and reinsureds to determine whether any of the insureds, reinsureds or persons related thereto own (directly or indirectly through non-U.S. entities) shares of the Company and are U.S. Persons. The Company may not be able to determine whether any of the underlying direct or indirect insureds to which Essent Re provides insurance or reinsurance are shareholders or related persons to such shareholders.

184


Table of Contents

          Consequently, the Company may not be able to determine accurately the gross amount of RPII earned by Essent Re in a given taxable year. For any year in which the special RPII CFC inclusion rules apply, the Company may also seek information from its shareholders as to whether beneficial owners of shares at the end of the year are U.S. Persons so that the RPII may be determined and apportioned among such persons; to the extent the Company is unable to determine whether a beneficial owner of shares is a U.S. Person, the Company may assume that such owner is not a U.S. Person, thereby increasing the per share RPII amount for all known RPII shareholders.

          If, as expected, for each taxable year Essent Re meets the 20% Gross Income Exception, RPII shareholders will not be required to include RPII in their taxable income.

          Basis Adjustments.     A RPII shareholder's tax basis in its shares will be increased by the amount of any RPII that the shareholder includes in income. The RPII shareholder may exclude from income the amount of any distributions by the Company out of previously taxed RPII income. The RPII shareholder's tax basis in its shares will be reduced by the amount of such distributions that are excluded from income.

          Uncertainty as to Application of RPII.     The RPII provisions have never been interpreted by the courts or the U.S. Treasury in final regulations, and regulations interpreting the RPII provisions of the Code exist only in proposed form. It is not certain whether these regulations will be adopted in their proposed form or what changes or clarifications might ultimately be made thereto or whether any such changes, as well as any interpretation or application of RPII by the IRS, the courts or otherwise, might have retroactive effect. These provisions include the grant of authority to the U.S. Treasury to prescribe "such regulations as may be necessary to carry out the purpose of this subsection, including . . . regulations preventing the avoidance of this subsection through cross insurance arrangements or otherwise." Accordingly, the meaning of the RPII provisions and the application thereof to our non-U.S. insurance subsidiaries is uncertain. In addition, we cannot be certain that the amount of RPII or the amounts of the RPII inclusions for any particular RPII shareholder, if any, will not be subject to adjustment based upon subsequent IRS examination. Any prospective investors considering an investment in our shares should consult his tax advisor as to the effects of these uncertainties.

          Information Reporting.     Under certain circumstances, U.S. Persons owning stock in a non-U.S. corporation are required to file IRS Form 5471 with their U.S. Federal income tax returns. Generally, information reporting on IRS Form 5471 is required by (i) a person who is treated as a RPII shareholder, (ii) a 10% U.S. Shareholder of a non-U.S. corporation that is a CFC for an uninterrupted period of 30 days or more during any tax year of the non-U.S. corporation, and who owned the stock on the last day of that year and (iii) under certain circumstances, a U.S. Person who acquires stock in a non-U.S. corporation and as a result thereof owns 10% or more of the voting power or value of such non-U.S. corporation, whether or not such non-U.S. corporation is a CFC. The Company will provide to all U.S. Persons registered as shareholders of its shares the relevant information necessary to complete Form 5471 in the event the Company determines this is necessary. Failure to file IRS Form 5471 may result in penalties.

          U.S. Persons holding common shares should consider their possible obligation to file a Form TD F 90-22.1 — Foreign Bank and Financial Accounts Report — with respect to the common shares. Additionally, such U.S. Persons should consider their possible obligations to annually report certain information with respect to their interest in the common shares on IRS Form 8938. A U.S. Person holding common shares that acquires common shares from the Company will be required to file a Form 926 or a similar form with the IRS if (i) such person owns immediately after the transfer at least 10% by vote or value of the Company or (ii) the transfer, when aggregated with all related transfers under applicable regulations, exceeds $100,000. In the event that a U.S. Person

185


Table of Contents

holding common shares that is required to file such form fails to do so, the U.S. Person could be subject to a penalty of up to $100,000 (equal to 10% of the cash transferred). U.S Persons should consult their tax advisors with respect to these or any other reporting requirements which may apply with respect to their purchase, holding and/or sale of the common shares.

          Tax-Exempt Shareholders.     Tax-exempt entities will be required to treat certain subpart F insurance income, including RPII, that is includable in income by the tax-exempt entity as unrelated business taxable income.

          Prospective investors that are tax exempt entities are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the potential impact of the unrelated business taxable income provisions of the Code. A tax-exempt organization that is treated as a 10% U.S. Shareholder or a RPII shareholder also must file IRS Form 5471 in the circumstances described above.

          Dispositions of Common Shares.     Subject to the discussion below relating to the potential application of section 1248 of the Code and PFIC rules, U.S. Persons that hold common shares generally should recognize capital gain or loss for U.S. Federal income tax purposes on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of common shares in the same manner as on the sale, exchange, redemption or other disposition of any other shares held as capital assets. If the holding period for these shares exceeds one year, under current law any gain will be subject to tax at a current maximum marginal tax rate of 20% for individuals and 35% for corporations. Moreover, gain, if any, generally will be U.S. source gain and generally will constitute "passive category income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.

          Section 1248 of the Code provides that if a U.S. Person sells or exchanges stock in a non-U.S. corporation and such person owned, directly, indirectly through certain non-U.S. entities or constructively, 10% or more of the voting power of the corporation at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition when the corporation was a CFC, any gain from the sale or exchange of the shares will be treated as a dividend to the extent of the CFC's earnings and profits (determined under U.S. Federal income tax principles) during the period that the shareholder held the shares and while the corporation was a CFC (with certain adjustments). We believe that because of the anticipated dispersion of our share ownership, provisions in our organizational documents that limit voting power and other factors, no U.S. shareholder of the Company should be treated as owning (directly, indirectly through non-U.S. entities or constructively) 10% or more of the total voting power of the Company; to the extent this is the case, the application of section 1248 of the Code under the regular CFC rules should not apply to dispositions of our shares. It is possible, however, that the IRS could challenge the effectiveness of these provisions and that a court could sustain such a challenge.

          A 10% U.S. Shareholder may in certain circumstances be required to report a disposition of shares of a CFC by attaching IRS Form 5471 to the U.S. Federal income tax or information return that it would normally file for the taxable year in which the disposition occurs. In the event this is determined necessary, the Company will provide the relevant information necessary to complete the Form.

          Section 1248 of the Code, in conjunction with the RPII rules, also applies to the sale or exchange of shares in a non-U.S. corporation if the non-U.S. corporation would be treated as a CFC for RPII purposes regardless of whether the shareholder is a 10% U.S. Shareholder or the 20% Gross Income Exception applies or whether the ownership of the non-U.S. corporation's shares by direct or indirect insureds and related persons is less than the 20% threshold.

          Existing proposed regulations do not address whether section 1248 of the Code would apply if a non-U.S. corporation is not a CFC but the non-U.S. corporation has a subsidiary that is a CFC and that would be taxed as an insurance company if it were a domestic corporation. We believe,

186


Table of Contents

however, that this application of section 1248 of the Code under the RPII rules should not apply to dispositions of common shares because the Company will not be directly engaged in the insurance business. We cannot be certain, however, that the IRS will not interpret the proposed regulations in a contrary manner or that the U.S. Treasury will not amend the proposed regulations to provide that these rules will apply to dispositions of common shares. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the effects of these rules on a disposition of common shares.

          Medicare Contribution Tax.     For taxable years beginning after December 31, 2012, a U.S. Person that is an individual, estate or a trust that does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from such tax, will be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) the U.S. Person's "net investment income" (or "undistributed net investment income" in the case of estates and trusts) for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of the U.S. Person's modified adjusted gross income for the taxable year over a certain threshold (which in the case of an individual will be between $125,000 and $250,000, depending on the individual's circumstances). A U.S. Person's net investment income will generally include its dividend income and its net gains from the disposition of common shares, unless such dividend income or net gains are derived in the ordinary course of the conduct of a trade or business (other than a trade or business that consists of certain passive or trading activities). Under the proposed regulations, an inclusion of subpart F income by a 10% U.S. Shareholder will not be treated as a dividend for purposes of calculating this 3.8% tax on "net investment income" However, actual distributions with respect to such income, which as previously taxed income will not be subject to U.S. Federal income tax, will be treated as dividends for purposes of calculating net investment income and this 3.8% tax.

          Passive Foreign Investment Companies.     In general, a non-U.S. corporation will be a PFIC during a given year if (i) 75% or more of its gross income constitutes "passive income" (the "75% test") or (ii) 50% or more of its assets produce (or are held for the production of) passive income (the "50% test").

          If the Company were characterized as a PFIC during a given year, each U.S. Person holding shares of the Company would be subject to a penalty tax at the time of the sale at a gain of, or receipt of an "excess distribution" with respect to, their shares, unless such person is a 10% U.S. Shareholder subject to tax under the CFC rules or such person made a "qualified electing fund" election or "mark-to-market" election. It is uncertain that the Company would be able to provide its shareholders with the information necessary for a U.S. Person to make a "qualified electing fund" election. In addition, if the Company were considered a PFIC, upon the death of any U.S. individual owning shares, such individual's heirs or estate would not be entitled to a "step-up" in the basis of the shares that might otherwise be available under U.S. Federal income tax laws. In general, a shareholder receives an "excess distribution" if the amount of the distribution is more than 125% of the average distribution with respect to the shares during the three preceding taxable years (or shorter period during which the taxpayer held the shares).

          In general, the penalty tax is equivalent to an interest charge on taxes that are deemed due during the period the shareholder owned the shares, computed by assuming that the excess distribution or gain (in the case of a sale) with respect to the shares was taken in equal portion at the highest applicable tax rate on ordinary income throughout the shareholder's period of ownership. The interest charge is equal to the applicable rate imposed on underpayments of U.S. Federal income tax for such period. In addition, a distribution paid by the Company to U.S. shareholders that is characterized as a dividend and is not characterized as an excess distribution would not be eligible for reduced rates of tax as qualified dividend income if the Company were considered a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividend is paid or in the preceding taxable year. A U.S. Person that is a shareholder in a PFIC may also be subject to additional information reporting requirements, including the filing of an IRS Form 8621.

187


Table of Contents

          For the above purposes, passive income generally includes interest, dividends, annuities and other investment income. The PFIC rules provide that income "derived in the active conduct of an insurance business by a corporation which is predominantly engaged in an insurance business" is not treated as passive income. The PFIC provisions also contain a look-through rule under which a foreign corporation shall be treated, for purposes of determining whether it is a PFIC, as if it "received directly its proportionate share of the income . . ." and as if it "held its proportionate share of the assets . . ." of any other corporation in which it owns at least 25% of the value of the stock.

          The insurance income exception is intended to ensure that income derived by a bona fide insurance company is not treated as passive income, except to the extent such income is attributable to financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of the insurance business. We expect, for purposes of the PFIC rules, that Essent Re will be predominantly engaged in an insurance business and is unlikely to have financial reserves in excess of the reasonable needs of its insurance business in each year of operations. Accordingly, none of the income or assets of Essent Re should be treated as passive. Additionally, we expect that in each year of operations passive income and assets of our other subsidiaries will be de minimis in each year of operations with respect to our overall income and assets. Under the look-through rule, the Company should be deemed to own its proportionate share of the assets and to have received its proportionate share of the income of its direct and indirect subsidiaries for purposes of the 75% test and the 50% test. As a result, we believe that the Company has not been and should not be treated as a PFIC. We cannot be certain, however, as there are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC provisions to an insurance company and new regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying these rules may be forthcoming, that the IRS will not challenge this position and that a court will not sustain such challenge. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisors as to the effects of the PFIC rules.

          Foreign Tax Credit.     If U.S. Persons own a majority of our shares, only a portion of the current income inclusions, if any, under the CFC, RPII and PFIC rules and of dividends paid by us (including any gain from the sale of shares that is treated as a dividend under section 1248 of the Code) will be treated as foreign source income for purposes of computing a shareholder's U.S. foreign tax credit limitations. We will consider providing shareholders with information regarding the portion of such amounts constituting foreign source income to the extent such information is reasonably available. It is also likely that substantially all of the "subpart F income," RPII and dividends that are foreign source income will constitute "passive category income" for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. Thus, it may not be possible for most shareholders to utilize excess foreign tax credits to reduce U.S. tax on such income.

          Information Reporting and Backup Withholding on Distributions and Disposition Proceeds.     Information returns may be filed with the IRS in connection with distributions on our shares and the proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our shares unless the holder of our shares establishes an exemption from the information reporting rules. A holder of shares that does not establish such an exemption may be subject to U.S. backup withholding tax on these payments if the holder is not a corporation or other exempt recipient or fails to provide its taxpayer identification number or otherwise comply with the backup withholding rules. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Person will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Person's U.S. Federal income tax liability and may entitle the U.S. Person to a refund, provided that the required information is timely and accurately furnished to the IRS.

          Proposed U.S. Tax Legislation.     It is possible that legislation could be introduced and enacted by the current Congress or future Congresses that could have an adverse impact on us or holders of common shares. Any such legislation could have a retroactive effect. Additionally, the

188


Table of Contents

U.S. Federal income tax laws and interpretations regarding whether a company is engaged in a trade or business within the United States or is a PFIC, or whether U.S. Persons would be required to include in their gross income the "subpart F income" or the RPII of a CFC, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. There are currently no regulations regarding the application of the PFIC rules to insurance companies and the regulations regarding RPII are still in proposed form. New regulations or pronouncements interpreting or clarifying such rules may be forthcoming. We cannot be certain if, when or in what form such regulations or pronouncements may be provided and whether such guidance will have a retroactive effect.

189


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING (CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)

          We, [the selling shareholders] and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
 
Number of Shares
 

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

                            

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

                            

Barclays Capital Inc. 

                            

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

       

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC

       

Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. 

       

Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. 

       
       

Total

                            
       

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional                  shares from Essent Group Ltd. [and                  from the selling shareholders] to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following tables show the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us [and the selling shareholders]. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares.

Paid by the Essent Group Ltd.
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per share

  $                 $                

Total

  $                 $                

 

Paid by the Selling Shareholders
 
No Exercise
 
Full Exercise
 

Per share

  $                 $                

Total

  $                 $                

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $           per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We and our officers, directors, and holders of substantially all of the outstanding common shares, [including the selling shareholders,] have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common shares or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common shares during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of

190


Table of Contents

the representatives, and we have also agreed not to file any registration statement under the Securities Act (other than on Form S-8 relating to employee benefit plans). This agreement does not apply to any employee benefit plans described herein. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          The representatives, in their discretion, may release our common shares and other securities subject to the lock-up agreements described above in whole or in part at any time. When determining whether or not to release our common shares and other securities from the lock-up agreements, the representatives will consider, among other factors, our or the holder's reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares of our common shares and other securities for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be the Essent Group Ltd.'s historical performance, estimates of the business potential and earnings prospects of Essent Group Ltd., an assessment of Essent Group Ltd.'s management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          An application will be made to list the common shares on the NYSE under the symbol "ESNT".

          In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell common shares in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common shares made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of Essent Group Ltd.'s shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the common shares. As a result, the price of the common shares may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these

191


Table of Contents

activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

Notice to Residents of the United Kingdom

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

192


Table of Contents

Notice to Residents of Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Notice to Residents of Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the "SFA"), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Residents of Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

193


Table of Contents

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          Essent Group Ltd. [and the selling shareholders] estimate[s] that their share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $             .

          Essent Group Ltd. [and the selling shareholders] [has/have] agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

Conflicts of Interest

          Goldman, Sachs & Co. and/or its affiliates owns in excess of 10% of our issued and outstanding common shares and as a result is deemed to have a "conflict of interest" with us within the meaning of Rule 5121. Therefore, this offering will be conducted in accordance with Rule 5121, which requires that Goldman, Sachs & Co. will not make sales to discretionary accounts without the prior written consent of the account holder and that a qualified independent underwriter as defined in Rule 5121 participates in the preparation of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part and performs its usual standard of due diligence with respect thereto. Barclays Capital Inc. has agreed to act as QIU for this offering. We have agreed to indemnify Barclays Capital Inc. against certain liabilities incurred in connection with acting as QIU for this offering, including liabilities under the Securities Act or contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in that respect.

Other Relationships

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to assets, securities and/or instruments of the issuer (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

194


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the common shares offered in this offering will be passed upon for us by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, Hamilton, Bermuda. Certain other legal matters relating to the offering will be passed upon for us by Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, New York, New York. Various legal matters relating to this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

          The financial statements as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

195


Table of Contents


ENFORCEMENT OF CIVIL LIABILITIES UNDER U.S. FEDERAL SECURITIES LAWS

          We are a Bermuda company. In addition, certain of our directors and officers as well as certain of the experts named in this prospectus, reside outside the United States, and all or a substantial portion of our assets and their assets are located outside the United States. Therefore, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon those persons or to recover against us or those persons on judgments of courts in the United States, including judgments based on civil liabilities provisions of the U.S. Federal securities laws.

          We have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited, our Bermuda counsel, that the United States and Bermuda do not currently have a treaty providing for reciprocal recognition and enforcement of judgments in civil and commercial matters. We also have been advised by Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited that there is doubt as to whether the courts of Bermuda would enforce (1) judgments of U.S. courts based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. Federal securities laws obtained in actions against us or our directors and officers, and (2) original actions brought in Bermuda against us or our officers and directors based solely upon the U.S. Federal securities laws. A Bermuda court may, however, impose civil liability on us or our directors or officers in a suit brought in the Supreme Court of Bermuda provided that the facts alleged constitute or give rise to a cause of action under Bermuda law. Certain remedies available under the laws of U.S. jurisdictions, including certain remedies under the U.S. Federal securities laws, would not be allowed in Bermuda courts to the extent that they are contrary to public policy.

196


Table of Contents


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits, schedules and amendments filed with the registration statement, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of common shares being offered. This prospectus does not contain all of the information described in the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules, portions of which have been omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information with respect to us and the common shares being offered, reference is made to the registration statement and the related exhibits and schedules. With respect to statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document, reference is made to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the related exhibits, schedules and amendments may be inspected without charge at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC in Washington D.C. at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from these offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the site is http://www.sec.gov. Document requests may be directed to Essent Group Ltd., Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda.

          As a result of this initial public offering, we will become subject to the full informational requirements of the Exchange Act. We will fulfill our obligations with respect to such requirements by filing periodic reports and other information with the SEC.

197


Table of Contents


GLOSSARY OF SELECTED INSURANCE, HOUSING FINANCE AND RELATED TERMS

APRs   Annual percentage rates.

Basel III

 

A capital framework proposed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision.

Book

 

A group of loans that a mortgage insurance company insures in a particular period, normally a calendar year.

Case Reserves

 

Reserves for delinquent loans following notice of default for at least two consecutive monthly payments.

CFPB

 

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau.

Dodd-Frank Act

 

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, as amended from time to time.

Fannie Mae

 

Federal National Mortgage Association.

Freddie Mac

 

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

Ginnie Mae

 

Government National Mortgage Association.

GSEs

 

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

FHA

 

Federal Housing Administration.

FHFA

 

Federal Housing Finance Agency.

HARP

 

Home Affordable Refinance Program.

HOPA

 

Homeowners Protection Act of 1998, as amended from time to time.

HUD

 

Department of Housing and Urban Development.

IBNR Reserves

 

Estimated unpaid losses on loans that may be in default but have not yet been reported as delinquent.

IIF

 

Primary insurance in force, which is the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans that we insure.

LAE

 

Loss adjustment expenses.

Low down payment loan

 

Loans with a LTV greater than 80%.

LTV

 

Loan-to-value ratio.

MBS

 

Mortgage-backed securities.

MI

 

Mortgage insurance.

NAIC

 

National Association of Insurance Commissioners.

NIW

 

New insurance written, or the aggregate principal amount of the mortgages that are insured during a period.

Persistency rate

 

The percentage of IIF that remains on our books after any twelve-month period.

PLS

 

Private label securitization.

QA

 

Quality assurance review.

198


Table of Contents

QM   "Qualified Mortgage" as defined by the CFPB.

QRM

 

"Qualified Residential Mortgage" as proposed by Federal regulators in connection with the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act.

RESPA

 

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act.

RIF

 

Primary risk in force, which is the product of the coverage percentage applied to the unpaid principal balance of mortgage loans that we insure.

RTC

 

Risk to capital ratio.

TILA

 

Truth In Lending Act.

UFP

 

Up-front premiums.

U.S. residential mortgages

 

Mortgages collateralized by single family homes.

VA

 

Veterans Administration.

199


Table of Contents


INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
  Page  

CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (UNAUDITED)

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

    F-33  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

    F-34  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Unaudited)

    F-35  

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

    F-36  

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

    F-37  

FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

 

Schedule I — Summary of Investments — Other Than Investments in Related Parties

    F-52  

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

    F-53  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Essent Group, Ltd.

          In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Essent Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2012 and 2011, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. In addition, in our opinion, the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein when read in conjunction with the related consolidated financial statements. These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.


/s/ PRICEWATERHOUSECOOPERS LLP
Philadelphia, PA

 

 
     
March 25, 2013, except for Note 13 and Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements and except for the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index, as to which the date is July 29, 2013

F-2


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 
  December 31,  
(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
2012
 
2011
 

Assets

             

Investments available for sale, at fair value

             

Fixed maturities

  $ 240,317   $ 156,631  

Short-term investments

    7,097     14,460  
           

Total investments

    247,414     171,091  

Cash

   
22,315
   
18,501
 

Accrued investment income

    1,291     827  

Accounts receivable

    4,894     1,594  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    2,203     419  

Property and equipment (at cost, less accumulated depreciation of $34,915 in 2012 and $20,167 in 2011)

    3,626     15,678  

Other assets

    1,589     1,956  
           

Total assets

  $ 283,332   $ 210,066  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Liabilities

             

Reserve for losses and LAE

  $ 1,499   $ 57  

Unearned premium reserve

    40,570     9,695  

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    9,841     14,703  

Accrued payroll and bonuses

    8,284     6,173  

Other accrued liabilities

    4,015     3,377  
           

Total liabilities

    64,209     34,005  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             

Class A common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 75,500,000; issued — 34,817,318 shares in 2012 and 29,133,678 in 2011

    348     291  

Class B-1 common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 84,769,663; issued — 0

         

Class B-2 common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 9,269,663; issued — 9,098,175 shares in 2012 and 8,959,129 in 2011

    91     89  

Additional paid-in capital

    347,924     291,080  

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    2,414     1,796  

Accumulated deficit

    (97,512 )   (83,969 )

Treasury stock at cost, 3,363,724 Class A shares in 2012 and 3,277,001 Class A shares in 2011

    (34,142 )   (33,226 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    219,123     176,061  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 283,332   $ 210,066  
           

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Revenues:

                   

Net premiums written

  $ 72,668   $ 17,865   $ 219  

Increase in unearned premiums

    (30,875 )   (9,686 )   (9 )
               

Net premiums earned

    41,793     8,179     210  

Net investment income

    2,269     1,169     214  

Realized investment gains, net

    143     364     13  

Other income

    4,511     4,676     5,863  
               

Total revenues

    48,716     14,388     6,300  
               

Losses and expenses:

                   

Provision for losses and LAE

    1,466     57      

Other underwriting and operating expenses

    61,126     48,781     33,928  
               

Total losses and expenses

    62,592     48,838     33,928  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (13,876 )   (34,450 )   (27,628 )

Income tax benefit

    (333 )   (895 )   (54 )
               

Net income (loss)

  $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )
               

Earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Basic:

                   

Class A

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        N/A     N/A  

Diluted:

                   

Class A

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        N/A     N/A  

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   

Basic:

                   

Class A

    27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    557          

Diluted:

                   

Class A

    27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    557          

Net income (loss)

 
$

(13,543

)

$

(33,555

)

$

(27,574

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Change in unrealized appreciation of investments, net of tax expense of $333 in 2012, $895 in 2011 and $78 in 2010

    618     1,662     146  
               

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    618     1,662     146  
               

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (12,925 ) $ (31,893 ) $ (27,428 )
               

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

(In thousands)
 
Class A
Common
Shares
 
Class B-2
Common
Shares
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2010

  $ 222   $ 69   $ 219,772   $ (12 ) $ (17,820 ) $   $ 202,231  

Net loss

                           
(27,574

)
       
(27,574

)

Other comprehensive income

                      146                 146  

Issuance of common stock

    40           44,140                       44,180  

Issuance of management incentive shares

    2     10     175                       187  

Stock-based compensation expense

                580                       580  

Treasury stock acquired

                                  (32,914 )   (32,914 )

Dividend

                            (1,771 )         (1,771 )

Investor fee

                            (1,572 )         (1,572 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2010

  $ 264   $ 79   $ 264,667   $ 134   $ (48,737 ) $ (32,914 ) $ 183,493  

Net loss

                           
(33,555

)
       
(33,555

)

Other comprehensive income

                      1,662                 1,662  

Issuance of common stock net of issuance cost of $226

    25           24,749                       24,774  

Issuance of management incentive shares

    2     10     451                       463  

Stock-based compensation expense

                1,213                       1,213  

Treasury stock acquired

                                  (312 )   (312 )

Investor fee

                            (1,677 )         (1,677 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2011

  $ 291   $ 89   $ 291,080   $ 1,796   $ (83,969 ) $ (33,226 ) $ 176,061  

Net loss

                           
(13,543

)
       
(13,543

)

Other comprehensive income

                      618                 618  

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost of $503

    54           54,443                       54,497  

Issuance of management incentive shares

    3     3     474                       480  

Forfeiture of management incentive shares

          (1 )   1                        

Stock-based compensation expense

                1,926                       1,926  

Treasury stock acquired

                                  (916 )   (916 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 348   $ 91   $ 347,924   $ 2,414   $ (97,512 ) $ (34,142 ) $ 219,123  
                               

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Operating Activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )

Adjustments to reconcile loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Gains on the sale of investments, net

    (143 )   (364 )   (13 )

Depreciation and amortization

    15,156     13,591     6,636  

Amortization of discount on payments due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    138     123     17  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,926     1,213     580  

Amortization of premium on investment securities

    1,801     1,444     1,237  

Change in:

                   

Accrued investment income

    (464 )   (309 )   (518 )

Accounts receivable

    (3,300 )   (1,055 )   (40 )

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    (1,784 )   (418 )   (1 )

Other assets

    (38 )   (69 )   (921 )

Reserve for losses and LAE

    1,442     57      

Unearned premium reserve

    30,875     9,686     9  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    4,573     1,411     (1,145 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    36,639     (8,245 )   (21,733 )
               

Investing Activities

                   

Purchase of investments available for sale

    (141,481 )   (165,862 )   (264,504 )

Proceeds from maturity of investments available for sale

    7,550     46,816     50,691  

Proceeds from sales of investments available for sale          

    56,901     111,157     233,029  

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    (2,699 )   (1,266 )   (2,058 )
               

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

    (79,729 )   (9,155 )   17,158  
               

Financing Activities

                   

Issuance of common stock

    54,497     24,774     44,098  

Treasury stock acquired

    (916 )   (312 )   (32,914 )

Payments under Asset Purchase Agreement

    (5,000 )   (2,500 )   (2,500 )

Investor fee payment

    (1,677 )   (1,572 )   (78 )

Cash dividend paid

            (1,771 )
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    46,904     20,390     6,835  
               

Net increase in cash

    3,814     2,990     2,260  

Cash at beginning of year

    18,501     15,511     13,251  
               

Cash at end of year

  $ 22,315   $ 18,501   $ 15,511  
               

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information

                   

Income tax refunds (payments)

  $   $ 193   $ (211 )

Noncash Transactions

                   

Accrual of additional liability associated with the Asset Purchase Agreement (see note 6)

  $   $ 14,595   $  

Issuance of management incentive shares (see note 10)

    480     463     187  

   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

          In these notes to consolidated financial statements, "Essent Group", "we", "us", and "our" refer to Essent Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

          Essent Group Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company, which, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, offers private mortgage insurance and reinsurance for mortgages secured by residential properties located in the United States. Mortgage insurance provides credit protection to lenders and investors against financial loss due to defaults on mortgage loans secured by residential property. Mortgage insurance facilitates the sale of low-down payment (generally less than 20%) mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, primarily to the government sponsored enterprises ("GSEs"), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Essent Group was incorporated in Bermuda in July 2008. Essent US Holdings, Inc. ("Essent Holdings") is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Essent Group and is incorporated in Delaware. The primary mortgage insurance operations are conducted through Essent Holdings' regulated and licensed wholly-owned subsidiaries, Essent Guaranty, Inc. ("Essent Guaranty") and Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. ("Essent PA"). Essent also has a wholly-owned Bermuda-domiciled reinsurer, Essent Reinsurance, Ltd. ("Essent Re").

          Essent Guaranty was formed in November 2008 and received its certificate of authority from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department on July 6, 2009. It commenced operations in 2010, issuing its first mortgage insurance policy in May 2010. Essent Guaranty is headquartered in Radnor, Pennsylvania and maintains operations centers in Winston-Salem, North Carolina and Irvine, California. Essent Guaranty is approved as a qualified mortgage insurer by the GSEs and is licensed to write mortgage insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

          Essent PA provides reinsurance to Essent Guaranty for mortgage insurance coverage in excess of 25% of the balance of any mortgage loan insured by Essent Guaranty. Essent PA received its certificate of authority from the Pennsylvania Insurance Department on March 15, 2010.

          In June 2010, we formed Essent Solutions, LLC ("Essent Solutions") a wholly-owned, non-insurer subsidiary of Essent Guaranty. Essent Solutions was formed to, among other things, function as an administrative services provider. Since April 2012, Essent Solutions has had minimal business activity.

          In September 2011, we formed CUW Solutions, LLC ("CUW Solutions"), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Essent Holdings. CUW Solutions is a Delaware limited liability corporation that provides, among other things, mortgage contract underwriting services to lenders and mortgage insurance underwriting services to affiliates. Its headquarters are in Radnor, Pennsylvania and it maintains an operations center in Winston-Salem, North Carolina that it subleases from Essent Guaranty.

          Essent Re provides reinsurance coverage of mortgage credit risk and has a Class 3A insurance license issued from the Bermuda Monetary Authority. Through December 31, 2012, Essent Re had not generated any revenue from insurance activities.

          The Company has no operating segments. Substantially all business operations, assets and liabilities relate to the private mortgage insurance business and management reviews operating results for the Company as a whole to make operating decisions and assess performance.

          The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") and include the accounts of Essent Group and its

F-7


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation (Continued)

consolidated subsidiaries. All intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Investments Available for Sale

          Investments available for sale include securities that we sell from time to time to provide liquidity and in response to changes in the market. Debt and equity securities classified as available for sale are reported at fair value with unrealized gains and losses on these securities reported in other comprehensive income, net of income taxes. See note 15 for a description of the valuation methods for investments available for sale.

          We monitor our fixed maturities for unrealized losses that appear to be other than temporary. A fixed maturity security is considered to be other-than-temporarily impaired when the security's fair value is less than its amortized cost basis and 1) we intend to sell the security, 2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security's amortized cost basis, or 3) we believe we will be unable to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security (i.e., a credit loss has occurred). When we determine that a credit loss has been incurred, but we do not intend to sell the security and it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of the security's amortized cost basis, the portion of the other-than-temporary impairment that is credit related is recorded as a realized loss in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss), and the portion of the other-than-temporary impairment that is not credit related is included in other comprehensive income (loss). For those fixed maturities for which an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred, we adjust the amortized cost basis of the security and record a realized loss in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Any subsequent increase in the security's estimated fair value would be reported as an unrealized gain.

          We recognize purchase premiums and discounts in interest income using the interest method over the term of the securities. Gains and losses on the sales of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.

          Short-term investments are defined as short-term, highly liquid investments, both readily convertible to cash and having maturities at acquisition of twelve months or less.

Cash

          Cash includes a $275 restricted deposit associated with a letter of credit obtained in connection with the rental of office space.

F-8


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Long-Lived Assets

          Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. Estimated useful lives are 5 years for furniture and fixtures and 2 to 3 years for equipment, computer hardware and purchased software. Certain costs associated with the acquisition or development of internal-use software are capitalized. Once the software is ready for its intended use, these costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the software's expected useful life, which is generally 3 years. We amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the lives of the leases or estimated service lives of the leasehold improvements. The balances by type were as follows at December 31:

 
  2012   2011  
 
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Depreciation/
Amortization
 
Cost
 
Accumulated
Depreciation/
Amortization
 

Furniture and fixtures

  $ 919   $ (361 ) $ 514   $ (266 )

Office equipment

    91     (34 )   51     (17 )

Computer hardware

    2,181     (1,393 )   1,580     (740 )

Purchased software

    30,944     (30,339 )   30,369     (17,596 )

Costs of internal-use software

    3,979     (2,476 )   3,027     (1,380 )

Leasehold improvements

    427     (312 )   304     (168 )
                   

Total

  $ 38,541   $ (34,915 ) $ 35,845   $ (20,167 )
                   

          In connection with the acquisition of the proprietary mortgage insurance information technology and operating platform of Triad Guaranty, Inc. and Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation (collectively referred to as "Triad"), we recorded identifiable intangible assets associated with acquired technology and workforce-in-place. The amount of purchase price allocated to the acquired technology was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over 36 months. The amount of purchase price allocated to workforce-in-place is being amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over 48 months. Amortization of these assets began on December 1, 2009 and was increased in April 2011 in connection with the additional purchase price recorded effective March 31, 2011. See additional discussion as to the terms of the Triad transaction and the related purchase accounting in note 6. We recognized amortization associated with the acquired technology of $12,011 and amortization associated with the workforce-in-place of $405 for the year ended December 31, 2012. We recognized amortization associated with the acquired technology of $11,040 and amortization associated with the workforce-in-place of $346 for the year ended December 31, 2011. We recognized amortization associated with the acquired technology of $4,858 and amortization associated with the workforce-in-place of $168 for the year ended December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2012, there was $371 of future estimated amortization expense remaining on the workforce-in-place and no remaining amortization expense remaining on the acquired technology.

          The cost of the acquired technology and related accumulated depreciation is included in property and equipment in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

F-9


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs

          We defer certain personnel costs and premium tax expense directly related to the successful acquisition of new insurance policies and amortize these costs over the period the related estimated gross profits are recognized in order to match costs and revenues. We do not defer any underwriting costs associated with our contract underwriting services. Costs related to the acquisition of mortgage insurance business are initially deferred and reported as deferred policy acquisition costs. Consistent with industry accounting practice, amortization of these costs for each underwriting year book of business is recognized in proportion to estimated gross profits. Estimated gross profits are composed of earned premium, interest income, losses and loss adjustment expenses. The deferred costs are adjusted as appropriate for policy cancellations to be consistent with our revenue recognition policy. We estimate the rate of amortization to reflect actual experience and any changes to persistency or loss development. Deferred policy acquisition costs are reviewed periodically to determine that they do not exceed recoverable amounts, after considering investment income. Policy acquisition costs deferred were $2,240, $482 and $1 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs totaled $456, $64 and $0 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and is included in other underwriting and operating expenses on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

Insurance Premium Revenue Recognition

          Mortgage guaranty insurance policies are contracts that are generally non-cancelable by the insurer, are renewable at a fixed price, and provide for payment of premium on a monthly, annual or single basis. Upon renewal, we are not able to re-underwrite or re-price our policies. Consistent with industry accounting practices, premiums written on a monthly basis are earned as coverage is provided. Monthly policies accounted for 88% of earned premium in 2012. Premiums written on an annual basis are amortized on a pro rata basis over the year of coverage. Primary mortgage insurance written on policies covering more than one year are referred to as single premium policies. A portion of the revenue from single premium policies is recognized in earned premium in the current period, and the remaining portion is deferred as unearned premium and earned over the expected life of the policy. If single premium policies related to insured loans are cancelled due to repayment by the borrower, and the premium is non-refundable, then the remaining unearned premium related to each cancelled policy is recognized as earned premium upon notification of the cancellation. Unearned premium represents the portion of premium written that is applicable to the estimated unexpired risk of insured loans. Rates used to determine the earning of single premium policies are estimates based on an analysis of the expiration of risk.

          A significant portion of our premium revenue relates to master policies with certain lending institutions. For the year ended December 31, 2012, one lender represented 25% of our new insurance written. The loss of this customer could have a significant impact on our revenues and results of operations.

          At December 31, 2012, approximately 11% of Essent Group's insurance in force was concentrated in the state of California. We had no other concentrations in a single state in excess of 10%.

F-10


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          We establish reserves for losses based on our best estimate of ultimate claim costs for defaulted loans. Although Accounting Standards Codification ("ASC") No. 944, regarding accounting and reporting by insurance entities, specifically excludes mortgage insurance from its guidance relating to loss reserves, it is industry practice to apply this standard. Accordingly, we establish loss reserves using the general principles contained in ASC No. 944. However, consistent with industry standards for mortgage insurers, we do not establish loss reserves for future claims on insured loans which are not currently in default. Loans are classified as in default when the borrower has missed two consecutive payments. Once we are notified that a borrower has defaulted, we will consider internal and third party information and models, including the status of the loan as reported by its servicer and the type of loan product to determine the likelihood that a default will reach claim status. In addition, we will project the amount that we will pay if a default becomes a claim (referred to as "claim severity"). Based on this information, at each reporting date we determine our best estimate of loss reserves at a given point in time. Included in loss reserves are reserves for incurred but not reported ("IBNR") claims. IBNR reserves represent our estimated unpaid losses on loans that are in default, but have not yet been reported to us as delinquent by our customers. We will also establish reserves for associated loss adjustment expenses, consisting of the estimated cost of the claims administration process, including legal and other fees and expenses associated with administering the claims process. Establishing reserves is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

Premium Deficiency Reserve

          We are required to establish a premium deficiency reserve if the net present value of the expected future losses and expenses for a particular group of policies exceeds the net present value of expected future premium, anticipated investment income and existing reserves for that specified group of policies. We reassess our expectations for premium, losses and expenses of our mortgage insurance business periodically and update our premium deficiency analysis accordingly. As of December 31, 2012 and 2011, we concluded that no premium deficiency reserve was required to be recorded in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Stock-Based Compensation

          We measure the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments at the grant date of the award using a fair value based method. We estimate the fair value of each nonvested share grant on the date of grant using recent transactions with third party investors or through an independent appraisal. We recognize compensation expense on nonvested shares over the vesting period of the award.

Income Taxes

          Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined using the asset and liability (or balance sheet) method. Under this method, we determine the net deferred tax asset or liability based on the tax effects of the temporary differences between the book and tax bases of the various assets and liabilities and give current recognition to changes in tax rates and laws. Changes in tax laws, rates, regulations and policies, or the final determination of tax audits or examinations,

F-11


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

could materially affect our tax estimates. We evaluate the realizability of the deferred tax asset and recognize a valuation allowance if, based on the weight of all available positive and negative evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. When evaluating the realizability of the deferred tax asset, we consider estimates of expected future taxable income, existing and projected book/tax differences, carryback and carryforward periods, tax planning strategies available, and the general and industry specific economic outlook. This realizability analysis is inherently subjective, as it requires management to forecast changes in the mortgage market, as well as the related impact on mortgage insurance, and the competitive and general economic environment in future periods. Changes in the estimate of deferred tax asset realizability, if applicable, are included in income tax expense on the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

          ASC No. 740 provides a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. In accordance with ASC No. 740, before a tax benefit can be recognized, a tax position is evaluated using a threshold that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination. When evaluating the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, ASC No. 740 provides that a company should presume the tax position will be examined by the appropriate taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. If the tax position meets the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, it is initially and subsequently measured as the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

          It is our policy to classify interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense.

Earnings per Share

          Basic earnings (loss) per common share amounts are calculated based on income available to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Diluted earnings (loss) per common share amounts are calculated based on income available to common stockholders and the weighted-average number of common and potential common shares outstanding during the reporting period. Potential common shares, composed of the incremental common shares issuable upon vesting of unvested common shares, are included in the earnings per share calculation to the extent that they are dilutive. Since the cash dividends on our Class B-2 common shares could differ from the dividends on the Class A common shares, basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share have been calculated using the "two-class" method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation formula that determines earnings (loss) per share for each class of common shares according to dividends declared and participation rights in undistributed earnings or losses.

Recently Issued Accounting Standards

          In October 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2010-26 Financial Services — Insurance: Accounting for Costs Associated with Acquiring or Renewing Insurance Contracts. This update amends the ASC to specify which costs incurred in the acquisition of new and renewal contracts should be capitalized. This update is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted at the beginning of an entity's annual reporting period. Essent Group early adopted this ASU effective January 1, 2010 and its provisions were applied prospectively upon adoption. The adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated operating results or financial position.

F-12


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

          In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). This ASU largely retains the fair value measurement principles of Topic 820, but potentially expands current disclosures and changes how fair value measurement guidance is applied in certain circumstances. Essent Group adopted this ASU for the year ending December 31, 2012 and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated operating results or financial position.

          In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income , which requires an entity to present the total of comprehensive income, the components of net income, and the components of other comprehensive income either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate but consecutive statements. Essent Group adopted this ASU for the year ending December 31, 2012 and presented comprehensive income in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income.

Note 3. Equity Funding

          On February 6, 2009, Essent Group and certain investors executed a Shareholders Agreement, Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement (the "Subscription Agreement") and certain other related legal documents (collectively, the "Agreements"). Under the terms of the Agreements, certain investors, including affiliates of Pine Brook Road Partners, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., Aldermanbury Investments Limited, an affiliate of J.P. Morgan, PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc. and RenaissanceRe Ventures Ltd., committed, subject to certain conditions, to make equity contributions to Essent Group in the amount of approximately $519,114 in return for Class A Common Shares. At the same time, $10,000 of this commitment was funded in return for 1 million Class A Common Shares (the "Initial Closing"). As part of the Initial Closing, certain of the investors tendered $3,130 of existing Notes Payable that had been issued as part of their contribution. The remaining Notes Payable of approximately $870 was paid with proceeds from the funding. The Notes Payable had been issued by Essent Group on October 6, 2008 to fund our activities prior to the equity closing. In March 2010 (the "Subsequent Closing"), the existing and new investors executed an Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement (the "Amended Subscription Agreement") and certain other related legal documents (collectively, the "Amended Agreements"). Under the terms of the Amended Agreements, certain of the existing investors, as well as the new investors, increased their commitment, subject to certain conditions, to make equity contributions in return for Class A Common Shares to Essent Group by $80,896. In addition, certain members of management have made a commitment to purchase Class A Shares of Essent Group. The total commitment of the investors as of December 31, 2012 is $600,315, of which $313,343 has been funded.

          Subsequent to the Initial Closing until the earliest to occur of (i) the seventh anniversary of the Initial Closing, (ii) the closing of a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Bye-laws) or (iii) the closing of an initial public offering of our equity securities, we may request, in accordance with and subject to the conditions set forth in the Amended Subscription Agreement, funding in cash of an amount not less than $5,000 and not in excess of the investors' then aggregate undrawn Funding Amounts, in

F-13


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 3. Equity Funding (Continued)

exchange for Class A Common Shares on the same terms and at the same price per Class A Common Share as applied at the Initial Closing and Subsequent Closing (after giving effect to any share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events) (each, a "Draw"). The Amended Subscription Agreement outlines the conditions upon which a Draw may be requested and the voting and other rights and obligations of the Board and the investors with respect to approval of each respective Draw. The Amended Subscription Agreement also outlines the penalties to an investor if they fail to fund an approved Draw.

          As of January 1, 2011, $233,343 had been contributed by the investors to Essent Group in return for 23.0 million Class A Common Shares. In 2011, investors made additional capital contributions to Essent Group totaling $25,000 in return for approximately 2.5 million Class A shares and in 2012, investors made additional capital contributions to Essent Group totaling $55,000 in return for approximately 5.4 million Class A shares.

          Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. ("Macquarie") is due a fee equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the sale of Class A Common Shares (not to exceed $5,190) issued to shareholders who were party to the Subscription Agreement at the Initial Closing for services rendered in connection with the equity funding for Essent Group. As of December 31, 2012, a total of $2,867 was paid to Macquarie and charged to additional paid-in capital representing the amount of the fee earned to date.

Note 4. Investments Available for Sale

          Investments available for sale consist of the following:

December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities

  $ 77,114   $ 2,392   $ (18 ) $ 79,488  

US agency securities

    19,424     169         19,593  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    28,812     871     (43 )   29,640  

Municipal debt securities(1)

    37,872     18     (236 )   37,654  

Corporate debt securities

    62,869     627     (97 )   63,399  

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,641         (49 )   5,592  

Asset-backed securities

    8,871     80         8,951  

Money market funds

    3,097             3,097  
                   

Total investments available for sale

  $ 243,700   $ 4,157   $ (443 ) $ 247,414  
                   

(1)
All municipal debt securities are general obligation bonds.


December 31, 2011
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities

  $ 83,923   $ 2,348   $   $ 86,271  

US agency securities

    20,617     83     (3 )   20,697  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    24,512     306     (49 )   24,769  

Corporate debt securities

    26,694     170     (98 )   26,766  

TLGP guaranteed corporate debt securities

    2,021     6         2,027  

Money market funds

    10,561             10,561  
                   

Total investments available for sale

  $ 168,328   $ 2,913   $ (150 ) $ 171,091  
                   

F-14


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 4. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

          The amortized cost and fair values of available for sale securities at December 31, 2012, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. Because most mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities provide for periodic payments throughout their lives, they are listed below in separate categories.

 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 15,639   $ 15,676  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    36,311     37,429  

Due after 5 years

    25,164     26,383  
           

Subtotal

    77,114     79,488  
           

US agency securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 4,527   $ 4,537  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    14,897     15,056  
           

Subtotal

    19,424     19,593  
           

Municipal debt securities

             

Due in 1 year

  $   $  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    2,018     2,009  

Due after 5 years

    35,854     35,645  
           

Subtotal

    37,872     37,654  
           

Corporate debt securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 4,458   $ 4,467  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    56,503     57,034  

Due after 5 years

    1,908     1,898  
           

Subtotal

    62,869     63,399  
           

US agency mortgage-backed securities

  $ 28,812   $ 29,640  
           

Mortgage-backed securities

  $ 5,641   $ 5,592  
           

Asset-backed securities

  $ 8,871   $ 8,951  
           

Money market funds

  $ 3,097   $ 3,097  
           

Total investments available for sale

  $ 243,700   $ 247,414  
           

          Essent Group realized gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale during the year ended December 31, 2012 of $145 and gross losses of $2. Essent Group realized gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale during the year ended December 31, 2011 of $365 and gross losses of $1. Essent Group realized gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale during the year ended December 31, 2010 of $13 and gross losses of $0.

F-15


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 4. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

          The fair value of investments in an unrealized loss position and the related unrealized losses were as follows:

 
  Less than
12 months
  12 months or more   Total  
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

At December 31, 2012

                                     

US Treasury securities

  $ 4,948   $ (18 ) $   $   $ 4,948   $ (18 )

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    4,113     (33 )   1,284     (10 )   5,397     (43 )

Municipal debt securities

    26,006     (236 )           26,006     (236 )

Corporate debt securities

    12,990     (88 )   1,502     (9 )   14,492     (97 )

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,592     (49 )           5,592     (49 )
                           

Total

  $ 53,649   $ (424 ) $ 2,786   $ (19 ) $ 56,435   $ (443 )
                           

 

 
  Less than
12 months
  12 months or more   Total  
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

At December 31, 2011

                                     

US Treasury securities

  $ 2,268   $ (3 ) $   $   $ 2,268   $ (3 )

US agency securities

    3,843     (49 )           3,843     (49 )

TLGP guaranteed corporate debt securities

    7,799     (98 )           7,799     (98 )
                           

Total

  $ 13,910   $ (150 ) $   $   $ 13,910   $ (150 )
                           

          The decline in fair values of these investment securities is principally associated with the changes in the interest rate environment subsequent to their purchase. Each issuer is current on its scheduled interest and principal payments. We assess our intent to sell these securities and whether we will be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis when determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. There were no other-than-temporary impairments of investments in the years ended December 31, 2012 or 2011.

          The fair value of investments deposited with insurance regulatory authorities to meet statutory requirements was $8,243 at December 31, 2012 and $8,300 at December 31, 2011.

F-16


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 4. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

          Net investment income consists of:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 2,632   $ 1,447   $ 210  

Short-term investments

    14     92     270  
               

Gross investment income

    2,646     1,539     480  

Investment expenses

    (377 )   (370 )   (266 )
               

Net investment income

  $ 2,269   $ 1,169   $ 214  
               

Note 5. Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable consist of the following at December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Premiums receivable

  $ 4,271   $ 1,192  

Other receivables

    623     402  
           

Total accounts receivable

    4,894     1,594  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

         
           

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 4,894   $ 1,594  
           

          Premiums receivable consist of premiums due on our mortgage insurance policies. If mortgage insurance premiums are unpaid for more than 90 days, the receivable is written off against earned premium and the related insurance policy is cancelled. For all periods presented, Essent Group did not record a provision or an allowance for doubtful accounts.

Note 6. Triad Transaction

          On December 1, 2009, under the terms of an asset purchase agreement dated October 7, 2009 between Essent Guaranty and Triad (the "Asset Purchase Agreement"), we acquired all of Triad's proprietary mortgage insurance information technology and operating platform, certain software and substantially all of the supporting hardware, as well as furniture and fixtures, in exchange for payments of up to $30,000 in cash, subject to certain conditions outlined in the Asset Purchase Agreement, and the assumption of certain contractual obligations. In addition, pursuant to this transaction, 39 employees of Triad's information technology, operations and compliance departments were offered, and accepted, employment with Essent Guaranty. Effective with the completion of the transaction, Essent Guaranty began providing information systems maintenance and development services, customer service and policy administration support to Triad under the terms of a services agreement dated December 1, 2009 (the "Services Agreement"). Triad retains the obligation for all risks insured under its existing insurance contracts and will continue to directly manage loss mitigation and claim activity on its insured business.

F-17


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 6. Triad Transaction (Continued)

          As the assets acquired and liabilities assumed did not constitute a business, the transaction was accounted for as an acquisition of assets. Under the Asset Purchase Agreement, fixed payments of $15,000 were due and paid as follows: $10,000 on the Closing Date of December 1, 2009, and $2,500 each on the first and second anniversaries of the Closing Date. Contingent payments totaling $15,000 are due commencing 30 months after the closing date, or June 1, 2012, in six equal semi-annual installments if Essent Guaranty or any affiliate US domestic insurance company have written mortgage insurance policies (other than mortgage reinsurance or other types of credit enhancement) on mortgage loans having an aggregate unpaid principal balance of not less than $500,000 in the six months preceding such contingent payment. On December 1, 2009, $15,479 was recorded as purchase price for these acquired assets, which included the net present value of the fixed payments. The depreciation for the fixed assets was recorded over three years from December 1, 2009 to November 30, 2012. In March 2011, based on Essent Guaranty's level of written mortgage insurance policies, management concluded that it was probable that the $15,000 of contingent payments would be made. Accordingly, a liability was accrued effective March 31, 2011 for the net present value of the additional contingent payments due Triad, with an offsetting increase in the purchase price of the acquired assets allocated pro rata based on their relative fair value at the acquisition date. The depreciation of the fixed assets associated with the purchase for the contingent payments was recorded over the period from April 1, 2011 to November 30, 2012. Two contingent payments totaling $5,000 were made in the year ended December 31, 2012.

          The components of the purchase price for the assets acquired reflected in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

Cash payment

  $ 9,123  

Triad's liabilities assumed at closing

    877  

Transaction costs

    484  

Net present value of fixed payments

    4,995  

Net present value of contingent payments

    14,595  
       

Total

  $ 30,074  
       

          The cost of the assets acquired was allocated based on their relative fair value as of the Closing Date (December 1, 2009) as follows:

 
   
 
2009
 
2011
 
Total
 

Acquired technology

    94.2 % $ 14,573   $ 13,741   $ 28,314  

Workforce-in-place

    4.3     671     633     1,304  

Software

    0.7     110     103     213  

Hardware

    0.5     71     67     138  

Other assets

    0.3     54     51     105  
                   

Total

    100.0 % $ 15,479   $ 14,595   $ 30,074  
                   

F-18


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 6. Triad Transaction (Continued)

          Future payments due in connection with the Asset Purchase Agreement are as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
   
 

2013

  $ 5,000  

2014

    5,000  

          We recorded interest expense associated with the liability due Triad of $138, $123 and $17 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

          Under the terms of the Services Agreement, we provide the following services to Triad in exchange for fees: (i) maintain and support the licensed technology and equipment and provide to Triad certain information and technology services; (ii) access to the Triad technology platform in order to support Triad's business pursuant to the license grant outlined in the Services Agreement; (iii) customer support-related services; and (iv) technology development services. The fee earned by Essent Group during the first contract year from December 1, 2009 to November 30, 2010 was a fixed amount. Effective December 1, 2010, the fee is based principally on the number of Triad's insurance policies in force on a monthly basis. Accordingly, this fee is reduced as Triad's policies in force decline. We earned fees under the Services Agreement of $3,800, $4,676 and $5,863 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which are included in other income in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss).

F-19


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 7. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

  $ 57   $  

Less: Reinsurance recoverables

         
           

Net reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

    57      

Add provision for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, occurring in:

             

Current year

    1,523     57  

Prior years

    (57 )    
           

Net incurred losses during the current year

    1,466     57  
           

Deduct payments for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, occurring in:

             

Current year

    24      

Prior years

         
           

Net loss and LAE payments during the current year

    24      
           

Net reserve for losses and LAE at end of year

    1,499     57  

Plus: Reinsurance recoverables

         
           

Reserve for losses and LAE at end of year

  $ 1,499   $ 57  
           

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, less than $1 was paid for incurred claims and claim adjustment expenses attributable to insured events of prior years. There has been a $57 favorable prior-year development during the year ended December 31, 2012. Reserves remaining as of December 31, 2012 for prior years are $0 as a result of re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The decrease is generally the result of ongoing analysis of recent loss development trends. Original estimates are increased or decreased as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims.

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies

Obligations under Guarantees

          Under the terms of CUW Solutions' contract underwriting agreements with lenders and subject to contractual limitations on liability, we agreed to indemnify the lender against losses incurred in the event that we make an error in determining whether loans processed meet specified underwriting criteria, to the extent that such error materially restricts or impairs the salability of such loan, results in a material reduction in the value of such loan or results in the lender repurchasing the loan. The indemnification may be in the form of monetary or other remedies. As of December 31, 2012, there have been no claims for remedies or amounts paid for remedies and management believes any indemnifications related to contract underwriting services through December 31, 2012 are not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-20


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

          In addition to the indemnifications discussed above, in the normal course of business, we enter into agreements or other relationships with third parties pursuant to which we may be obligated under specified circumstances to indemnify the counterparties with respect to certain matters. Our contractual indemnification obligations typically arise in the context of agreements entered into by us to, among other things, purchase or sell services, finance our business and business transactions, lease real property and license intellectual property. The agreements we enter into in the normal course of business generally require us to pay certain amounts to the other party associated with claims or losses if they result from our breach of the agreement, including the inaccuracy of representations or warranties. The agreements we enter into may also contain other indemnification provisions that obligate us to pay amounts upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the negligence or willful misconduct of our employees, infringement of third party intellectual property rights or claims that performance of the agreement constitutes a violation of law. Generally, payment by us under an indemnification provision is conditioned upon the other party making a claim, and typically we can challenge the other party's claims. Further, our indemnification obligations may be limited in time and/or amount, and in some instances, we may have recourse against third parties for certain payments made by us under an indemnification agreement or obligation. As of December 31, 2012, contingencies triggering material indemnification obligations or payments have not occurred historically and are not expected to occur. The nature of the indemnification provisions in the various types of agreements and relationships described above are believed to be low risk and pervasive, and we consider them to have a remote risk of loss or payment. We have not recorded any provisions on the consolidated balance sheets related to indemnifications.

Commitments

          We lease office space in Pennsylvania, North Carolina, California and Bermuda under leases accounted for as operating leases. In 2012, we amended our lease agreement in Pennsylvania for additional office space and extended the lease term to 2023. In 2012, we also entered into a new two year lease agreement for our office space in North Carolina commencing on December 1, 2012, and we entered into a sublease agreement with Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation for a portion of the space leased under the new lease agreement. In August 2012, we entered into a new five year lease agreement for office space in Irvine, California commencing on October 1, 2012.

          Total rent expense was $1,011, $952, and $922 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The future minimum lease payments of non-cancelable operating leases are as follows at December 31, 2012:

Year Ended December 31,
   
 

2013

  $ 1,194  

2014

    1,802  

2015

    1,021  

2016

    1,057  

2017 and thereafter

    6,910  
       

Total minimum payments required

  $ 11,984  
       

F-21


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 8. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

          Minimum lease payments shown above have not been reduced by minimum sublease rental income of $355 in 2013 and $333 in 2014 due in the future under the non-cancelable sublease.

Note 9. Capital Stock

          The following presents a summary of the rights and obligations attaching to the Class A Common Shares, Class B-1 Common Shares and Class B-2 Common Shares of Essent Group. A more detailed description of the rights and obligations of Essent Group's capital stock is included in the Amended and Restated Bye-Laws.

          The Class A Common Shares rank senior to the Class B-1 Common Shares and the Class B-2 Common Shares in all respects as to rights of payment and distribution. The Class B-1 Common Shares and the Class B-2 Common Shares rank junior to the Class A Common Shares and pari passu with one another in all respects as to rights of payment and distribution.

          The holders of Class A Common Shares are entitled to receive cumulative compounding dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on any other class of Shares in the capital of Essent Group, at the rate of ten percent of the Original Class A Issue Price per annum, compounded annually, on each outstanding Class A Common Share. Any dividend or other distribution declared or paid on any Class B Common Shares shall be ratably declared and paid on all of the outstanding Class A Common Shares (based on "as-if-converted" to Class B-1 Common Share amounts) at the same time as such dividend is paid on such Class B Common Shares. Beginning December 15, 2009, under the terms of a fee agreement with Essent Group, certain investors are also entitled to receive an annual fee for each calendar year (or portion thereof) equal to the lesser of three-quarters of one percent of the total amount invested in Essent Group or a total of $2,300. The annual fee earned by these investors was $1,677 and $1,572 for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The annual fee was waived by the investors for the years ended December 31, 2012 and thereafter.

          Each Class A Common Share is convertible, at any time at the option of the holder, into Class B-1 Common Shares of Essent Group. Each Class A Common Share shall be automatically converted into Class B-1 Common Shares upon the earlier of (i) the consummation of a qualified public offering and (ii) the date specified by written consent of (A) the holders of at least seventy-five percent of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares and (B) each of the Major Investors as defined in our Bye-Laws. The holder of each Class A Common Share has the right to one vote for each Class B-1 Common Share on an as-if-converted basis.

          Vested Class B-2 Common Shares automatically convert into Class B-1 Common Shares upon the consummation of an initial public offering of Essent Group's Shares at an IPO Valuation in excess of the aggregate Class A Preference Amounts (as defined in the Bye-Laws) of all Class A Common Shares then outstanding. Class B-2 Common Shares have no voting rights.

F-22


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation

          On February 6, 2009, Essent Group adopted the 2009 Restricted Share Plan (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, an aggregate maximum of 9,269,663 shares of Class B-2 Common Shares may be issued to employees. There were 111,236 Class B-2 Common Shares available for future grant at December 31, 2012.

          Under the Plan, certain members of management were granted nonvested Class B-2 Common Shares upon their employment. The shares vest based on a formula that considers the amount of capital funded under the Amended Subscription Agreement and the period of employment of the respective employee. One-third of Class B-2 shares vest on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the employee's date of hire multiplied by the "Investment Percentage." The Investment Percentage is defined as the percentage equal to (i) the aggregate amount of equity capital actually invested in Essent Group pursuant to the Amended Subscription Agreement as of any applicable vesting date, divided by (ii) $750,000. The vesting period starts upon the respective employee's date of hire.

          The following table summarizes nonvested Class B-2 Share activity for the years ended December 31:

 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    8,959,129   $ 0.07     7,879,214   $ 0.06     6,905,899   $ 0.06  

Granted

    291,995     0.17     1,079,915     0.11     1,019,663     0.10  

Vested

    (966,905 )   0.06                  

Forfeited

    (92,697 )   0.13             (46,348 )   0.08  
                                 

Outstanding at end of year

    8,191,522     0.07     8,959,129     0.07     7,879,214     0.06  
                                 

          Under the terms of certain employment contracts and other agreements, a portion of certain employees' annual incentive bonus will be paid in Class A Common Shares which will vest over periods of up to 3 years.

F-23


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The following table summarizes nonvested Class A Share activity for the years ended December 31:

 
  2012   2011   2010  
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    257,313   $ 10.00     143,022   $ 10.00     75,000   $ 10.00  

Granted

    215,062     10.11     170,298     10.00     93,152     10.00  

Vested

    (271,113 )   10.03     (56,007 )   10.00     (25,000 )   10.00  

Forfeited

    (2,242 )   10.00             (130 )   10.00  
                                 

Outstanding at end of year

    199,020     10.08     257,313     10.00     143,022     10.00  
                                 

          In connection with our incentive program covering bonus awards for performance year 2012, in March 2013, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the issuance of 238,695 nonvested shares of Class A Common Shares to employees and 56,250 Class A Common Shares which vested upon issuance. Based on an independent appraisal, the estimated fair market value for each of the Class A shares issued in March 2013 was $10.92 per share at the date of grant.

          In addition to the nonvested share activity above, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the issuance of Class A Common Shares which vested upon issuance of 47,500, 46,250 and 18,750 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The estimated fair market value for each of the Class A shares issued at the date of grant was $10.11 in 2012 and $10.00 per share in 2011 and 2010.

          Independent appraisals were obtained in connection with the valuation of 2012 and 2011 Class A Shares granted and each grant of Class B-2 Shares under the Plan. The valuation of 2010 Class A Shares granted was based on transactions with investors. The total fair value of nonvested shares that vested was $3,062, $560 and $250 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. As of December 31, 2012, there was $2,096 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding nonvested shares and we expect to recognize the expense over a weighted average period of 1.7 years.

          Employees have the option to tender shares to Essent Group to pay the minimum employee statutory withholding taxes associated with shares upon vesting. Class A Shares tendered by employees to pay employee withholding taxes totaled 86,014, 31,063 and 15,938 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The tendered shares are recorded at cost and included in treasury stock.

          In 2012, Essent Group exercised its right to purchase 710 vested shares from a former employee at fair value of $10.11 per share. The repurchased shares are recorded at cost and included in treasury stock.

F-24


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          Compensation expense, net of forfeitures, and related tax effects recognized in connection with nonvested shares were as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Compensation expense

  $ 1,926   $ 1,213   $ 580  

Income tax benefit

    674     425     203  

Note 11. Dividends Restrictions

          Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain capital and dividend rules and regulations as prescribed by jurisdictions in which they are authorized to operate. Under the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, Essent Guaranty and Essent PA may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10 percent of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders' surplus or (ii) the preceding year's statutory net income. The Pennsylvania statute also specifies that dividends and other distributions can be paid out of positive unassigned surplus without prior approval. Both Essent Guaranty and Essent PA currently have negative unassigned surplus and, therefore, would require prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner to make any dividend payment or other distributions in 2013. At December 31, 2012, the insurance subsidiaries were in compliance with these rules and regulations. The insurance subsidiaries paid no dividends to Essent Group or any intermediate holding companies in the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Note 12. Income Taxes

          Income tax expense (benefit) consists of the following components for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Current

  $   $   $ 18  

Deferred

    (333 )   (895 )   (72 )
               

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (333 ) $ (895 ) $ (54 )
               

          Income tax expense (benefit) is different from that which would be obtained by applying the applicable statutory income tax rates to income before income taxes by jurisdiction. The

F-25


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

reconciliation of the difference between income tax expense (benefit) and the tax provision (benefit) calculated at statutory rates is as follows for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rates

  $ (4,394 ) $ (11,723 ) $ (9,029 )

Non-deductible expenses

    199     149     93  

State taxes, net

            10  

Change in valuation allowance

    3,933     10,784     8,863  

Other

    (71 )   (105 )   9  
               

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (333 ) $ (895 ) $ (54 )
               

          We provide deferred taxes to reflect the estimated future tax effects of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax laws. The net deferred tax asset is comprised of the following at December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Deferred tax assets

  $ 31,162   $ 26,109  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (2,276 )   (1,156 )
           

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

    28,886     24,953  

Valuation allowance

    (28,886 )   (24,953 )
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $   $  
           

          The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows at December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 

Net operating loss carryforward

  $ 12,742   $ 14,019  

Fixed assets

    8,631     5,173  

Start-up expenditures, net

    5,519     5,971  

Unearned premium reserve

    4,214     692  

Unrealized gain on investments

    (1,300 )   (967 )

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    (771 )   (147 )

Nonvested shares

    (125 )   118  

Prepaid expenses

    (47 )   (42 )

Organizational expenditures

    35     37  

Accrued expenses

    (33 )   98  

Loss reserves

    21     1  
           

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

    28,886     24,953  

Valuation allowance

    (28,886 )   (24,953 )
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $   $  
           

F-26


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 12. Income Taxes (Continued)

          In evaluating our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets, we consider the relevant impact of all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results and our forecasts of future taxable income. Although Essent Group has direct written premium for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, it has generated a cumulative net operating loss from inception through each annual reporting period. ASC No. 740 states that forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. Accordingly, we concluded that a valuation allowance of $28,886 was required at December 31, 2012 and a valuation allowance of $24,953 was required as of December 31, 2011. Future realization of our deferred tax asset will ultimately depend on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character (ordinary income vs. capital gains) within the applicable carryback and carryforward periods provided under the tax law. It is at least reasonably possible that a material decrease to the valuation allowance may occur in the year ended December 31, 2013.

          For federal income tax purposes, we have approximately $36,405 of net operating loss carryforwards as of December 31, 2012. To the extent not utilized, $14,279 of our net operating loss carryforwards will expire during tax year 2030 and $22,126 will expire during tax year 2031. At December 31, 2012 and 2011, we had no unrecognized tax benefits. As of December 31, 2012, our U.S. federal income tax returns for the tax years 2009 through 2011 remain subject to examination.

          The Company has not recorded any uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2012.

Note 13. Related Party Transactions

          The Company is a party to an investment advisory agreement with Goldman Sachs Asset Management, L.P., a subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., one of Essent Group's investors. Investment expense incurred under this agreement totaled $184, $104, and $57 for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

F-27


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 14. Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS)

          The following table reconciles the net loss and the weighted average common shares outstanding used in the computations of basic and diluted loss per common share for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Net income (loss)

  $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )

Less: Class A dividends declared

            (1,771 )

Less: Class B-2 dividends declared

             
               

Undistributed net income (loss)

  $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (29,345 )
               

Net income (loss) allocable to Class A

 
$

(13,541

)

$

(33,555

)

$

(29,345

)

Net income (loss) allocable to Class B-2

    (2 )        

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Class A

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        N/A     N/A  

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

                   

Class A

  $ (0.49 ) $ (1.39 ) $ (1.24 )

Class B-2

        N/A     N/A  

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   

Class A

    27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    557          

Dilutive effect of nonvested shares:

                   

Class A

             

Class B-2

             

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding:

                   

Class A

    27,445     24,151     22,205  

Class B-2

    557          

Antidilutive shares:

                   

Nonvested Class A shares

    343     251     152  

Nonvested Class B-2 shares

    8,523     8,488     7,571  

          As indicated in note 9, Class A common shares are entitled to receive cumulative compounding dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Class B-2 common shares. In periods of income, the undistributed net income would be allocated to the Class A common shares to satisfy this requirement. In periods of loss, the undistributed net loss has been allocated pro rata to the Class A and Class B-2 shares in proportion to their percentage of vested equity capital.

F-28


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of our financial instruments were as follows:

December 31, 2012
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 

Financial Assets:

             

US Treasury securities

  $ 79,488   $ 79,488  

US agency securities

    19,593     19,593  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    29,640     29,640  

Municipal debt securities

    37,654     37,654  

Corporate debt securities

    63,399     63,399  

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,592     5,592  

Asset-backed securities

    8,951     8,951  

Money market funds

    3,097     3,097  
           

Total Investments

  $ 247,414   $ 247,414  
           

Financial Liabilities:

             

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

  $ 9,841   $ 9,975  

 

December 31, 2011
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 

Financial Assets:

             

US Treasury securities

  $ 86,271   $ 86,271  

US agency securities

    20,697     20,697  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    24,769     24,769  

Corporate debt securities

    26,766     26,766  

TLGP guaranteed corporate debt securities

    2,027     2,027  

Money market funds

    10,561     10,561  
           

Total Investments

  $ 171,091   $ 171,091  
           

Financial Liabilities:

             

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

  $ 14,703   $ 14,933  

Investor fee payable

    1,677     1,677  

Fair Value Hierarchy

          ASC No. 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. The level within the fair value hierarchy to measure the financial instrument shall be determined based

F-29


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy are as follows:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets accessible at the measurement date.

    Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

    Level 3 — Valuations derived from one or more significant inputs that are unobservable.

Determination of Fair Value

          When available, we generally use quoted market prices to determine fair value and classify the financial instrument in Level 1. In cases where quoted market prices for similar financial instruments are available, we utilize these inputs for valuation techniques and classify the financial instrument in Level 2. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows, present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows and we classify the financial instrument in Level 3. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. No financial instruments were classified as Level 3 at December 31, 2012 or 2011.

          We used the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial instruments:

    Investments available for sale — Investments available for sale are valued using quoted market prices in active markets, when available, and those investments are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investments available for sale include investments such as US Treasury securities, US agency securities, US agency mortgage-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, TLGP guaranteed corporate debt securities and money market funds. Investments available for sale are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy if quoted market prices are not available and fair values are estimated using quoted prices of similar securities or recently executed transactions for the securities. Municipal securities, corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities are classified as Level 2 investments.

    We use independent pricing sources to determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. We use one primary pricing service to provide individual security pricing based on observable market data and receive one quote per security. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing service and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. We review the

F-30


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 15. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

      reasonableness of prices received from our primary pricing service by comparison to prices obtained from additional pricing sources. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from our primary pricing service.

    Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement — The fair value of amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current risk-free interest rates of securities with similar maturities. The fair value estimates of amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement are classified as Level 2 since quoted market prices are not available, but observable inputs are used in the valuation.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

          All assets measured at fair value at December 31, 2012 are categorized in the table below based upon the lowest level of significant input to the valuations. All fair value measurements at the reporting date were on a recurring basis. We had no liabilities measured at fair value at December 31, 2012.

 
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                         

US Treasury securities

  $ 79,488   $   $   $ 79,488  

US agency securities

    19,593             19,593  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    29,640             29,640  

Municipal debt securities

        37,654         37,654  

Corporate debt securities

        63,399         63,399  

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,592             5,592  

Asset-backed securities

        8,951         8,951  

Money market funds

    3,097             3,097  
                   

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ 137,410   $ 110,004   $   $ 247,414  
                   

Note 16. Statutory Accounting

          Our domestic insurance subsidiaries prepare statutory-basis financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by their respective state's department of insurance, which is a comprehensive basis of accounting other than GAAP. We did not use any prescribed or permitted statutory accounting practices (individually or in the aggregate) that resulted in reported statutory surplus or capital that was significantly different from the statutory surplus or capital that would have been reported had National Association of Insurance

F-31


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 16. Statutory Accounting (Continued)

Commissioners' statutory accounting practices been followed. The following table presents Essent Guaranty's and Essent PA's statutory net income or loss, statutory surplus and contingency reserve liability as of and for the years ended December 31:

 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Essent Guaranty

                   

Statutory net loss

  $ (16,278 ) $ (34,094 ) $ (25,813 )

Statutory surplus

    163,790     141,939     160,269  

Contingency reserve liability

    23,313     3,928     99  

Essent PA

                   

Statutory net income (loss)

  $ 749   $ 134   $ (223 )

Statutory surplus

    14,159     4,645     4,771  

Contingency reserve liability

    1,780     266     6  

          At December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries, which is defined as the total of statutory surplus and contingency reserves, was well in excess of the statutory capital necessary to satisfy the insurance subsidiaries' regulatory requirements.

          Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 58, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance, requires mortgage insurers to establish a special contingency reserve for statutory accounting purposes included in total liabilities equal to 50% of earned premium for that year. During 2012, Essent Guaranty increased its contingency reserve by $19,385 and Essent PA increased its contingency reserve by $1,514. This reserve is required to be maintained for a period of 120 months to protect against the effects of adverse economic cycles. After 120 months, the reserve is released to unassigned funds. In the event an insurer's loss ratio in any calendar year exceeds 35%, however, the insurer may, after regulatory approval, release from its contingency reserves an amount equal to the excess portion of such losses. Essent Guaranty and Essent PA did not release any amounts from their contingency reserves in 2012, 2011 or 2010.

Note 17. Capital Maintenance Agreement

          Essent Guaranty has a capital maintenance agreement with Essent PA under which Essent Guaranty agreed to contribute funds, under specified conditions, to maintain Essent PA's risk to capital ratio at or below 25.0 to 1 in return for a surplus note. As of December 31, 2012, Essent PA's risk to capital ratio was 16.2 to 1 and there were no amounts outstanding related to this agreement.

Note 18. Subsequent Events

          The date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and the date the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued was March 25, 2013. In addition, we evaluated subsequent events through July 29, 2013 in conjunction with the reissuance of the consolidated financial statements in this registration statement.

F-32


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

(In thousands, except share amounts)
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 

Assets

             

Investments available for sale, at fair value

             

Fixed maturities

  $ 295,707   $ 240,317  

Short-term investments

    2,098     7,097  
           

Total investments

    297,805     247,414  

Cash

   
129,166
   
22,315
 

Accrued investment income

    1,838     1,291  

Accounts receivable

    10,493     4,894  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    4,080     2,203  

Property and equipment (at cost, less accumulated depreciation of $35,818 in 2013 and $34,915 in 2012)

    3,793     3,626  

Net deferred tax asset

    12,194      

Other assets

    1,841     1,589  
           

Total assets

  $ 461,210   $ 283,332  
           

Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

             

Liabilities

             

Reserve for losses and LAE

  $ 2,548   $ 1,499  

Unearned premium reserve

    70,121     40,570  

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    7,400     9,841  

Accrued payroll and bonuses

    5,289     8,284  

Other accrued liabilities

    4,618     4,015  
           

Total liabilities

    89,976     64,209  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             

Class A common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 75,500,000; issued — 47,433,451 shares in 2013 and 34,817,318 in 2012

    474     348  

Class B-1 common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 84,769,663; issued — 0

         

Class B-2 common shares, $.01 par value:

             

Authorized — 9,269,663; issued — 9,226,165 shares in 2013 and 9,098,175 in 2012

    92     91  

Additional paid-in capital

    473,378     347,924  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    (1,639 )   2,414  

Accumulated deficit

    (66,735 )   (97,512 )

Treasury stock at cost, 3,381,368 Class A shares and 1,574 Class B-2 shares in 2013 and 3,363,724 Class A shares in 2012

    (34,336 )   (34,142 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    371,234     219,123  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 461,210   $ 283,332  
           

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-33


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)

 
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2013
 
2012
 

Revenues:

             

Net premiums written

  $ 78,296   $ 22,731  

Increase in unearned premiums

    (29,551 )   (9,216 )
           

Net premiums earned

    48,745     13,515  

Net investment income

    1,744     998  

Realized investment gains, net

    93     104  

Other income

    2,013     2,150  
           

Total revenues

    52,595     16,767  
           

Losses and expenses:

             

Provision for losses and LAE

    1,310     646  

Other underwriting and operating expenses

    30,519     28,950  
           

Total losses and expenses

    31,829     29,596  
           

Income (loss) before income taxes

    20,766     (12,829 )

Income tax benefit

    (10,011 )   (307 )
           

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 )
           

Earnings (loss) per share

             

Basic:

             

Class A

  $ 0.90   $ (0.48 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )

Diluted:

             

Class A

  $ 0.89   $ (0.48 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )

Weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Basic:

             

Class A

    34,313     25,923  

Class B-2

    1,577     285  

Diluted:

             

Class A

    34,459     25,923  

Class B-2

    6,549     285  

Net income (loss)

 
$

30,777
 
$

(12,522

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

             

Change in unrealized (depreciation) appreciation, net of tax (benefit) expense of ($2,182) in 2013 and $307 in 2012

    (4,053 )   570  
           

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    (4,053 )   570  
           

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ 26,724   $ (11,952 )
           

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-34


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Unaudited)

(In thousands)
 
Class A
Common
Shares
 
Class B-2
Common
Shares
 
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Treasury
Stock
 
Total
Stockholders'
Equity
 

Balance at January 1, 2012

  $ 291   $ 89   $ 291,080   $ 1,796   $ (83,969 ) $ (33,226 ) $ 176,061  

Net loss

                           
(13,543

)
       
(13,543

)

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                      618                 618  

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost of $503

    54           54,443                       54,497  

Issuance of management incentive shares

    3     3     474                       480  

Forfeiture of management incentive shares

          (1 )   1                        

Stock-based compensation expense

                1,926                       1,926  

Treasury stock acquired

                                  (916 )   (916 )
                               

Balance at December 31, 2012

  $ 348   $ 91   $ 347,924   $ 2,414   $ (97,512 ) $ (34,142 ) $ 219,123  
                               

Net income

                            30,777           30,777  

Other comprehensive income (loss)

                      (4,053 )               (4,053 )

Issuance of common stock, net of issuance cost of $1,143

    123           123,729                       123,852  

Issuance of management incentive shares

    3     2     609                       614  

Forfeiture of management incentive shares

          (1 )   1                        

Stock-based compensation expense

                1,115                       1,115  

Treasury stock acquired

                                  (194 )   (194 )
                               

Balance at June 30, 2013

  $ 474   $ 92   $ 473,378   $ (1,639 ) $ (66,735 ) $ (34,336 ) $ 371,234  
                               

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-35


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 
  Six months ended
June 30,
 
(In thousands)
 
2013
 
2012
 

Operating Activities

             

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 )

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

             

Gains on the sale of investments, net

    (93 )   (104 )

Depreciation and amortization

    1,105     8,005  

Amortization of discount on payments due under Asset Purchase Agreement

    59     71  

Stock-based compensation expense

    1,115     894  

Amortization of premium on investment securities

    1,388     760  

Change in:

             

Accrued investment income

    (547 )   (92 )

Accounts receivable

    (5,599 )   (1,038 )

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    (1,877 )   (502 )

Net deferred tax asset

    (12,194 )    

Other assets

    2,660     (24 )

Reserve for losses and LAE

    1,049     645  

Unearned premium reserve

    29,551     9,216  

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

    405     (1,937 )
           

Net cash provided by operating activities

    47,799     3,372  
           

Investing Activities

             

Purchase of investments available for sale

    (89,386 )   (39,532 )

Proceeds from maturity of investments available for sale

    8,000     4,900  

Proceeds from sales of investments available for sale

    20,349     34,608  

Purchases of property and equipment, net

    (1,069 )   (905 )
           

Net cash used in investing activities

    (62,106 )   (929 )
           

Financing Activities

             

Issuance of common stock

    123,852     4,954  

Treasury stock acquired

    (194 )   (383 )

Payments under Asset Purchase Agreement

    (2,500 )   (2,500 )

Investor fee payment

        (1,677 )
           

Net cash provided by financing activities

    121,158     394  
           

Net increase in cash

    106,851     2,837  

Cash at beginning of period

    22,315     18,501  
           

Cash at end of period

  $ 129,166   $ 21,338  
           

Noncash Transactions

             

Issuance of management incentive shares (see note 7)

  $ 614   $ 480  

   

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.

F-36


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

          In these notes to consolidated financial statements, "Essent Group", "we", "us", and "our" refer to Essent Group Ltd. and its subsidiaries, unless the context otherwise requires.

Note 1. Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

          Essent Group Ltd. is a Bermuda-based holding company, which, through its wholly-owned subsidiaries, offers private mortgage insurance and reinsurance for mortgages secured by residential properties located in the United States. Mortgage insurance facilitates the sale of low-down payment (generally less than 20%) mortgage loans into the secondary mortgage market, primarily to the government sponsored enterprises ("GSEs"), Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Our primary mortgage operations are conducted through Essent Guaranty, which is approved as a qualified mortgage insurer by the GSEs and is licensed to write mortgage insurance in all 50 states and the District of Columbia.

          We have prepared the condensed consolidated financial statements included herein pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"). We have condensed or omitted certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in consolidated financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") pursuant to such rules and regulations. In the opinion of management, the statements include all adjustments (which include normal recurring adjustments) required for a fair statement of financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the interim periods presented. These statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto, including note 1 and note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included therein which discloses the principles of consolidation and a summary of significant accounting policies. The results of operations for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year. We evaluated the need to recognize or disclose events that occurred subsequent to June 30, 2013 prior to the issuance of these condensed consolidated financial statements.

Note 2. Equity Funding

          As of January 1, 2012, $258,343 had been contributed by the investors to Essent Group in return for approximately 25.5 million Class A Common Shares. In 2012, investors made additional capital contributions to Essent Group totaling $55,000 in return for approximately 5.4 million Class A shares. In 2013, investors made additional capital contributions to Essent Group totaling $124,995 in return for approximately 12.3 million Class A shares.

          Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc. ("Macquarie") is due a fee equal to 1% of the gross proceeds from the sale of Class A Common Shares (not to exceed $5,190) issued to shareholders who were party to the Subscription Agreement at the Initial Closing for services rendered in connection with the equity funding for Essent Group. As of June 30, 2013, a total fee of $4,010 was earned to date by Macquarie and charged to additional paid-in capital, of which $686 was payable.

F-37


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 3. Investments Available for Sale

          Investments available for sale consist of the following:

June 30, 2013
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities

  $ 67,895   $ 1,325   $ (535 ) $ 68,685  

US agency securities

    19,272     99         19,371  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    25,293     156     (608 )   24,841  

Municipal debt securities(1)

    37,374         (971 )   36,403  

Corporate debt securities

    115,243     206     (1,718 )   113,731  

Mortgage-backed securities

    13,456         (466 )   12,990  

Asset-backed securities

    19,696     31     (41 )   19,686  

Money market funds

    2,098             2,098  
                   

Total investments available for sale

  $ 300,327   $ 1,817   $ (4,339 ) $ 297,805  
                   

 

December 31, 2012
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Unrealized
Gains
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities

  $ 77,114   $ 2,392   $ (18 ) $ 79,488  

US agency securities

    19,424     169         19,593  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    28,812     871     (43 )   29,640  

Municipal debt securities

    37,872     18     (236 )   37,654  

Corporate debt securities

    62,869     627     (97 )   63,399  

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,641         (49 )   5,592  

Asset-backed securities

    8,871     80         8,951  

Money market funds

    3,097             3,097  
                   

Total investments available for sale

  $ 243,700   $ 4,157   $ (443 ) $ 247,414  
                   

(1)
All municipal securities are general obligation bonds.

          The amortized cost and fair values of available for sale securities at June 30, 2013, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or

F-38


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 3. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

prepayment penalties. Because most mortgage-backed securities and asset-backed securities provide for periodic payments throughout their lives, they are listed below in separate categories.

 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 

US Treasury securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 11,781   $ 11,855  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    30,949     31,647  

Due after 5 years

    25,165     25,183  
           

Subtotal

    67,895     68,685  
           

US agency securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 11,099   $ 11,135  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    8,173     8,236  
           

Subtotal

    19,272     19,371  
           

Municipal debt securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $   $  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    14,317     13,984  

Due after 5 years

    23,057     22,419  
           

Subtotal

    37,374     36,403  
           

Corporate debt securities:

             

Due in 1 year

  $ 7,247   $ 7,273  

Due after 1 but within 5 years

    95,592     94,385  

Due after 5 years

    12,404     12,073  
           

Subtotal

    115,243     113,731  
           

US agency mortgage-backed securities

  $ 25,293   $ 24,841  
           

Mortgage-backed securities

  $ 13,456   $ 12,990  
           

Asset-backed securities

  $ 19,696   $ 19,686  
           

Money market funds

  $ 2,098   $ 2,098  
           

Total investments available for sale

  $ 300,327   $ 297,805  
           

          Essent Group realized gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale during the six months ended June 30, 2013 of $93 and gross losses of $0. Essent Group realized gross gains on the sale of investments available for sale during the six months ended June 30, 2012 of $106 and gross losses of $2.

F-39


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 3. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

          The fair value of investments in an unrealized loss position and the related unrealized losses were as follows:

 
  Less than
12 months
  12 months or
more
  Total  
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

At June 30, 2013

                                     

US Treasury securities

  $ 16,366   $ (535 )         $ 16,366   $ (535 )

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    12,833     (608 )           12,833     (608 )

Municipal debt securities

    36,403     (971 )           36,403     (971 )

Corporate debt securities

    85,222     (1,703 )   1,016     (15 )   86,238     (1,718 )

Mortgage-backed securities

    12,990     (466 )           12,990     (466 )

Asset-backed securities

    12,479     (41 )           12,479     (41 )
                           

Total

  $ 176,293   $ (4,324 ) $ 1,016   $ (15 ) $ 177,309   $ (4,339 )
                           

 

 
  Less than
12 months
  12 months or
more
  Total  
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 

At December 31, 2012

                                     

US Treasury securities

  $ 4,948   $ (18 ) $   $   $ 4,948   $ (18 )

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    4,113     (33 )   1,284     (10 )   5,397     (43 )

Municipal debt securities

    26,006     (236 )           26,006     (236 )

Corporate debt securities

    12,990     (88 )   1,502     (9 )   14,492     (97 )

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,592     (49 )           5,592     (49 )
                           

Total

  $ 53,649   $ (424 ) $ 2,786   $ (19 ) $ 56,435   $ (443 )
                           

          The decline in fair values of these investment securities is principally associated with the changes in the interest rate environment subsequent to their purchase. Each issuer is current on its scheduled interest and principal payments. We assess our intent to sell these securities and whether we will be required to sell these securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis when determining whether an impairment is other than temporary. There were no other-than-temporary impairments of investments in the six months ended June 30, 2013 or the year ended December 31, 2012.

          The fair value of investments deposited with insurance regulatory authorities to meet statutory requirements was $8,483 at June 30, 2013 and $8,243 at December 31, 2012.

F-40


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 3. Investments Available for Sale (Continued)

          Net investment income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 consisted of:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Fixed maturities

  $ 2,024   $ 1,163  

Short-term investments

    4     10  
           

Gross investment income

    2,028     1,173  

Investment expenses

    (284 )   (175 )
           

Net investment income

  $ 1,744   $ 998  
           

Note 4. Accounts Receivable

          Accounts receivable consist of the following:

 
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 

Premiums receivable

  $ 6,808   $ 4,271  

Receivable for securities

    3,117     2  

Other receivables

    568     621  
           

Total accounts receivable

    10,493     4,894  

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

         
           

Accounts receivable, net

  $ 10,493   $ 4,894  
           

          Premiums receivable consist of premiums due on our mortgage insurance policies. If mortgage insurance premiums are unpaid for more than 90 days, the receivable is written off against earned premium and the related insurance policy is cancelled. For all periods presented, Essent Group did not record a provision or an allowance for doubtful accounts.

F-41


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 5. Reserve for Losses and Loss Adjustment Expenses

          The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending reserve balances for losses and loss adjustment expenses ("LAE") for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

  $ 1,499   $ 57  

Less: Reinsurance recoverable

         
           

Net reserve for losses and LAE at beginning of year

    1,499     57  

Add provision for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, occurring in:

             

Current period

    1,435     703  

Prior periods

    (125 )   (57 )
           

Net incurred losses during the current period

    1,310     646  
           

Deduct payments for losses and LAE, net of reinsurance, occurring in:

             

Current period

    4     1  

Prior periods

    257      
           

Net loss and LAE payments during the current period

    261     1  
           

Net reserve for losses and LAE at end of period

    2,548     702  

Plus: Reinsurance recoverable

         
           

Reserve for losses and LAE at end of period

  $ 2,548   $ 702  
           

          For the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, $257 and $0, respectively, was paid for incurred claims and claim adjustment expenses attributable to insured events of prior years. There has been a $125 favorable prior-year development during the six months ended June 30, 2013. Reserves remaining as of June 30, 2013 for prior years are $1,117 as a result of re-estimation of unpaid losses and loss adjustment expenses. The decrease is generally the result of a re-estimation of amounts ultimately to be paid on prior year defaults in the default inventory. Original estimates are increased or decreased as additional information becomes known regarding individual claims.

Note 6. Commitments and Contingencies

Obligations under Guarantees

          Under the terms of CUW Solutions' contract underwriting agreements with lenders and subject to contractual limitations on liability, we agreed to indemnify the lender against losses incurred in the event that we make an error in determining whether loans processed meet specified underwriting criteria, to the extent that such error materially restricts or impairs the salability of such loan, results in a material reduction in the value of such loan or results in the lender repurchasing the loan. The indemnification may be in the form of monetary or other remedies. As of June 30, 2013, less than $1 has been paid for remedies and management believes any indemnifications related to contract underwriting services through June 30, 2013 are not material to our consolidated financial position or results of operations.

F-42


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 7. Stock-Based Compensation

          On February 6, 2009, Essent Group adopted the 2009 Restricted Share Plan (the "Plan"). Under the Plan, an aggregate maximum of 9,269,663 shares of Class B-2 Common Shares may be issued to employees. There were 43,498 Class B-2 Common Shares available for future grant at June 30, 2013.

          Under the Plan, certain members of management were granted nonvested Class B-2 Common Shares upon their employment. The shares vest based on a formula that considers the amount of capital funded under the Amended Subscription Agreement and the period of employment of the respective employee. One-third of Class B-2 shares vest on the third, fourth and fifth anniversary of the employee's date of hire multiplied by the "Investment Percentage." The Investment Percentage is defined as the percentage equal to (i) the aggregate amount of equity capital actually invested in Essent Group pursuant to the Amended Subscription Agreement as of any applicable vesting date, divided by (ii) $750,000. The vesting period starts upon the respective employee's date of hire.

          The following table summarizes nonvested Class B-2 Share activity for the six months ended June 30:

 
  2013   2012  
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    8,191,522   $ 0.07     8,959,129   $ 0.07  

Granted

    143,680     1.20     134,410     0.16  

Vested

    (1,703,362 )   0.06     (697,071 )   0.06  

Forfeited

    (75,942 )   0.11     (46,438 )   0.08  
                       

Outstanding at end of period

    6,555,898     0.10     8,350,030     0.07  
                       

          Under the terms of certain employment contracts and other agreements, a portion of certain employees' annual incentive bonus will be paid in Class A Common Shares which will vest over periods of up to 3 years.

F-43


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 7. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The following table summarizes nonvested Class A Share activity for the six months ended June 30:

 
  2013   2012  
 
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 
Number of
Shares
 
Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
 

Outstanding at beginning of year

    199,020   $ 10.08     257,313   $ 10.00  

Granted

    238,695     10.92     215,062     10.11  

Vested

            (87,773 )   10.00  

Forfeited

    (5,139 )   10.64     (2,242 )   10.00  
                       

Outstanding at end of period

    432,576   $ 10.54     382,360   $ 10.06  
                       

          In addition to the nonvested share activity above, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors approved the issuance of Class A Common Shares, which vested upon issuance of 57,349 in 2013 and 47,500 in 2012. The estimated fair market value for each of the Class A Common Shares issued at the date of grant was $10.92 in 2013 and $10.11 in 2012.

          Independent appraisals were obtained in connection with the valuation of Class A and Class B-2 Shares under the Plan. The total fair value of nonvested shares that vested was $2,044 and $1,011 for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. As of June 30, 2013, there was $3,447 of total unrecognized compensation expense related to outstanding nonvested shares and we expect to recognize the expense over a weighted average period of 2.0 years.

          Employees have the option to tender shares to Essent Group to pay the minimum employee statutory withholding taxes associated with shares upon vesting. Class A Shares tendered by employees to pay employee withholding taxes totaled 17,644 and 37,880 in the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Class B-2 Shares tendered by employees to pay employee withholding taxes totaled 1,574 in the six months ended June 30, 2013. There were no Class B-2 Shares tendered in the six months ended June 30, 2012. The tendered shares are recorded at cost and included in treasury stock.

          Compensation expense, net of forfeitures, and related tax effects recognized in connection with nonvested shares were as follows for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Compensation expense

  $ 1,115   $ 894  

Income tax benefit

    390     313  

F-44


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 8. Income Taxes

          Income tax expense (benefit) consisted of the following components for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Current

  $   $  

Deferred

    (10,011 )   (307 )
           

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (10,011 ) $ (307 )
           

          Income tax expense (benefit) is different from that which would be obtained by applying the applicable statutory income tax rates to income before income taxes by jurisdiction. The reconciliation of the difference between income tax expense (benefit) and the tax provision (benefit) calculated at statutory rates is as follows for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Tax provision (benefit) at statutory rates

  $ 7,600   $ (4,287 )

Non-deductible expenses

    110     87  

Tax-exempt interest, net

    (206 )    

Change in valuation allowance

    (17,489 )   3,893  

Other

    (26 )    
           

Total income tax expense (benefit)

  $ (10,011 ) $ (307 )
           

          We provide deferred taxes to reflect the estimated future tax effects of the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax laws.

          The net deferred tax asset is comprised of the following:

 
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 

Deferred tax assets

  $ 25,071   $ 31,162  

Deferred tax liabilities

    (1,480 )   (2,276 )
           

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

    23,591     28,886  

Valuation allowance

    (11,397 )   (28,886 )
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 12,194   $  
           

F-45


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 8. Income Taxes (Continued)

          The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

 
 
June 30,
2013
 
December 31,
2012
 

Fixed assets

  $ 8,081   $ 8,631  

Unearned premium reserve

    7,415     4,214  

Start-up expenditures, net

    5,291     5,519  

Net operating loss carryforward

    3,136     12,742  

Deferred policy acquisition costs

    (1,428 )   (771 )

Unrealized loss (gain) on investments

    883     (1,300 )

Nonvested shares

    170     (125 )

Prepaid expenses

    (52 )   (47 )

Loss reserves

    36     21  

Organizational expenditures

    33     35  

Accrued expenses

    26     (33 )
           

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance

    23,591     28,886  

Valuation allowance

    (11,397 )   (28,886 )
           

Net deferred tax asset

  $ 12,194   $  
           

          In evaluating our ability to realize the benefit of our deferred tax assets, we consider the relevant impact of all available positive and negative evidence including our past operating results and our forecasts of future taxable income. Through December 31, 2012, Essent had generated a cumulative net operating loss from inception through each annual reporting period. ASC No. 740 states that forming a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed is difficult when there is negative evidence such as cumulative losses in recent years. Accordingly, we concluded that a valuation allowance of $28,886 was required at December 31, 2012. Based on actual results through June 30, 2013 as well as forecasted full year 2013 results, management anticipates that Essent will be in a cumulative GAAP net income position for the most recent three year period and expects that Essent will utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and will be in a cumulative net taxable income position since inception. At June 30, 2013, after weighing all the evidence, management concluded that it is more likely than not that our deferred tax assets will be realized. As a result, we have released the valuation allowance on our deferred tax assets as of June 30, 2013, except for amounts that will be reversed as an income tax benefit throughout the remaining quarters of 2013, and recognized a deferred tax benefit of $10,011 in the six months ended June 30, 2013.

F-46


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 9. Earnings (Loss) per Share (EPS)

          The following table reconciles the net income (loss) and the weighted average common shares outstanding used in the computations of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per common share for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 )

Less: Class A dividends declared

         

Less: Class B-2 dividends declared

         
           

Undistributed net income (loss)

  $ 30,777   $ (12,522 )
           

Net income (loss) allocable to Class A

 
$

30,777
 
$

(12,521

)

Net income (loss) allocable to Class B-2

        (2 )

Basic earnings (loss) per share:

             

Class A

  $ 0.90   $ (0.48 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )

Diluted earnings (loss) per share:

             

Class A

  $ 0.89   $ (0.48 )

Class B-2

        (0.01 )

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Class A

    34,313     25,923  

Class B-2

    1,577     285  

Dilutive effect of nonvested shares:

             

Class A

    146      

Class B-2

    4,972      

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding:

             

Class A

    34,459     25,923  

Class B-2

    6,549     285  

Antidilutive shares:

             

Nonvested Class A shares

        306  

Nonvested Class B-2 shares

        8,718  

          Class A common shares are entitled to receive cumulative compounding dividends prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the Class B-2 common shares. In periods of income, the undistributed net income has been allocated to the Class A common shares to satisfy this requirement. In periods of loss, the undistributed net loss has been allocated pro rata to the Class A and Class B-2 shares in proportion to their percentage of vested equity capital.

F-47


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

          The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of our financial instruments were as follows:

June 30, 2013
 
Carrying
Amount
 
Fair Value
 

Financial Assets:

             

US Treasury securities

  $ 68,685   $ 68,685  

US agency securities

    19,371     19,371  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    24,841     24,841  

Municipal debt securities

    36,403     36,403  

Corporate debt securities

    113,731     113,731  

Mortgage-backed securities

    12,990     12,990  

Asset-backed securities

    19,686     19,686  

Money market funds

    2,098     2,098  
           

Total investments

  $ 297,805   $ 297,805  
           

Financial Liabilities:

             

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

  $ 7,400   $ 7,477  

 

December 31, 2012
  Carrying
Amount
  Fair Value  

Financial Assets:

             

US Treasury securities

  $ 79,488   $ 79,488  

US agency securities

    19,593     19,593  

US agency mortgage-backed securities

    29,640     29,640  

Municipal debt securities

    37,654     37,654  

Corporate debt securities

    63,399     63,399  

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,592     5,592  

Asset backed securities

    8,951     8,951  

Money market funds

    3,097     3,097  
           

Total investments

  $ 247,414   $ 247,414  
           

Financial Liabilities:

             

Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement

  $ 9,841   $ 9,975  

Fair Value Hierarchy

          ASC No. 820 specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the inputs to those valuation techniques are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. The level within the fair value hierarchy to measure the financial instrument shall be determined based

F-48


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels of the fair-value hierarchy are as follows:

    Level 1 — Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets accessible at the measurement date.

    Level 2 — Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and valuations in which all significant inputs are observable in active markets. Inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

    Level 3 — Valuations derived from one or more significant inputs that are unobservable.

Determination of Fair Value

          When available, we generally use quoted market prices to determine fair value and classify the financial instrument in Level 1. In cases where quoted market prices for similar financial instruments are available, we utilize these inputs for valuation techniques and classify the financial instrument in Level 2. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using discounted cash flows, present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rates and estimates of future cash flows and we classify the financial instrument in Level 3. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument. No financial instruments were classified as Level 3 at June 30, 2013 or December 31, 2012.

          We used the following methods and assumptions in estimating fair values of financial instruments:

    Investments available for sale — Investments available for sale are valued using quoted market prices in active markets, when available, and those investments are classified as Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Level 1 investments available for sale include investments such as US Treasury securities, US agency securities, US agency mortgage-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities and money market funds. Investments available for sale are classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy if quoted market prices are not available and fair values are estimated using quoted prices of similar securities or recently executed transactions for the securities. Municipal securities, corporate debt securities and asset-backed securities are classified as Level 2 investments.

      We use independent pricing sources to determine the fair value of securities available-for-sale in Level 1 and Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. We use one primary pricing service to provide individual security pricing based on observable market data and receive one quote per security. To ensure securities are appropriately classified in the fair value hierarchy, we review the pricing techniques and methodologies of the independent pricing source and believe that their policies adequately consider market activity, either based on specific transactions for the issue valued or based on modeling of securities with similar credit quality, duration, yield and structure that were recently traded. We review the reasonableness of prices received from our primary pricing service by comparison to prices

F-49


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 10. Fair Value of Financial Instruments (Continued)

      obtained from additional pricing sources. We have not made any adjustments to the prices obtained from our primary pricing service.

    Amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement — The fair value of amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses based on current risk-free interest rates of securities with similar maturities. The fair value estimates of amounts due under Asset Purchase Agreement are classified as Level 2 since quoted market prices are not available, but observable inputs are used in the valuation.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value

          All assets measured at fair value at June 30, 2013 are categorized in the table below based upon the lowest level of significant input to the valuations. All fair value measurements at the reporting date were on a recurring basis. We had no liabilities measured at fair value at June 30, 2013.                          

 
 
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for
Identical
Instruments
(Level 1)
 
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Total
 

Recurring fair value measurements

                         

US Treasury securities

  $ 68,685   $   $   $ 68,685  

US agency securities

    19,371             19,371  

US agency mortgage-backed securities          

    24,841             24,841  

Municipal debt securities

        36,403         36,403  

Corporate debt securities

        113,731         113,731  

Mortgage-backed securities

    12,990             12,990  

Asset backed securities

        19,686         19,686  

Money market funds

    2,098             2,098  
                   

Total recurring fair value measurements

  $ 127,985   $ 169,820   $   $ 297,805  
                   

Note 11. Statutory Accounting

          Our domestic insurance subsidiaries prepare statutory-basis financial statements in accordance with the accounting practices prescribed or permitted by their respective state's department of insurance, which is a comprehensive basis of accounting other than GAAP. We did not use any prescribed or permitted statutory accounting practices (individually or in the aggregate) that resulted in reported statutory surplus or capital that was significantly different from the statutory surplus or capital that would have been reported had National Association of Insurance Commissioners' statutory accounting practices been followed. The following table presents Essent

F-50


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited) (Continued)

($ in thousands except per share amounts, unless otherwise noted)

Note 11. Statutory Accounting (Continued)

Guaranty's and Essent PA's statutory net income or loss, statutory surplus and contingency reserve liability as of and for the six months ended June 30:

 
 
2013
 
2012
 

Essent Guaranty

             

Statutory net income (loss)

  $ 17,403   $ (13,284 )

Statutory surplus

    283,066     134,489  

Contingency reserve liability

    45,797     10,230  

Essent PA

             

Statutory net income

  $ 1,319   $ 292  

Statutory surplus

    22,790     4,481  

Contingency reserve liability

    3,669     723  

          At June 30, 2013 and 2012, the statutory capital of our insurance subsidiaries, which is defined as the total of statutory surplus and contingency reserves, was well in excess of the statutory capital necessary to satisfy the insurance subsidiaries' regulatory requirements.

          Statement of Statutory Accounting Principles No. 58, Mortgage Guaranty Insurance, requires mortgage insurers to establish a special contingency reserve for statutory accounting purposes included in total liabilities equal to 50% of earned premium for that year. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, Essent Guaranty increased its contingency reserve by $22,484 and Essent PA increased its contingency reserve by $1,889. This reserve is required to be maintained for a period of 120 months to protect against the effects of adverse economic cycles. After 120 months, the reserve is released to unassigned funds. In the event an insurer's loss ratio in any calendar year exceeds 35%, however, the insurer may, after regulatory approval, release from its contingency reserves an amount equal to the excess portion of such losses. Essent Guaranty and Essent PA did not release any amounts from their contingency reserves in the six months ended June 30, 2013 or 2012.

Note 12. Subsequent Events

          The date through which subsequent events have been evaluated and the date the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued was July 29, 2013.

F-51


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Schedule I — Summary of Investments — Other Than Investments in Related Parties

December 31, 2012

Type of Investment
(in thousands)
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
Amount at which
shown in the
Balance Sheet
 

Fixed maturities:

                   

Bonds:

                   

United States Government and government agencies and authorities

  $ 125,350   $ 128,721   $ 128,721  

States, municipalities and political subdivisions

    37,872     37,654     37,654  

Public utilities

             

Mortgage-backed securities

    5,641     5,592     5,592  

Asset-backed securities

    8,871     8,951     8,951  

All other corporate bonds

    62,869     63,399     63,399  

Certificates of Deposit

             
               

Total fixed maturities

    240,603     244,317     244,317  
               

Short-term investments

    3,097     3,097     3,097  
               

Total investments

  $ 243,700   $ 247,414   $ 247,414  
               

F-52


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Balance Sheets

Parent Company Only

 
  December 31,  
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 

Assets

             

Short-term investments

  $ 3,001   $ 1,000  

Cash

    1,034     3,497  

Due from affiliates

    16     155  

Investment in consolidated subsidiaries

    215,861     173,592  

Other assets

    23     6  
           

Total assets

  $ 219,935   $ 178,250  
           

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

             

Liabilities

             

Due to affiliates

  $ 227   $  

Other accrued liabilities

    585     2,189  
           

Total liabilities

    812     2,189  
           

Commitments and contingencies

             

Stockholders' Equity

             

Class A common shares

    348     291  

Class B-2 common shares

    91     89  

Additional paid-in capital

    347,924     291,080  

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

    2,414     1,796  

Accumulated deficit

    (97,512 )   (83,969 )

Treasury stock

    (34,142 )   (33,226 )
           

Total stockholders' equity

    219,123     176,061  
           

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

  $ 219,935   $ 178,250  
           

   

See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed
financial information and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

F-53


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Parent Company Only

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Revenues :

                   

Investment income

  $ 3   $ 1   $  
               

Total revenues

    3     1      
               

Expenses :

                   

Administrative service fees to subsidiaries

    46     39     219  

Other operating expenses

    250     215     547  
               

Total expenses

    296     254     766  

Loss before income taxes and equity in undistributed net income in subsidiaries

    (293 )   (253 )   (766 )

Income tax expense (benefit)

             
               

Income before equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries

    (293 )   (253 )   (766 )

Equity in undistributed net loss of subsidiaries

    (13,250 )   (33,302 )   (26,808 )
               

Net loss

    (13,543 )   (33,555 )   (27,574 )

Other comprehensive income (loss):

                   

Unrealized appreciation of investments, net of tax expense of $333 in 2012, $895 in 2011 and $78 in 2010

    618     1,662     146  
               

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

    618     1,662     146  
               

Comprehensive income (loss)

  $ (12,925 ) $ (31,893 ) $ (27,428 )
               

   

See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed
financial information and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

F-54


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Condensed Statements of Cash Flows

Parent Company Only

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
(In thousands)
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 

Operating Activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (13,543 ) $ (33,555 ) $ (27,574 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

                   

Equity in net income of subsidiaries

   
13,250
   
33,302
   
26,808
 

Changes in assets and liabilities:

                   

Other assets

    121     (64 )   170  

Other accrued liabilities

    2,373     619     (2,234 )
               

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

    2,201     302     (2,830 )
               

Investing Activities

                   

Investments in subsidiaries

    (54,567 )   (22,405 )   (12,892 )

Purchase of short-term investments available for sale

    (2,001 )   (1,000 )    
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (56,568 )   (23,405 )   (12,892 )
               

Financing Activities

                   

Issuance of common stock

    54,497     24,774     44,098  

Treasury stock acquired

    (916 )   (312 )   (32,914 )

Investor fee payment

    (1,677 )   (1,572 )   78  

Payment of dividends

            (1,771 )
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    51,904     22,890     9,491  
               

Net decrease in cash

    (2,463 )   (213 )   (6,231 )

Cash at beginning of period

    3,497     3,710     9,941  
               

Cash at end of period

  $ 1,034   $ 3,497   $ 3,710  
               

   

See accompanying supplementary notes to Parent Company condensed
financial information and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto.

F-55


Table of Contents


Essent Group Ltd. and Subsidiaries

Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant

Parent Company Only

Supplementary Notes

Note A

          The accompanying Parent Company financial statements should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements. These financial statements have been prepared on the same basis and using the same accounting policies as described in the consolidated financial statements included herein, except that the Parent Company uses the equity-method of accounting for its majority owned subsidiaries.

Note B

          Under the insurance laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, the insurance subsidiaries may pay dividends during any 12-month period in an amount equal to the greater of (i) 10 percent of the preceding year-end statutory policyholders' surplus or (ii) the preceding year's statutory net income. The Pennsylvania statute also requires that dividends and other distributions be paid out of positive unassigned surplus without prior approval. The insurance subsidiaries currently have negative unassigned surplus and therefore, would require prior approval by the Pennsylvania Insurance Commissioner to make any dividend payment or other distributions in 2013.

          During the three years ending December 31, 2012, the Parent Company did not receive any dividends from its subsidiaries.

F-56


Table of Contents

Shares

LOGO

Common Shares


PROSPECTUS



Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

J.P. Morgan
Credit Suisse

 

Barclays

Dowling & Partners Securities, LLC   Keefe, Bruyette & Woods,
                         A Stifel Company
  Macquarie Capital

                                        , 2013

          Until                                         , 2013 (25 days after the commencement of this offering), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This requirement is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

   


Table of Contents


PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discount, payable by our Company in connection with the sale of common shares being registered. All amounts are estimates except the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fees.

SEC registration fee

  $    

FINRA filing fee

  $    

NYSE listing fee

  $    

Printing and engraving expenses

  $    

Legal fees and expenses

  $    

Accounting fees and expenses

  $    

Blue Sky fees and expenses (including legal fees)

  $    

Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses

  $    

Miscellaneous

  $    
       

Total

  $    
       

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          Section 98 of the Companies Act provides generally that a Bermuda company may indemnify its directors, officers and auditors against any liability which by virtue of any rule of law would otherwise be imposed on them in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, except in cases where such liability arises from fraud or dishonesty of which such director, officer or auditor may be guilty in relation to the company. Section 98 further provides that a Bermuda company may in its bye-laws or in any contract or arrangement between the company and any officer, or any person employed by the company as auditor, exempt such officer or person from, or indemnify him in respect of , any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the officer or person may be guilty in relation to the company or any subsidiary thereof.

          We have adopted provisions in our bye-laws that provide that we shall indemnify our officers and directors in respect of their actions and omissions, except in respect of their fraud or dishonesty. Our bye-laws provide that the shareholders waive all claims or rights of action that they might have, individually or in right of the company, against any of the company's directors or officers for any act or failure to act in the performance of such director's or officer's duties, except in respect of any fraud or dishonesty of such director or officer. Section 98A of the Companies Act permits us to purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any officer or director in respect of any loss or liability attaching to him in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust, whether or not we may otherwise indemnify such officer or director.

          Insurance.     We maintain directors' and officers' liability insurance, which covers directors and officers of our Company against certain claims or liabilities arising out of the performance of their duties.

          Indemnification Agreements.     We intend to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors and officers. These agreements will provide for indemnification of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Bermuda law against all expenses, including attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any such person in actions or proceedings, including actions by us or in our right, arising out of such person's services as our director or officer, any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provided services at our Company's request.

II-1


Table of Contents

          Underwriting Agreement.     Our underwriting agreement with the underwriters will provide for the indemnification of the directors and officers of our Company against specified liabilities related to this prospectus under the Securities Act in certain circumstances.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          We have issued unregistered securities in a number of transactions detailed below. The transactions were exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act in reliance on Section 4(2) thereof, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (including Regulation D and Rule 506), or Rule 701, as transactions pursuant to compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation. None of the transactions involved any underwriters, underwriting discounts or commissions, or any public offering. Recipients of securities, issued by us in reliance on Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, were accredited or sophisticated and either received adequate information about the registrant or had access, through their relationships with us, to such information.

          1.      From November 1, 2010 through May 31, 2013, we granted to our officers and employees an aggregate of 1,585,113 of our Class B-2 common shares pursuant to the Company's 2009 Restricted Share Plan, which such shares vest pursuant to the terms thereof.

          2.      From March 8, 2011 through March 25, 2013, we granted to our officers and employees and a director of a subsidiary of the Company, an aggregate of 775,154 of our Class A common shares under the Company's Annual Bonus Program, which vest pursuant to the terms thereof, unless otherwise provided in an agreement between the holder and the Company.

          3.      From December 6, 2010 through June 24, 2013, we sold and issued to 43 accredited investors an aggregate of 21,150,484 shares of our Class A common shares at purchase prices from $10.00 to $12.00 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $214,495,020.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

          (a)     Exhibits:    The list of exhibits is set forth under "Exhibit Index" at the end of this registration statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

          (b)     Financial Statement Schedules:    All schedules have been omitted since the required information is included in the consolidated financial statements and the notes thereto, information therein is not applicable or the omitted schedules are not required.

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification

II-2


Table of Contents

by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-3


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, Essent Group Ltd. has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in Radnor, Pennsylvania, on this    th day of September, 2013.

    ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ MARK A. CASALE

        Name:   Mark A. Casale
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MARK A. CASALE

Mark A. Casale
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director   September 16, 2013

/s/ LAWRENCE E. MCALEE

Lawrence E. McAlee

 

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

 

September 16, 2013

/s/ DAVID WEINSTOCK

David Weinstock

 

Chief Accounting Officer

 

September 16, 2013

*

Aditya Dutt

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013

*

William Spiegel

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013

*

Robert Glanville

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013

*

Vipul Tandon

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013

*

Allan Levine

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013

*

Andrew Turnbull

 

Director

 

September 16, 2013


*By:


 


/s/ LAWRENCE E. MCALEE

Lawrence E. McAlee, Attorney-in-Fact


 


 


 


 

II-4


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
No.
 
Description
  1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement

 

3.1

 

Memorandum of Association

 

3.2

 

Certificate of Deposit of Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital

 

3.3

 

Form of Amended and Restated Bye-laws

 

4.1

*

Form of Common Share Certificate

 

4.2

 

Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2009, among Essent Group Ltd. and the shareholders party thereto

 

4.3

 

Amendment No. 1 to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2010, among Essent Group Ltd. and the shareholders party thereto

 

4.4

 

Amendment No. 2 to Shareholders Agreement, effective as of June 24, 2013, among Essent Group Ltd. and the shareholders party thereto

 

4.5

*

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, among Essent Group Ltd. and the shareholders party thereto

 

4.6

*

Form of Shareholders Agreement by and among Essent Group Ltd. and Essent Intermediate, L.P. and Pine Brook Essent Co-Invest, L.P.

 

5.1

*

Opinion of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited

 

10.1

 

Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of March 25, 2010, among Essent Group Ltd. and the investors party thereto

 

10.2

 

Fee Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2009, among Essent Group Ltd. and the Investors party thereto

 

10.3

 

Amendment and Waiver to Fee Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2012, among Essent Group Ltd. and the Investors party thereto

 

10.4

 

Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 7, 2009, between Essent Guaranty, Inc. and Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation

 

10.5

*

Amended and Restated 2009 Restricted Share Plan

 

10.6

*

Form of Class B-2 Restricted Share Award Agreement

 

10.7

*

Fiscal Year 2013 Annual Leadership Bonus Program

 

10.8

*

Fiscal Year 2012 Annual Leadership Bonus Program

 

10.9

*

Form of Class A Restricted Share Bonus Award Agreement

 

10.10

*

2013 Long-Term Incentive Plan

 

10.11

*

Form of Time-Based Restricted Share Agreement

 

10.12

*

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Share Agreement

 

10.13

*

Annual Incentive Plan

 

10.14

*

Employment Agreement by and between Essent US Holdings, Inc. and Mark Casale

II-5


Table of Contents

Exhibit
No.
 
Description
  10.15 * Employment Agreement by and between Essent US Holdings, Inc. and Adolfo Marzol

 

10.16

*

Employment Agreement by and between Essent US Holdings, Inc. and Vijay Bhasin

 

10.17

 

Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement

 

21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

23.1

*

Consent of Conyers Dill & Pearman Limited (included in Exhibit 5.1)

 

23.2

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney

 

99.1

 

Form F-N

 

99.2

 

Consent of Roy J. Kasmar

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-6




Exhibit 3.1

 

FORM NO. 2

 

 

BERMUDA
THE COMPANIES ACT 1981
MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION OF
COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES
(Section 7(1) and (2))

 

MEMORANDUM OF ASSOCIATION
OF

 

Essent Group Ltd.
(hereinafter referred to as “the Company”)

 

1.                                       The liability of the members of the Company is limited to the amount (if any) for the time being unpaid on the shares respectively held by them.

 

2.                                       We, the undersigned. namely,

 

NAME

 

ADDRESS

 

BERMUDIAN
STATUS
(Yes/No)

 

NATIONALITY

 

NUMBER OF
SHARES
SUBSCRIBED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Charles G. Collis

 

Clarendon House
2 Church Street
Hamilton HM 11
Bermuda

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christopher G. Garrod

 

 

Yes

 

British

 

One

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alison R. Guilfoyle

 

 

No

 

British

 

One

 



 

do hereby respectively agree to take such number of shares of the Company as may be allotted to us respectively by the provisional directors of the Company, not exceeding the number of shares for which we have respectively subscribed, and to satisfy such calls as may be made by the directors, provisional directors or promoters of the Company in respect of the shares allotted to us respectively.

 

3.                                       The Company is to be an exempted company as defined by the Companies Act 1981.

 

4.                                       The Company, with the consent of the Minister of Finance, has power to hold land situate in Bermuda not exceeding _ in all, including the following parcels:- N/A

 

5.                                       The authorised share capital of the Company is US$10,000 divided into shares of US$0.01 each.

 

6.                                       The objects for which the Company is formed and incorporated are unrestricted.

 

7.                                       Subject to paragraph 4, the Company may do all such things as are incidental or conducive to the attainment of its objects and shall have the capacity, rights, powers and privileges of a natural person, and —

 

(i)                                      pursuant to Section 42 of the Act, the Company shall have the power to issue preference shares which are, at the option of the holder, liable to be redeemed;

 

(ii)                                   pursuant to Section 42A of the Act, the Company shall have the power to purchase its own shares for cancellation; and

 

(iii)                                pursuant to Section 42B of the Act, the Company shall have the power to acquire its own shares to be held as treasury shares.

 

2



 

Signed by each subscriber in the presence of at least one witness attesting the signature thereof

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/

 

/s/

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Subscribers)

 

(Witnesses)

 

SUBSCRIBED this 4 th  day of June, 2008.

 

3




Exhibit 3.2

 

FORM NO. 7a

Registration No. 42085

 

 

BERMUDA

 

CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT OF
MEMORANDUM OF INCREASE OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

THIS IS TO CERTIFY that a Memorandum of Increase of Share Capital of

 

Essent Group Ltd.

 

was delivered to the Registrar of Companies on the 9th day of February 2009 in accordance with section 45(3) of the Companies Act 1981 (“the Act”).

 

Given under my hand and Seal of the REGISTRAR OF COMPANIES this 18th day of February 2009

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For Registrar of Companies

 

 

Capital prior to increase:

US$  10,000.00

 

 

Amount of increase:

US$ 1,990,000.00

 

 

Present Capital:

US $ 2,000,000.00

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

FORM OF

 

BYE-LAWS OF

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Interpretation

1.

Definitions

1

 

 

Shares

2.

Power to Issue Shares

5

3.

Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

5

4.

Rights Attaching to Shares

6

5.

Calls on Shares

8

6.

Forfeiture of Shares

9

7.

Share Certificates

10

8.

Fractional Shares

11

 

 

 

Registration of Shares

9.

Register of Members

12

10.

Registered Holder Absolute Owner

12

11.

Transfer of Registered Shares

12

12.

Transmission of Registered Shares

14

 

 

 

Alteration of Share Capital

13.

Power to Alter Capital

16

14.

Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

16

 

 

 

Dividends and Capitalisation

15.

Dividends

17

16.

Power to Set Aside Profits

17

17.

Method of Payment

18

18.

Capitalisation

18

 

 

 

Meetings of Members

19.

Annual General Meetings

19

20.

Special General Meetings

19

21.

Requisitioned General Meetings

19

22.

Notice

19

23.

Giving Notice and Access

20

24.

Notice of Nominations and Member Business

22

25.

Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

27

26.

Electronic Participation and Security at General Meetings

27

27.

Quorum at General Meetings

28

28.

Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

28

29.

Voting on Resolutions

29

30.

Power to Demand Vote on Poll

30

31.

Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

31

32.

Votes of Members - General

31

33.

Adjustment of Voting Power

31

34.

Other Adjustments of Voting Power

33

35.

Notice

33

36.

Board Determination Binding

34

37.

Requirement to Provide Information and Notice

34

38.

Instrument of Proxy

35

39.

Representation of Corporate Member

36

40.

Adjournment of General Meeting

36

41.

Written Resolutions

37

42.

Directors Attendance at General Meetings

38

 

 

Certain Subsidiaries

43.

Voting of Subsidiary Shares

38

44.

Bye-law or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

39

 

 

Directors and Officers

45.

Election of Directors

39

46.

Classes of Directors

40

47.

Term of Office of Directors

40

48.

Alternate Directors

40

49.

Removal of Directors

41

50.

Vacancy in the Office of Director

42

51.

Remuneration of Directors

42

52.

Defect in Appointment

42

53.

Directors to Manage Business

43

54.

Powers of the Board of Directors

43

55.

Register of Directors and Officers

44

56.

Appointment of Officers

45

57.

Appointment of Secretary

45

58.

Duties of Officers

45

59.

Remuneration of Officers

45

60.

Conflicts of Interest

45

61.

Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

46

 

 

Meetings of the Board of Directors

62.

Board Meetings

47

63.

Notice of Board Meetings

47

64.

Electronic Participation in Meetings

48

65.

Quorum at Board Meetings

48

66.

Board to Continue in Event of Vacancy

48

67.

Chairman to Preside

48

68.

Written Resolutions

48

69.

Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

49

 

 

 

Corporate Records

70.

Minutes

49

71.

Place Where Corporate Records Kept

49

72.

Form and Use of Seal

49

 

 

 

Accounts

73.

Books of Account

50

74.

Financial Year End

50

 

 

 

Audits

75.

Annual Audit

50

76.

Appointment of Auditor

50

77.

Remuneration of Auditor

51

78.

Duties of Auditor

51

79.

Access to Records

51

80.

Financial Statements

51

81.

Distribution of Auditor’s Report

52

82.

Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

52

 

 

 

Business Combinations

83.

Business Combinations

52

 

 

Voluntary Winding-Up and Dissolution

84.

Winding-Up

59

 

 

 

Changes to Constitution

85.

Changes to Bye-laws

59

86.

Changes to the Memorandum of Association

60

87.

Discontinuance

60

88.

Amalgamation

60

 

2



 

INTERPRETATION

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                In these Bye-laws, the following words and expressions shall, where not inconsistent with the context, have the following meanings, respectively:

 

Act

 

the Companies Act 1981 as amended from time to time;

 

 

 

Alternate Director

 

an alternate director appointed in accordance with these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

Attribution Percentage

 

with respect to a Member, the percentage of the Member’s shares that are treated as Controlled Shares of a Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member;

 

 

 

Auditor

 

includes an individual or partnership;

 

 

 

Board

 

the board of directors appointed or elected pursuant to these Bye-laws and acting by resolution in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws or the directors present at a meeting of directors at which there is a quorum;

 

 

 

Code

 

the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended;

 

 

 

Company

 

the company for which these Bye-laws are approved and confirmed;

 

 

 

Controlled Shares

 

all shares of the Company directly, indirectly or constructively owned by a person as determined pursuant to sections 957 and 958 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder;

 

1



 

Director

 

a director of the Company and shall include an Alternate Director;

 

 

 

indirect

 

when referring to a holder or owner of shares, ownership of shares within the meaning of section 958(a)(2) of the Code;

 

 

 

Member

 

the person registered in the Register of Members as the holder of shares in the Company and, when two or more persons are so registered as joint holders of shares, means the person whose name stands first in the Register of Members as one of such joint holders or all of such persons, as the context so requires;

 

 

 

9.5% U.S. Member

 

a U.S. Person whose Controlled Shares constitute nine and one-half percent (9.5%) or more of the voting power of all issued shares of the Company and who generally would be required to recognize income with respect to the Company under section 951(a)(1) of the Code, if the Company were a controlled foreign corporation as defined in section 957 of the Code and if the ownership threshold under section 951(b) of the Code were nine and one-half percent (9.5%);

 

 

 

notice

 

written notice as further provided in these Bye-laws unless otherwise specifically stated;

 

 

 

Officer

 

any person appointed by the Board to hold an office in the Company;

 

2



 

Register of Directors and Officers

 

the register of directors and officers referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

Register of Members

 

the register of members referred to in these Bye-laws;

 

 

 

Resident Representative

 

any person appointed to act as resident representative and includes any deputy or assistant resident representative;

 

 

 

Secretary

 

the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company and includes any deputy or assistant secretary and any person appointed by the Board to perform any of the duties of the Secretary;

 

 

 

Shareholders Agreement

 

that certain shareholders agreement, dated as of               , 2013, among affiliates of Pine Brook Road Partners and the Company;

 

 

 

Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member

 

a U.S. Person that, but for adjustments or restrictions on exercise of the voting power of shares pursuant to Bye-law 33, would be a 9.5% U.S. Member;

 

 

 

Treasury Share

 

a share of the Company that was or is treated as having been acquired and held by the Company and has been held continuously by the Company since it was so acquired and has not been cancelled; and

 

 

 

U.S. Person

 

(i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation or partnership that is, as to the United States, a domestic corporation

 

3



 

 

 

or partnership, (iii) an estate that is subject to United States federal income tax on its income, regardless of its source, (iv) a “U.S. Trust”; a U.S. Trust is any trust (A) if and only if (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust, and (ii) one or more U.S. trustees have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise validly elected to be treated as a domestic trust under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations; or (v) any person or entity that is treated as one of the foregoing for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

 

1.2                                In these Bye-laws, where not inconsistent with the context:

 

(a)                                  words denoting the plural number include the singular number and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  words denoting the masculine gender include the feminine and neuter genders;

 

(c)                                   words importing persons include companies, associations or bodies of persons whether corporate or not;

 

(d)                                  the words:

 

(i)                                      “may” shall be construed as permissive; and

 

(ii)                                   “shall” shall be construed as imperative; and

 

(e)                                   unless otherwise provided herein, words or expressions defined in the Act shall bear the same meaning in these Bye-laws.

 

1.3                                In these Bye-laws expressions referring to writing or its cognates shall, unless the contrary intention appears, include facsimile, printing, lithography, photography, electronic mail and other modes of representing words in visible form.

 

4



 

1.4                                Headings used in these Bye-laws are for convenience only and are not to be used or relied upon in the construction hereof.

 

SHARES

 

2.                                       Power to Issue Shares

 

2.1                                Subject to these Bye-laws and to any resolution of the Members to the contrary, and without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the Board shall have the power to issue any unissued shares on such terms and conditions as it may determine.

 

2.2                                Subject to the Act, any preference shares may be issued or converted into shares that (at a determinable date or at the option of the Company or the holder) are liable to be redeemed on such terms and in such manner as may be determined by the Board (before the issue or conversion).

 

2.3                                Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Company may not issue any shares in a manner that the Board determines in its sole discretion may result in a non de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequence to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates.

 

3.                                       Power of the Company to Purchase its Shares

 

3.1                                The Company may purchase its own shares for cancellation or acquire them as Treasury Shares in accordance with the Act on such terms as the Board shall think fit.

 

3.2                                The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to purchase or acquire all or any part of its own shares in accordance with the Act.

 

3.3                                Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of these Bye-laws, any such purchase or acquisition may not be made if the Board determines in its sole discretion that the purchase or acquisition may result in a non de minimis adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequence to the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates.

 

5



 

4.                                       Rights Attaching to Shares

 

4.1                                Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any existing shares or class of shares, the share capital shall consist of at least one class of common shares (the “Common Shares”), the holders of which shall, subject to these Bye-laws:

 

(a)                                  be entitled to one vote per share;

 

(b)                                  be entitled to such dividends as the Board may from time to time declare;

 

(c)                                   in the event of a winding-up or dissolution of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary or for the purpose of a reorganisation or otherwise or upon any distribution of capital, be entitled to the surplus assets of the Company; and

 

(d)                                  generally be entitled to enjoy all of the rights attaching to shares.

 

4.2                                The Board is authorised to provide for the creation and issuance of preference shares (the “Preference Shares”) in one or more series, and to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the terms, including designation, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the shares of each such series (and, for the avoidance of doubt, such matters and the issuance of such Preference Shares shall not be deemed to vary the rights attached to the Common Shares or, subject to the terms of any other series of Preference Shares, to vary the rights attached to any other series of Preference Shares).  The authority of the Board with respect to each series shall include, but not be limited to, determination of the following:

 

(a)                                  the number of shares constituting that series and the distinctive designation of that series;

 

(b)                                  the dividend rate on the shares of that series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of the payment of dividends on shares of that series;

 

6



 

(c)                                   whether that series shall have voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law, and if so, the terms of such voting rights;

 

(d)                                  whether that series shall have conversion or exchange privileges (including, without limitation, conversion into Common Shares), and, if so, the terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange, including provision for adjustment of the conversion or exchange rate in such events as the Board shall determine;

 

(e)                                   whether or not the shares of that series shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and, if so, the terms and conditions of such redemption or repurchase, including the manner of selecting shares for redemption or repurchase if less than all shares are to be redeemed or repurchased, the date or dates upon or after which they shall be redeemable or repurchaseable, and the amount per share payable in case of redemption or repurchase, which amount may vary under different conditions and at different redemption or repurchase dates;

 

(f)                                    whether that series shall have a sinking fund for the redemption or repurchase of shares of that series, and, if so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

 

(g)                                   the right of the shares of that series to the benefit of conditions and restrictions upon the creation of indebtedness of the Company or any subsidiary, upon the issue of any additional shares (including additional shares of such series or any other series) and upon the payment of dividends or the making of other distributions on, and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition by the Company or any subsidiary of any issued shares of the Company;

 

(h)                                  the rights of the shares of that series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of payment in respect of shares of that series; and

 

(i)                                      any other relative participating, optional or other special rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions of that series.

 

7



 

4.3                                Any Preference Shares of any series which have been redeemed (whether through the operation of a sinking fund or otherwise) or which, if convertible or exchangeable, have been converted into or exchanged for shares of any other class or classes shall have the status of authorised and unissued Preference Shares of the same series and may be reissued as a part of the series of which they were originally a part or may be reclassified and reissued as part of a new series of Preference Shares to be created by resolution or resolutions of the Board or as part of any other series of Preference Shares, all subject to the conditions and the restrictions on issuance set forth in the resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board providing for the issue of any series of Preference Shares.

 

4.4                                At the discretion of the Board, whether or not in connection with the issuance and sale of any shares or other securities of the Company, the Company may issue securities, contracts, warrants or other instruments evidencing any shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations on such terms, conditions and other provisions as are fixed by the Board, including, without limiting the generality of this authority, conditions that preclude or limit any person or persons owning or offering to acquire a specified number or percentage of the issued Common Shares, other shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations of the Company or transferee of the person or persons from exercising, converting, transferring or receiving the shares, option rights, securities having conversion or option rights, or obligations.

 

4.5                                All the rights attaching to a Treasury Share shall be suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds such Treasury Share and, except where required by the Act, all Treasury Shares shall be excluded from the calculation of any percentage or fraction of the share capital, or shares, of the Company.

 

5.                                       Calls on Shares

 

5.1                                The Board may make such calls as it thinks fit upon the Members in respect of any moneys (whether in respect of nominal value or premium) unpaid on the shares allotted to or held by such Members (and not made payable at fixed times by the terms and

 

8


 

conditions of issue) and, if a call is not paid on or before the day appointed for payment thereof, the Member may at the discretion of the Board be liable to pay the Company interest on the amount of such call at such rate as the Board may determine, from the date when such call was payable up to the actual date of payment.  The Board may differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment of such calls.

 

5.2                                Any amount which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon issue or at any fixed date, whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium, shall for all the purposes of these Bye-laws be deemed to be an amount on which a call has been duly made and payable on the date on which, by the terms of issue, the same becomes payable, and in case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Bye-laws as to forfeiture, payment of interest, costs and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such amount had become payable by virtue of a duly made and notified call.

 

5.3                                The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls and any interest, costs and expenses in respect thereof.

 

5.4                                The Company may accept from any Member the whole or a part of the amount remaining unpaid on any shares held by him, although no part of that amount has been called up or become payable.

 

6.                                       Forfeiture of Shares

 

6.1                                If any Member fails to pay, on the day appointed for payment thereof, any call in respect of any share allotted to or held by such Member, the Board may, at any time thereafter during such time as the call remains unpaid, direct the Secretary to forward such Member a notice in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Notice of Liability to Forfeiture for Non-Payment of Call

 

Essent Group Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

9



 

You have failed to pay the call of [amount of call] made on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ], in respect of the [number] share(s) [number in figures] standing in your name in the Register of Members of the Company, on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ], the day appointed for payment of such call. You are hereby notified that unless you pay such call together with interest thereon at the rate of [ ] per annum computed from the said [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ] at the registered office of the Company the share(s) will be liable to be forfeited.

 

 

Dated this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Signature of Secretary] By Order of the Board

 

 

6.2                                If the requirements of such notice are not complied with, any such share may at any time thereafter before the payment of such call and the interest due in respect thereof be forfeited by a resolution of the Board to that effect, and such share shall thereupon become the property of the Company and may be disposed of as the Board shall determine. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the disposal may take place by sale, repurchase, redemption or any other method of disposal permitted by and consistent with these Bye-laws and the Act.

 

6.3                                A Member whose share or shares have been so forfeited shall, notwithstanding such forfeiture, be liable to pay to the Company all calls owing on such share or shares at the time of the forfeiture, together with all interest due thereon and any costs and expenses incurred by the Company in connection therewith.

 

6.4                                The Board may accept the surrender of any shares which it is in a position to forfeit on such terms and conditions as may be agreed. Subject to those terms and conditions, a surrendered share shall be treated as if it had been forfeited.

 

7.                                       Share Certificates

 

7.1                                Every Member shall be entitled to a certificate under the common seal (or a facsimile thereof) of the Company or bearing the signature (or a facsimile thereof) of a Director or Secretary or a person expressly authorized to sign specifying the number and, where appropriate, the class of shares held by such Member and whether the same are fully

 

10



 

paid up and, if not, specifying the amount paid on such shares. The Board may by resolution determine, either generally or in a particular case, that any or all signatures on certificates may be printed thereon or affixed by mechanical means.

 

7.2                                The Company shall be under no obligation to complete and deliver a share certificate unless specifically called upon to do so by the person to whom the shares have been allotted.

 

7.3                                If any share certificate shall be proved to the satisfaction of the Board to have been worn out, lost, mislaid, or destroyed the Board may cause a new certificate to be issued and request an indemnity for the lost certificate if it sees fit.

 

7.4                                Notwithstanding any provisions of these Bye-laws:

 

(a)                                  the Directors shall, subject always to the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations and the facilities and requirements of any relevant system concerned, have power to implement any arrangements they may, in their absolute discretion, think fit in relation to the evidencing of title to and transfer of uncertificated shares and to the extent such arrangements are so implemented, no provision of these Bye-laws shall apply or have effect to the extent that it is in any respect inconsistent with the holding or transfer of shares in uncertificated form; and

 

(b)                                  unless otherwise determined by the Directors and as permitted by the Act and any other applicable laws and regulations, no person shall be entitled to receive a certificate in respect of any share for so long as the title to that share is evidenced otherwise than by a certificate and for so long as transfers of that share may be made otherwise than by a written instrument.

 

8.                                       Fractional Shares

 

The Company may issue its shares in fractional denominations and deal with such fractions to the same extent as its whole shares and shares in fractional denominations shall have in proportion to the respective fractions represented thereby all of the rights of whole shares

 

11



 

including (but without limiting the generality of the foregoing) the right to vote, to receive dividends and distributions and to participate in a winding-up.

 

REGISTRATION OF SHARES

 

9.                                       Register of Members

 

9.1                                The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books a Register of Members and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

9.2                                The Register of Members shall be open to inspection without charge at the registered office of the Company on every business day, subject to such reasonable restrictions as the Board may impose, so that not less than two hours in each business day be allowed for inspection.  The Register of Members may, after notice has been given in accordance with the Act, be closed for any time or times not exceeding in the whole thirty days in each year.

 

10.                                Registered Holder Absolute Owner

 

The Company shall be entitled to treat the registered holder of any share as the absolute owner thereof and accordingly shall not be bound to recognise any equitable claim or other claim to, or interest in, such share on the part of any other person.

 

11.                                Transfer of Registered Shares

 

11.1                         An instrument of transfer shall be in writing in the form of the following, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, or in such other form as the Board may accept:

 

Transfer of a Share or Shares

 

Essent Group Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED                        [amount], I, [name of transferor] hereby sell, assign and transfer unto [transferee] of [address], [number] shares of the Company.

 

12



 

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

 

Witness

 

11.2                         Such instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and transferee, provided that, in the case of a fully paid up share, the Board may accept the instrument signed by or on behalf of the transferor alone. The transferor shall be deemed to remain the holder of such share until the same has been registered as having been transferred to the transferee in the Register of Members.

 

11.3                         The Board may refuse to recognise any instrument of transfer unless it is accompanied by the certificate in respect of the shares to which it relates and by such other evidence as the Board may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer.

 

11.4                         The joint holders of any share may transfer such share to one or more of such joint holders, and the surviving holder or holders of any share previously held by them jointly with a deceased Member may transfer any such share to the executors or administrators of such deceased Member.

 

11.5                         The Board may in its absolute discretion and without assigning any reason therefor refuse to register the transfer of a share which is not fully paid up.  The Board shall refuse to register a transfer (x) unless all applicable consents, authorisations and permissions of any governmental body or agency in Bermuda have been obtained or (y) if such transfer is not made in accordance with the provisions of Regulation S under the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended, pursuant to registration under such Securities Act or pursuant to an available exemption from, or transaction not subject to, registration under such Securities Act.  The Board may decline to approve or register or permit the registration of any transfer of shares if it appears to the Board that any non de

 

13



 

minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates would result from such transfer.  If the Board refuses to register a transfer of any share the Secretary shall, within three months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, send to the transferor and transferee notice of the refusal.

 

11.6                         The registration of transfers may be suspended at such time and for such periods as the Directors may from time to time determine; provided that such registration shall not be suspended for more than forty-five days in any period of three hundred and sixty five (365) consecutive days.

 

11.7                         Shares may be transferred without a written instrument if transferred by an appointed agent or otherwise in accordance with the Act.

 

11.8                         Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in these Bye-laws, shares that are listed or admitted to trading on an appointed stock exchange may be transferred in accordance with the rules and regulations of such exchange.

 

11.9                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may decline to approve or register or permit the registration of any transfer of shares if it appears to the Board that any non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its Affiliates would result from such Transfer.

 

12.                                Transmission of Registered Shares

 

12.1                         In the case of the death of a Member, the survivor or survivors where the deceased Member was a joint holder, and the legal personal representatives of the deceased Member where the deceased Member was a sole holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to the deceased Member’s interest in the shares.  Nothing herein contained shall release the estate of a deceased joint holder from any liability in respect of any share which had been jointly held by such deceased Member with other persons.  Subject to the Act, for the purpose of this Bye-law, legal personal representative means the executor or administrator of a deceased Member or

 

14



 

such other person as the Board may, in its absolute discretion, decide as being properly authorised to deal with the shares of a deceased Member.

 

12.2                         Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of any Member may be registered as a Member upon such evidence as the Board may deem sufficient or may elect to nominate some person to be registered as a transferee of such share, and in such case the person becoming entitled shall execute in favour of such nominee an instrument of transfer in writing in the form, or as near thereto as circumstances admit, of the following:

 

Transfer by a Person Becoming Entitled on Death/Bankruptcy of a Member

 

Essent Group Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

I/We, having become entitled in consequence of the [death/bankruptcy] of [name and address of deceased/bankrupt Member] to [number] share(s) standing in the Register of Members of the Company in the name of the said [name of deceased/bankrupt Member] instead of being registered myself/ourselves, elect to have [name of transferee] (the “Transferee”) registered as a transferee of such share(s) and I/we do hereby accordingly transfer the said share(s) to the Transferee to hold the same unto the Transferee, his or her executors, administrators and assigns, subject to the conditions on which the same were held at the time of the execution hereof; and the Transferee does hereby agree to take the said share(s) subject to the same conditions.

 

 

DATED this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signed by:

 

In the presence of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferor

 

Witness

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Transferee

 

Witness

 

12.3                         On the presentation of the foregoing materials to the Board, accompanied by such evidence as the Board may require to prove the title of the transferor, the transferee shall be registered as a Member.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board shall, in any case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as it would have had in the case of

 

15



 

a transfer of the share by that Member before such Member’s death or bankruptcy, as the case may be.

 

12.4                         Where two or more persons are registered as joint holders of a share or shares, then in the event of the death of any joint holder or holders the remaining joint holder or holders shall be absolutely entitled to such share or shares and the Company shall recognise no claim in respect of the estate of any joint holder except in the case of the last survivor of such joint holders.

 

ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

13.                                Power to Alter Capital

 

13.1                         The Company may if authorised by resolution of the Members increase, divide, consolidate, subdivide, change the currency denomination of, diminish or otherwise alter or reduce its share capital in any manner permitted by the Act.

 

13.2                         Where, on any alteration or reduction of share capital, fractions of shares or some other difficulty would arise, the Board may deal with or resolve the same in such manner as it thinks fit.

 

14.                                Variation of Rights Attaching to Shares

 

14.1                         If, at any time, the share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) may, whether or not the Company is being wound-up, be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by a majority of the votes cast at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of the class at which meeting the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued shares of the class.  The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class or series issued with preferred or other rights shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

16



 

14.2                         Notwithstanding the foregoing or any other provision of these Bye-laws, the Company shall not vary or alter the rights attaching to any class of shares if the Board, after taking into account any adjustments to or restrictions on exercise of voting rights under Bye-laws 33 and 34 (inclusive), determines in its sole discretion that any non de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holders of shares or its affiliates may result from such variation.

 

DIVIDENDS AND CAPITALISATION

 

15.                                Dividends

 

15.1                         The Board may, subject to these Bye-laws and in accordance with the Act, declare a dividend to be paid to the Members, in proportion to the number of shares held by them, and such dividend may be paid in cash or wholly or partly in specie in which case the Board may fix the value for distribution in specie of any assets. No unpaid dividend shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

15.2                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive any dividend.

 

15.3                         The Company may pay dividends in proportion to the amount paid up on each share where a larger amount is paid up on some shares than on others.

 

15.4                         The Board may declare and make such other distributions (in cash or in specie) to the Members as may be lawfully made out of the assets of the Company.  No unpaid distribution shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

16.                                Power to Set Aside Profits

 

The Board may, before declaring a dividend, set aside out of the surplus or profits of the Company, such amount as it thinks proper as a reserve to be used to meet contingencies or for equalising dividends or for any other purpose.

 

17



 

17.                                Method of Payment

 

17.1                         Any dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may be paid by cheque or draft sent through the post directed to the address of the Member in the Register of Members (in the case of joint Members, the senior joint holder, seniority being determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members), or by direct transfer to such bank account as such Member may direct. Every such cheque shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent or to such persons as the Member may direct, and payment of the cheque or draft shall be a good discharge to the Company. Every such cheque or draft shall be sent at the risk of the person entitled to the money represented thereby. If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any shares any one of them can give an effectual receipt for any dividend paid in respect of such shares.

 

17.2                         The Board may deduct from the dividends or distributions payable to any Member all moneys due from such Member to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

17.3                         Any dividend and/or other moneys payable in respect of a share which has remained unclaimed for 7 years from the date when it became due for payment shall, if the Board so resolves, be forfeited and cease to remain owing by the Company. The payment of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable in respect of a share may (but need not) be paid by the Company into an account separate from the Company’s own account. Such payment shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof.

 

17.4                         The Company shall be entitled to cease sending dividend cheques and drafts by post or otherwise to a Member if those instruments have been returned undelivered to, or left uncashed by, that Member on at least two consecutive occasions, or, following one such occasion, reasonable enquiries have failed to establish the Member’s new address. The entitlement conferred on the Company by this Bye-law 17.4 in respect of any Member shall cease if the Member claims a dividend or cashes a dividend cheque or draft.

 

18.                                Capitalisation

 

18.1                         The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of any of the Company’s share premium or other reserve accounts or to the credit of the profit and

 

18


 

loss account or otherwise available for distribution by applying such amount in paying up unissued shares to be allotted as fully paid up bonus shares pro-rata (except in connection with the conversion of shares of one class to shares of another class) to the Members.

 

18.2                         The Board may capitalise any amount for the time being standing to the credit of a reserve account or amounts otherwise available for dividend or distribution by applying such amounts in paying up in full, partly or nil paid up shares of those Members who would have been entitled to such amounts if they were distributed by way of dividend or distribution.

 

MEETINGS OF MEMBERS

 

19.                                Annual General Meetings

 

The annual general meeting of the Company shall be held in each year (other than the year of incorporation) at such time and place as the Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman (if any) or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board shall appoint.

 

20.                                Special General Meetings

 

The Chief Executive Officer or the Chairman (if any) or any two Directors or any Director and the Secretary or the Board may convene a special general meeting whenever in their judgment such a meeting is necessary.

 

21.                                Requisitioned General Meetings

 

The Board shall, on the requisition of Members holding at the date of the deposit of the requisition not less than one-tenth of such of the paid-up share capital of the Company as at the date of the deposit carries the right to vote at general meetings, forthwith proceed to convene a special general meeting and the provisions of the Act shall apply.

 

22.                                Notice

 

22.1                         At least 5 days’ notice of an annual general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, place and time at which the meeting

 

19



 

is to be held, that the election of Directors will take place thereat, and as far as practicable, the other business to be conducted at the meeting.

 

22.2                         At least 5 days’ notice of a special general meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat, stating the date, time, place and the general nature of the business to be considered at the meeting.

 

22.3                         The Board may fix any date as the record date for determining the Members entitled to receive notice of and to vote at any general meeting.

 

22.4                         A general meeting shall, notwithstanding that it is called on shorter notice than that specified in these Bye-laws, be deemed to have been properly called if it is so agreed by (i) all the Members entitled to attend and vote thereat in the case of an annual general meeting; and (ii) by a majority in number of the Members having the right to attend and vote at the meeting, being a majority together holding not less than 95% in nominal value of the shares giving a right to attend and vote thereat in the case of a special general meeting.

 

22.5                         The accidental omission to give notice of a general meeting to, or the non-receipt of a notice of a general meeting by, any person entitled to receive notice shall not invalidate the proceedings at that meeting.

 

23.                                Giving Notice and Access

 

23.1                         A notice may be given by the Company to a Member:

 

(a)                                  by delivering it to such Member in person, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served upon such delivery ; or

 

(b)                                  by sending it by post to such Member’s address in the Register of Members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served seven days after the date on which it is deposited, with postage prepaid, in the mail ; or

 

(c)                                   by sending it by courier to such Member’s address in the Register of members, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served two days after the date on which it is deposited, with courier fees paid, with the courier service ; or

 

20



 

(d)                                  by transmitting it by electronic means (including facsimile and electronic mail, but not telephone) in accordance with such directions as may be given by such Member to the Company for such purpose, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time that it would in the ordinary course be transmitted; or

 

(e)                                   by delivering it in accordance with the provisions of the Act pertaining to delivery of electronic records by publication on a website, in which case the notice shall be deemed to have been served at the time when the requirements of the Act in that regard have been met; or

 

(f)                                    in accordance with Bye-law 23.4.

 

23.2                         Any notice required to be given to a Member shall, with respect to any shares held jointly by two or more persons, be given to whichever of such persons is named first in the Register of Members and notice so given shall be sufficient notice to all the holders of such shares .

 

23.3                         In proving service under paragraphs 23.1 (b), (c) and (d), it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed and prepaid, if posted or sent by courier, and the time when it was posted, deposited with the courier, or transmitted by electronic means .

 

23.4                         Where a Member indicates his consent (in a form and manner satisfactory to the Board) to receive information or documents by accessing them on a website rather than by other means, or receipt in this manner is otherwise permitted by the Act, the Board may deliver such information or documents by notifying the Member of their availability and including therein the address of the website, the place on the website where the information or document may be found, and instructions as to how the information or document may be accessed on the website.

 

23.5                         In the case of information or documents delivered in accordance with Bye-law 23.4, service shall be deemed to have occurred when (i) the Member is notified in accordance with that Bye-law; and (ii) the information or document is published on the website.

 

21



 

24.                                Notice of Nominations and Member Business

 

24.1                         Annual General Meetings

 

(a)                                  Nominations of persons for election to the Board or the proposal of other business to be transacted by the Members may be made at an annual general meeting only (A) pursuant to the Company’s notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto), (B) by or at the direction of the Board or (C) subject to any applicable law, by Members of record at the time of giving of notice as provided for in this Bye-law 24.1 and who comply with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 24.1;

 

(b)                                  For nominations or other business to be properly brought before an annual general meeting by a Member pursuant to clause (C) of Bye-law 24.1(a), the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary and any such proposed business must constitute a proper matter for Member action. To be timely, a Member’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual general meeting; provided, that in the event that the date of the annual general meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 30 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received at the registered office of the Company no earlier than 120 days prior to such annual general meeting and no later than the later of 70 days prior to the date of the general meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the general meeting was first made by the Company. In no event shall the public announcement of an adjournment or postponement of an annual general meeting commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of a Member’s notice as described above. For purposes of Bye-laws 24.1(b) and 24.2, “public announcement” shall mean disclosure in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, the

 

22



 

Associated Press, PR Newswire, Businesswire, Bloomberg or any comparable news service in the United States or in a document publicly filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934;

 

(c)                                   A Member’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth (A) as to each person whom the Member proposes to nominate for election or reelection as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Section 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected), (B) as to any other business that the Member proposes to bring before the general meeting, a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the general meeting, the text of the proposal or business, the reasons for conducting such business at the general meeting and any material interest in such business of such Member and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made, and (C) as to the Member giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made:

 

(i)                                      the name and address of such Member (as they appear in the Register of Members) and any such beneficial owner;

 

(ii)                                   the class or series and number of shares of the Company which are held of record or are beneficially owned by such Member and by any such beneficial owner;

 

(iii)                                a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding between or among such Member and any such beneficial owner, any of their respective affiliates or associates, and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such nomination or other business;

 

23



 

(iv)                               a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding (including, regardless of the form of settlement, any derivative, long or short positions, profit interests, forwards, futures, swaps, options, warrants, convertible securities, share appreciation or similar rights, hedging transactions and borrowed or loaned shares) that has been entered into by or on behalf of, or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been made, the effect or intent of which is to create or mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of share price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, such Member or any such beneficial owner or any such nominee with respect to the Company’s securities (a “Derivative Instrument”);

 

(v)                                  to the extent not disclosed pursuant to clause (iv) above, the principal amount of any indebtedness of the Company or any of its subsidiaries beneficially owned by such Member or by any such beneficial owner, together with the title of the instrument under which such indebtedness was issued and a description of any Derivative Instrument entered into by or on behalf of such Member or such beneficial owner relating to the value or payment of any indebtedness of the Company or any such subsidiary;

 

(vi)                               a representation that the Member is a holder of record of shares of the Company entitled to vote at such general meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the general meeting to bring such nomination or other business before the general meeting; and

 

(vii)                            a representation as to whether such Member or any such beneficial owner intends or is part of a group that intends to (i) deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to holders of at least the percentage of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding shares required to approve or

 

24



 

adopt the proposal or to elect each such nominee and/or (ii) otherwise to solicit proxies from Members in support of such proposal or nomination;

 

(d)                                  If requested by the Company, the information required under clauses (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) of Bye-law 24.1(c) shall be supplemented by such Member and any such beneficial owner not later than 10 days after the record date for notice of the general meeting to disclose such information as of such record date;

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the notice requirements set forth herein with respect to the proposal of any business pursuant to this Bye-law 24.1 other than a nomination shall be deemed satisfied by a Member if such Member has submitted a proposal to the Company in compliance with Rule 14a-8 promulgated under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 and such Member’s proposal has been included in a proxy statement that has been prepared by the Company to solicit proxies for the general meeting.

 

24.2                         Special General Meetings

 

(a)                                  Only such business shall be conducted at a special general meeting as shall have been brought before the general meeting in accordance with the Company’s notice of meeting pursuant to Bye-laws 22 and 23.

 

(b)                                  Nominations of persons for election to the Board at a special general meeting may be made (i) by or at the direction of the Board or (ii) provided that the Board has determined that Members may nominate persons for election to the Board at such general meeting, by any Member of the Company who is a Member of record at the time of giving of notice provided for in this Bye-law 24.2(b), who shall be entitled to vote at the general meeting and who complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Bye-law 24.

 

(c)                                   For nominations to be properly brought before a special general meeting by a Member pursuant to Bye-law 24.2(b)(ii), the Member must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, a Member’s notice shall be delivered to or mailed and received at the registered office of the Company

 

25



 

(A) not earlier than 120 days prior to the date of the special general meeting nor (B) later than the later of 90 days prior to the date of the special general meeting or the 10th day following the day on which public announcement of the date of the special general meeting was first made.

 

(d)                                  A Member’s notice to the Secretary, including any notice of requisition pursuant to Bye-law 21, shall comply with the notice requirements of Bye-law 24.1(c) and (d).

 

24.3                         General

 

(a)                                  At the request of the Board, any person nominated by the Board for election as a director shall furnish to the Secretary the information that is required to be set forth in a Member’s notice of nomination pursuant to Bye-law 24.1(c).

 

(b)                                  No person shall be eligible to be nominated by a Member to serve as a director of the Company unless nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Bye-law 24.

 

(c)                                   The chairman of the general meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the general meeting that a nomination was not made in accordance with the procedures prescribed by these Bye-laws or that business was not properly brought before the general meeting, and if he should so determine and declare, the defective nomination shall be disregarded or such business shall not be transacted, as the case may be.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 24, unless otherwise required by the Act, if the Member (or a qualified representative of the Member) does not appear at the annual or special general meeting to present a nomination or other proposed business, such nomination shall be disregarded or such proposed business shall not be transacted, as the case may be, notwithstanding that proxies in respect of such vote may have been received by the Company. For purposes of this Bye-law 24.3, to be considered a qualified representative of the Member, a person must be a duly authorized officer, manager or partner of such

 

26



 

Member or must be authorized by a writing executed by such Member or an electronic transmission delivered by such Member to act for such Member as proxy at the general meeting and such person must produce such writing or electronic transmission, or a reliable reproduction of the writing or electronic transmission, at the general meeting.

 

24.4                         Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Bye-law 24, a Member shall also comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations thereunder with respect to the matters set forth in this Bye-law 24; provided, that any references in these Bye-laws to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder are not intended to and shall not limit any requirements applicable to nominations or proposals as to any other business to be considered pursuant to this Bye-law, and compliance with Bye-law 24.1 or 24.2 shall be the exclusive means for a Member to make nominations or submit other business (other than as provided in Bye-law 24.1(e)).

 

24.5                         Notwithstanding anything in this Bye-law 24 or otherwise in these Bye-laws to the contrary, this Bye-law 24 shall not apply to any nomination of any individual pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement.

 

25.                                Postponement or Cancellation of General Meeting

 

The Secretary may, and on instruction from the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer shall, postpone or cancel any general meeting called in accordance with these Bye-laws (other than a meeting requisitioned under these Bye-laws) provided that notice of postponement or cancellation is given to each Member before the time for such meeting.  Fresh notice of the date, time and place for the postponed or cancelled meeting shall be given to the Members in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

26.                                Electronic Participation and Security at General Meetings

 

26.1                         Members may participate in any general meeting by such telephonic, electronic or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to

 

27



 

communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

26.2                         The Board may, and at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction it or he considers appropriate to ensure the security of a general meeting including, without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the meeting, the searching of their personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the meeting place. The Board and, at any general meeting, the chairman of such meeting are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with any such arrangements, requirements or restrictions.

 

27.                                Quorum at General Meetings

 

27.1                         At any general meeting two or more persons present throughout and representing in person or by proxy in excess of 50% of the total issued voting shares in the Company shall form a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

27.2                         If within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, then, in the case of a meeting convened on a requisition, the meeting shall be deemed cancelled and, in any other case, the meeting shall stand adjourned to the same day one week later, at the same time and place or to such other day, time or place as the Secretary may determine. Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

28.                                Chairman to Preside at General Meetings

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of those attending and entitled to vote thereat, the Chairman, if there be one, and if not the Chief Executive Officer, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all general meetings at which such person is present. In their absence, a chairman shall be appointed or elected by those present at the meeting and entitled to vote.

 

28


 

29.                                Voting on Resolutions

 

29.1                         Subject to the Act and these Bye-laws, any question proposed for the consideration of the Members at any general meeting shall be decided by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast in accordance with these Bye-laws and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

29.2                         At any general meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall, in the first instance, be voted upon by a show of hands and, subject to these Bye-laws and any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every Member present in person and every person holding a valid proxy at such meeting shall be entitled to one vote for each voting share (subject to any adjustments or eliminations of voting power of any shares pursuant to Bye-laws 33 and 34) of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy and such votes shall be counted in the manner set out in Bye-law 30.4.

 

29.3                         In the event that a Member participates in a general meeting by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means, the chairman of the meeting shall direct the manner in which such Member may cast his vote on a show of hands.

 

29.4                         At any general meeting if an amendment is proposed to any resolution under consideration and the chairman of the meeting rules on whether or not the proposed amendment is out of order, the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling.

 

29.5                         At any general meeting a declaration by the chairman of the meeting that a question proposed for consideration has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in a book containing the minutes of the proceedings of the Company shall, subject to these Bye-laws, be conclusive evidence of that fact.

 

29



 

30.                                Power to Demand a Vote on a Poll

 

30.1                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, a poll may be demanded by any of the following persons:

 

(a)                                  the chairman of such meeting; or

 

(b)                                  at least three Members present in person or represented by proxy; or

 

(c)                                   any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy and holding between them not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the Members having the right to vote at such meeting; or

 

(d)                                  any Member or Members present in person or represented by proxy holding shares in the Company conferring the right to vote at such meeting, being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total amount paid up on all such shares conferring such right.

 

30.2                         Where a poll is demanded, subject to any rights or restrictions for the time being lawfully attached to any class of shares, every person present at such meeting shall have one vote for each share of which such person is the holder or for which such person holds a proxy (subject to any adjustments or eliminations of voting power of any shares pursuant to Bye-laws 33 and 34) and such vote shall be counted by ballot as described herein, or in the case of a general meeting at which one or more Members are present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means, in such manner as the chairman of the meeting may direct and the result of such poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded and shall replace any previous resolution upon the same matter which has been the subject of a show of hands.  A person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way.

 

30.3                         A poll demanded for the purpose of electing a chairman of the meeting or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken at such time and in such manner during such meeting as the chairman (or acting chairman) of the meeting may direct. Any business other than that upon which a poll has been demanded may be conducted pending the taking of the poll.

 

30



 

30.4                         Where a vote is taken by poll, each person physically present and entitled to vote shall be furnished with a ballot paper on which such person shall record his vote in such manner as shall be determined at the meeting having regard to the nature of the question on which the vote is taken.  Each ballot paper shall be signed or initialled or otherwise marked so as to identify the voter and the registered holder in the case of a proxy.  Each person present by telephone, electronic or other communications facilities or means shall cast his vote in such manner as the chairman shall direct.  At the conclusion of the poll, the ballot papers and votes cast in accordance with such directions shall be examined and counted by a committee of not less than two Members or proxy holders appointed by the chairman for the purpose.  The result of the poll shall be declared by the chairman.

 

31.                                Voting by Joint Holders of Shares

 

In the case of joint holders, the vote of the senior who tenders a vote (whether in person or by proxy) shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders, and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register of Members.

 

32.                                Votes of Members — General

 

Subject to the provisions of Bye-laws 33 and 34 below, and subject to any rights and restrictions for the time being attached to any class or classes or series of shares, every Member shall have one vote for each share carrying the right to vote on the matter in question of which he is the holder. Notwithstanding any other provisions of these Bye-laws, all determinations in these Bye-laws that are made by or subject to a vote or approval of Members shall be based upon the voting power of such Members’ shares as determined pursuant to Bye-laws 33 and 34.

 

33.                                Adjustment of Voting Power

 

33.1                         Notwithstanding Bye-law 32, the voting power of all shares is hereby adjusted (and shall be automatically adjusted in the future) to the extent necessary so that there is no 9.5% U.S. Member.  The Board shall implement the foregoing in the manner provided herein, provided however, that the foregoing provision and the remainder of this Bye-law 33

 

31



 

shall not apply in the event that one Member owns greater than seventy-five percent (75%) of the voting power of the issued shares of the Company determined without applying the voting power adjustments or eliminations under Bye-laws 33 and 34.

 

33.2                         The Board shall from time to time, including prior to any time at which a vote of Members is taken, take all reasonable steps necessary to ascertain, including those specified in Bye-law 37, through communications with Members or otherwise, whether there exists, or will exist at the time any vote of Members is taken, a Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member.

 

33.3                         In the event that a Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member exists, the aggregate votes conferred by shares held by a Member and treated as Controlled Shares of that Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member shall be reduced to the extent necessary such that the Controlled Shares of the Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member will constitute less than nine and one-half percent (9.5%) of the voting power of all issued and outstanding shares.  In applying the previous sentence where shares held by more than one Member are treated as Controlled Shares of such Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member, the reduction in votes shall apply to such Members in descending order according to their respective Attribution Percentages, provided that, in the event of a tie, the reduction shall apply pro rata to such Members based on the voting power of the shares held by each such Member.  The votes of Members owning no shares treated as Controlled Shares of any Tentative 9.5% U.S. Member shall, in the aggregate, be increased by the same number of votes subject to reduction as described above, provided, however, that no shares shall be conferred votes to the extent that doing so will cause any person to be treated as a 9.5% U.S. Member.  Such increase shall be apportioned to all such Members in proportion to their voting power at that time, provided, that such increase shall be limited to the extent necessary to avoid causing any person to be a 9.5% U.S. Member.  The adjustments of voting power described in this Bye-law shall apply repeatedly until there is no 9.5% U.S. Member.  The Board may deviate from any of the principles described in this Bye-law and determine that shares held by a Member shall carry different voting rights as it reasonably determines, based on the advice of counsel, to be appropriate (1) to avoid the existence

 

32



 

of any 9.5% U.S. Member or (2) to avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates; provided, however, that the Board will use reasonable efforts to afford equal treatment to similarly situated Members to the extent possible under the circumstances.  For the avoidance of doubt, in applying the provisions of Bye-laws 33 and 34, a share may carry a fraction of a vote.

 

34.                                Other Adjustments of Voting Power

 

In addition to the provisions of Bye-law 33, any shares shall not carry any right to vote to the extent that the Board determines that it is necessary that such shares should not carry the right to vote in order to avoid adverse tax, legal or regulatory consequences to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any other direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates, provided that no adjustment pursuant to this sentence shall cause any person to become a 9.5% U.S. Member; and provided, further, that the Board will use reasonable efforts to afford equal treatment to similarly situated Members to the extent possible under the circumstances.

 

35.                                Notice

 

Prior to the meeting at which Members shall vote on any matter (or prior to any vote in the case of notification to Members specified in item (3) of this Bye-law 35), the Board may, in its sole discretion, (1) retain the services of an internationally recognized accounting firm or organization with comparable professional capabilities in order to assist the Company in applying the principles of Bye-laws 33 and 34, (2) obtain from such firm or organization a statement describing the information obtained and procedures followed and setting forth the determinations made with respect to Bye-laws 33 and 34, and (3) notify in writing or orally each Member of the voting power conferred by its shares determined in accordance with Bye-laws 33 and 34.  For the avoidance of doubt, any failure by the Board to take any of the actions described in this Bye-law 35 shall not invalidate any votes cast or the proceedings at the meeting.

 

33



 

36.                                Board Determination Binding

 

Any determination by the Board as to any adjustments or eliminations of voting power of any shares made pursuant to Bye-laws 33 and 34 shall be final and binding and any vote taken based on such determination shall not be capable of being challenged solely on the basis of such determination.

 

37.                                Requirement to Provide Information and Notice

 

37.1                         The Board shall have the authority to request from any direct or indirect holder of shares, and such holder of shares shall provide, such information as the Board may reasonably request for the purpose of determining whether any holder’s voting rights are to be adjusted.  If such holder fails to respond to such a request, or submits incomplete or inaccurate information in response to such a request, the Board may determine in its sole discretion that such holder’s shares shall carry no voting rights in which case such holder shall not exercise any voting rights in respect of such shares until otherwise determined by the Board.

 

37.2                         Any direct or indirect holder of shares shall give notice to the Company within ten days following the date that such holder acquires actual knowledge that it is the direct or indirect holder of Controlled Shares of nine and one-half percent (9.5%) or more of the voting power of all issued shares of the Company (without giving effect to voting power adjustments or eliminations under Bye-law 33.

 

37.3                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Member shall be liable to any other Member or the Company for any losses or damages resulting from such Member’s failure to respond to, or submission of incomplete or inaccurate information in response to, a request under Bye-law 37.1 or from such Member’s failure to give notice under Bye-law 37.2.

 

37.4                         Any information provided by any Member to the Company pursuant to this Bye-law 37 or for purposes of making the analysis required by Bye-laws 33 and 34, shall be deemed “confidential information” (the “Confidential Information”) and shall be used by the Company solely for the purposes contemplated by such Bye-law (except as may be required otherwise by applicable law or regulation). The Company shall hold such Confidential Information in strict confidence and shall not disclose any Confidential

 

34



 

Information that it receives without the consent of the Member, except (i) to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”) if and to the extent the Confidential Information is required by the Service, (ii) to any outside legal counsel or accounting firm engaged by the Company to make determinations regarding the relevant Bye-law or (iii) as otherwise required by applicable law or regulation or upon consent.

 

37.5                         For the avoidance of doubt, the Company shall be permitted to disclose to the Members and others the relative voting percentages of all Members after application of Bye-law 33.  At the written request of a Member, the Confidential Information of such Member shall be destroyed or returned to such Member after the later to occur of (i) such Member no longer being a Member or (ii) the expiration of the applicable statute of limitations with respect to any Confidential Information obtained for purposes of engaging in any tax-related analysis.

 

38.                                Instrument of Proxy

 

38.1                         A Member may appoint a proxy by (a) an instrument appointing a proxy in writing in substantially the following form or such other form as the Board may determine from time to time:

 

Proxy

 

Essent Group Ltd. (the “Company”)

 

I/We, [insert names here], being a Member of the Company with [number] shares, HEREBY APPOINT [name] of [address] or failing him, [name] of [address] to be my/our proxy to vote for me/us at the meeting of the Members to be held on the [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ] and at any adjournment thereof.  (Any restrictions on voting to be inserted here.)

 

 

Signed this [ ] day of [ ], 20[ ]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Member(s)

 

 

or (b) such telephonic, electronic or other means as may be approved by the Board from time to time.

 

35



 

38.2                         The appointment of a proxy must be received by the Company at the registered office or at such other place or in such manner as is specified in the notice convening the meeting or in any instrument of proxy sent out by the Company in relation to the meeting at which the person named in the appointment proposes to vote, and an appointment of proxy which is not received in the manner so permitted shall be invalid.

 

38.3                         A Member who is the holder of two or more shares may appoint more than one proxy to represent him and vote on his behalf in respect of different shares.

 

38.4                         The decision of the chairman of any general meeting as to the validity of any appointment of a proxy shall be final.

 

39.                                Representation of Corporate Member

 

39.1                         A corporation which is a Member may, by written instrument, authorise such person or persons as it thinks fit to act as its representative at any meeting and any person so authorised shall be entitled to exercise the same powers on behalf of the corporation which such person represents as that corporation could exercise if it were an individual Member, and that Member shall be deemed to be present in person at any such meeting attended by its authorised representative or representatives.

 

39.2                         Notwithstanding the foregoing, the chairman of the meeting may accept such assurances as he thinks fit as to the right of any person to attend and vote at general meetings on behalf of a corporation which is a Member.

 

40.                                Adjournment of General Meeting

 

40.1                         The chairman of any general meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy (and shall if so directed by Members holding a majority of the voting rights of those Members present in person or by proxy), adjourn the meeting.

 

40.2                         In addition, the chairman may adjourn the meeting to another time and place without such consent or direction if it appears to him that:

 

36



 

(a)                                  it is likely to be impracticable to hold or continue that meeting because of the number of Members wishing to attend who are not present; or

 

(b)                                  the unruly conduct of persons attending the meeting prevents, or is likely to prevent, the orderly continuation of the business of the meeting; or

 

(c)                                   an adjournment is otherwise necessary so that the business of the meeting may be properly conducted.

 

40.3                         Unless the meeting is adjourned to a specific date, place and time announced at the meeting being adjourned, fresh notice of the date, place and time for the resumption of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each Member entitled to attend and vote thereat in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

41.                                Written Resolutions

 

41.1                         Subject to these Bye-laws anything which may be done by resolution of the Company in general meeting or by resolution of a meeting of any class of the Members may, without a meeting be done by written resolution in accordance with this Bye-law.

 

41.2                         Notice of a written resolution shall be given, and a copy of the resolution shall be circulated to all Members who would be entitled to attend a meeting and vote thereon. The accidental omission to give notice to, or the non-receipt of a notice by, any Member does not invalidate the passing of a resolution.

 

41.3                         A written resolution is passed when it is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation on behalf of, the Members who at the date that the notice is given represent such majority of votes as would be required if the resolution was voted on at a meeting of Members at which all Members entitled to attend and vote thereat were present and voting.

 

41.4                         A resolution in writing may be signed by any number of counterparts.

 

41.5                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law is as valid as if it had been passed by the Company in general meeting or by a meeting of the relevant class of Members, as the case may be (provided that (i) any such resolution shall be valid only if

 

37



 

the signature of the last Member to sign is affixed outside the United States (unless the Board dispenses with this requirement), and (ii) the Board may declare such resolution to be invalid if the Board determines that the use of a resolution in writing would result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates), and any reference in any Bye-law to a meeting at which a resolution is passed or to Members voting in favour of a resolution shall be construed accordingly.

 

41.6                         A resolution in writing made in accordance with this Bye-law shall constitute minutes for the purposes of the Act.

 

41.7                         This Bye-law shall not apply to:

 

(a)                                  a resolution passed to remove an Auditor from office before the expiration of his term of office; or

 

(b)                                  a resolution passed for the purpose of removing a Director before the expiration of his term of office.

 

41.8                         For the purposes of this Bye-law, the effective date of the resolution is the date when the resolution is signed by, or in the case of a Member that is a corporation whether or not a company within the meaning of the Act, on behalf of, the last Member whose signature results in the necessary voting majority being achieved and any reference in any Bye-law to the date of passing of a resolution is, in relation to a resolution made in accordance with this Bye-law, a reference to such date.

 

42.                                Directors Attendance at General Meetings

 

The Directors shall be entitled to receive notice of, attend and be heard at any general meeting.

 

CERTAIN SUBSIDIARIES

 

43.                                Voting of Subsidiary Shares

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Bye-laws to the contrary, if the Company is required or entitled to vote at a general meeting of any direct non-U.S. subsidiary of the Company, the Board shall refer the subject matter of the vote to the Members of the Company

 

38


 

on a poll (subject to Bye-laws 33 and 34) and seek authority from the Members for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote in favour of the resolution proposed by the subsidiary.  The Board shall cause the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the Company’s shares in the subsidiary pro rata to the votes received at the general meeting of the Company, with votes for or against the directing resolution being taken, respectively, as an instruction for the Company’s corporate representative or proxy to vote the appropriate proportion of its shares for and the appropriate proportion of its shares against the resolution proposed by the subsidiary.  The Board shall have authority to resolve any ambiguity.

 

44.                                Bye-law or Articles of Association of Certain Subsidiaries

 

The Board in its discretion shall require that the Bye-law or Articles of Association or similar organizational documents of each subsidiary of the Company, organized under the laws of a jurisdiction outside the United States of America, other than any non-U.S. subsidiary that is a direct or indirect subsidiary of a U.S. Person, shall contain provisions substantially similar to Bye-law 43 and 44.  The Company shall enter into agreements, as and when determined by the Board, with each such subsidiary, only if and to the extent reasonably necessary and permitted under applicable law, to effectuate or implement this Bye-law.

 

DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

45.                                Election of Directors

 

45.1                         The Board shall consist of such number of Directors being not less than two (2) Directors and such number in excess as the Board may from time to time determine.

 

45.2                         Only persons who are proposed or nominated in accordance with Bye-law 24 or pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement shall be eligible for election as Directors.

 

45.3                         Where the number of persons validly proposed for re-election or election as a Director is greater than the number of Directors to be elected, the persons receiving the most votes (up to the number of Directors to be elected) shall be elected as Directors, and an absolute majority of the votes cast shall not be a prerequisite to the election of such Directors.

 

39



 

45.4                         At any general meeting the Members may authorise the Board to fill any vacancy in their number left unfilled at a general meeting, except as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

46.                                Classes of Directors

 

The Directors shall be divided into three classes designated Class I, Class II, and Class III. Each class of Directors shall consist, as nearly as possible, of one third of the total number of Directors constituting the entire Board.

 

47.                                Term of Office of Directors

 

At the first general meeting which is held after the date of adoption of these Bye-laws for the purpose of electing Directors, the Class I Directors shall be elected for a one year term of office, the Class II Directors shall be elected for a two year term of office and the Class III Directors shall be elected for a three year term of office. At each succeeding annual general meeting, successors to the class of Directors whose term expires at that annual general meeting shall be elected for a three year term. If the number of Directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes so as to maintain the number of Directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, and any Director of any class elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for a term that shall coincide with the remaining term of the other Directors of that class, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of Directors shorten the term of any Director then in office.  A Director shall hold office until the annual general meeting for the year in which his term expires, subject to his office being vacated pursuant to Bye-law 49.

 

48.                                Alternate Directors

 

48.1                         At any general meeting, the Members may elect a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to any one or more Directors or may authorise the Board to appoint such Alternate Directors.

 

48.2                         Unless the Members otherwise resolve, any Director may appoint a person or persons to act as a Director in the alternative to himself by notice deposited with the Secretary.  Any person so elected or appointed shall have all the rights and powers of the Director

 

40



 

or Directors for whom such person is appointed in the alternative provided that such person shall not be counted more than once in determining whether or not a quorum is present.

 

48.3                         An Alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of the Board and to attend and vote at any such meeting at which a Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed in the alternative is not personally present and generally to perform at such meeting all the functions of such Director for whom such Alternate Director was appointed.

 

48.4                         An Alternate Director shall cease to be such if the Director for whom he was appointed to act as a Director in the alternative ceases for any reason to be a Director, but he may be re-appointed by the Board as an alternate to the person appointed to fill the vacancy in accordance with these Bye-laws.

 

49.                                Removal of Directors

 

49.1                         Subject to any provision to the contrary in these Bye-laws, the Members holding a majority of the issued and outstanding shares of the Company may, at any special general meeting convened and held in accordance with these Bye-laws, by the affirmative vote of all such Members, remove a Director, only with cause, provided that the notice of any such meeting convened for the purpose of removing a Director shall contain a statement of the intention so to do and be served on such Director not less than 14 days before the meeting and at such meeting the Director shall be entitled to be heard on the motion for such Director’s removal.

 

49.2                         Subject to the Shareholders Agreement, if a Director is removed from the Board under the provisions of this Bye-law the Members may fill the vacancy at the meeting at which such Director is removed and a Director so appointed shall hold office in the same class of Directors as the removed Director held until the next annual general meeting or until such Director’s office is otherwise vacated. In the absence of such election or appointment, the Board may fill the vacancy.

 

41



 

49.3                         For the purpose of Bye-law 49.1, “cause” shall mean a conviction for a criminal offence involving dishonesty or engaging in conduct which brings the Director or the Company into disrepute and which results in material financial detriment to the Company.

 

50.                                Vacancy in the Office of Director

 

50.1                         The office of Director shall be vacated if the Director:

 

(a)                                  is removed from office pursuant to these Bye-laws or is prohibited from being a Director by law;

 

(b)                                  is or becomes bankrupt, or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally;

 

(c)                                   is or becomes of unsound mind or dies; or

 

(a)                                  resigns his office by notice to the Company.

 

50.2                         Subject to the Shareholders Agreement, the Members in general meeting or the Board shall have the power to appoint any person as a Director to fill a vacancy on the Board occurring as a result of the death, disability, disqualification or resignation of any Director or as a result of an increase in the size of the Board and to appoint an Alternate Director to any Director so appointed.

 

51.                                Remuneration of Directors

 

The remuneration (if any) of the Directors shall be determined by the Board or a committee thereof and shall be deemed to accrue from day to day.  The Directors may also be paid all travel, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in attending and returning from the meetings of the Board, any committee appointed by the Board, general meetings, or in connection with the business of the Company or their duties as Directors generally.

 

52.                                Defect in Appointment

 

All acts done in good faith by the Board, any Director, a member of a committee appointed by the Board, any person to whom the Board may have delegated any of its powers shall, or any person acting as a Director shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there

 

42



 

was some defect in the appointment of any Director or person acting as aforesaid, or that he was, or any of them were, disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified to be a Director or act in the relevant capacity.

 

53.                                Directors to Manage Business

 

The business of the Company shall be managed and conducted by the Board.  In managing the business of the Company, the Board may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not, by the Act or by these Bye-laws, required to be exercised by the Company in general meeting.

 

54.                                Powers of the Board of Directors

 

The Board may:

 

(a)                                  appoint, suspend, or remove any manager, secretary, clerk, agent or employee of the Company and may fix their remuneration and determine their duties;

 

(b)                                  exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge or otherwise grant a security interest in its undertaking, property and uncalled capital, or any part thereof, and may issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whether outright or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or any third party;

 

(c)                                   appoint one or more Directors to the office of managing director or chief executive officer of the Company, who shall, subject to the control of the Board, supervise and administer all of the general business and affairs of the Company;

 

(d)                                  appoint a person to act as manager of the Company’s day-to-day business and may entrust to and confer upon such manager such powers and duties as it deems appropriate for the transaction or conduct of such business;

 

(e)                                   by power of attorney, appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Board, to be an attorney of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Board) and for such period and subject to such conditions as it may think fit and any such power of attorney

 

43



 

may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Board may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions so vested in the attorney;

 

(f)                                    procure that the Company pays all expenses incurred in promoting and incorporating the Company and listing the shares of the Company;

 

(g)                                   delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to a committee of one or more persons appointed by the Board which may consist partly or entirely of non-Directors, provided that every such committee shall conform to such directions as the Board shall impose on them and provided further that the meetings and proceedings of any such committee shall be governed by these Bye-laws regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Board, so far as the same are applicable and are not superseded by directions imposed by the Board;

 

(h)                                  delegate any of its powers (including the power to sub-delegate) to any person on such terms and in such manner as the Board may see fit;

 

(i)                                      present any petition and make any application in connection with the liquidation or reorganisation of the Company;

 

(j)                                     in connection with the issue of any share, pay such commission and brokerage as may be permitted by law; and

 

(k)                                  authorise any company, firm, person or body of persons to act on behalf of the Company for any specific purpose and in connection therewith to execute any deed, agreement, document or instrument on behalf of the Company.

 

55.                                Register of Directors and Officers

 

The Board shall cause to be kept in one or more books at the registered office of the Company a Register of Directors and Officers and shall enter therein the particulars required by the Act.

 

44



 

56.                                Appointment of Officers

 

The Board may appoint such officers (who may or may not be Directors) as the Board may determine for such terms as the Board deems fit.

 

57.                                Appointment of Secretary

 

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Board from time to time for such terms as the Board deems fit.

 

58.                                Duties of Officers

 

The Officers shall have such powers and perform such duties in the management, business and affairs of the Company as may be delegated to them by the Board from time to time.

 

59.                                Remuneration of Officers

 

The Officers shall receive such remuneration as the Board may determine.

 

60.                                Conflicts of Interest

 

60.1                         Any Director, or any Director’s firm, partner or any company with whom any Director is associated, may act in any capacity for, be employed by or render services to the Company and such Director or such Director’s firm, partner or company shall be entitled to remuneration as if such Director were not a Director. Nothing herein contained shall authorise a Director or Director’s firm, partner or company to act as Auditor to the Company.

 

60.2                         A Director who is directly or indirectly interested in a contract or proposed contract or arrangement with the Company (an “Interested Director”) shall declare the nature of such interest as required by the Act.

 

60.3                         Following a declaration being made pursuant to this Bye-law, an Interested Director shall not vote in respect of a contract or proposed contract or arrangement in which such Interested Director is interested, shall not be counted in the quorum for such meeting and shall be required to recuse himself from any discussion. For the avoidance of doubt, no Director shall be considered “interested” with respect to any transaction in which all of the Members participate or are offered to participate.

 

45



 

61.                                Indemnification and Exculpation of Directors and Officers

 

61.1                         The Directors, Resident Representative, Secretary and other Officers (such term to include any person appointed to any committee by the Board) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and the liquidator or trustees (if any) acting in relation to any of the affairs of the Company or any subsidiary thereof and every one of them (whether for the time being or formerly), and their heirs, executors and administrators (each of which an “indemnified party”), shall be indemnified and secured harmless out of the assets of the Company from and against all actions, costs, charges, losses, damages and expenses which they or any of them, their heirs, executors or administrators, shall or may incur or sustain by or by reason of any act done, concurred in or omitted in or about the execution of their duty, or supposed duty, or in their respective offices or trusts, and no indemnified party shall be answerable for the acts, receipts, neglects or defaults of the others of them or for joining in any receipts for the sake of conformity, or for any bankers or other persons with whom any moneys or effects belonging to the Company shall or may be lodged or deposited for safe custody, or for insufficiency or deficiency of any security upon which any moneys of or belonging to the Company shall be placed out on or invested, or for any other loss, misfortune or damage which may happen in the execution of their respective offices or trusts, or in relation thereto, PROVIDED THAT this indemnity shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty to the extent prohibited by the Act in relation to the Company which may attach to any of the indemnified parties.  Each Member agrees to waive any claim or right of action such Member might have, whether individually or by or in the right of the Company, against any Director or Officer on account of any action taken by such Director or Officer, or the failure of such Director or Officer to take any action in the performance of his duties with or for the Company or any subsidiary thereof, PROVIDED THAT such waiver shall not extend to any matter in respect of any fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company which may attach to such Director or Officer.

 

46


 

61.2                         The Company may purchase and maintain insurance for the benefit of any Director or Officer against any liability incurred by him under the Act in his capacity as a Director or Officer or indemnifying such Director or Officer in respect of any loss arising or liability attaching to him by virtue of any rule of law in respect of any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust of which the Director or Officer may be guilty in relation to the Company or any subsidiary thereof.

 

61.3                         The Company may advance moneys to a Director or Officer for the costs, charges and expenses incurred by the Director or Officer in defending any civil or criminal proceedings against him, on condition that the Director or Officer shall repay the advance if any allegation of fraud or dishonesty in relation to the Company is proved against him.

 

61.4                         No amendment or repeal of any provision of this Bye-law 61 shall alter, to the detriment of any indemnified party, the right of such indemnified party to the indemnification or advancement of expenses related to a claim based on an act or failure to act which took place prior to such amendments.

 

MEETINGS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

62.                                Board Meetings

 

The Board may meet for the transaction of business, adjourn, and otherwise regulate its meetings as it sees fit. A resolution put to the vote at a meeting of the Board shall be carried by the affirmative votes of a majority of the votes cast and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution shall fail.

 

63.                                Notice of Board Meetings

 

The Chairman or a majority of the Directors then in office may, and the Secretary on the requisition of a Director shall, at any time summon a meeting of the Board. Notice of a meeting of the Board shall be deemed to be duly given to a Director if it is given to such Director verbally (including in person or by telephone) or otherwise communicated or sent to such Director by post, electronic means or other mode of representing words in a visible form at such

 

47



 

Director’s last known address or in accordance with any other instructions given by such Director to the Company for this purpose at least 48 hours prior to such Board meeting, unless each Director attends or gives his prior written consent to the meeting being held on such shorter notice.

 

64.                                Electronic Participation in Meetings

 

Directors may participate in any meeting by such telephonic, electronic, or other communications facilities or means as permit all persons participating in the meeting to communicate with each other simultaneously and instantaneously, and participation in such a meeting shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

65.                                Quorum at Board Meetings

 

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business at a meeting of the Board shall be a majority of the Directors then in office.

 

66.                                Board to Continue in the Event of Vacancy

 

The Board may act notwithstanding any vacancy in its number but, if and so long as its number is reduced below the number fixed by these Bye-laws as the quorum necessary for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board, the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of (i) summoning a general meeting; or (ii) preserving the assets of the Company.

 

67.                                Chairman to Preside

 

Unless otherwise agreed by a majority of the Directors attending , the Chairman, if there be one, shall act as chairman at all meetings of the Board at which such person is present. In his absence a chairman shall be appointed or elected by the Directors present at the meeting.

 

68.                                Written Resolutions

 

A resolution signed by all the Directors, which may be in counterparts, shall be as valid as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Board duly called and constituted, such resolution to be effective on the date on which the last Director signs the resolution , provided, that (i) any such resolution shall be valid only if the signature of the last Director to sign is affixed outside the

 

48



 

United States (unless the Board dispenses with this requirement), and (ii) the Board may declare such resolution to be invalid if the Board determines that the use of a resolution in writing would result in a non-de minimis adverse tax, regulatory or legal consequence to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company, or any direct or indirect holder of shares or its affiliates .  For the purposes of this Bye-law only, “the Directors” shall not include an Alternate Director.

 

69.                                Validity of Prior Acts of the Board

 

No regulation or alteration to these Bye-laws made by the Company in general meeting shall invalidate any prior act of the Board which would have been valid if that regulation or alteration had not been made.

 

CORPORATE RECORDS

 

70.                                Minutes

 

The Board shall cause minutes to be duly entered in books provided for the purpose:

 

(a)                                  of all elections and appointments of Officers;

 

(b)                                  of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of the Board and of any committee appointed by the Board; and

 

(c)                                   of all resolutions and proceedings of general meetings of the Members, meetings of the Board, and meetings of committees appointed by the Board.

 

71.                                Place Where Corporate Records Kept

 

Minutes prepared in accordance with the Act and these Bye-laws shall be kept by the Secretary at the registered office of the Company.

 

72.                                Form and Use of Seal

 

72.1                         The Company may adopt a seal in such form as the Board may determine.  The Board may adopt one or more duplicate seals for use in or outside Bermuda.

 

72.2                         A seal may, but need not be affixed to any deed, instrument, share certificate or document, and if the seal is to be affixed thereto, it shall be attested by the signature of

 

49



 

(i) any Director; or (ii) any Officer; or (iii) the Secretary; or (iv) any person authorized by the Board for that purpose.

 

72.3                         A Resident Representative may, but need not, affix the seal of the Company to certify the authenticity of any copies of documents.

 

ACCOUNTS

 

73.                                Books of Account

 

73.1                         The Board shall cause to be kept proper records of account with respect to all transactions of the Company and in particular with respect to:

 

(a)                                  all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure relates;

 

(b)                                  all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and

 

(c)                                   all assets and liabilities of the Company.

 

73.2                         Such records of account shall be kept at the registered office of the Company, or subject to the Act, at such other place as the Board thinks fit and shall be available for inspection by the Directors during normal business hours.

 

74.                                Financial Year End

 

The financial year end of the Company may be determined by resolution of the Board and failing such resolution shall be 31 st  December in each year.

 

AUDITS

 

75.                                Annual Audit

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts or appointment of an Auditor pursuant to the Act, the accounts of the Company shall be audited at least once in every year.

 

76.                                Appointment of Auditor

 

76.1                         Subject to the Act, the Members shall appoint an auditor to the Company to hold office for such term as the Members deem fit until a successor is appointed.

 

50



 

76.2                         The Auditor may be a Member but no Director, Officer or employee of the Company shall, during his continuance in office, be eligible to act as an Auditor of the Company.

 

77.                                Remuneration of Auditor

 

The remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Company in general meeting or in such manner as the Members may determine. In the case of an Auditor appointed pursuant to Bye-law 82, the remuneration of the Auditor shall be fixed by the Board.

 

78.                                Duties of Auditor

 

78.1                         The financial statements provided for by these Bye-laws shall be audited by the Auditor in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards. The Auditor shall make a written report thereon in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.

 

78.2                         The generally accepted auditing standards referred to in this Bye-law may be those of a country or jurisdiction other than Bermuda or such other generally accepted auditing standards as may be provided for in the Act. If so, the financial statements and the report of the Auditor shall identify the generally accepted auditing standards used.

 

79.                                Access to Records

 

The Auditor shall at all reasonable times have access to all books kept by the Company and to all accounts and vouchers relating thereto, and the Auditor may call on the Directors or Officers of the Company for any information in their possession relating to the books or affairs of the Company.

 

80.                                Financial Statements

 

Subject to any rights to waive laying of accounts pursuant to the Act, financial statements as required by the Act shall be laid before the Members in general meeting. A resolution in writing made in accordance with Bye-law 41 receiving, accepting, adopting, approving or otherwise acknowledging financial statements shall be deemed to be the laying of such statements before the Members in general meeting.

 

51



 

81.                                Distribution of Auditor’s report

 

The report of the Auditor shall be submitted to the Members in general meeting.

 

82.                                Vacancy in the Office of Auditor

 

If the office of Auditor becomes vacant by the resignation or death or the Auditor, or by the Auditor becoming incapable of acting by reason of illness or other disability at a time when the Auditor’s services are required, the vacancy thereby created shall be filled in accordance with the Act.

 

BUSINESS COMBINATIONS

 

83.                                Business Combinations

 

83.1                         (a)                                  Any Business Combination with any Interested Shareholder within a period of three years following the time of the transaction in which the person become an Interested Shareholder must be approved by the Board and authorised at an annual or special general meeting, by the affirmative vote of at least 66 and 2/3% of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company that are not owned by the Interested Shareholder unless:

 

(i)                                      prior to the time that the person became an Interested Shareholder, the Board approved either the Business Combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Shareholder; or

 

(ii)                                   upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an Interested Shareholder, the Interested Shareholder owned at least 85% of the number of issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for the purposes of determining the number of shares issued and outstanding those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee share plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer.

 

(b)                                  The restrictions contained in this Bye-law 83.1 shall not apply if:

 

52



 

(i)                                      a Member becomes an Interested Shareholder inadvertently and (i) as soon as practicable divests itself of ownership of sufficient shares so that the Member ceases to be an Interested Shareholder; and (ii) would not, at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to a Business Combination between the Company and such Member, have been an Interested Shareholder but for the inadvertent acquisition of ownership; or

 

(ii)                                   the Business Combination is proposed prior to the consummation or abandonment of, and subsequent to the earlier of the public announcement or the notice required hereunder of, a proposed transaction which (i) constitutes one of the transactions described in the following sentence; (ii) is with or by a person who either was not an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or who became an Interested Shareholder with the approval of the Board; and (iii) is approved or not opposed by a majority of the members of the Board then in office who were Directors prior to any person becoming an Interested Shareholder during the previous three years or were recommended for election or elected to succeed such Directors by resolution of the Board approved by a majority of such Directors. The proposed transactions referred to in the preceding sentence are limited to:

 

(a)                                  a merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company (except an amalgamation in respect of which, pursuant to the Act, no vote of the shareholders of the Company is required);

 

(b)                                  a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company (other than to the Company or any entity

 

53



 

directly or indirectly wholly-owned by the Company) having an aggregate market value equal to 50% or more of either the aggregate market value of all of the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company; or

 

(c)                                   a proposed tender or exchange offer for 50% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company.

 

The Company shall give not less than 20 days notice to all Interested Shareholders prior to the consummation of any of the transactions described in subparagraphs (a) or (b) of the second sentence of this paragraph (ii).

 

(c)                                   For the purpose of this Bye-law 83 only, the term:

 

(i)                                      “affiliate” means a person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, another person;

 

(ii)                                   “associate,” when used to indicate a relationship with any person, means: (i) any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity of which such person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the owner of 20% or more of any class of voting shares; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such person has at least a 20% beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; and (iii) any relative or spouse of such person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same residence as such person;

 

(iii)                                “Business Combination,” when used in reference to the Company and any Interested Shareholder of the Company, means:

 

(a)                                  any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company, wherever incorporated, with (A) the Interested

 

54


 

Shareholder or any of its affiliates, or (B) with any other company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity if the merger, amalgamation or consolidation is caused by the Interested Shareholder;

 

(b)                                  any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions), except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company, to or with the Interested Shareholder, whether as part of a dissolution or otherwise, of assets of the Company or of any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which assets have an aggregate market value equal to 10% or more of either the aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company determined on a consolidated basis or the aggregate market value of all the issued and outstanding shares of the Company;

 

(c)                                   any transaction which results in the issuance or transfer by the Company or by any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company of any shares of the Company, or any share of such entity, to the Interested Shareholder, except: (A) pursuant to the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which securities were issued and outstanding prior to the time that the Interested Shareholder became such; (B) pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made, or the exercise, exchange or conversion of securities exercisable for, exchangeable for or convertible into shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, which security is distributed, pro rata to all holders of a class or series of shares subsequent to the time the Interested Shareholder became

 

55



 

such; (C) pursuant to an exchange offer by the Company to purchase shares made on the same terms to all holders of such shares; or (D) any issuance or transfer of shares by the Company; provided however, that in no case under items (B)-(D) of this subparagraph shall there be an increase in the Interested Shareholder’s proportionate share of the any class or series of shares;

 

(d)                                  any transaction involving the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company which has the effect, directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of any class or series of shares, or securities convertible into any class or series of shares of the Company, or shares of any such entity, or securities convertible into such shares, which is owned by the Interested Shareholder, except as a result of immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a result of any repurchase or redemption of any shares not caused, directly or indirectly, by the Interested Shareholder; or

 

(e)                                   any receipt by the Interested Shareholder of the benefit, directly or indirectly (except proportionately as a shareholder of the Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits (other than those expressly permitted in subparagraphs (a)-(d) of this paragraph) provided by or through the Company or any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company;

 

(iv)                               “control,” including the terms “controlling,” “controlled by” and “under common control with,” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting shares, by contract or

 

56



 

otherwise. A person who is the owner of 20% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of any company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity shall be presumed to have control of such entity, in the absence of proof by a preponderance of the evidence to the contrary; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, such presumption of control shall not apply where such person holds voting shares, in good faith and not for the purpose of circumventing this provision, as an agent, bank, broker, nominee, custodian or trustee for one or more owners who do not individually or as a group have control of such entity;

 

(v)                                  “Interested Shareholder” means any person (other than the Company and any entity directly or indirectly wholly-owned or majority-owned by the Company) that (i) is the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company, (ii) is an affiliate or associate of the Company and was the owner of 15% or more of the issued and outstanding voting shares of the Company at any time within the three-year period immediately prior to the date on which it is sought to be determined whether such person is an Interested Shareholder or (iii) is an affiliate or associate of any person listed in (i) or (ii) above; provided, however, that the term “Interested Shareholder” shall not include any person whose ownership of shares in excess of the 15% limitation set forth herein is the result of action taken solely by the Company unless such person referred to in this proviso acquires additional voting shares of the Company otherwise than as a result of further corporate action not caused, directly or indirectly, by such person. For the purpose of determining whether a person is an Interested Shareholder, the voting shares of the Company deemed to be issued and outstanding shall include voting shares deemed to be owned by the person through application of paragraph (8) below, but shall not include any other unissued shares which may be issuable pursuant to any agreement,

 

57



 

arrangement or understanding, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise;

 

(vi)                               “person” means any individual, company, partnership, unincorporated association or other entity;

 

(vii)                            “voting shares” means, with respect to any company, shares of any class or series entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and, with respect to any entity that is not a company, any equity interest entitled to vote generally in the election of the governing body of such entity;

 

(viii)                         “owner,” including the terms “own” and “owned,” when used with respect to any shares, means a person that individually or with or through any of its affiliates or associates:

 

(a)                                  beneficially owns such shares, directly or indirectly; or

 

(b)                                  has (A) the right to acquire such shares (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of shares tendered pursuant to a tender or exchange offer made by such person or any of such person’s affiliates or associates until such tendered shares are accepted for purchase or exchange; or (B) the right to vote such shares pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a person shall not be deemed the owner of any shares because of such person’s right to vote such shares if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such shares arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given in response to a proxy or consent solicitation made to 10 or more persons; or

 

58



 

(c)                                   has any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of acquiring, holding, voting (except voting pursuant to a revocable proxy or consent as described in item (B) of subparagraph (b) of this paragraph), or disposing of such shares with any other person that beneficially owns, or whose affiliates or associates beneficially own, directly or indirectly, such shares.

 

83.2                         In respect of any Business Combination to which the restrictions contained in Bye-law 83.1 do not apply but which the Act requires to be approved by the Members, the necessary general meeting quorum and Members’ approval shall be as set out in Bye-laws 27 and 29 respectively.

 

VOLUNTARY WINDING-UP AND DISSOLUTION

 

84.                                Winding-Up

 

If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a resolution of the Members, divide amongst the Members in specie or in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may, for such purpose, set such value as he deems fair upon any property to be divided as aforesaid and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in the trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any shares or other securities or assets whereon there is any liability.

 

CHANGES TO CONSTITUTION

 

85.                                Changes to Bye-laws

 

85.1                         No Bye-law may be rescinded, altered or amended and no new Bye-law may be made save in accordance with the Act and until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members.

 

85.2                         Bye-laws 30, 45, 46, 49, 61, 84 and 86 may not be rescinded, altered or amended and no

 

59



 

new Bye-law may be made which would have the effect of rescinding, altering or amending the provisions of such Bye-laws, until the same has been approved by a resolution of the Board including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the Directors then in office and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

 

86.                                Changes to the Memorandum of Association

 

No alteration or amendment to the Memorandum of Association may be made save in accordance with the Act and until same has been approved by a resolution of the Board and by a resolution of the Members including the affirmative vote of not less than 66 2/3% of the votes attaching to all shares in issue.

 

87.                                Discontinuance

 

The Board may exercise all the powers of the Company to discontinue the Company to a jurisdiction outside Bermuda pursuant to the Act.

 

88.                                Amalgamation

 

Any resolution proposed for consideration at any general meeting to approve the amalgamation of the Company with any other company, wherever incorporated, shall require the approval of a simple majority of votes cast at such meeting and the quorum for such meeting shall be that required in Bye-law 27 and a poll may be demanded in respect of such resolution in accordance with the provisions of Bye-law 30.

 

60




Exhibit 4.2

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 


 

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated as of February  6 , 2009

 

 

 



 

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of February 6, 2009, by and among Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”) and each of the holders of the Company Securities (as defined below) set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Shareholders ”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Subscription Agreement ”), by and among the Company and certain of the Shareholders, the Company has agreed to sell and issue from time to time Class A Common Shares (as defined below) to such Shareholders; and

 

WHEREAS, as an inducement for the Shareholders to enter into the Subscription Agreement, each of the Company and the Shareholders have agreed to enter into this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Certain Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following respective meanings; other terms are defined in the text of this Agreement and shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them therein:

 

1.1.                             Affiliate ” means, with respect to the Company or any other specified Person, any Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with the Company (or other specified Person) and shall also include, in the case of a specified Person who is an individual, any Family Member of such Person; provided , that no Shareholder shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of the Company unless such Shareholder owns more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting securities of the Company or has the ability, by contract or otherwise, to designate a majority of the members of the Board.

 

1.2.                             Board ” means the Company’s Board of Directors.

 

1.3.                             Bye-laws ” means the Bye-laws of the Company, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

1.4.                             Class A Common Shares ” means the Class A Common Shares, $.01 par value per share, in the capital of the Company.

 

1.5.                             Class B Common Shares ” means, collectively, the Class B-1 Common Shares and the Class B-2 Common Shares.

 

1.6.                             Class B-1 Common Shares ” means the Class B-1 Common Shares, $.01 par value per share, in the capital of the Company.

 

1



 

1.7.                             Class B-2 Common Shares ” means the Class B-2 Common Shares, $.01 par value per share, in the capital of the Company.

 

1.8.                             Company Securities ” means all Class A Common Shares, Class B Common Shares and all other shares in the capital of the Company, including all classes of common shares, preference shares, voting and nonvoting shares, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Shareholder, and all other securities or obligations that are, directly or indirectly, exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing.

 

1.9.                             Credit-Worthy ” means, with respect to any Person that is an assignee of obligations under this Agreement or a transferee of any Company Securities, that the risk (financial or otherwise) that such Person will not satisfy such obligations or the obligations associated with such Company Securities is no greater than the comparable risk associated with the assignor or transferor, as the case may be.

 

1.10.                      Defaulting Investor ”  except as otherwise provided in the Subscription Agreement, means any Investor that has at any time declined or otherwise failed to fund its pro rata portion of any Draw in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth in the Subscription Agreement.

 

1.11.                      Draw ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Subscription Agreement.

 

1.12.                      Family Member ” means, with respect to any individual, such individual’s parents, spouse and descendants (whether natural or adopted) and any trust or other vehicle formed solely for the benefit of, and controlled by, such individual and/or any one or more of them.

 

1.13.                      Fully-Diluted Basis ” means, at the relevant time of determination, the number of outstanding Class B Common Shares assuming the conversion or exchange of all outstanding and vested convertible or exchangeable securities (including the conversion of the Class A Common Shares into Class B-1 Common Shares) and the exercise of all then outstanding warrants, options or other rights to subscribe for or purchase any vested Class B Common Shares.

 

1.14.                      General Meeting ” means any annual or special general meeting of the Company convened in accordance with Bye-law 22 or 23 of the Bye-laws.

 

1.15.                      GS ” means The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.16.                      HSBC ” means HSBC Equity Partners USA, L.P. and HSBC Private Equity Partners II USA LP, together with any Affiliates to which they Transfer Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.17.                      Investor ” means each of Pine Brook, GS, JPM, Valorina, RenRe, PartnerRe, HSBC and their permitted transferees.

 

2



 

1.18.                      JPM ” means Aldermanbury Investments Limited, together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.19.                      Major Investor ” means, subject to Section 3(b), for so long as they continue to hold Company Securities and are not a Defaulting Investor, each of Pine Brook and GS. The special rights of Pine Brook and GS in their capacity as Major Investors are personal to Pine Brook and GS and are non-transferable.

 

1.20.                      Management Shareholder ” means Mark Casale, and each other shareholder that executes a joinder to this Agreement as a Management Shareholder after the date hereof pursuant to Section 12.2.

 

1.21.                      Member ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Bye-laws.

 

1.22.                      New Investor ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Subscription Agreement.

 

1.23.                      PartnerRe ” means PPF Holdings II Ltd., together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.24.                      Permitted Transfer ” means any Transfer permitted in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.25.                      Person ” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity and any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof.

 

1.26.                      Pine Brook ” means Essent Intermediate, L.P., together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.27.                      Publicly Traded Securities ” means publicly traded securities of a company with a public float of at least $250,000,000 which are listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market. As used in this definition, “public float” means the aggregate value of all shares of capital stock of a company held by shareholders other than (i) shareholders owning more than five percent (5%) of all shares of capital stock of such company and (ii) directors or executive officers of such company.

 

1.28.                      Qualified Public Offering ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Bye-laws.

 

1.29.                      RenRe ” means Renaissance Re Ventures Ltd., together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

1.30.                      Required Holders ” means, at any time, (i) Shareholders holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares and (ii) each of the Major Investors (excluding any Major Investor that is a Defaulting Investor).

 

3



 

1.31.                      Sale Transaction ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Bye-laws.

 

1.32.                      Securities Act ” means the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

1.33.                      Share Plan ” means the Company’s 2009 Restricted Share Plan, as amended from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

1.34.                      Transfer ” means any sale, assignment, exchange, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, or any agreement restricting such holder’s voting of Company Securities. A “Transfer” shall include any indirect Transfer accomplished through the amalgamation, merger or consolidation of any Shareholder with any other Person (including another Shareholder or any of its Affiliates) or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of any Shareholder to any other Person (including another Shareholder or any of its Affiliates), where the effect of such transaction is to cause the Company Securities owned by such Shareholder to become subject, directly or indirectly, to the ownership or control of such other Person.

 

1.35.                      Valorina ” means Valorina LLC, together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

2.                                       Transfers by Shareholders .

 

2.1.                             Transfers Generally . Except in the case of Permitted Transfers made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3 and Transfers effected pursuant to Section 6, (a) Shareholders may at any time Transfer all (but not less than all) of the Company Securities held by them subject to compliance with the requirements of this Section 2 and (b) each proposed transferee of Company Securities shall (i) be a Credit-Worthy Person, (ii) be acceptable to the Board, (iii) agree to assume all obligations of the Transferring Shareholder (as defined below) under the Subscription Agreement (including the obligation to purchase the Transferring Shareholder’s Pro Rata Share (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) of additional Class A Common Shares in response to any Draw) and (iv) become a party to this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and the Shareholders dated as of the date hereof (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”).

 

2.2.                             Notice of Transfer .   If any Shareholder (the “ Transferring Shareholder ”) proposes to Transfer its Company Securities (the “ Offered Securities ”), then the Transferring Shareholder shall give written notice of the proposed Transfer (the “ Notice ”) to the Company and simultaneously, except in the case of a proposed Transfer to an Affiliate, to each of the Investors. The Notice shall describe in reasonable detail the proposed Transfer, including the number and type of Offered Securities, the nature of such Transfer, the consideration to be paid, the date of consummation of such Transfer, and the name of each prospective purchaser or transferee and shall be accompanied by copies of all material proposed agreements relating to such proposed Transfer. In the event that the Transfer is being made pursuant to the provisions of Section 3, the Notice shall state under which provision the Transfer is being made.

 

4



 

2.3.                             Rights of First Offer .

 

(a)                                  Except for Transfers permitted under clause (i), (ii), (iii), (v) or (vi) of Section 3(a) or under Section 6, and subject to the Bye-laws, with respect to any proposed Transfer by the Transferring Shareholder of Offered Securities, either prior to or following delivery of the Notice but in any case prior to consummation of the proposed Transfer, the Transferring Shareholder shall first offer the Offered Securities to each other Investor (other than any Defaulting Investor) pursuant to a written notice (a “ ROFO Notice ”), which shall specify the purchase price and all other material terms and conditions upon which the Transferring Shareholder is willing to sell such Offered Securities.  Each Investor shall have a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt of the ROFO Notice to notify the Transferring Shareholder of its election to purchase its pro rata share of the Offered Securities on the same terms (including the consideration) and conditions as set forth therein.

 

(b)                                  In the event that not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Offered Securities pursuant to their rights under Section 2.3(a) within the time period set forth therein, then the Transferring Shareholder shall promptly give written notice (the “ Undersubscription Notice ”) to each of the Investors who have so elected to exercise their purchase rights (the “ Participating Investors ”), which Undersubscription Notice shall set forth the Offered Securities not purchased by the other Investors, and shall offer such Participating Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed Offered Securities. Each Participating Investor shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Undersubscription Notice (the “ Undersubscription Period ”) to notify the Transferring Shareholder of its election to purchase all or any portion of the unsubscribed Offered Securities on the same terms (including the consideration) and conditions as set forth in the ROFO Notice. In the event that the Participating Investors elect to purchase more than the number of unsubscribed Offered Securities available as set forth in the Undersubscription Notice, each Participating Investor shall be entitled to purchase up to its pro rata portion of such Offered Securities. The Participating Investors (including the Participating Investors who elect to oversubscribe in accordance with this Section 2.3(b)) shall effect the purchase of the Offered Securities, including payment of the purchase price, (i) in the event that the Participating Investors collectively elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities, on the date (not later than fifteen (15) days after such election, subject to reasonable extension to the extent necessary to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals) agreed to among the Participating Investors and the Transferring Shareholder and (ii) in the event that the Participating Investors do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities, subject to Section 2.3(d), upon the consummation of the Transfer of all other Offered Securities (as defined below) to the Company and/or a third party purchaser, in each case against delivery by the Transferring Shareholder to the appropriate Participating Investors of the certificate(s) representing the Offered Securities to be purchased by the Participating Investors, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer.

 

(c)                                   In the event that the Investors do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities available pursuant to their rights under Sections 2.3(a) and (b) within the period set forth therein, the Transferring Shareholder shall give prompt written notice (such notice, the “ Second ROFO Notice ”), to the Company which shall set forth the Offered Securities not purchased by the Investors and which shall include the terms of the ROFO Notice. The

 

5



 

Company shall then have the right, exercisable upon written notice to the Transferring Shareholder within fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Second ROFO Notice, to elect to purchase the Offered Securities subject to the Second ROFO Notice on the same terms (including the consideration) and conditions as set forth therein. The Company shall effect the purchase of such Offered Securities, including payment of the purchase price, (i) in the event that the Company elects to purchase all of the Offered Securities subject to the Second ROFO Notice, on the date (not later than fifteen (15) days after such election) agreed to among the Company and the Transferring Shareholder and (ii) in the event that the Company does not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities subject to the Second ROFO Notice, subject to Section 2.3(d), upon the consummation of the Transfer of all Unpurchased Securities (as defined below) to a third party purchaser, in each case against delivery by the Transferring Shareholder to the Company of the certificate(s) representing the Offered Securities to be purchased by the Company, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. The Offered Securities so purchased shall thereupon be cancelled and cease to be issued and outstanding.

 

(d)                                  If the Company and/or the Participating Investors elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities that are the subject of the ROFO Notice and/or the Second ROFO Notice, the Transferring Shareholder shall honor their elections to purchase and consummate the sale or sales of the Offered Securities on terms set forth in the ROFO Notice and/or the Second ROFO Notice. If the Company and/or the Participating Investors do not elect to purchase all of the Offered Securities that are the subject of the ROFO Notice and/or the Second ROFO Notice, or if they elect to purchase all of such Offered Securities but (through no fault of the Transferring Shareholder) such purchases are not consummated at the closings scheduled therefor (such Offered Securities not so purchased being the “ Unpurchased Securities ”), then the Transferring Shareholder shall be entitled, subject to Section 2.1, to sell to the proposed third party purchaser (i) all (but not less than all) of such Unpurchased Securities or (ii) all of the Offered Securities (notwithstanding the election of the Company and/or the Participating Investors to purchase any portion of the Offered Securities). Any proposed Transfer to a third party purchaser (i) that is not consummated within ninety (90) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period specified in Section 2.3(c) (subject to reasonable extension to the extent necessary to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals) or (ii) for a purchase price per share less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the purchase price set forth in the ROFO Notice or otherwise on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, materially more favorable to the proposed transferee than those set forth in the ROFO Notice, shall again be subject to the Investors’ and the Company’s rights under this Section 2.3.

 

(e)                                   For purposes of this Section 2.3, (i) the pro rata share of each Investor shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the aggregate number of Offered Securities covered by the ROFO Notice and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Company Securities owned by such Investor (calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) at the time of the Transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Company Securities owned by all of the Investors (other than any Defaulting Investors and the Transferring Shareholder, and calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) at the time of the Transfer and (ii) the pro rata share of each Participating Investor shall be equal to the product obtained by multiplying (A) the aggregate number of Offered Securities covered by the Undersubscription Notice and (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of Company Securities owned by such Participating Investor

 

6



 

(calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) at the time of the Transfer and the denominator of which is the total number of Company Securities owned by all of the Participating Investors (calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) at the time of the Transfer.

 

(f)                                    The rights and obligations set forth in this Section 2.3 shall not apply in connection with, and shall immediately terminate upon the closing of, a Sale Transaction.

 

2.4.                             Share Plan . This Agreement is subject to, and shall in no manner limit the right which the Company may have to repurchase securities from a Shareholder pursuant to (a) a share restriction or other agreement between the Company and a Shareholder entered into pursuant to the Share Plan or other employee benefit plan approved by the Board and (b) any right of first refusal granted under the Share Plan. The Company hereby agrees that to the extent that it has any right of first refusal under the Share Plan, it shall not assign such right to any Person except to the Investors (other than any Defaulting Investor) on a ratable basis (based on the number of Company Securities held by each such Investor at the time of such Transfer).

 

3.                                       Permitted Transfers .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, but subject to compliance with the requirements of Section 8.2, the restrictions on Transfer set forth in Section 2 shall not apply to any Transfer (i) of Company Securities to a Credit-Worthy Affiliate of the Transferring Shareholder, provided , that, if the obligations of such Affiliate under the Subscription Agreement are retained or guaranteed by the Transferring Shareholder on a full and unconditional basis, then no determination of Credit-Worthiness shall be required, (ii) of Class A Common Shares having a fair market value (as determined by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board) of up to $50,000,000 by either of Pine Brook or GS to any of their respective limited partners or other passive co-investors under common investment management, provided , that Pine Brook or GS, as applicable, continues to exercise all rights (including any voting or consent rights) under, and remains subject to all obligations and liabilities associated with, the Company Securities Transferred to such limited partners or co-investors, (iii) of Company Securities by a Defaulting Investor to any Investor or New Investor pursuant to Section 1.4 of the Subscription Agreement, (iv) subject to clause (b) below and for so long as GS or JPM, as applicable, (A) holds fifteen percent (15%) or more of the outstanding Class A Common Shares, Class B-1 Common Shares or any other class of voting securities of the Company, (B) has the right to designate more than one (1) member of the Board pursuant to Section 9.1 or (C) otherwise, in good faith and based on the advice of counsel, determines that there is a reasonable likelihood that it could be deemed to control the Company within the meaning of the United States Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and the rules, regulations and policy guidelines thereunder as in effect from time to time (either clause (A) or (B), in each case subject to appropriate adjustment by agreement of GS, JPM and the Company in good faith upon a change in applicable law, regulation or policy guidelines, or (C), the “ BHC Threshold ”), of that number of Company Securities required to be Transferred by GS or JPM (or deemed advisable by GS or JPM in good faith and based on the advice of counsel) in order to comply with or to avoid a potential violation of (x) any applicable law or regulation, after GS or JPM, as applicable, has used its commercially reasonable efforts to avoid the Transfer, provided , that nothing in this clause (x) shall be deemed to require GS or JPM, as applicable, to (1) divest or hold separate any of its or any of its Affiliate’s assets or any

 

7



 

portion of their respective businesses, (2) forfeit any of its rights to designate directors on the Board pursuant to Section 9.1 of this Agreement, (3) agree to any reduction of the voting power conferred by the Company Securities held by it in excess of any reduction required under Bye-Law 34 of the Bye-Laws, (4) make any material expenditure or (5) agree to any other material condition, qualification or restriction materially and adversely affecting any of the benefits which it would otherwise receive from its investment in the Company had such Shareholder not been subject to the condition, qualification or restriction, or imposing any material burden on such Shareholder, or (y) any order of a court or governmental agency having jurisdiction over GS or JPM, as applicable, or any of its respective Affiliates, (v) of Company Securities through an amalgamation, merger or consolidation of a Shareholder or an Affiliate of a Shareholder with, or the sale of all or substantially all the assets of a Shareholder to, a Person at least as Credit-Worthy as such Shareholder or (vi) of Company Securities pursuant to Bye-law 5.5(c) of the Bye-laws.  In the case of any Transfer permitted by this Section 3, (x) the Transferring Shareholder shall inform the Company and the Investors of such Transfer in accordance with Section 2.2 and (y) the transferee shall become a party to this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement.

 

(b)                                          No Transfer pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 3(a) shall be effective unless (i) GS or JPM, as applicable, shall have first complied with the requirements of Section 2.3 and (ii) each Major Investor (other than GS if GS is the transferor) has provided its consent in writing to the proposed transferee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that if the proposed transferee (A) has a credit strength rating equal to or better than that of GS or JPM, as applicable, (as determined by at least any two of Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch Ratings) and (B) is not engaged in and does not at the time of the proposed Transfer propose to engage in, as a material part of its business or that of its subsidiaries or affiliates, direct competition with the Company as a provider of mortgage insurance or mortgage guaranty products (to the extent such mortgage guaranty products are issued in insurance form) in the territories in which the Company operates or reinsurance coverage thereof, but is not reasonably acceptable to the Major Investors (other than GS if GS is the transferor), and GS or JPM, as applicable, has been unable for a period of thirty (30) days, using its reasonable best efforts, to arrange a Transfer of the Company Securities required to be sold by it to a transferee acceptable to the Major Investors (other than GS if GS is the transferor) on terms not materially less favorable to GS or JPM than those offered by the proposed transferee, then GS or JPM, as applicable, may nonetheless Transfer such Company Securities to the proposed transferee and such Transfer shall be a Permitted Transfer for all purposes of this Agreement. Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement or the Bye-laws to the contrary, in the event that, following any Transfer of Company Securities pursuant to clause (iv) of Section 3(a), GS holds less than fourteen and nine-tenths percent (14.9%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares then outstanding (1) GS shall cease to be a Major Investor for purposes of this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Bye-laws and (2) the number of directors of the Company GS shall be entitled to designate pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be reduced to one (1).

 

4.                                       Prohibited Transfers Void . The attempted Transfer of any Company Securities in violation of the provisions of this Agreement shall be null and void. The Company agrees it will

 

8



 

not effect such a Transfer nor will it treat any alleged transferee as the holder of such Company Securities.

 

5.                                       Prohibited Transfers by Management . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Agreement to the contrary, no Management Shareholder shall Transfer Company Securities to any Person (other than a Family Member of the Management Shareholder) without the prior written consent of the Required Holders; provided that any Family Member to whom Company Securities are Transferred shall become a party to this Agreement.

 

6.                                       Right to Force Sale .

 

6.1.                             Right to Force Sale .

 

(a)                                          At any time on or after February 6, 2016, and provided that no Company Securities are then listed on a national securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market, (i) any Major Investor or (ii) any Investor or group of Investors holding not less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares (in each case, the “ Initiating Investor ”), may by written notice to the Company and the other Shareholders (the “ Sale Notice ”) initiate and consummate a Sale Transaction to a bona fide third party purchaser (which shall exclude an Affiliate of the Initiating Investor) on arms-length terms for cash or Publicly Traded Securities in accordance with the terms set forth in this Section 6 (an “ Approved Sale ”). The Sale Notice shall describe, in reasonable detail, the proposed Sale Transaction, including the nature of such transaction, the consideration to be paid and the name of the prospective purchaser.

 

(b)                                  At any time prior to the consummation of an Approved Sale (including prior to the delivery of a Sale Notice in respect of any Approved Sale), the Initiating Investor shall first offer all Company Securities then held by it to each other Investor (other than any Defaulting Investor) pursuant to a ROFO Notice, which shall specify the purchase price and all other material terms and conditions upon which the Initiating Investor is willing to sell such Company Securities. Each Investor shall have a period of fifteen (15) days after receipt of the ROFO Notice to notify the Initiating Investor of its election to purchase its pro rata share of the Company Securities on the same terms (including the consideration) and conditions as set forth therein. In the event that not all of the Investors elect to purchase their pro rata share of the Company Securities then held by the Initiating Investor within the fifteen (15) day period provided above, then the Initiating Investor shall promptly deliver an Undersubscription Notice to each Participating Investor, which Undersubscription Notice shall set forth the Company Securities held by the Initiating Investor not purchased by the other Investors, and shall offer such Participating Investors the right to acquire such unsubscribed Company Securities. Each Participating Investor shall have fifteen (15) days after receipt of the Undersubscription Notice to notify the Initiating Investor of its election to purchase all or any portion of the unsubscribed Company Securities on the same terms (including the consideration) and conditions as set forth in the ROFO Notice. In the event that the Participating Investors elect to purchase more than the number of unsubscribed Company Securities available as set forth in the Undersubscription Notice, each Participating Investor shall be entitled to purchase up to its pro rata portion of such Company Securities. The Participating Investors (including the Participating Investors who elect

 

9


 

to oversubscribe) shall effect the purchase of the Initiating Investor’s Company Securities, including payment of the purchase price, within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the fifteen (15) day period referred to above (subject to reasonable extension to the extent necessary to obtain any required governmental or regulatory approvals), against delivery by the Initiating Investor to the appropriate Participating Investors of the certificate(s) representing the Company Securities to be purchased by the Participating Investors, each certificate to be properly endorsed for transfer. If the Participating Investors do not elect to purchase all of the Company Securities held by the Initiating Investor pursuant to this Section 6.1(b), or if they elect to purchase all of such Company Securities but (through no fault of the Initiating Investor) such purchases are not consummated at the closings scheduled therefor, then the Initiating Investor shall be entitled to pursue the Approved Sale, subject to the right of the Company to arrange an alternative Sale Transaction pursuant to Section 6.1(c), for a purchase price per share not less than ninety-five percent (95%) of the purchase price set forth in the ROFO Notice and otherwise on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, not materially more favorable to the transferee than those set forth in the ROFO Notice. For purposes of this Section 6.1(b), the pro rata share of each Investor and each Participating Investor, as applicable, shall be determined in accordance with Section 2.3(e).

 

(c)                                   In the event that less than all of the Initiating Investor’s Company Securities are purchased by other Investors pursuant to Section 6.1(b) above, the Company shall have the right, but not the obligation, to seek an alternative Sale Transaction to a bona fide third party purchaser for cash or Publicly Traded Securities on terms and conditions, taken as a whole, that are more favorable to the Shareholders than the terms and conditions set forth in the ROFO Notice (a “ Board Sponsored Sale ) ; provided , that the price per Share in any Board Sponsored Sale shall be at least five percent (5%) greater than the price per Share set forth in the ROFO Notice. In the event the Board elects to seek a Board Sponsored Sale, the Board shall provide written notice to the Initiating Investor within five (5) days of the completion of the offer period specified in Section 6.1(b) above (the “ Board Sale Notice ”). Upon receipt of the Board Sale Notice, the Initiating Investor shall refrain from pursuing the Approved Sale until the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days from receipt of the Board Sale Notice or (ii) receipt of written notice from the Board of its intention not to proceed with a Board Sponsored Sale. In connection with any Board Sponsored Sale pursuant to this Section 6.1(c), the Board may engage such investment banks, counsel and other representatives and advisors as it deems necessary or advisable to promote a Sale Transaction through an auction process or otherwise. If the Board succeeds in arranging a Board Sponsored Sale on terms that are more favorable to the Shareholders than the terms set forth in the ROFO Notice, the Board shall send notice to each Investor describing, in reasonable detail, the proposed Sale Transaction, including the nature of such transaction, the consideration to be paid and the name of the prospective purchaser, and the Board Sponsored Sale shall be an “Approved Sale” for purposes of Section 6(d). If the Board is unable to arrange a Board Sponsored Sale within ninety (90) days of delivery of the Board Sale Notice, the Initiating Investor shall be entitled to pursue the Approved Sale in the manner set forth below.

 

(d)                                  All Shareholders shall vote in favor of, consent to and raise no objections against an Approved Sale, and the Initiating Investor or, in the case of a Board Sponsored Sale, the Board shall notify all Shareholders whether or not they will be required to participate in the Approved Sale (the “ Participation Notice ”) and (i) if required to participate, then all Shareholders shall agree to sell all of their Company Securities on the terms and conditions

 

10



 

approved by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, and (ii) if not required to participate, then any Shareholder shall nevertheless have the right to sell all (but not less than all) of its Company Securities in the Approved Sale by notice to the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, within fifteen (15) days following receipt of the Participation Notice, of its election to participate and of the number of Company Securities held by it to be included in the Approved Sale, which notification shall create a binding obligation on the part of the Shareholder to sell all such Company Securities on the terms and conditions of the Approved Sale. The Shareholders shall take all actions which are reasonably requested by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, in connection with the consummation of the Approved Sale, including, without limitation, attendance at a General Meeting in person or by proxy for the purposes of obtaining a quorum and the execution of written consents in lieu of meetings, execution of such agreements and instruments such that any proposal or resolution reasonably requested by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, in connection therewith shall be implemented by the Company and if the Company’s Shareholders are entitled to vote on any such matter, all of the voting Company Securities over which such Shareholder has voting control shall be voted in favor of the proposal or resolution in connection with such transaction, together with such other actions as are reasonably requested by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, to effect the allocation and distribution of the aggregate consideration received upon the consummation of the Approved Sale in accordance with the terms of the Bye-laws and the terms of the Company Securities.  Each holder of a particular class, series or type of Company Securities shall be entitled to receive the same type and amount of consideration for each share of such particular class, series or type as each other holder is entitled to receive in the Approved Sale. If required by the Initiating Investor or, in the case of a Board Sponsored Sale, the Board, each Shareholder shall provide indemnification as required by the proposed purchaser up to a maximum amount (subject to such escrow, survival periods and other limitations as may be negotiated and agreed to by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, but in no event in excess of the Purchase Consideration (as defined below)) in the proportion that the Purchase Consideration received by such Shareholder bears to the total Purchase Consideration received by all Shareholders for their Company Securities pursuant to the Approved Sale.

 

6.2.                             Obligations in Connection with Securities Sale . Within fifteen (15) days after written request therefor by the Initiating Investor or the Board, as applicable, in connection with an Approved Sale in the form of a sale of Company Securities (the “ Tender Period ”), each Shareholder will tender all certificates representing its Company Securities to the Secretary of the Company. The Secretary shall hold such certificates in trust pending the consummation of the Approved Sale and, upon the Company’s receipt of the cash purchase price or Publicly Traded Securities given by an acquiror in such Approved Sale (the “ Purchase Consideration ”), the Company shall deliver to each Shareholder the portion of such Purchase Consideration payable to such Shareholder in respect of its Company Securities in accordance with the Bye-laws and the terms of such Company Securities. In the event that any Shareholder does not comply with the requirements of this Section 6.2 and/or fails to tender its certificate(s) with the Company Secretary within the Tender Period: (a) any Purchase Consideration received by the Company in respect of Company Securities held by such non-tendering Shareholder (a “ Non- Tendering Shareholder ”) shall be held by the Company in trust for the benefit of such Non-Tendering Shareholder; (b) any non-tendered certificate(s) held by such Non-Tendering Shareholder shall, automatically and without further action, be deemed to be “tendered” and all

 

11



 

Company Securities represented by such non-tendered certificate(s) shall be deemed transferred to the acquiror upon the consummation of the Approved Sale; and (c) the Company shall issue in the name of each Non-Tendering Shareholder, in lieu of any non-tendered share certificate(s) held by such Non-Tendering Shareholder, a phantom certificate (the “ Phantom Certificate ”) which evidences a Non-Tendering Shareholder’s right to receive from the Company its portion of the Purchase Consideration upon the consummation of the Approved Sale. Promptly following the Tender Period, the Company shall deliver all Phantom Certificates to the Company Secretary and the Company Secretary shall hold the Phantom Certificate issued to each Non-Tendering Shareholder in trust until such time as such Non-Tendering Shareholder delivers all of its non- tendered certificates to the Company Secretary in exchange for its Phantom Certificate. Upon the consummation of an Approved Sale, each holder of a Phantom Certificate shall be entitled to receive from the Company that portion of Purchase Consideration specified in the Phantom Certificate.

 

6.3.                             Waiver of Appraisal Rights; Further Actions . Each Shareholder agrees to waive any and all dissenters and appraisal rights they may have under applicable law in connection with an Approved Sale, and to take any and all further actions reasonably requested by the Initiating Investor or otherwise required to effectuate the Approved Sale.

 

6.4.                             Irrevocable Proxy . SOLELY IN CONNECTION WITH THE EFFECTUATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS SECTION 6, EACH SHAREHOLDER HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE COMPANY SECRETARY AS SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN- FACT TO VOTE SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S CLASS A COMMON SHARES, CLASS B-1 COMMON SHARES, AND OTHER VOTING CAPITAL SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AND TAKE ANY AND ALL SUCH OTHER ACTION WITH RESPECT TO SUCH CLASS A COMMON SHARES, CLASS B-1 COMMON SHARES, AND OTHER VOTING CAPITAL SECURITIES OF THE COMPANY AS THE INITIATING INVESTOR OR THE BOARD, AS APPLICABLE, MAY DIRECT. THIS PROXY IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE.

 

7.                                       Legends .

 

7.1.                             Each certificate or instrument representing Company Securities, in addition to any other legend required by the Board or the Company pursuant to the Bye-laws or applicable law, shall bear a legend substantially in the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS (INCLUDING RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER,  PROXIES AND VOTING AGREEMENTS) SET FORTH IN A CERTAIN SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, AS AMENDED FROM TIME TO TIME, BY AND AMONG THE SHAREHOLDER, THE COMPANY AND CERTAIN OTHER SHAREHOLDERS, AND THE BYE-LAWS OF THE COMPANY, COPIES OF

 

12



 

WHICH ARE AVAILABLE FOR EXAMINATION AT THE REGISTERED OFFICE OF THE COMPANY.”

 

7.2.                             The Shareholders agree that the Company may instruct its transfer agent to impose transfer restrictions on the Company Securities represented by certificates bearing the legend referred to in Section 7.1 above to enforce the provisions of this Agreement and the Company agrees to promptly do so. The legend shall be removed upon termination of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       Compliance with Securities Laws .

 

8.1.                             Each certificate representing Company Securities shall, except as otherwise provided in Section 8.2, be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend substantially in the following form:

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED, OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY U.S. STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION AND MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF UNLESS THEY HAVE BEEN REGISTERED UNDER SUCH ACT AND ALL SUCH APPLICABLE LAWS OR AN EXEMPTION FROM SUCH REGISTRATION IS AVAILABLE.”

 

8.2.                             Prior to any proposed Transfer of Company Securities (other than pursuant to an effective registration statement in accordance with the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws), the holder thereof shall give written notice to the Company of its intention to effect such Transfer. Each such notice shall describe the manner of the proposed Transfer and, if requested by the Company, shall be accompanied by an opinion of counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company to the effect that the proposed Transfer may be effected without registration under the Securities Act and the applicable securities laws of any U.S. state or other jurisdiction, whereupon, subject to compliance with the other terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement, the holder of such Company Securities shall be entitled to Transfer such Company Securities in accordance with the terms of its notice; provided , that no such opinion of counsel shall be required for a Transfer in connection with a Sale Transaction or a Permitted Transfer pursuant to Section 3(a)(i) or 3(a)(v). Each certificate representing Company Securities Transferred as above provided shall bear the legend set forth in Section 8.1, except that such certificate shall not bear such legend if (i) such Transfer is in accordance with the provisions of Rule 144 (or any other rule permitting public sale without registration under the Securities Act) or (ii) the opinion of counsel referred to above is to the further effect that the transferee and any subsequent transferee (other than an affiliate of the Company) would be entitled to Transfer such Company Securities in a public sale without registration under the Securities Act and other applicable securities laws.

 

13



 

9.                                              Voting Rights .

 

9.1.                             Election of Directors . Each Shareholder agrees to vote all voting Company Securities over which such Shareholder has voting control, whether now owned or acquired hereafter, and shall take all other necessary or desirable actions within his or its control and the Company shall take all necessary or desirable actions within its control (including, without limitation, calling special Board and General Meetings), so as to cause:

 

(a)                                  The authorized number of directors on the Board to be established at twelve (12) members unless the Required Holders shall otherwise consent to a greater number.

 

(b)                                  The following individuals to be elected to the Board at each meeting to elect, and pursuant to each consent executed for the purpose of electing, the members of the Board:

 

(1)                                  three (3) individuals designated by Pine Brook (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) as may be designated by Pine Brook, and who shall initially be William Spiegel, Robert Glanville and one (1) individual designated by Pine Brook after the date hereof (the “ Pine Brook Directors ”), provided , that Pine Brook shall endeavor in good faith to arrange for one (1) of the Pine Brook Directors to be independent and not affiliated with Pine Brook;

 

(2)                                  three (3) individuals designated by GS (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor, and subject to Section 3(b)) as may be designated by GS, and who shall initially be Allan Levine, Kevin Gasvoda and one (1) individual designated by GS after the date hereof (the “ GS Directors ” and, together with the Pine Brook Directors, the “ Major Investor Directors ”), provided , that GS shall endeavor in good faith to arrange for one (1) of the GS Directors to be independent and not affiliated with GS;

 

(3)                                  one (1) individual designated by each of Valorina, JPM, Ren Re and Partner Re (in each case so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) as may be designated by each of Valorina, JPM, Ren Re and Partner Re, and who shall initially be Frank Sica, Lauren Tyler, Laurence Richardson and Marvin Pestcoe, respectively; and

 

(4)                                  the individuals then serving as Chairman of the Company and the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, and who shall initially be the individual elected as Chairman of the Company after the date hereof and Mark Casale, respectively.

 

(c)                                   Unless otherwise removed in accordance with Section 9.1(d) or Section 9.1(e), the members of the Board to hold office until their respective successors shall have been duly appointed.

 

(d)                                  If any Shareholder or group of Shareholders request that a director designated by such Shareholder or group of Shareholders be removed by written notice to the Company and the other Shareholders, then, in each such case, the removal of such director.

 

(e)                                   If an Investor entitled to designate one (1) or more directors pursuant to Section 9.1(b) (i) becomes a Defaulting Investor or (ii) Transfers Company Securities other than

 

14



 

to an Affiliate, the removal of all directors designated by such Investor; provided , that the continued right of GS to designate one (1) director following certain Permitted Transfers pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) or 3(a)(vi) shall be as set forth in Section 3(b) and Bye-law 5.5(c), respectively.

 

(f)                                    In the event of any vacancy on the Board, the filling of such vacancy with an individual designated by the Shareholder or group of Shareholders entitled to designate a Board member to fill such vacancy. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event of any vacancy on the Board occurring pursuant to Section 9.1(e), the Major Investors (excluding any Defaulting Investor) may, in their discretion, by unanimous consent of such Major Investors (after consultation with the Company’s counsel regarding potential United States federal income tax or other issues) and with the consent of the Investor to which such right is proposed to be allocated, allocate the right to designate directors to fill such vacancies to any new or existing Investor making an investment in the Company in excess of, or undertaking to fund at least, eight and seven-tenths percent (8.7%) of the aggregate Funding Amounts under (and as defined in) the Subscription Agreement. Vacancies on the Board occurring pursuant to Section 9.1(e) shall otherwise be filled by the Board with nominees proposed by the Nominating Committee.

 

9.2.                             Board Committees . Each Shareholder shall take all necessary or desirable actions within his, her or its control, including through the voting of all voting Company Securities over which such Shareholder has voting control, whether now owned or acquired hereafter, or through any director designated pursuant to Section 9.1, and the Company shall take all necessary or desirable actions within its control (including calling special Board and General Meetings), so as to establish as a committee to the Board in accordance with the Bye-laws an Executive Committee, a Nominating Committee, a Compensation Committee, an Audit Committee, a Credit Committee, a Compliance Committee and such other committees as it shall deem appropriate from time to time, in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.2. With the exception of the Executive Committee and the Credit Committee, any committee established by the Board shall consist of no more than three (3) members. The Executive Committee shall be comprised of each of the Major Investor Directors, shall have oversight of capital adequacy, financial reporting, and legal and regulatory matters (not otherwise within the authority of the Compliance Committee), and shall be responsible for communications with management regarding the Company and the operation of its business. The Credit Committee shall be comprised of one (1) director designated by each Investor entitled to designate a member of the Board pursuant to Section 9.1(b). Each of the Nominating Committee and the Compliance Committee shall be comprised of one (1) of each of the Pine Brook Directors and the GS Directors, for so long as Pine Brook and GS, respectively, shall remain Major Investors, and one (1) director appointed from time to time by the Board.  The Compensation Committee shall consist of two (2) members, shall be comprised of one (1) of each of the Pine Brook Directors and the GS Directors and shall have, among its responsibilities, the approval of all aspects of compensation for senior management including salary, bonus and restricted share grants, and administration of the Share Plan. At all times on or prior to June 30, 2012, (a) the members of the Compensation Committee must agree unanimously on such compensation matters, (b) any compensation matters approved by the Board shall also require the unanimous approval of the Compensation Committee and (c) in the event the Compensation Committee cannot reach unanimous agreement concerning any compensation matter,  the compensation for the

 

15



 

management individual in question would default to the individual’s base salary and target bonus (which, if any, will reflect such individual’s base expected bonus compensation). The Audit Committee shall have, among its responsibilities, the engagement, appointment and removal of the independent public accountants or auditors of the Company.  The Compliance Committee shall have, among its responsibilities, the responsibility of ensuring compliance by the Company with all applicable law and regulation. In carrying out such responsibility, the Compliance Committee shall (i) develop and adopt a plan for, oversee and cause the Company to implement, (A) an annual (or, if determined necessary by the Compliance Committee, more frequent) review of such compliance functions at the Company and (B) remediation of any non-compliance determined by the Compliance Committee to exist based on any such review and (ii) appoint and remove a chief compliance officer of the Company and determine the compensation of such officer, who shall have the responsibility of overseeing the day-to-day compliance functions of the Company and preparing a compliance report on an annual basis in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Compliance Committee. Any director not designated as a member of a committee shall have the right to attend any meetings of such committee as a non-voting observer. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement or in the Bye-laws, all actions of each committee of the Board shall require the affirmative vote of a majority of the members of such committee. Except as otherwise determined by the Board, all actions of any committee of the Board (other than the Compensation Committee and the Compliance Committee) shall be submitted to the Board for approval or ratification. Actions of the Compensation Committee and the Compliance Committee shall, if validly taken, constitute the action of the Board for all purposes, and no action of the Company, the Board or the Shareholders to limit such authority shall be effective without the written consent of each of the Major Investors.

 

9.3.                             Subsidiary Boards . Unless the Required Holders otherwise consent and subject to applicable law or regulation, the composition of the board of directors of each direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company and of each committee thereof shall, where the appropriate persons are willing to serve, be consistent with the composition of the Board and each corresponding committee thereof; provided , that no member of the Board shall be required to serve as a director or committee member of any such subsidiary. In the event that, in accordance with applicable law or regulation, the composition of the board of directors of any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any committee thereof can not be consistent with the composition of the Board or any corresponding committee thereof, the composition of the board of directors of such subsidiary or such committee shall be determined by the Board.

 

9.4.                             Observer . So long as it owns any Company Securities, each Investor shall have the right to designate (and to replace), by written notice to the Company, one (1) individual to attend any meeting of the Board (each, an “ Observer ”). No Observer shall have the right to vote on any matter presented to the Board, and no Observer shall be considered a “director” of the Company for any purpose hereunder, under the Bye-laws or otherwise. The Company shall give each Observer notice of each meeting of the Board at the same time and in the same manner as the members of the Board receive notice of such meetings, and the Company shall permit each Observer to attend as an observer at all meetings thereof. The Observers shall be entitled to receive all written materials and other information given to the directors in connection with such meetings at the same time such materials and information are given to the directors, and until the second anniversary of the earlier to occur of (a) the closing of an initial public offering of the

 

16



 

Company’s equity securities and (b) the consummation of a Sale Transaction, the Observers shall keep such materials and information confidential, except as otherwise required by applicable law, rule or regulation or by any governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory authority having jurisdiction. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company reserves the right not to provide information and to exclude any Observer from any meeting or portion thereof if the Company believes, based on the advice of counsel, that delivery of such information or attendance at such meeting by such Observer would adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel.

 

9.5.                             Meetings . The Company shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Board to meet at least four (4) times each year or as otherwise required by the Bye-laws. Each director shall be entitled to receive prior notice of all meetings and to receive all written materials and other information given to the other directors in connection with such meetings at the same time such materials and information are given to the other directors. The agenda for each meeting of the Board will be determined by the Board committees for their areas of coverage, and by the Chairman of the Board after consultation with the Major Investors on all other matters.  Any member of the Board may propose items for consideration at a Board meeting.

 

9.6.                             Action by Directors . Except as otherwise required by the Bye-laws or applicable law, any corporate action taken by the Board shall be taken by the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes represented by the directors present and voting at a duly constituted meeting at which a quorum of the Board is present and acting throughout (or by written consent of all directors in the manner provided in the Bye-laws), and in the case of an equality of votes the resolution upon which such vote is taken shall fail.

 

9.7.                             Alternate Directors .  Each director of the Company may appoint an alternate director to act in his or her stead (an “ Alternate Director ”) in accordance with the Bye-laws; provided , that written notice of any change in the Alternate Director appointed by any director of the Company shall be provided by the Company to each Investor promptly upon receipt by the Secretary of the Company of notice of such change. An Alternate Director to a member of the Board shall be deemed to be such member of the Board (while serving as such in accordance with this Agreement) for all purposes of this Agreement.  The initial Alternate Director appointed by each director of the Company, if any, is listed on Exhibit B .

 

9.8.                             Voting of Valorina’s Shares . At any time when Pine Brook is entitled, directly or indirectly, by contract or otherwise, to vote, direct the voting of or exercise any consent rights with respect to any Company Securities held by Valorina, Pine Brook shall, in the absence of other written instructions from Valorina, vote, direct the voting of or exercise all consent rights with respect to such Company Securities on any matter in proportion to the votes cast by all Shareholders entitled to vote thereon or exercise consent rights with respect thereto (other than Valorina) for, against or abstaining from any resolution or other approval relating to such matter (subject to any adjustments of voting power pursuant to the Bye-laws). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Valorina shall at all times exercise its right to designate a member of the Board pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(4).

 

17



 

9.9.                             Exercise of Voting Rights Attributed by Law; Irrevocable Proxy .

 

(a)                                  At any time when the Company has outstanding any Class B-2 Common Shares or other non-voting Company Securities, if at any General Meeting or in respect of any written resolution of Shareholders, Shareholders holding such Class B-2 Common Shares or other non-voting Company Securities are entitled under Bermuda law to vote on any matter (such as an amalgamation), notwithstanding the fact that their shares do not carry any voting rights under the Bye-laws, each such Shareholder shall cast the votes corresponding to all Class B-2 Common Shares or other non-voting Company Securities held by it in proportion to the votes cast by Shareholders holding voting Company Securities at such meeting (or by such written resolution) for, against or abstaining from any resolution on such matter (subject to any adjustments of voting power pursuant to the Bye-laws).

 

(b)                                  EACH SHAREHOLDER THAT IS THE HOLDER OF ANY CLASS B-2 COMMON SHARES OR OTHER NON-VOTING COMPANY SECURITIES HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE COMPANY SECRETARY AS SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO VOTE SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S CLASS B-2 COMMON SHARES AND OTHER NON-VOTING COMPANY SECURITIES IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN SECTION 9.8(a).  THIS PROXY IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE.

 

10.                                Information Rights and Other Covenants .

 

10.1.                      Inspection .  The Company shall permit each Shareholder, or any authorized representative of a Shareholder, to visit and inspect the properties of the Company and its subsidiaries, including its corporate and financial records, and to discuss its business and finances with officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, during normal business hours following reasonable notice, as often as may be reasonably requested as long as it is not disruptive to the operations of the business.

 

10.2.                      Directors’ Expenses . The Company shall reimburse the directors on the Board for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with attendance at all meetings of the Board (including any meetings of committees of the Board) and the board of directors of each of the Company’s subsidiaries (including any meetings of committees thereof).

 

10.3.                      Financial Statements and Other Information . The Company and its subsidiaries shall maintain true books and records of account in which full and correct entries shall be made of all its business transactions pursuant to a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, and shall set aside on its books all such proper accruals and reserves as shall be required under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.

 

(a)                                  The Company shall deliver to each Investor:

 

(1)                                          within thirty (30)  days following the end of each month, (i) unaudited Financial Statements (as defined below) for such month and for the current fiscal

 

18



 

year to date, (ii) a complete list of current investments of the Company and (iii) a reasonably detailed description of any investment, including the material terms thereof, made by the Company during such month on behalf of itself or any other Person;

 

(2)                                  within forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal quarter, unaudited Financial Statements for such quarter and for the current fiscal year to date;

 

(3)                                  within ninety (90) days following the end of each fiscal year, audited financial statements for such fiscal year; and

 

(4)                                  at least forty-five (45) days prior to the beginning of each fiscal year from and including the fiscal year beginning January 1, 2010, an annual update to the Company’s rolling seven (7) year strategic plan describing the lines of business in which the Company intends to operate and includes appropriate supporting financial models and underwriting guidelines (including general concentration restrictions by vintage year, product type and geography) and a budget for the Company and its subsidiaries prepared on a quarterly basis for the ensuing fiscal year, and on a basis consistent with prior periods (including, among other items, appropriate reserves, accruals and provisions for income taxes) and representing the best estimate of the Company based upon available information (the “ Strategic Plan ”). Subject to the last sentence of this Section 10.3(a)(4), the Strategic Plan must be approved by the Board with the consent of each of the Major Investors no later than ten (10) days prior to the beginning of the following fiscal year. In the event that the Board and the Major Investors cannot agree on approving a Strategic Plan for a given year, the Strategic Plan shall default to the rolling seven (7) year plan last approved by the Board and the Major Investors. For the avoidance of doubt, the inability of the Board and the Major Investors to approve a Strategic Plan in any year shall not affect the ongoing operation of the business of the Company, which shall continue uninterrupted in accordance with the most recently approved Strategic Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, no change to the Strategic Plan reflecting the entry of the Company into lines of business other than insurance, reinsurance and mortgage guaranty, shall be effective without the prior approval of the Board and the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares (including each of the Major Investors).

 

(b)                                  The Company’s “ Financial Statements ” shall include a balance sheet, statement of earnings, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the Company and its subsidiaries (including separate statements for each) for the applicable periods, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures from the previous period with variances delineated, prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, all certified by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer or Chief Financial Officer to (i) have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, with the exception that unaudited financial statements need not have notes attached and are subject to year-end audit adjustments and (ii) present fairly in all material respects the financial position of the Company and each of its subsidiaries as of the dates specified and the results of their respective operations and changes in financial position with respect to the periods specified (subject in the case of interim financial statements only to normal year-end audit adjustments described in reasonable detail). The “MD&A” section of the Financial Statements

 

19


 

shall include a budget variance analysis and management’s discussion and analysis of the Financial Statements related thereto. With respect to the audited Financial Statements referenced in Section 10.3(a)(3) above, each of the Financial Statements delivered in accordance with such section shall be certified without qualification by an accounting firm acceptable to the Audit Committee (or if no Audit Committee has yet been formed, the Required Holders) auditing the same to have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied.  The Company shall also deliver to each Shareholder simultaneously with the delivery of such annual Financial Statements a copy of the so called “management letter” issued by the auditors in connection with such annual financial statements.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall provide to each Investor:

 

(1)                                  within ten (10) days after filing, copies of all material documents filed by the Company with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission, the securities regulatory authority of any other jurisdiction or any other governmental agency or regulatory authority;

 

(2)                                  within ten (10) days after filing, all pleadings of any material lawsuits filed by or against the Company or its subsidiaries and all material notices, requests or orders from any governmental agency or regulatory authority; and

 

(3)                                  within ten (10) days after receipt, copies of any notices regarding any material defaults under any agreement or contract to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party.

 

(d)                                  In addition to the foregoing, the Company shall provide to any Investor, such financial and other data concerning the Company’s affairs and the affairs of its subsidiaries as may be reasonably required in order to meet any of the Investor’s regulatory requirements.

 

10.4.                      Access to Information, Audit and Inspection . At and after the date hereof, any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any Investor shall have (and the Company shall cause its subsidiaries to provide such governmental agency with) full access at reasonable times and during normal business hours to all the books and records of the Company and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses, including without limitation the right to examine and audit any of such books and records and to make copies and extracts therefrom, in the case of jurisdiction over any Investor, to the extent that such jurisdiction requires or authorizes such access to the Company. The Company shall bear all expenses incurred by the Company as a result of any governmental agency making any such examination in connection with such Investor. The Company shall, and shall cause each of its subsidiaries to, make arrangements for any governmental agency having jurisdiction over the Company or any Investor to have prompt access at reasonable times and during normal business hours to its officers, directors, employees and independent accountants to discuss any matter raised by such governmental agency.

 

10.5.                      Liability Insurance; Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance . Each of the Company and its subsidiaries shall obtain, or be an insured party and beneficiary pursuant to, a

 

20



 

general liability insurance policy, an errors and omissions insurance policy and a directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policy, in each case on terms and conditions that are reasonably acceptable to the Board with the consent of the Major Investors.  The Company (and its subsidiaries, to the extent that such subsidiaries obtain such policies) shall maintain such policies in full force and effect at all times.

 

10.6.                      Reservation of Class B-1 Common Shares .  The Company shall at all times reserve and keep available, solely for issuance and delivery upon the conversion of the Class A Common Shares and Class B-2 Common Shares, all Class B-1 Common Shares issuable from time to time upon such conversion.

 

10.7.                      Directors’ Liability and Indemnification .  The Company’s and each of its subsidiaries’ bye-laws and other organizational documents shall provide (a) for elimination of the liability of directors to the maximum extent permitted by law and (b) for indemnification of directors for acts on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries to the maximum extent permitted by law.

 

10.8.                      Cooperation with Company’s Information Request .  Each Shareholder shall cooperate and comply with the Company’s reasonable requests for information to assist the Company in carrying out its obligation under Section 8.10(b) of the Subscription Agreement.

 

10.9.                      Business of the Company .

 

(a)                                  The Company shall, and shall cause its subsidiaries, to engage exclusively in the residential mortgage insurance and mortgage credit enhancement businesses (in all forms) consistent with the Strategic Plan.

 

(b)                                  The Company shall not, and shall not permit its subsidiaries to, incur or maintain debt in excess of such amount that, in the determination of the Board, (i) would be reasonably likely to imperil the ability of the Company or its subsidiaries to obtain ratings from at least any two of Standard & Poor’s, Moody’s Investors Service or Fitch Ratings sufficient to maintain the Tier I designation (or other equivalent designation) of the Company or such subsidiaries with the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or other government sponsored enterprises (“ GSEs ”) based on rating agency guidelines in effect at the time or (ii) would otherwise be reasonably likely to imperil the Company’s or any subsidiary’s ability to maintain Tier I designation (or other equivalent designation) with each of the GSEs based on the specific financial guidelines of the GSEs (if any) in effect at the time.

 

(c)                                   The Company shall, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its subsidiaries and the officers, employees, representatives and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries to, act in compliance with the Operating Guidelines dated the date hereof. For this purpose, if any Operating Guideline indicates that an activity should be conducted or should be conducted in a particular place or manner, the activity shall be conducted and/or shall be conducted in the specified place or manner.

 

21



 

10.10.     Approval Rights .  The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its subsidiaries to, whether by means of amendment to the Bye-laws or by amalgamation, merger, consolidation or otherwise, take any action, or agree to take any action, prohibited by Sections 5.5(a), 5.5(b) or 5.5(c) of the Bye-laws without first obtaining the approval (by affirmative vote or written consent) of each Investor or group of Investors required for such action as set forth therein.

 

11.                                Preemptive Rights .

 

11.1.                      Offered Securities . Each Investor that is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Regulation D as promulgated under the Securities Act (each, a “ Qualified Investor ”) shall have the right to purchase up to its pro rata share (as set forth in Section 11.2) of all Company Securities (calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) that the Company may, from time to time, propose to sell or issue after the date of this Agreement, other than the Company Securities excluded by Section 11.5 hereof (“ New Securities ”). The Company shall issue New Securities only in accordance with the provisions of this Section 11.

 

11.2.                      Qualified Investors’ Pro Rata Share . Each Qualified Investor’s pro rata share is equal to the ratio of (a) the number of Company Securities owned by such Qualified Investor immediately prior to the issuance of the New Securities (calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis) to (b) the total number of Company Securities outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of the New Securities (calculated on a Fully-Diluted Basis).

 

11.3.                      Exercise of Rights . If the Company proposes to issue any New Securities, it shall first give each Qualified Investor written notice of its intention, describing the New Securities, the price, terms and conditions upon which the Company proposes to issue the same and, if applicable, the identity of the Persons to which the New Securities are intended to be offered (the “ Offer Notice ”). Each Qualified Investor shall have ten (10) days following the receipt of the Offer Notice (the “ Election Period ”) to decide whether to purchase its pro rata share of the New Securities for the price specified in the Offer Notice by giving written notice to the Company and stating therein the quantity of New Securities, if any, that it elects to purchase.  If the consideration to be paid by others for the New Securities is not cash, the fair market value of the consideration shall be determined in good faith by the Board or, if requested by any Investor or group of Investors holding not less than thirty-three and one-third percent (33 1/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares, an independent third party appraiser reasonably satisfactory to such requesting Investor or Investors.

 

11.4.                      Third Party Sales of Offered Securities . If, following the Company’s compliance with this Section 11, the Investors fail to exercise in full their collective preemptive rights, the Company shall have ninety (90) days after the expiration of the Election Period to sell the New Securities that the Investors did not purchase at a price and upon terms and conditions no more favorable to the purchasers thereof than specified in the Offer Notice. If the Company has not sold such Company Securities within such ninety (90) day period, the Company shall not thereafter issue or sell any New Securities without first offering such securities to the Investors in the manner provided in this Section 11.

 

22



 

11.5.                      Excluded Securities . The preemptive rights established by this Section 11 shall have no application to any of the following Company Securities:

 

(a)                                  Class B Common Shares issued in connection with a share split or share dividend;

 

(b)                                  Class A Common Shares issued pursuant to (i)  the Subscription Agreement (including pursuant to Section 1.4(f) thereof) or (ii) any employment agreement with a member of senior management of the Company approved by the Board;

 

(c)                                   Class B-2 Common Shares issued pursuant to the Share Plan;

 

(d)                                  Class B-1 Common Shares issued upon the conversion of any Class A Common Shares or Class B-2 Common Shares;

 

(e)                                   Options issued pursuant to Bye-law 6.4, and any Class B-1 Common Shares issued upon exercise thereof;

 

(f)                                    Company Securities issued pursuant to an acquisition or strategic alliance approved by the Board;

 

(g)                                   Class B-1 Common Shares issued to the public pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act;

 

(h)                                  Company Securities issued in connection with an initial public offering of the Company’s shares; and

 

(i)                                      Company Securities issued to any vendor, advisor or equipment lessor, in each case that is not an Affiliate of any Shareholder, pursuant to a grant or issuance approved by the Board, in an amount not to exceed five percent (5%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the outstanding Class A Common Shares, unless otherwise approved by the Required Holders.

 

12.                                Miscellaneous .

 

12.1.                      Successors and Assigns . Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties; provided , that the right of any Shareholder to designate one (1) or more directors of the Company pursuant to Section 9 shall not be assigned to any Person other than (a) to an Affiliate in connection with a Transfer of Company Securities to such Affiliate in accordance with Section 3 or (b) in accordance with Section 9.1(f). Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by the Company. Any attempted assignment of rights or Transfers of Company Securities made in contravention of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

 

12.2.                      Joinder . The Company shall require any Person that, at any time following the date of this Agreement, acquires Company Securities to, upon and as a condition to such

 

23



 

acquisition, execute and deliver to the Company a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Person agrees to become a party to this Agreement subject to the obligations and restrictions applicable to a Shareholder pursuant to the terms set forth herein. Any joinder executed and delivered as provided in this Section shall indicate whether the Person executing and delivering such joinder is acquiring Company Securities as an Investor or a Management Shareholder.

 

12.3.                      Conditions to Exercise of Rights . Exercise of each Shareholder’s rights under this Agreement shall be subject to and conditioned upon, and the other Shareholders and the Company shall use their best efforts to assist such Shareholder in, compliance with applicable laws.

 

12.4.                      Shareholder Representations . Each Shareholder, severally and not jointly represents and warrants, to the other Shareholders that (a) if such Shareholder is an individual, such Shareholder is the sole legal and beneficial owner of the Company Securities it currently holds, no other Person has any interest in such Company Securities and such Shareholder owns such Company Securities free and clear of any and all liens, claims, encumbrances and restrictions, other than restrictions imposed by this Agreement and (b) such Shareholder has the full power and capacity to execute and deliver this Agreement and perform his, her or its obligations hereunder and this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by, and evidences the valid and binding obligation of, such Shareholder enforceable against such Shareholder in accordance with its terms.

 

12.5.                      Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date hereof through the earliest of the following, at which time it shall terminate in its entirety:

 

(a)                                  the closing of a Qualified Public Offering or other initial public offering of Class B-1 Common Shares approved by the Required Holders; and

 

(b)                                  the closing of a Sale Transaction.

 

12.6.                      Deemed Liquidation Transaction . Except pursuant to Section 6, no Shareholder shall enter into any transaction or series of related transactions resulting in a Sale Transaction unless (a) such transaction or transactions have been approved in the manner provided therefor in the Bye-laws and (b) the terms of such transaction or transactions provide that the consideration to be paid to the shareholders of the Company is to be allocated in accordance with the preferences and priorities set forth in the Bye-laws.

 

12.7.                      Amendment .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of the Company and the Required Holders; provided , that (a) no modification or amendment which adversely affects the rights or obligations of any Shareholder under this Agreement or any other Related Document (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) in a manner disproportionate to other holders of the same class or series of shares shall be effective without the written consent of such adversely and disproportionately affected Shareholder, (b) and no modification or amendment which increases

 

24



 

any Shareholder’s obligations to make payments to or on behalf of the Company or requires any Shareholder to assume additional liabilities in connection with its ownership of Company Securities shall be effective without the written consent of such Shareholder and (c) no modification or amendment which (i) eliminates all rights of first offer or refusal of any Investor with respect to Transfers of Company Securities, (ii) eliminates the right of any Investor to designate at least one (1) member of the Board of Directors (so long as such Shareholder holds at least five percent (5%) of the outstanding Company Securities (on a Fully-Diluted Basis)) or (iii) eliminates all preemptive rights of any Investor to purchase its pro rata share of new securities issued by the Company, shall in each case be effective without the written consent of such Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 12.7 shall be binding upon the Company and each of the Shareholders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

12.8.                      Specific Performance . In addition to any and all other remedies that may be available at law, in the event of any breach of this Agreement, each Shareholder shall be entitled to specific performance of the agreements and obligations of the Company and each of the other Shareholders hereunder and to such injunctive or other equitable relief as may be granted by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

12.9.                      Remedies Cumulative .  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

12.10.               No Waiver . No waiver of any provision or consent to any action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other action, whether or not similar. No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.

 

12.11.               Jury Trial Waiver . To the fullest extent permitted by law, and as separately bargained-for-consideration, each party hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, suit, proceeding or counterclaim of any kind arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

12.12.               GOVERNING LAW . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

12.13.               Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt. All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address as set forth on the signature page hereof, to a Shareholder at such Shareholder’s address as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, or at such other address as the Company or such Shareholder may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

25



 

12.14.               Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, unenforceable or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, such illegal, unenforceable or invalid provisions or part thereof shall be stricken from this Agreement, and such provision shall not affect the legality, enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Agreement. If any provision of this Agreement or part thereof is stricken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 12.14, then such stricken provision shall be replaced, to extent possible, with a legal, enforceable and valid provision that is as similar in tenor to the stricken provision as is legally possible.

 

12.15.               Entire Agreement . This Agreement and the exhibits referred to herein constitute the entire agreement among the parties and supersede all prior communications, representations, understandings and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof. All exhibits hereto are incorporated herein by reference. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

12.16.               Section Headings .   The section headings in this Agreement are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.

 

12.17.               Effect of Agreement on Duties Existing at Law or in Equity . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each director designated by an Investor pursuant to Section 9 shall be deemed an agent of the Investor designating such director and shall have no duty (fiduciary or otherwise) to the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any Shareholder, nor shall any Shareholder have any such duty (fiduciary or otherwise). To the extent that, at law or in equity, a Shareholder or director has duties, including fiduciary duties (and liabilities arising from breach thereof), to the Company or another Shareholder or director that are not waivable as the immediately preceding sentence purports to do, such Shareholder or director having duties shall not be liable to the Company or any other Shareholder or director for its good faith reliance on the provisions of this Agreement and/ or the advice of counsel.  The provisions of this Agreement, to the extent that they restrict the duties and liabilities of a Shareholder or director otherwise existing at law or in equity (or set forth duties and liabilities that are lesser than those existing at law or in equity), are agreed by the Company and each Shareholder to replace such other duties and liabilities existing at law or in equity, and the Company and each Shareholder, for itself and any director appointed by it pursuant to Section 9, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, hereby waives any right to make any claim or bring any action or seek any recovery whatsoever based on such other duties or liabilities for breach thereof.  Each Shareholder and the Company acknowledge and agree that (A) the exercise of any consent or approval right of any Major Investor pursuant to this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Bye-laws or the Registration Rights Agreement shall be exercised in such Major Investor’s capacity as a Shareholder and (B) this Section 12.17 shall apply in respect of the exercise of any such consent or approval right by any Major Investor. The provisions of this Section 12.17 shall not affect in any way or diminish in any capacity the duties (fiduciary or otherwise) owed to the Company or any Shareholder by any Management Shareholder or any officer of the Company serving as a director.

 

26



 

12.18.               General Interpretation . The terms of this Agreement have been negotiated by the parties hereto and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent. This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument or any portion thereof to be drafted, or in favor of the party receiving a particular benefit under this Agreement. No rule of strict construction will be applied against any Person. For all purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neutral forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby”, and other words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits are references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  any reference herein to a statute, rule or regulation of any governmental entity (or any provision thereof) shall include such statute, rule or regulation (or provision thereof), including any successor thereto, as it may be amended from time to time; and

 

(e)                                   any reference to the “Company” shall mean the Company, acting through its authorized officers or the Board and shall not, unless otherwise expressly indicated or as required by applicable law, mean the Shareholders or Members or imply any action or approval thereby.

 

12.19.               Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Shareholders Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name: William Spiegel

 

 

Title:. Director

 

 

 

 

Address:

Clarendon House

 

 

2 Church Street

 

 

Hamilton, HM 11

 

 

Bermuda

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

SHAREHOLDERS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name:

William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ian Lyall

 

 

Name:

Ian Lyall

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name:

William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ L. B. Richardson

 

 

Name:

L. B. Richardson

 

 

Title:

SVP

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph G. Hissang

 

 

Name:

Joseph G. Hissang

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

 

Head of Strategic Investments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) 1nc.,

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark Casale

 

Mark Casale

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 4.3

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO SHAREHOLDERS

AGREEMENT

 

This AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT, dated as of March 25, 2010 (this “ Amendment ”), amends the Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2009 (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”) by and among Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”) and each of the holders of Company Securities set forth on Exhibit A thereto.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Company and certain of the Shareholders are parties to an Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement dated as of the date hereof (the “ Restated Subscription Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Company will issue Class A Common Shares of the Company to the Investors (as defined therein) as of the date hereof and from time to time thereafter on the terms and conditions set forth therein;

 

WHEREAS, the execution and delivery of this Amendment is a condition precedent to the obligations of the parties under the Restated Subscription Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS,  the Company and the Shareholders desire to amend the Shareholders Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendments .  Each of the Company and the Shareholders hereby consents and agrees to the amendment of the Shareholders Agreement as set forth below:

 

(a)                          Section 1.1  is amended to insert “or other specified Person (including,  for purposes of Section 3, in the case of any Investor, any investment fund or account under common investment management)” in place of “(or other specified Person)”.

 

(b)                          Section 1.17 is amended to insert “, Wellington” immediately following “HSBC”.

 

(c)                           Section 1.22 is amended to insert “Substitute Investor” in place of “New Investor”.

 

(d)                          Section 1 is amended to insert the following as a new Section 1.36:

 

““ Wellington ” means Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II, L.P. and Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P., together with any Affiliates to which they Transfer Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.”

 



 

(e)                           Section 3(a) is amended to insert “Substitute Investor” in place of “New Investor” in clause (iii) thereof.

 

(f)                            Section 9.1(f) is amended to insert “eight and four tenths percent (8.4%)” in place of “eight and seven-tenths percent (8.7%)”.

 

(g)                           Section 9.4 is amended to (i) insert “and each committee thereof” immediately following “the Board” in the first sentence thereof and (ii) insert “or any committee thereof” immediately following “the Board” in the second sentence thereof.

 

(h)                          Section 9.9 is amended to (i) insert “9.9(a)” in place of “9.8(a)” and (ii) insert the following as new subsections (c) and (d) thereof:

 

“(c)                     If at any General Meeting or in respect of any written resolution of Shareholders, Wellington is entitled under Bermuda law to vote on any matter (such as an amalgamation) as the holder of a separate class or series of Company Securities from the other Investors, Wellington shall vote together with the other Investors as a single class and shall cast the votes corresponding to all Company Securities held by it that are entitled by law to vote as a separate class or series in proportion to the votes cast by all Investors at such meeting (or by such written resolution) for, against or abstaining from any resolution on such matter (subject to any adjustments of voting power pursuant to the Bye-laws and except in connection with any exercise by Wellington of its rights as a Member pursuant to Bye-law 86 of the Bye-laws).

 

(d)                          WELLINGTON HEREBY EXPRESSLY AND IRREVOCABLY APPOINTS THE COMPANY SECRETARY AS SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S PROXY AND ATTORNEY-IN-FACT TO VOTE SUCH SHAREHOLDER’S COMPANY SECURITIES IN THE MANNER PROVIDED IN SECTION 9.9(c). THIS PROXY IS COUPLED WITH AN INTEREST AND IS IRREVOCABLE.”

 

(i)                              Section 10.8 is amended to insert “9.10(b)” in place of “8.10(b)”.

 

(j)                             Exhibit A to the Shareholders Agreement is deleted in its entirety, and Exhibit A to this Amendment is inserted in its place.

 

2.                                       Preemptive Rights .  Each of the undersigned Investors hereby (a) consents to the issuance of Class A Common Shares of the Company to the Joinder Parties (as defined below) pursuant to, and on the terms and conditions set forth in, the Restated Subscription Agreement and (b) irrevocably waives and releases the Company from compliance with any and all preemptive rights, rights to notice and other rights to which such Investor is entitled in connection with such issuance pursuant to Section 11 of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

3.                                       Joinder .  Each of the undersigned Ithan Creek Master Investment Partnership (Cayman) II, L.P. and Ithan Creek Master Investors (Cayman) L.P. (collectively, the “ Joinder Parties ”) (a) agrees to join in, become a party to, be bound by, and comply with the provisions of the Shareholders

 

2



 

Agreement as an Investor, subject to all of the obligations of an Investor set forth therein, in the same manner as if the undersigned were an original signatory to the Shareholders Agreement, (b) makes all of the representations and warranties of the Shareholders set forth in the Shareholders Agreement as of the date hereof and (c) acknowledges that all Class A Common Shares, Class B-1 Common Shares and other equity securities of the Company now or hereafter held by them shall be subject to all applicable restrictions on transfer, rights of first offer and other provisions of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

4.                               Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                                  Effect of Amendment .  Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, covenants, obligations or agreements contained in the Shareholders Agreement, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue to be in full force and effect.  Whenever the Shareholders Agreement is referred to in the Shareholders Agreement, the Restated Subscription Agreement or in any other agreements, documents or instruments, such reference shall be to the Shareholders Agreement as amended hereby.

 

(b)                                  Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.  This Amendment may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures.

 

(c)                                   GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark A. Casale

 

 

Name:

Mark Casale

 

 

Title:.

President

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Clarendon House

 

 

2 Church Street

 

 

Hamilton, HM 11

 

 

Bermuda

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

PINE BROOK ESSENT CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ian Lyall

 

 

Name:

Ian Lyall

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

 

By:

Pine Brook Road Associates (Cayman), L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

It’s General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

RENAISSANCERE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John D. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Name:

John D. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Title:

EVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRc Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Palmer

 

 

Name:

Steven Palmer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) 1nc.,

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

ITHAN CREEK MASTER INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP (CAYMAN) II, L.P.

 

By:

Wellington Management Company, LLP

 

 

as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Name:

Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITHAN CREEK MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By:

Wellington Management Company, LLP

 

 

as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Name:

Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Casale

 

 

Name:

Mark Casale

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Wollmann

 

 

Name:

Paul Wollmann

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Simon

 

 

Name:

Peter Simon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Weinstock

 

 

Name:

David Weinstock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wayne Throgmorten

 

 

Name:

Wayne Throgmorten

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Meserva

 

 

Name:

Susan Meserva

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Guy DiSimplico

 

 

Name:

Guy DiSimplico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Becky Moore

 

 

Name:

Becky Moore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Antonia Pollick

 

 

Name:

Antonia Pollick

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ellen Rottiers

 

 

Name:

Ellen Rottiers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Malia Young Shelton

 

 

Name:

Malia Young

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

By:

/s/ Vijay Bhasin

 

 

Name:

Vijay Bhasin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Cashmer

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey Cashmer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wei Ding

 

 

Name:

Wei Ding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Gibbons

 

 

Name:

Mary Gibbons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Theodore Gray

 

 

Name:

Theodore Gray

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Kaiser

 

 

Name:

William Kaiser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adolfo Marzol

 

 

Name:

Adolfo Marzol

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence McAlee

 

 

Name:

Lawrence McAlee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Nebel

 

 

Name:

George Nebel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anthony Shore

 

 

Name:

Anthony Shore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Widman

 

 

Name:

Andrew Widman

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 4.4

 

AMENDMENT NO. 2
TO
SHAREHOLDERS AGREEMENT

 

Reference is made to that certain Shareholders Agreement, dated as of February 6, 2009 (as amended, the “Shareholders Agreement”) by and among Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “Company”), and the Investors listed on the signature pages thereto. Capitalized terms used and not defined herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Shareholders Agreement.

 

The Shareholders Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.                                       Section 1.17 is amended to insert “, CWA Re” immediately following “Wellington”.

 

2.                                       Section 1 is amended to insert the following as a new Section 1.37:

 

“CWA Re” means Commonwealth Annuity and Life Reinsurance Company Limited, together with any Affiliates to which it Transfers Company Securities from time to time in accordance with Section 3.

 

3.                                       Section 3(b)  is amended to insert the following immediately following the last sentence thereof:

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement or the Bye-laws to the contrary, in the event that CWA Re declines to fund its Pro Rata Share (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) of any Draw and GS declines to fund CWA Re’s full Pro Rata Share of such Draw pursuant to Section 1.4(i) of the Subscription Agreement, (1) GS shall cease to be a Major Investor for purposes of this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Bye-laws, and (2) as long as GS is not a Defaulting Investor, the number of directors of the Company GS shall be entitled to designate pursuant to Section 9.1 shall be reduced to one (1). In the event that GS declines to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Draw and CWA Re funds GS’s full Pro Rata Share of such Draw and assumes GS’s unfunded Funding Amount pursuant to Section 1.4(i) of the Subscription Agreement, CWA Re shall be deemed to be a Major Investor in place of GS for all purposes of this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement, the Registration Rights Agreement and the Bye-laws, and shall be entitled to exercise all rights of GS under this Agreement, the Subscription Agreement and the Bye-laws (other than any rights that are provided to all Investors hereunder or thereunder and the provisions set forth in Section 3(a)(iv) above and Section 5.5(c) of the Bye-laws), for as long as CWA Re continues to hold Company Securities, continues to fund its Pro Rata Share (as adjusted to reflect the assumption of GS’s unfunded Funding Amount) of each Draw and is not otherwise a Defaulting Investor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CWA Re may waive its right to be deemed to be a Major Investor and to exercise GS’s other rights until it has obtained (A) the approval of the Pennsylvania Insurance Department (the “PA Department”) for the acquisition of control of the Company by CWA Re, (B) a waiver by the PA Department from the requirement to make a filing in connection with such acquisition of control or (C) the approval or non-disapproval of the PA Department for a disclaimer of affiliation by CWA Re with respect to the Company, in each case, if CWA Re determines in its sole discretion that any such approval or non-disapproval is required.

 



 

4.                                       Section 9.1(b)(2)  is deleted in its entirety and the following is inserted in its place:

 

(2)                                  (A) one (1) individual designated by GS (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) as may be designated by GS, and who shall initially be Rajiv Kamilla (the “GS Director”), (B) one (1) individual designated by CWA Re (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) as may be designated by CWA Re, and who shall initially be Allan Levine (the “CWA Re Director”), and (C) one (1) individual designated jointly by GS and CWA Re (so long as neither is a Defaulting Investor) as may be designated by GS and CWA Re after the date hereof (the “GS/CWA Re Joint Director,” together with the GS Director and the CWA Re Director, the “GS/CWA Re Directors” and, together with the Pine Brook Directors, the “Major Investor Directors”), provided, that GS and CWA Re shall endeavor in good faith to arrange for the GS/CWA Re Joint Director to be independent and not affiliated with either GS or CWA Re; provided further, that if GS and CWA Re fail to reach agreement on the GS/CWA Re Joint Director, the final decision with respect to the appointment of the GS/CWA Re Joint Director shall be made by GS.

 

5.                                       Section 9.1(e)  is amended to insert “Subject to Section 9(g),” at the beginning of the first sentence thereof.

 

6.                                       Section 9.1(e)  is amended to insert the following at the end thereof: “; provided, further, that if only one of GS or CWA Re funds its Pro Rata Share of a Draw but does not fund the other’s Pro Rata Share pursuant to Section 1.4(i) of the Subscription Agreement, the funding party shall retain its right to designate a director pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(2) but shall forfeit any rights to appoint the GS/CWA Re Joint Director and all other rights associated with being a Major Investor and the non-funding party shall forfeit any right to designate a director pursuant to Section 9.1(b)(2).”

 

7.                                       Section 9.1(f)  is amended to insert “and subject to Section 9.1(g)” following “excluding any Defaulting Investor” in the parenthetical in the second sentence thereof.

 

8.                                       Section 9.1 is amended to insert the following as new subsection (g) thereof:

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) in the event that CWA Re declines to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Draw, if GS funds CWA Re’s full Pro Rata Share of such Draw and assumes CWA Re’s unfunded Funding Amount

 



 

pursuant to Section 1.4(f) and Section 1.4(i) of the Subscription Agreement, then (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) GS shall have the right to designate the CWA Re Director and the GS/CWA Re Joint Director and shall assume and succeed to all of CWA Re’s rights as set forth in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2, and (ii) in the event that GS declines to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Draw, if CWA Re funds GS’s full Pro Rata Share of such Draw and assumes GS’s unfunded Funding Amount pursuant to Section 1.4(0 and Section 1.4(i) of the Subscription Agreement, then (so long as it is not a Defaulting Investor) CWA Re shall have the right to designate the GS Director and the GS/CWA Re Joint Director and shall assume and succeed to all of GS’s rights set forth in Section 9.1 and Section 9.2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, CWA Re may waive its right to designate the GS Director and the GS/CWA Re Joint Director until it has obtained (A) the approval of the PA Department for the acquisition of control of the Company, (B) a waiver by the PA Department from the requirement to make a filing in connection with such acquisition of control or (C) the approval of the PA Department for a disclaimer of affiliation by CWA Re with respect to the Company, in each ease, if CWA Re determines in its sole discretion that such approval or non-disapproval is required.

 

9.                                       Section 9.2 is amended to insert, in the fifth sentence thereof, (i) “the GS/CWA Re Directors” in place of “the GS Directors” and (ii) “Pine Brook and OS or CWA Re, respectively, shall be Major Investors” in place of “Pine Brook and GS, respectively, shall remain Major Investors”.

 

10.                                Section 9.2 is amended to insert, in the fifth sentence thereof: “(subject to Section 3(b) and Section 9.1(g))” immediately following “shall remain Major Investors”.

 

11.                                Section 9.2 is amended to insert, in the sixth sentence thereof, “the CWA Re Director” in place of “the GS Directors”.

 

12.                                Section 9.2 is amended to insert at the end of the last sentence thereof “and, in the case of actions to limit such authority of the Compensation Committee, CWA Re”.

 




Exhibit 10.1

 

 

 

Execution Version

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CLASS A COMMON SHARE

SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 


 

Dated as of March 25, 2010

 

 

 



 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 25, 2010, by and among Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”) and each of the Persons (as defined below) listed on Schedule A hereto (each, an “ Investor ” and collectively, the “ Investors ”).

 

WHEREAS, the Company is a newly formed insurance holding company which will market and sell insurance and/or reinsurance products through its direct or indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries;

 

WHEREAS, the Company desires to issue and sell to the Investors shares (the “ Shares ”) of the Company’s authorized but unissued Class A Common Shares, $.01 par value per share (the “ Class A Common Shares ”), and the Investors, severally and not jointly, desire to purchase the Shares on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement;

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ Existing Investors ”) are parties to a Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement dated as of February  6, 2009 (the “ Existing Subscription Agreement ”), pursuant to which the Existing Investors purchased Shares at the Initial Closing (as defined below) and agreed to purchase additional Shares at one (1) or more Subsequent Closings (as defined below), in each case at a purchase price of $10.00 per Share;

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Investors (the “ New Investors ”) are not parties to the Existing Subscription Agreement but desire to purchase Shares at the New Investor Closing (as defined below) and each Subsequent Closing, in each case at a purchase price of $12.00 per Share;

 

WHEREAS, certain of the Existing Investors previously purchased promissory notes from the Company in the aggregate principal amount of $3,130,434.78 (the “ Notes ”) and tendered the Notes as payment for a portion of the Shares purchased by them at the Initial Closing;

 

WHEREAS, prior to the New Investor Closing (as defined below), each of Valorina and JPM (each, as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) elected, by notice to the Company, to increase their Funding Amount to the amounts set forth, respectively, on Schedule A hereto, and make a Post-Disclaimer Share Purchase as contemplated by Sections 1.3(b) and (c) of the Existing Subscription Agreement (the “ Post-Disclaimer Share Purchases ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors desire to amend and restate the Existing Subscription Agreement in its entirety as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises, representations, warranties, covenants and conditions set forth in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

2



 

1.                                       Purchase and Sale .

 

1.1                                Sale and Issuance of Shares .  In consideration of and in express reliance upon the representations, warranties and covenants set forth herein and in the Related Documents (as defined below) and subject to the terms and conditions (including, without limitation, the conditions set forth in Sections 1.4, 4, 5 and 6) set forth in this Agreement, the Company shall from time to time issue and sell to each Investor, and each Investor, severally and not jointly, shall purchase from the Company up to, in the aggregate, that number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the heading “ Total Shares ” on Schedule A for the aggregate purchase price set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the heading “ Funding Amount ” on Schedule A (each, a “ Funding Amount ” and collectively, the “ Funding Amounts ”).

 

1.2                                Bye-laws; Authorization of Shares .  Prior to the New Investor Closing (as defined below):

 

(a)                          The Company shall have duly adopted its Amended and Restated Bye-laws, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A (the “ Bye- laws ”), and the same shall be in full force and effect.

 

(b)                          The Company shall have authorized: (i)  the sale and issuance of the Shares to the Investors and (ii) the issuance of, and reserved and set aside for issuance, the Class B-1 Common Shares of the Company, $.01 par value per share (the “ Class B-1 Common Shares ”), to be issued upon conversion of the Shares (the “ Conversion Shares ”).

 

1.3                                Initial Closing; New Investor Closing .

 

(a)                          Subject to Sections 4 and 7 hereof, the payment for, and delivery of, the Shares to be purchased at the Initial Closing (as defined below) took place at the offices of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. E.S.T. on February 6, 2009 (which time, date and place are referred to in this Agreement as the “ Initial Closing ”).  At the Initial Closing, the Company delivered to each Investor a certificate or certificates, registered in the name of such Investor, representing that number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the heading “ Shares at Initial Closing ” on Schedule A against delivery to the Company by the Investor at the Initial Closing of the amount set forth opposite the name of such Investor under the heading “ Initial Purchase Price ” on Schedule A payable by exchange of tendered Notes (in which case the outstanding principal amount of the Notes as of the time of the Initial Closing was credited, dollar for dollar, towards the purchase price) and otherwise in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by the Company in writing to each Investor within a reasonable amount of time prior to the Initial Closing.  The Company acknowledges and confirms that, upon consummation of the Initial Closing, each Investor had full legal ownership of the Shares issued to it at the Initial Closing and all right, title and interest in and to such Shares as of the date of the Initial Closing.

 

2



 

(b)                          Subject to Sections 5 and 7 hereof, the payment for, and delivery of, the Shares to be purchased at the New Investor Closing (as defined below) shall take place at the offices of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. E.D.T. on the date hereof, or at such other time, date or place as the Company and the New Investors shall mutually agree (which time, date and place are referred to in this Agreement as the “ New Investor Closing ”).   At the New Investor Closing, the Company shall deliver to each New Investor a certificate or certificates, registered in the name of such New Investor, representing that number of Shares set forth opposite the name of such New Investor under the heading “ Shares at New Investor Closing ” on Schedule A against delivery to the Company by the New Investor at the New Investor Closing of the amount set forth opposite the name of such New Investor under the heading “ Initial Purchase Price ” on Schedule A payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by the Company in writing to each New Investor within a reasonable amount of time prior to the New Investor Closing.  The Company acknowledges and confirms that, upon consummation of the New Investor Closing, each New Investor shall have full legal ownership of the Shares issued to it at the New Investor Closing and all right, title and interest in and to such Shares as of the date of the New Investor Closing.

 

(c)                           As of the New Investor Closing, the Funding Amount of each Investor shall be as set forth on Schedule A .

 

1.4                                Draws; Approval of Reinsurance Contracts; Subsequent Closings .

 

(a)                          From time to time following the Initial Closing until the earliest to occur of (i) the fifth anniversary of the Initial Closing, (ii) the closing of a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Bye-laws) and (iii) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities (the “ Funding Period ”), the Company may request, in accordance with and subject to the conditions set forth in this Section 1.4, and each Investor shall pay its Pro Rata Share of, an amount in cash of not less than $5,000,000 in the aggregate and not in excess of the Investors’ then aggregate undrawn Funding Amounts, in exchange for Class A Common Shares on the same terms and at the same price per Class A Common Share as applied and was paid by such Investor at the Initial Closing or the New Investor Closing, as applicable (after giving effect to any share splits, share dividends, combinations, recapitalizations or similar events) (each, a “ Draw ”).  Draws pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall be initiated by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “ Board ”).  Except for Company Securities (as defined below) not subject to preemptive rights under Sections 11.5 (c), (d), (e), (f) and (i) of the Shareholders Agreement, the Company shall not issue Company Securities during the Funding Period at a price per share less than the fair market value thereof as determined in good faith by the Board.

 

(b)                          To the extent that the Company requires capital during any period that is not for purposes of a Reinsurance Contract (as defined below), the Board shall initiate a Draw to the extent required to pay accrued compensation and fees under any employment or consulting agreement entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries and in effect as of the Initial Closing, and the Board shall have discretion to initiate a Draw by simple majority vote (i) to prevent a rating agency downgrade, (ii) to prevent a loss of the Tier I designation (or other similar

 

3



 

designation) of the Company or its subsidiaries with the Federal National Mortgage Association (Fannie Mae), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (Freddie Mac) or other government sponsored enterprises (the “ GSEs ”), (iii)  to prevent actions by other relevant Persons of similar severity or consequence to the operation of the business of the Company and its subsidiaries or (iv) for any other reason consistent with the Company’s rolling seven (7) year strategic plan (as amended and in effect from time to time, the “ Strategic Plan ”); provided that, in any case, no such Draw may be made if the funding of such Draw would contravene or otherwise be inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 1.4 or the rights of the Investors as set forth in this Agreement or in any Related Document.   Each Investor (other than any Defaulting Investors) shall fund its Pro Rata Share of each such Draw.   Subject to Sections 1.4(g) and (h), Investors that at any time decline or otherwise fail to invest their Pro Rata Share of any Draw in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein (“ Defaulting Investors ”) shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company and the other Investors, automatically and without further action by the Company or the other Investors forfeit their (A) right (and, except with respect to any Continuing Draw Obligation, cease to be obligated) to participate in future Draws, (B) demand registration rights and priority in registration, (C) rights of first offer or refusal, (D) rights to designate members of the Board and (E) preemptive rights, in each case to which such Defaulting Investor would otherwise be entitled pursuant to this Agreement or the Related Documents.

 

(c)                           Each contract or related series of contracts to provide reinsurance to be entered into by the Company or its subsidiaries (each, a “ Reinsurance Contract ”) will require the approval of the Board by simple majority vote. Any Reinsurance Contract for all or a portion of the amount of loss in excess of the reinsured’s specified loss retention (excess of loss reinsurance) or for an agreed percentage of each insurance policy being reinsured (quota-share reinsurance) with respect to then existing books of business (but specifically excluding any contract for quota-share reinsurance of future business) requiring equity capital in excess of five percent (5%) of the aggregate Funding Amounts will require the further approval of Investors holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3 %) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares.  Each Reinsurance Contract approved by the Board, regardless of size or capital requirement, will be submitted to the Investors for a vote, at a meeting of Investors held for such purpose, to determine which Investors will elect to be subject to any Draws required in connection with such Reinsurance Contract (and any Investor previously voting in favor of such Reinsurance Contract shall be deemed to have so elected).  Once a Reinsurance Contract is approved by the Board and, to the extent required, the Investors, those Investors voting in favor of such Reinsurance Contract and any other Investors that, after receipt of the required approvals, elect by written notice to the Company to participate in the commitment to fund thereunder (collectively, the “ Participating Investors ”) will each be subject to a binding and irrevocable commitment to fund, during the Funding Period (unless otherwise agreed by such Investors), its Pro Rata Share of any and all Draws necessary to meet any reinsurance obligations thereunder (each, a “ Reinsurance Draw ”); provided , that in no event will any Investor’s obligation to fund in response to a Reinsurance Draw, together with all other Draws initiated by the Board, exceed such Investor’s Funding Amount.  Investors that are not Participating Investors with respect to any Reinsurance Contract approved by the Board and, to the extent required, the Investors, shall be Defaulting Investors for

 

4



 

purposes of this Agreement and the Related Documents and shall, as the sole and exclusive remedy of the Company and the other Investors, automatically and without further action by the Company or the other Investors forfeit all rights to be forfeited by Defaulting Investors pursuant to Section 1.4(b); provided , that such Investor shall remain obligated to fund in response to all Reinsurance Draws under any Reinsurance Contract with respect to which such Investor is a Participating Investor (the “ Continuing Draw Obligations ”).  Each Participating Investor shall fund its Pro Rata Share of each Reinsurance Draw.  Each Participating Investor that fails to fund in response to a Reinsurance Draw in accordance with the terms set forth herein shall automatically and without further action by the Company or the other Investors (i) forfeit all rights to be forfeited by Defaulting Investors pursuant to Section 1.4(b), (ii) forfeit all piggyback registration rights to which such Defaulting Investor was otherwise entitled and (iii) offer, and to the extent that such offer is accepted sell, all Company Securities held by such Defaulting Investor to the non-defaulting Participating Investors ( pro rata in proportion to their respective unfunded Funding Amounts) or, to the extent that less than all such securities are purchased by such Participating Investors, the Company, in each case at a purchase price equal to the lesser of fifty percent (50%) of the original cost of such securities or fifty percent (50%) of the fair market value thereof (as determined in good faith by the Board, excluding any director designated by such Defaulting Investor).  The obligation of the Participating Investors to fund in response to a Reinsurance Draw shall be binding and enforceable by the Company and, in the event of a default by any Participating Investor of such obligation, the Company shall be entitled, in addition to the remedies set forth above, to pursue all rights and remedies available to it at law or in equity.

 

(d)                          In connection with each Draw (including each Reinsurance Draw), the Company shall provide written notice to each Investor (other than any Defaulting Investors that are not subject to a Continuing Draw Obligation) at least fifteen (15) business days prior to the date of such Draw (each, a “ Draw Notice ”) setting forth, among other things, (i) the aggregate dollar amount of such Draw, (ii) such Investor’s Pro Rata Share of such Draw, (iii) the number of Shares issuable to such Investor upon the investment of such amount, (iv) the date of such Draw (the “ Draw Date ”) and (v) a statement as to whether or not such Draw is a Reinsurance Draw. Not later than five (5) business days prior to the applicable Draw Date, each Investor shall notify the Company in writing as to whether or not it will fund its full Pro Rata Share of such Draw.  If less than all Investors notify the Company of their intent to fund their full Pro Rata Share of such Draw, the Company will provide notice of any anticipated shortfall to all other Investors prior to the Draw Date.

 

(e)                           Subject to Sections 6 and 7 hereof, the closing of each subsequent purchase and sale of Shares in connection with a Draw shall take place at the offices of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP, 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York, at 10:00 a.m. E.S.T. on the Draw Date, or at such later time, date or place as the Company and the Major Investors (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) shall mutually agree (each which time, date and place are referred to in this Agreement as a “ Subsequent Closing ” and, together with the Initial Closing and the New Investor Closing, the “ Closings ”).  At each Subsequent Closing, the Company shall deliver to each Investor a certificate or certificates, registered in the name of such Investor, representing that number of Shares to be purchased at such Subsequent Closing against

 

5



 

delivery to the Company by the Investor of the amount required to purchase such Shares payable in immediately available funds by wire transfer to an account or accounts designated by the Company in writing.   The Company acknowledges and confirms that, upon consummation of each Subsequent Closing, each Investor shall have full legal ownership of the Shares issued to it at such Subsequent Closing and all right, title and interest in and to such Shares as of the date of such Subsequent Closing.

 

(f)                            In the event that any Draw pursuant to this Section 1.4 is not fully-funded because any Investor (a “ Non-Funding Investor ”) declines or otherwise fails to fund its Pro Rata Share of such Draw as contemplated hereby (including any failure to fund that does not constitute a default pursuant to Sections 1.4(g) or 1.4(h)), the Company may (i) initiate another Draw from the Investors (other than from such Non-Funding Investor) or (ii) arrange for any other Investor or, subject to the prior approval of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (662/3%) of the members of the Board (other than any members of the Board designated by a Non- Funding Investor) and each Major Investor, a new third party investor (a “ Substitute Investor ”) to invest the amount of the shortfall, to assume the unfunded Funding Amount of such Non- Funding Investor and, in the case of a Substitute Investor, to join in and become a party to this Agreement and the Related Documents as an Investor.  The Non-Funding Investor may, but shall not be obligated to, transfer all (but not less than all) Shares then held by it to the Substitute Investor.   Any such transfer shall be a permitted transfer under Section 3(a)(iii) of the Shareholders Agreement, and upon such transfer the Investor or the Substitute Investor, as applicable, shall, in any case where the Non-Funding Investor is a Defaulting Investor, have all of the rights attributable to the transferred Shares which were otherwise forfeited by the Non- Funding Investor pursuant to this Section 1.4.  If authorized by the Board (other than any members of the Board designated by a Non-Funding Investor) and each Major Investor, each Investor participating in any Draw initiated pursuant to clause (i) of this Section 1.4(f) may, at its option, sell its Shares purchased in such Draw to a Substitute Investor (if such Substitute Investor so agrees) at the same price per Share applicable to such Shares in such Draw and, in such event, such sale shall be a permitted transfer under Section 3(a)(iii) of the Shareholders Agreement and the decrease in the unfunded Funding Amount of such Investor resulting from the purchase of such Shares shall be reversed as if such Draw had never taken place.

 

(g)                           (i)                                      In the event that, at any time during which JPM, Valorina, RenRe, PartnerRe or Wellington (each, as defined in the Shareholders Agreement, a “ Non-Controlling Investor ”) owns less than ten percent (10%) of the outstanding voting Company Securities and has not obtained approval or deemed approval (only if the Pennsylvania Department of Insurance (the “ PA Department ”) does not disapprove the Disclaimer but declines to issue a written approval) from the PA Department of a disclaimer of affiliation in form and substance as required by applicable laws with respect to its indirect interest in Essent Guaranty, Inc. (a “ Disclaimer ”) or an application for approval of the acquisition of control on Form A (a “ Form A ”), after giving effect to the purchase of additional voting Company Securities by such Non- Controlling Investor at any Subsequent Closing in accordance with this Section 1.4, such Non- Controlling Investor would own ten percent (10%) or more of the outstanding voting Company Securities (such purchase, a “ Trigger Purchase ”), such Non-Controlling Investor shall be obligated (A) to purchase only the amount of Company Securities resulting in its ownership of

 

6



 

9.9% of outstanding voting Company Securities and, (B) not later than five (5) business days following receipt of written notice of a Trigger Purchase from the Company on or promptly following any Subsequent Closing, file and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval or deemed approval (only if the PA Department does not disapprove the Disclaimer but declines to issue a written approval) from the PA Department of a Disclaimer or, in its sole and absolute discretion and subject to Section 1.4(g)(v), Form A, in each case, in respect of the excess amount of Company Securities.

 

(ii)                           In the event that, after giving effect to the purchase of Excess Securities (as defined below) by any Non-Controlling Investor at any Subsequent Closing which occurs after receipt by such Non-Controlling Investor of an approved Disclaimer or Form A, such Non-Controlling Investor’s percentage interest in the voting Company Securities would increase above the maximum amount provided for in the approved Disclaimer or approved Form A (the “ Maximum Percentage Interest ”), or such Non-Controlling Investor otherwise receives notice that material facts upon which the PA Department based the approved Disclaimer will change, (such purchase, a “ Subsequent Trigger Purchase ”), such Non-Controlling Investor shall be obligated (A) to purchase only the amount of Company Securities resulting in its ownership of the Maximum Percentage Interest of outstanding voting Company Securities and, (B) not later than ten (10) business days following receipt of written notice of a Subsequent Trigger Purchase from the Company on or promptly following any Subsequent Closing, file and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval or deemed approval (only if the PA Department does not disapprove the Disclaimer but declines to issue a written approval) from the PA Department of an amended Disclaimer or, in its sole and absolute discretion, subject to Section 1.4(g)(v), a Form A or amended Form A, in each case, in respect of the excess amount of Company Securities.   Any amended Disclaimer, Form A or amendment thereto filed pursuant to this Section 1.4(g) shall be referred to herein as a “ Regulatory Filing ” and, any such filing that is approved by the PA Department shall be referred to herein as an “ Approved Regulatory Filing ”.

 

(iii)                        In the event that any Regulatory Filing filed by a Non-Controlling Investor following a Trigger Purchase or a Subsequent Trigger Purchase is approved by the PA Department without a Burdensome Condition (as defined below), the Non-Controlling Investor shall be obligated to purchase the full excess amount of any securities not purchased pursuant to Section 1.4(g)(i) or 1.4(g)(ii) and approved under such Approved Regulatory Filing (the “ Excess Securities ”) within three (3) business days of its receipt of the Approved Regulatory Filing.  In the event that any Regulatory Filing filed by a Non-Controlling Investor following a Trigger Purchase or a Subsequent Trigger Purchase is disapproved by the PA Department, or is approved with any Burdensome Condition imposed on the Non-Controlling Investor following which approval the Non-Controlling Investor elects not to complete the purchase, such Non-Controlling Investor shall not be obligated to purchase any Excess Securities. The failure of any Non-Controlling Investor to purchase Excess Securities following the disapproval by the PA Department of its Regulatory Filing or any amendment thereto or the approval of its Regulatory Filing or any amendment thereto without any Burdensome Condition shall not result in such Non-Controlling Investor being deemed to be a Defaulting Investor or forfeiting any rights as a result of such failure; provided that such Non-Controlling Investor otherwise complies with this Section  1.4(g).  Following any failure of any Non-Controlling Investor to purchase Excess

 

7



 

Securities following approval or deemed approval (only if the PA Department does not disapprove the Regulatory Filing but declines to issue a written approval) of its Regulatory Filing or any amendment thereto without any Burdensome Condition, the Company may take such steps as it deems appropriate in accordance with Section 1.4(f).  “ Burdensome Condition ” means conditions which would, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on an Investor’s business, properties, assets or financial condition or would require such Investor to (A) divest or hold separate any of its or its Affiliate’s (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) assets or any portion of their respective businesses, (B) forfeit any of its rights to designate directors on the Board pursuant to Section 9.1 of the Shareholders Agreement, (C) agree to any reduction of the voting power conferred by the Company Securities held by it in excess of any reduction required under Bye-Law 34 of the Bye-Laws, (D) make any material expenditure, (E) agree to any other condition, qualification or restriction materially and adversely affecting any of the benefits which it would otherwise receive from its investment in the Company had such Investor not been subject to the condition, qualification or restriction, or imposing any material burden on such Investor or (F) in the case of Valorina, provide disclosure with respect to the Persons previously identified to the Investors other than as required pursuant to 40 P.S. s. 991.1404(k) and 31 Pa Code s. 25.20 and customarily requested by the PA Department in connection with disclaimers of control or disclosure with respect to any other Person, it being acknowledged that, except as provided in clause (C) above, a limitation on ownership of voting Company Securities (for purposes of Section 1.4, in an amount that exceeds the amount approved under the terms of an approved Disclaimer then in effect) shall not, per se , be deemed a Burdensome Condition.

 

(iv)                       Any amounts funded by a Non-Controlling Investor that would result in ownership of outstanding voting Company Securities in excess of the Company Securities obligated to be purchased by such Non-Controlling Investor pursuant to Section 1.4(g)(i) or 1.4(g)(ii), as the case may be, shall not be deemed for any purpose to be invested in the Company and shall be held by the Company in a segregated escrow account (with any investment income thereon being for the account of such Non-Controlling Investor) and released promptly to the Non-Controlling Investor upon request therefor.

 

(v)                          In its sole and absolute discretion, in lieu of filing a Disclaimer or amended Disclaimer pursuant to this Section 1.4(g), a Non-Controlling Investor, upon written notice to the Company not later than five (5) business days following receipt of notice of a Trigger Purchase or Subsequent Trigger Purchase, may elect to file and use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain approval from the PA Department of a Form A in respect of any Excess Securities, it being understood that such filing shall be made at the earliest reasonably practicable time but need not be filed within ten (10) business days of receipt of notice of the Trigger Purchase or Subsequent Trigger Purchase.  For the avoidance of doubt, the parties acknowledge and agree that the decision to file a Form A shall be made in the sole and absolute discretion of the Non-Controlling Investor, and no Non-Controlling Investor shall at any time be obligated to file a Form A pursuant to this Section 1.4(g) or under any other provision of this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

8



 

(h)                          (i)                                      In no event shall JPM be required by this Agreement at any time to (A) purchase additional voting Company Securities if, after giving effect to such purchase, JPM would own more than fourteen and nine-tenths percent (14.9%) of any class of outstanding voting Company Securities or (B) be deemed to be a Defaulting Investor or otherwise forfeit any rights as contemplated by this Section 1.4 at any time solely for failing to fund that portion of its Pro Rata Share of any Draw which would result in it owning in excess of such amount; provided , that JPM has (1) determined in good faith, upon the advice of counsel and, to the extent commercially reasonable, after consultation with the staff of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, that ownership by JPM of in excess of fourteen and nine-tenths percent (14.9%) of such class of outstanding voting Company Securities, together with any current or anticipated business relationships with the Company, would result in JPM exercising a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Company under the United States Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and the rules, regulations and policy guidelines thereunder, or result in the Company being an “affiliate” of JPM for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act (a “ BHC Control Event ”) and (2) been unable, using commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of ownership in excess of such amount; provided , that nothing in this clause (2) shall be deemed to require JPM to accept any Burdensome Condition.  JPM shall endeavor, within a reasonable time prior to any consultation with the staff of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to this Section 1.4(h), to advise the Company in connection with the form and content of any such consultation, and JPM shall, to the extent it deems advisable, take into account any comments provided by the Company as to the form or content of such consultation.  In the event that, after giving effect to the purchase of any voting Company Securities by JPM at any Subsequent Closing in accordance with this Section 1.4, JPM would own more than fourteen and nine-tenths percent (14.9%) of any class of outstanding voting Company Securities, any amount funded by JPM in excess of such amount shall be promptly returned by the Company to JPM pending a determination of the permissibility of ownership in excess of such amount in accordance with this Section.

 

(ii)                                  Following any transfer of Shares by GS pursuant to Section 3(a)(iv) or Section 3(a)(v) of the Shareholders Agreement, in no event shall GS be required by this Agreement at any time to (A) purchase additional Shares if, after giving effect to such purchase, GS would own a percentage of the outstanding Company Securities that is greater than the percentage of the outstanding Company Securities owned by GS immediately following such transfer (the “ GS Reduced Ownership Threshold ”) or (B) be deemed to be a Defaulting Investor or otherwise forfeit any rights as contemplated by this Section 1.4 at any time solely for failing to fund that portion of its Pro Rata Share of any Draw which would result in it owning in excess of such amount; provided , that GS (1) has determined in good faith, upon the advice of counsel and, to the extent commercially reasonable, after consultation with the staff of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, that ownership of Company Securities by GS in excess of the GS Reduced Ownership Threshold, together with any current or anticipated business relationships with the Company, would result in GS exercising a controlling influence over the management or policies of the Company under the United States Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 and the rules, regulations and policy guidelines thereunder, or result in the Company being an “affiliate” of GS for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal

 

9


 

Reserve Act and (2) has been unable, using commercially reasonable efforts, to obtain approval from the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of ownership in excess of such amount; provided , that nothing in this clause (2) shall be deemed to require GS to accept any Burdensome Condition.  GS shall endeavor, within a reasonable time prior to any consultation with the staff of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System pursuant to this Section 1.4(h), to advise the Company in connection with the form and content of any such consultation, and GS shall, to the extent it deems advisable, take into account any comments provided by the Company as to the form or content of such consultation.  In the event that, after giving effect to the purchase of any voting Company Securities by GS at any Subsequent Closing in accordance with this Section 1.4, GS would own shares of any class of outstanding voting Company Securities in excess of the GS Reduced Ownership Threshold, any amount funded by GS in excess of such amount shall be promptly returned by the Company to GS pending a determination of the permissibility of ownership in excess of such amount in accordance with this Section.

 

(i)                               Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in the Related Documents, in no event shall any Investor (i) be required by this Agreement at any time to fund any amount in excess of its unfunded Funding Amount at such time, (ii) forfeit any rights as contemplated by this Section 1.4 at any time solely for failing to fund an amount in excess of its unfunded Funding Amount at such time, (iii) be obligated to fund any amount in response to a Draw (including a Reinsurance Draw) after the expiration of the Funding Period or (iv) be obligated to fund any amount in response to a Draw (including a Reinsurance Draw), and the Company shall have no authority to initiate a Draw or issue a Draw Notice, at any time during which (A) any governmental or regulatory authority has taken control of the assets of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or (B) the Company or any of its subsidiaries is the subject of any voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy, insolvency or winding-up proceedings.  Any Investor may, for any reason in its sole discretion, decline to fund its Pro Rata Share of any Draw (other than any Reinsurance Draw), subject only to the applicable remedies provided in this Section 1.4.

 

(j)                              Each Investor’s “ Pro Rata Share ” of any Draw shall be equal to the proportion that such Investor’s undrawn Funding Amount as of the relevant Draw Date bears to the aggregate undrawn Funding Amounts of all Investors as of such date; provided , that (i) for any Draw that occurs after any Investor has become a Defaulting Investor, each Investor’s “ Pro Rata Share ” shall be equal to the proportion that such Investor’s undrawn Funding Amount bears to the aggregate undrawn Funding Amounts of all Investors, other than any such Defaulting Investors and (ii) for any Reinsurance Draw, each Participating Investor’s “ Pro Rata Share ” of such Reinsurance Draw shall be equal to the proportion that such Participating Investor’s undrawn Funding Amount as of the relevant Draw Date bears to the aggregate undrawn Funding Amounts of all Participating Investors as of such date.  For purposes of this Agreement and the Related Documents, each Investor’s undrawn Funding Amount shall be increased by and shall include an amount equal to the aggregate repurchase price paid to such Investor (other than any accrued dividends) in respect of all Class A Common Shares repurchased by the Company (the “ Repurchase ”) pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, dated the date hereof, among the Company and the Investors (the “ Repurchase Agreement ”).

 

10



 

1.5                        Stamp Duties or Taxes .  No stamp, transfer or similar duties or taxes are payable in respect of the offer, issuance, sale and delivery of the Shares to any Investor, provided , that any such Investor is not a resident of Bermuda for Bermuda exchange control purposes.

 

2.                                       Representations and Warranties and Covenant of the Company .

 

As a material inducement to the Investors to enter into and perform their respective obligations under this Agreement, the Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each Investor as of the Initial Closing and the New Investor Closing and, except as set forth in the disclosure schedule delivered at or prior to such Subsequent Closing pursuant to Section 6.6 (each, a “ Disclosure Schedule ”), as of each Subsequent Closing, as follows:

 

2.1                        Organization and Standing .  The Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of Bermuda and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted and as currently proposed to be conducted.  Each subsidiary of the Company is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now conducted.   The Company and each subsidiary of the Company are duly qualified to transact business and are in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the failure to so qualify would reasonably be expected to result in a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, business, properties or prospects of the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”).

 

2.2                                Capitalization .

 

(a)                          As of the date hereof, the authorized capital of the Company consists of: (i) 75,500,000 Class A Common Shares, (A) 25,521,374.61 of which are issued and outstanding and held of record as set forth on Schedule B , (B) 22,073,422.32 of which will be issued and outstanding and held of record as set forth on Schedule B after giving effect to the Repurchase, (C)  37,110,244.27 of which are reserved for issuance under this Agreement and (D) 1,782,047.718 of which are to be issued at the New Investor Closing and (ii) 94,039,326 Class B Common Shares (the “ Class B Common Shares ”), (A) 84,769,663 of which are designated as Class B-1 Common Shares (1) 75,500,000 of which are reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares and (2) 9,269,662.9 of which are reserved for issuance upon conversion of the Class B-2 Common Shares and (B) 9,269,663 of which are designated as Class B-2 Common Shares (the “ Class B-2 Common Shares ”) (1) 7,346,206.70 of which are issued and outstanding (subject to vesting) under the Company’s 2009 Restricted Share Plan (the “ Share Plan ”) as of the New Investor Closing and held of record as set forth on Schedule B and (2) 1,923,456.20 of which are reserved for issuance under the Share Plan.

 

(b)                          The capitalization chart attached hereto as Schedule B (the “ Capitalization Chart ”) sets forth a true, accurate and complete list of all holders of the Company’s outstanding Class  A Common Shares, Class  B Common Shares and any other Company Shares or Convertible Securities of the Company (“ Company Securities ”) and their holdings of Company Securities immediately before the New Investor Closing and immediately after the New Investor Closing and the Repurchase, assuming consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby

 

11



 

and by the Repurchase Agreement (in each case after giving effect to the Post-Disclaimer Share Purchases).  “ Company Shares ” means the authorized shares, including all classes of common shares and preference shares, voting and nonvoting, in the share capital of the Company. “ Convertible Securities ” means securities or obligations that are exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Class B-1 Common Shares, including Class A Common Shares, Class B-2 Common Shares, options, warrants or other rights to subscribe for or purchase Class  B-1 Common Shares or to subscribe for or purchase other Company Shares or obligations that are, directly or indirectly, exercisable for, convertible into or exchangeable for Class B-1 Common Shares.

 

(c)                           All outstanding Company Shares have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and have been issued in accordance with the registration or qualification provisions of the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”) and the relevant securities laws of Bermuda and any state or other jurisdiction or pursuant to valid exemptions therefrom.

 

(d)                          The Company has authorized and reserved, and covenants to continue to reserve, free and clear of preemptive and other preferential rights, a sufficient number of its previously authorized but unreserved Class B-1 Common Shares to satisfy the Investors’ rights of conversion with respect to the Shares as set forth in the Bye-laws.

 

(e)                                   Except as set forth in the Bye-laws, the Capitalization Chart, the Shareholders Agreement among the Company and certain of the Investors dated as of February 6, 2009, as amended pursuant to an Amendment No. 1 to Shareholders Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B (the “ Shareholders Agreement ”), the Repurchase Agreement and this Agreement: (i) there are no subscriptions, options, warrants, phantom share rights, share appreciation rights, conversion privileges, preemptive rights or other rights (contingent or otherwise) to purchase or acquire any of the authorized but unissued share capital of the Company, (ii) the Company has no obligation to issue shares, subscriptions, warrants, options, convertible or exchangeable securities, or other such rights or to distribute to holders of any of its equity securities any evidence of indebtedness or any of its assets, (iii) the Company has no obligation (contingent or otherwise) to purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its equity securities or any interest therein or to pay any dividend or make any other distribution in respect thereof and (iv) there are no agreements between the Company and any of its shareholders concerning the voting of the Company’s outstanding shares.

 

(f)                            The designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions of the Company Shares are as stated in the Bye-laws and all such designations, powers, preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations and restrictions are valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with all Applicable Laws (as defined below).

 

2.3                        Subsidiaries .  The Company owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued and outstanding equity securities of each of Essent Reinsurance Ltd., a Bermuda company, and Essent US Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, free and clear of any liens, charges, adverse rights or claims, pledges, covenants, title defects, security interests and other encumbrances of any kind (“ Liens ”).  Essent US Holdings, Inc. owns one hundred percent (100%) of the issued

 

12



 

and outstanding equity securities of Essent Guaranty, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, and Essent of PA, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation, free and clear of any Liens.  Except for the foregoing, the Company does not otherwise (a) own of record or beneficially, directly or indirectly, (i) any shares, securities convertible or exchangeable into shares or any other equity interest or debt security of any corporation or (ii) any equity interest or debt security in any partnership, joint venture or other non-corporate entity or (b) control, directly or indirectly, any other entity.

 

2.4                                Authorization; Enforceability .

 

(a)                          The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to adopt, execute, deliver and perform, as applicable, this Agreement and each of the following agreements and documents (collectively, the “ Related Documents ”):

 

(i)                                      the Bye-laws;

 

(ii)                                   the Shareholders Agreement;

 

(iii)                                the Registration Rights Agreement among the Company and certain of the Investors dated as of February 6, 2009, as amended pursuant to an Amendment No.1 to Registration Rights Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C (the “ Registration Rights Agreement ”); and

 

(iv)                               the Fee Agreement among the Company and certain of the Investors dated as of February 6, 2009, as amended (the “ Fee Agreement ”).

 

(b)                          All action on the part of the Company and its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for (i) the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of all obligations of the Company under each of this Agreement and the Related Documents has been taken and (ii) the issuance and sale by the Company of the Shares hereunder has been taken. Each of this Agreement and the Related Documents constitutes a valid and legally binding obligation of the Company, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except (A) as limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles, (B) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (C) to the extent that the enforceability of the indemnification provisions may be limited by applicable laws (the “ Enforceability Exceptions ”).

 

2.5                                Validity of Shares and Issuance .

 

(a)                          The Shares (i)  are duly authorized, (ii)  when issued and sold to the Investors will be validly issued, (iii) after receipt of all consideration due therefor, will be fully paid and non-assessable and (iv) will be free and clear of any and all Liens except as set forth in this Agreement, the Related Documents or as otherwise created by the Investors.

 

13



 

(b)                          The Conversion Shares (i)  have been duly and validly reserved for issuance upon conversion, (ii) are duly authorized and, when issued in compliance with the provisions of the Bye-laws will be validly issued and fully paid and (iii) will be free and clear of any and all Liens except as set forth in this Agreement, the Related Documents or as otherwise created by the Investors.

 

2.6                                Financial Statements; Liabilities .

 

(a)                          The Company has delivered to each of the Investors its unaudited consolidated balance sheets, income statements and statement of cash flows as of and for the periods ended December 31, 2008 and December 31, 2009 (the “ Financial Statements ”).  The Financial Statements fairly present in all material respects the financial position (with respect to any balance sheet included in such Financial Statements) and the results of operations (with respect to any income statement included in such Financial Statements) and cash flows (with respect to any statement of cash flows included in such Financial Statements), in each case, of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the date (in the case of the balance sheet) and for the period (in the case of the income statement and statement of cash flows) covered by the Financial Statements.  As of the New Investor Closing, there are no liabilities or obligations of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, whether asserted or unasserted, whether absolute or contingent, whether accrued or unaccrued, whether liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due other than liabilities reflected on the Financial Statements and liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business since December 31, 2009 and which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                          As of each Subsequent Closing, the most recent Financial Statements (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement) required to be delivered to each Investor pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Shareholders Agreement fairly present in all material respects the financial position (with respect to any balance sheet included in such Financial Statements) and the results of operations (with respect to any income statement included in such Financial Statements) and cash flows (with respect to any statement of cash flows included in such Financial Statements), in each case, of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries as of the date (in the case of the balance sheet) and for the period (in the case of the income statement and statement of cash flows) covered by the Financial Statements.  As of each Subsequent Closing, there are no liabilities or obligations of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, whether asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, or due or to become due, other than liabilities reflected on the balance sheet included in the most recent Financial Statements provided to Investors pursuant to Section 10.3 of the Shareholders Agreement and liabilities which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(c)                           Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has suffered an event which has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

14



 

2.7                        Litigation .   Except, in each case, for insurance claims litigation arising in the ordinary course of business and any matters which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                          There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, currently threatened against the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, against any director, officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary.

 

(b)                          To the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred on, and there does not exist any condition on the basis of, which any suit, claim, action, proceeding or investigation might properly be instituted against the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any director, officer or employee of the Company or any subsidiary.

 

(c)                           Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company is a party to, or subject to the provisions of, any order, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court or government agency or instrumentality.

 

(d)                          There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company currently pending or that the Company or any subsidiary intends to initiate.

 

2.8                        No Conflicts .   Neither the Company nor any subsidiary of the Company is in violation or breach of any material provision of its memorandum of association, certificate of incorporation, bye-laws or other organizational documents.   The execution, delivery and performance of and compliance with this Agreement and the Related Documents, and the issuance and sale of the Shares and the Conversion Shares pursuant hereto, will not, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, (a) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any provision of the Bye-laws or other organizational documents of the Company or its subsidiaries, (b) conflict with, or result in any violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, any permit, concession, grant, franchise, law, rule or regulation, or any judgment, decree or order of any court or other governmental agency or instrumentality to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is a party or to which any of its property is subject, (c) except as set forth on Schedule 2.8 , conflict with, or result in a breach or violation of or default or loss of any benefit under, or accelerate the performance required by, the terms of any agreement, contract, indenture or other instrument to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is a party or to which any of its property is subject, or constitute a default or loss of any right thereunder or an event that, with the lapse of time or notice or both, might result in a default or loss of any right thereunder or the creation of any Lien upon any of the assets or properties of the Company or any subsidiary or (d) result in the suspension, revocation, impairment, forfeiture or nonrenewal of any permit, license, authorization or approval applicable to the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, their business or operations or any of their assets or properties, other than, in the case of clauses (b), (c) and (d), conflicts, violations or results which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

15



 

2.9                        Consents    No consent, approval, order or authorization of, or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with, any federal, state or local governmental authority is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Related Documents, except for (a) with respect to the issuance of the Shares at the Initial Closing and the New Investor Closing, such consents as have been granted or obtained prior to the Initial Closing or the New Investor Closing, as applicable, (b) with respect to the issuance of the Shares at any Subsequent Closing, such consents as shall have been granted or obtained prior to such Subsequent Closing and (c) compliance with notice filing and other requirements under United States federal securities laws and the applicable securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction, which compliance will have occurred within the appropriate time periods therefor.

 

2.10                 Material Contracts .  Except for this Agreement and the Related Documents and except as set forth on Schedule 2.10 :

 

(a)                                  There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or transactions (whether written or oral) between the Company or its subsidiaries and any Affiliate (as defined in the Shareholders Agreement).

 

(b)                                  There are no agreements, understandings, instruments, contracts or transactions (whether oral or written) to which the Company or any subsidiary of the Company is a party or by which it or any of its assets is bound that involve (i) obligations of, or payments by or to, the Company or its subsidiaries in excess of $250,000 in any twelve (12) month period, (ii) the issuance of debt or equity securities of the Company or its subsidiaries or the incurrence of indebtedness or the pledge or grant of any security interest or encumbrance on the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets, (iii) restrictions on the development, provision or distribution of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ products or services, (iv) any employment, severance or consulting agreement, (v) the disposition of a material portion of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ assets or the acquisition of the business or securities or other ownership interests of another Person, (vi) any agreement under which the Company or its subsidiaries is restricted from carrying on any line of business or carrying on business in any geographic location, (vii) any Reinsurance Contract or (viii) any fees or payments to any Person (including any broker, investment bank or other finder) relating to any financing (public or private) or the sale of the enterprise value of the Company or its subsidiaries (through merger, consolidation, asset transfer, equity transfer, license or otherwise) (each, a “ Material Contract ”).

 

(c)                                   Schedule 2.10 contains a complete list of all Material Contracts.  With respect to each Material Contract, (i) such Material Contract is legal, valid, binding, enforceable (subject to the Enforceability Exceptions) and in full force and effect against the Company or its subsidiaries, as applicable, (ii) neither the Company, its subsidiaries, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, is in breach or default in any material respect, and no event has occurred that with notice or lapse of time would constitute a material breach or default on the part of the Company or its subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, or permit termination, modification or acceleration, under such Material Contract

 

16



 

and (iii) neither the Company or its subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Company, any other party thereto, has repudiated any provision of such Material Contract.

 

2.11                  Title to Property and Assets .  The Company owns all of its property and assets free and clear of any Liens.  As of the date hereof, the Company does not own any real property. With respect to the property and assets it leases, the Company is in compliance with such leases and holds a valid leasehold interest free and clear of any Liens.

 

2.12                  Intellectual Property .  The Company or its subsidiaries own or have the right to use all Intellectual Property that is used in their business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted in the Strategic Plan.  The Company and its subsidiaries have taken reasonable measures to protect the proprietary nature of each item of Intellectual Property owned by them and to maintain in confidence all trade secrets and confidential information comprising a part thereof.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.12 , no Person has any ownership interest, royalty interest, license right or other interest in or to, or any Lien against, any of the Intellectual Property owned by the Company or its subsidiaries.  To the Company’s knowledge, the business of the Company and its subsidiaries as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted in the Strategic Plan does not infringe or violate, or constitute a misappropriation of, any Intellectual Property rights of any Person, and neither the marketing, distribution, provision or use of any of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ products or services would, if any such product or service was commercially released by the Company or its subsidiaries as of the date hereof, infringe or violate, or constitute a misappropriation of, any other Person’s Intellectual Property rights. “ Intellectual Property ” means all (i) patents, patent applications, patent disclosures, invention disclosures and all related continuation, continuation-in-part, divisional, reissue, reexamination, patent applications and registrations thereof, (ii) registered or common law trademarks and service marks, trade dress, Internet domain names, logos, trade names and corporate names and all registrations and applications for registration of the foregoing, (iii) copyrights, data and database rights and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (iv) mask works and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (v) inventions, designs, trade secrets and confidential business information, whether patentable or nonpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, and know-how, and (vi) other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including remedies against infringement thereof and rights of protection of interest therein under the laws of all jurisdictions).

 

2.13                         Employees and Employee Matters .

 

(a)                           The Company and it subsidiaries have complied in all material respects with all federal, state and local laws relating to the hiring of employees, consultants and advisors and the employment of labor, including provisions thereof relating to wages, hours, equal opportunity, collective bargaining and the payment of social security and other taxes.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is delinquent in payments to any of its employees for any wages, salaries, commissions, bonuses or other direct compensation for any services performed by them or amounts required to be reimbursed to such employees or upon any termination of the employment of any such employees.  Neither the Company nor its subsidiaries has breached or otherwise failed to comply with any provision of any collective bargaining

 

17



 

agreement or other labor union contract applicable to any of its employees.  No consent of any union (or any similar group or organization) is required in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)                          Except as set forth on Schedule 2.13 , as of the date hereof the Company does not maintain or contribute to, or have any obligation to contribute to, any “employee benefit plan” (as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or any other plan, program, arrangement or agreement that provides bonuses, incentive compensation, vacation pay, severance pay, insurance or any other perquisite or benefit to officers, employees or consultants of the Company.

 

(c)                           As of the date hereof, the Company does not have knowledge that any officer or employee, or that any group of employees, intends to terminate his, her or their employment with the Company or its subsidiaries, nor does the Company or any subsidiary have a present intention to terminate the employment of any officer, employee or group of employees.

 

2.14                 Tax Returns and Payments .   All material federal, state, local and foreign tax returns and reports of the Company and its subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been duly filed and all taxes and other fees due thereon have been paid.  No material audit, deficiency, assessment or proposed adjustment of the Company’s or its subsidiaries’ federal, state, local or foreign income or franchise taxes has occurred in the past or is pending and the Company has no knowledge of any proposed liability for any tax to be imposed upon its properties or assets. There is no tax lien, whether imposed by any federal, state, county or local taxing authority, outstanding against the assets, properties or business of the Company or its subsidiaries.  The Company and its subsidiaries have withheld and paid all material taxes required to have been withheld and paid in connection with amounts paid or owing to any employee, independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or other third party.

 

2.15                 Environmental and Safety Laws .   Other than commercially available household and office cleaning products, (a) the Company and its subsidiaries have not generated, used, transported, treated, stored, released or disposed of, and have not suffered or permitted anyone else to generate, use, transport, treat, store, release or dispose of any Hazardous Substance (as defined below) in violation of any Environmental Laws (as defined below) and (b) there has not been any generation, use, transportation, treatment, storage, release or disposal of any Hazardous Substance resulting from the conduct of the Company or the use of any property or facility by the Company or its subsidiaries or, to the Company’s knowledge, any nearby or adjacent properties or facilities, that has created or could reasonably be expected to create any material liability on the part of the Company or its subsidiaries under the Environmental Laws or that would require reporting to or notification by the Company or its subsidiaries to any local, state or federal governmental authority.   “ Environmental Laws ” means all laws, rules, regulations, statutes, ordinances, decrees or orders of any local, state or federal governmental authority relating to (i) the control of any potential pollutant or protection of the air, water or land, (ii) solid, gaseous or liquid waste generation, handling, treatment, storage, disposal or transportation and (iii) exposure to Hazardous Substances.  “ Hazardous Substances ” means any toxic or hazardous materials or substances, solid wastes, including asbestos, buried contaminants,

 

18



 

chemicals, flammable or explosive materials, radioactive materials, petroleum wastes and spills or releases of petroleum products and any other chemical, pollutant, contaminant, substance or waste that is regulated by any local, state or federal governmental authority under any Environmental Law.

 

2.16                 Insurance .    Schedule 2.16 sets forth a list of all policies or binders of fire, casualty, liability, worker’s compensation, vehicular or other insurance held by the Company or its subsidiaries (specifying for each such insurance policy the insurer, the policy number or covering note number with respect to binders, and each pending claim thereunder and setting forth the aggregate amounts paid out under each such policy through the date hereof).  All such binders are in full force and effect and are from established insurers of nationally recognized responsibility insuring against such losses and risks and are in coverage amounts as are customary for corporations engaged in a similar business and similarly situated.  The Company is not in default with respect to any provision contained in any such policy or binder and has not failed to give any notice or present any claim of which it has notice under any such policy or binder in a timely fashion.  The Company has not received or given a notice of cancellation or nonrenewal with respect to any such policy or binder.  None of the applications for such policies or binders contain any material inaccuracy, and all premiums for such policies and binders have been paid when due.

 

2.17                 Offering Exemption .   Based in part on the representations of the Investors set forth in Section 3 below, the offer, sale and issuance of the Shares and the Conversion Shares in conformity with the terms of this Agreement are exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act and are exempt from the qualification or registration requirements of applicable securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.  Neither the Company nor any agent on its behalf has solicited or will solicit any offers to sell or has offered to sell or will offer to sell all or any part of the Shares to any person or entity so as to bring the sale of such Shares by the Company within the registration provisions of the Securities Act or the securities laws of any state or other jurisdiction.

 

2.18                 Bermuda Exempted Company .   Each of the Company and Essent Reinsurance Ltd. is an “exempted company” under Bermuda law and has not conducted its business in a manner that is prohibited for “exempted companies” under Bermuda law.

 

2.19                 Brokers or Finders .  Except for fees payable to Macquarie Capital (USA) Inc., the Company has not incurred or agreed to incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees, agents’ commissions or other similar charges in connection with this Agreement, the Related Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

2.20                 Compliance with Law .   The Company and each of its subsidiaries (a) is in compliance with all statutes or laws and any judgments, orders, decrees, rules or regulations of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or the property of any of them is subject (“ Applicable Laws ”), (b) has not received any outstanding notice that it is not in compliance with, nor, to the knowledge of the Company, is the Company or any of its subsidiaries being threatened with or under investigation with respect to any failure to comply with, any Applicable Law and (c) as of each Subsequent Closing from and after the

 

19


 

date hereof, has all licenses, permits and approvals necessary to operate an insurance, reinsurance or mortgage guaranty businesses as contemplated by the Strategic Plan as in effect at such time, except in each case as would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

2.21                         Certain Payments and Actions .  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries has directly or indirectly (a) made any contribution, gift, bribe, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other similar payment to any Person, private or public, regardless of form, whether in money, property or services that is a violation of Applicable Law and that was made (i) to obtain favorable treatment in securing business, (ii) to pay for favorable treatment for business secured or (iii) to obtain special concessions or for special concessions already obtained, or (b) established or maintained any fund or asset that has not been recorded in the books and records of such Person.

 

2.22                         Agreements with Investors .  The Company has not entered into any agreement with any Investor or its affiliates other than this Agreement and the Related Documents.

 

2.23                         Blocked Persons .  The Company has not been designated by the United States government as a person or entity of the types identified on the United States Treasury Department’s list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” and the Company is not providing financial or material support to any such Persons.

 

2.24                         Strategic Plan .  All action on the part of the Company and its officers, directors and shareholders necessary for the adoption of the Strategic Plan in substantially the form provided to the Investors has been taken, and the Strategic Plan has been duly adopted by the Company and is in full force and effect.

 

2.25                         Conduct of Business .  The Company covenants that it shall, and shall use reasonable efforts to cause its subsidiaries and the officers, employees, representatives and agents of the Company and its subsidiaries to, act in compliance with the Operating Guidelines dated the date hereof.  For this purpose, if any Operating Guideline indicates that an activity should be conducted or should be conducted in a particular place or manner, the activity shall be conducted and/or shall be conducted in the specified place or manner.

 

2.26                         Company Investment Assets .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.26 , none of the Company Investment Assets (as defined below) is in default in the payment of principal or interest or dividends or other than temporarily impaired to any material extent.  The Company Investment Assets do not include any “margin securities” within the meaning of Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is required to be registered under Regulation U.  None of the Company Investment Assets constituted a “purpose credit”  (as defined in Regulation U), nor is any such Company Investment Asset secured, “directly or indirectly,” by any “margin security” within the meaning of Regulation U. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the first sentence of this Section 2.26(a) is true and correct only as of the date hereof and for each Subsequent Closing is

 

20



 

true and correct only as of the date that is fifteen (15) days prior to the date of such Subsequent Closing; provided , that as of each Closing, except as set forth on Schedule 2.26 , no Company Investment Assets, individually or in the aggregate, will be in default in the payment of principal or interest or dividends or other than temporarily impaired, in each case, in such manner as could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Company Investment Assets considered together in the aggregate.

 

(b)                                  As used herein, “ Company Investment Assets ”  means any investment assets beneficially owned by the Company or any of its subsidiaries, including, without limitation, bonds, notes, debentures, mortgage loans, real estate, collateral loans and all other instruments of indebtedness, stocks, limited liability company membership interests, partnership or joint venture interests and all other equity interests, certificates issued by or interests in trusts, derivatives, cash on hand and on deposit and all other assets acquired for investment purposes.

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth on Schedule 2.26 , to the Company’s knowledge all Company Investment Assets held by an insurance company subsidiary constitute admitted assets of the holder pursuant to applicable insurance company investment laws.

 

2.27                         Investment Company; Broker-Dealer Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries maintains any separate accounts.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries conducts activities of, or is otherwise deemed under Applicable Law to control an “investment advisor” within the meaning of the United States Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated thereunder (the “ 1940 Act ”), whether or not registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) promulgated thereunder.  Except as set forth on Schedule 2.27 , neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is an “investment company” or an “affiliated person” of or “promoter” or “principal underwriter” for an investment company, within the meaning of the 1940 Act and neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries sponsors any Person that is such an “investment company”.  Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries conducts activities that would require it to register as a broker or dealer as such terms are defined in Section 3(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, with the Commission or any other governmental entity.

 

2.28                         Full Disclosure .  This Agreement, the schedules hereto, the Related Documents and all certificates delivered by the Company to the Investors or their attorneys or agents in connection with the transactions contemplated herein or therein, taken together, do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or, taken together with any other information delivered or made available to the Investors, omit any material fact (other than facts recognized to be industry risks normally associated with the private mortgage insurance business or facts of a general economic character not relating solely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective assets) necessary to make the statements contained therein or herein in view of the circumstances under which they were made not misleading; except that (a) with respect to any financial projections provided by the Company, the Company represents only that such projections were prepared in good faith and that the Company believed that there was a

 

21



 

reasonable basis for such projections at the time such projections were made, and the Company does not in any event warrant that it will realize the projections and (b) no representation is made with respect to any forward-looking statements contained in any document or information delivered or made available to the Investors.  The Company is not aware of any fact which has not been disclosed to the Investors (other than facts recognized to be industry risks normally associated with the private mortgage insurance business or facts of a general economic character not relating solely to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective assets) which, so far as the Company can reasonably foresee, is reasonably likely to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

3.                                       Representations, Warranties and Covenant of the Investors .

 

As a material inducement to the Company to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement, each Investor, severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to the Company as of each Closing as follows:

 

3.1                                Authorization; Enforceability .  The Investor has all requisite power and authority to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and the Related Documents to which it is a party. All action on the part of the Investor and, as applicable, its directors, officers, members, partners and shareholders, necessary for the authorization, execution, delivery and performance of all obligations of the Investor under this Agreement and the Related Documents to which it is a party has been taken.  Each of this Agreement and the Related Documents to which it is a party constitutes the valid and legally binding obligation of the Investor, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to the Enforceability Exceptions.

 

3.2                                Investment Intent .  The Shares and the Conversion Shares will be acquired by the Investor for its own account for investment purposes and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any distribution or granting of a participation right therein, in whole or in part, in violation of the Securities Act or the securities laws of any jurisdiction applicable to such Investor.

 

3.3                                Accredited Investor .  The Investor is an “accredited investor” within the meaning of Rule 501(a) promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

3.4                                Restricted Securities .  The Investor acknowledges and agrees that the Shares and the Conversion Shares must be held indefinitely unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from such registration is available.  The Investor has been advised or is aware of the provisions of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act as in effect from time to time, which permit limited resale of shares purchased in a private placement subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions.  The Investor understands that no public market now exists for any securities issued by the Company and that a public market may never exist for the Shares or the Conversion Shares.

 

3.5                                Investor Awareness .  The Investor is aware, understands and acknowledges that (a)  the Company has a very limited financial and operating history, (b)  such Investor’s investment in the Shares involves a substantial degree of risk of loss of the entire investment and

 

22



 

there is no assurance of any income from such investment, (c) an investment in the Shares may potentially be subject to special tax rules under the Code (that may impose certain additional tax risks and costs), including, without limitation, the rules applicable to (i) controlled foreign corporations as provided in Code sections 951 through 964 and 1248 and (ii) passive foreign investment companies as provided in Code sections 1291 through 1298 and there can be no assurances that the U.S. federal tax consequences of an investment in the Shares to an Investor or its affiliates or the U.S. federal tax treatment to the Company or it subsidiaries will be favorable, or that such consequences will be as described in communications with the Investor, (d) any non- U.S. or U.S., federal, state and/or local income tax benefits that may be available to such Investor may be lost through the adoption of new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws and regulations, (e) because there are substantial restrictions on the transferability of the Shares, it may not be possible for such Investor to sell, transfer, assign, pledge, hypothecate or otherwise liquidate the Shares, (f) No Bermuda or United States federal or state or any other regulatory agency has passed upon the accuracy, validity or completeness of this Agreement or the Bye- laws, or made any finding or determination as to the fairness of an investment in the Shares, (g) generally, as provided in the Bye-laws and the Shareholders Agreement, an Investor shall hold the Shares subject to, and shall have the voting rights as specified in, the Bye-laws and the Shareholders Agreement as in effect from time to time and (h) the Bye-laws contain a voting cut- back provision which generally limits the voting power of certain persons so that no U.S. Person other than The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. or a GS Transferee (as defined in the Bye-laws) can be considered a 9.5% U.S. Shareholder (as defined in the Bye-Laws).  The Investor understands that no public market now exists for the Shares or the Conversion Shares and that a public market for such securities may never exist.

 

3.6                                Experience; Access to Information .  The Investor is experienced in evaluating and investing in private placement transactions of securities of companies of a similar size and nature and acknowledges that such Investor can bear the economic risk of such Investor’s investment, and has such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that such Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the investment in the Shares and is making an independent decision to invest in the Shares based, among other things, upon such Investor’s independent knowledge and/or investigation of the potential tax risk, tax costs and other risks associated with an investment in the Shares.  The Investor has received a copy of the Strategic Plan and all other information that such Investor considers necessary or appropriate in determining whether to purchase the Shares. The Investor has had an opportunity to discuss the Company’s business and the Strategic Plan with management and to ask questions of the officers of the Company, which questions were answered to its satisfaction.

 

3.7                                Investor Voting Questionnaires .  Each Investor represents and warrants that none of the officers of such Investor have actual knowledge that the responses provided by such Investor to the investor questionnaire (the “ Investor Questionnaire ”) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit E are incorrect as of the date provided by such Investor and, if such officers become aware of any material change in such information before the Investor’s purchase of Shares at the Initial Closing, and thereafter through the date of any request for updated information from the Company, the Investor will promptly furnish such revised or corrected information to the Company.

 

23



 

3.8                                No Voting Arrangements .  Such Investor has not entered into an agreement of any kind whatsoever (other than the Shareholders Agreement) regarding the voting of the Shares or the Conversion Shares.

 

3.9                                Financing .  The Investor has, as of the Initial Closing and the New Investor Closing, (a) cash on hand or other immediately available funds sufficient to consummate the purchase of the Shares to be purchased by such Investor at the Initial Closing or the New Investor Closing, as applicable, hereunder and (b) cash on hand or other immediately available funds, or binding capital commitments subject to no internal or other approval (other than delivery of a customary capital call notice), sufficient to consummate the purchase of the Shares to be purchased by such Investor at each Subsequent Closing hereunder up to the full amount of such Investors’ Funding Amount.

 

3.10                         Brokers or Finders .  The Investor has not agreed to incur, directly or indirectly, any liability for brokerage or finders’ fees, agents’ commissions or other similar charges in connection with this Agreement and the Related Documents or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

3.11                         Investor Location .  If the Investor is an individual, then the Investor resides in the country and state or province identified in the address of the Investor set forth on Schedule A ; if the Investor is a partnership, corporation, limited liability company or other entity, then the office or offices of the Investor in which its principal place of business is located is at the address of the Investor set forth on Schedule A .

 

3.12                         Representation by Foreign Investors .  If the Investor is not a U.S. Person, such Investor hereby represents that such Investor is satisfied as to the full observance of the laws of such Investor’s jurisdiction in connection with any invitation to subscribe for the Shares or any use of this Agreement, including (a) the legal requirements with such Investor’s jurisdiction for the purchase of the Shares, (b) any foreign exchange restrictions applicable to such purchase, (c) any governmental or other consents that may need to be obtained by such Investor and (d) the income tax and other tax consequences, if any, which may be relevant to the purchase, holding, redemption, sale, or transfer of the Shares and receipt of Conversion Shares upon conversion of the Shares.  Such Investor’s subscription and payment for, and such Investor’s continued ownership of, the Shares will not result in such Investor violating any applicable securities laws or other laws of such Investor’s jurisdiction.

 

3.13                         Blocked Persons .  The Investor has not been designated by the United States government as a person or entity of the types identified on the United States Treasury Department’s list of “Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons” and such Investor is not affiliated in any way with, or providing financial or material support to, any such Persons.

 

4.                                       Conditions to the Investors’ Obligations at the Initial Closing .

 

The obligation of each Investor under this Agreement to purchase and pay for the Shares being purchased by it at the Initial Closing was subject to the fulfillment or waiver (the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor that did not expressly consent thereto), at or

 

24



 

prior to the Initial Closing, of the following conditions and each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the delivery of the purchase price for the Shares purchased by any Investor hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by such Investor of any of the conditions set forth in this Section 4:

 

4.1                                Representations and Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 of the Existing Subscription Agreement shall be true, correct and complete on and as of the Initial Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at such time.

 

4.2                                Performance .  The Company shall have performed and complied with all other conditions, covenants and agreements contained in the Existing Subscription Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Initial Closing.

 

4.3                                Consents and Approvals .  Any consent required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained.  All permits, approvals, filings and consents required to be obtained or made, and all waiting periods required to expire, prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents under United States federal laws, the laws of Bermuda and the laws of any other applicable state or foreign country having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained, made or expired, as the case may be, and all such waiting periods shall have lapsed, and all such permits, approvals, filings and consents shall be in full force and effect.

 

4.4                                Shareholders Agreement .  The Company, the Investors and the holders of the Class B Common Shares shall have executed and delivered the Shareholders Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

4.5                                Registration Rights Agreement .  The Company and the Investors shall have executed and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

4.6                                Fee Agreement .  The Company and the Existing Investors shall have executed and delivered the Fee Agreement and the Fee Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

4.7                                Compliance Certificates .  The Company shall have delivered to the Investors a certificate, dated as of the Initial Closing, of its Chief Executive Officer certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 4.1 and 4.2 have been fulfilled.

 

4.8                                Adoption of Bye-laws .  The Company shall have duly adopted the Bye-laws, which shall be in full force and effect and not further amended or modified.

 

4.9                                Share Plan .  The Company shall have duly adopted the Share Plan, which shall be in full force and effect, and the Class B-2 Common Shares shall have been granted thereunder to the management holders thereof as set forth on the Capitalization Chart.

 

25



 

4.10                         Supporting Documents .  The Company shall have delivered to the Investors copies of the following documents: (a) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company dated the date of the Initial Closing and certifying (i) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bye-laws of the Company as amended and in effect on the date of such certification, (ii) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the Board and the shareholders of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Related Documents, and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Class A Common Shares, and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and (iii) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of the Company executing this Agreement and any Related Document, the share certificates representing the Class A Common Shares and any certificate or instrument furnished pursuant hereto, and a certification by another officer of the Company as to the incumbency and signature of the officer signing the certificate referred to in this clause (a); and (b) such additional supporting documents and other information with respect to the operations and affairs of the Company as the Investors reasonably may request.

 

4.11                         Share Certificates .  The Company shall have delivered to each Investor certificates evidencing the Shares issued and sold to the Investors at the Initial Closing.

 

4.12                         Board of Directors .  The Company shall have taken proper corporate action to fix the size of the Board at twelve (12) members, which members shall be as set forth in the Shareholders Agreement.  In addition, the designees of the Investors shall have been elected as directors of the Company, effective as of the Initial Closing, in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

4.13                         Minimum Investment .  Each Investor shall have purchased and paid for the Shares to be purchased by such Investor at the Initial Closing in accordance with this Agreement.

 

4.14                         Blue Sky Approvals .  The Company shall have taken all actions necessary for the exemptions from the state securities laws of the jurisdictions in which the Class A Common Shares are being sold on or before the Initial Closing, or at such time thereafter as may be required or allowed by the applicable statute.

 

4.15                         Management Rights Letter .  The Company shall have executed and delivered a management rights letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 

4.16                         Employment Agreement .  The Company shall have entered into an Employment Agreement with Mark Casale, as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Investors.

 

4.17                         Strategic Plan .  The Company shall have duly adopted the Strategic Plan in form and substance reasonably acceptable to each of the Investors, and the Strategic Plan shall be in full force and effect.

 

26



 

4.18                         Proceedings Satisfactory .  All proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and all agreements, documents and certificates relating thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Investors.  Each Investor shall have received copies of such agreements, documents and certificates as such Investor may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement and the Related Documents.

 

5.                                       Conditions to the New Investors’ Obligations at the New Investor Closing .

 

The obligation of each New Investor under this Agreement to purchase and pay for the Shares being purchased by it at the New Investor Closing is subject to the fulfillment or waiver (the waiver of which shall not be effective against any New Investor that does not expressly consent thereto), at or prior to the New Investor Closing, of the following conditions and each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the delivery of the purchase price for the Shares to be purchased by any New Investor hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by such New Investor of any of the conditions set forth in this Section 5:

 

5.1                                Representations and Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Section 2 shall be true, correct and complete on and as of the New Investor Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at such time.

 

5.2                                Performance .  The Company shall have performed and complied with all other conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the New Investor Closing.

 

5.3                                Consents and Approvals .  Any consent required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained.  All permits, approvals, filings and consents required to be obtained or made, and all waiting periods required to expire, prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents under United States federal laws, the laws of Bermuda and the laws of any other applicable state or foreign country having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained, made or expired, as the case may be, and all such waiting periods shall have lapsed, and all such permits, approvals, filings and consents shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.4                                Shareholders Agreement .  The Company, the Investors and the holders of the Class B Common Shares shall have executed and delivered the Shareholders Agreement and the Shareholders Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.5                                Registration Rights Agreement .  The Company and the Investors shall have executed and delivered the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registration Rights Agreement shall be in full force and effect.

 

5.6                                Compliance Certificates .  The Company shall have delivered to the New Investors a certificate, dated as of the New Investor Closing, of its Chief Executive Officer certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been fulfilled.

 

27



 

5.7                                Adoption of Bye-laws .  The Company shall have duly adopted the Bye-laws, which shall be in full force and effect and not further amended or modified.

 

5.8                                Supporting Documents .  The Company shall have delivered to the New Investors copies of the following documents: (a) a certificate of the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company dated the date of the New Investor Closing and certifying (i) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the Bye-laws of the Company as amended and in effect on the date of such certification, (ii) that attached thereto is a true and complete copy of all resolutions adopted by the Board and the shareholders of the Company authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Related Documents, and the issuance, sale and delivery of the Class A Common Shares, and that all such resolutions are in full force and effect and are all the resolutions adopted in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and (iii) to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer of the Company executing this Agreement and any Related Document, the share certificates representing the Class A Common Shares and any certificate or instrument furnished pursuant hereto, and a certification by another officer of the Company as to the incumbency and signature of the officer signing the certificate referred to in this clause (a); and (b)  such additional supporting documents and other information with respect to the operations and affairs of the Company as the New Investors reasonably may request.

 

5.9                                Share Certificates .  The Company shall have delivered to each New Investor certificates evidencing the Shares issued and sold to the New Investors at the New Investor Closing.

 

5.10                         Blue Sky Approvals .  The Company shall have taken all actions necessary for the exemptions from the state securities laws of the jurisdictions in which the Class A Common Shares are being sold on or before the New Investor Closing, or at such time thereafter as may be required or allowed by the applicable statute.

 

5.11                         Management Rights Letter .  The Company shall have executed and delivered a management rights letter in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F .

 

5.12                         Opinion of Counsel .  The New Investors’  shall have received an opinion of Bermuda counsel to the Company in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the New Investors.

 

5.13                         Proceedings Satisfactory .  All proceedings taken in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and all agreements, documents and certificates relating thereto shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the New Investors.  Each New Investor shall have received copies of such agreements, documents and certificates as such New Investor may reasonably request in connection with this Agreement and the Related Documents.

 

28



 

6.                                       Conditions to the Investors’ Obligations at each Subsequent Closing .

 

The obligation of each Investor under this Agreement to purchase and pay for the Shares to be purchased by it at each Subsequent Closing is subject to the fulfillment or waiver (the waiver of which shall not be effective against any Investor that does not expressly consent thereto), at or prior to such Subsequent Closing, of the following conditions and each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that the delivery of the purchase price for the Shares to be purchased by any Investor hereunder shall not constitute a waiver by such Investor of any of the conditions set forth in this Section 6:

 

6.1                                Representations and Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Company contained in Sections 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6(b) (other than the last sentence thereof), 2.8, 2.9, 2.17, 2.18, 2.19, 2.20, 2.23 and 2.24 shall be true, correct and complete, without giving effect to any exceptions set forth on the Disclosure Schedule delivered to the Investors pursuant to Section 6.6, on and as of such Subsequent Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at such time, except, in the case of Section 2.20, where the Company reasonably expects and intends such failure to be remedied by the additional investment of the Investors at such Subsequent Closing.

 

6.2                                Performance .  The Company shall have performed and complied with all other conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement required to be performed or complied with by it on or before such Subsequent Closing.

 

6.3                                Consents and Approvals .  Any consent required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained.  All permits, approvals, filings and consents required to be obtained or made, and all waiting periods required to expire, prior to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents under United States federal laws, the laws of Bermuda and the laws of any other applicable state or foreign country having jurisdiction over the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents shall have been obtained, made or expired, as the case may be, and all such waiting periods shall have lapsed, and all such permits, approvals, filings and consents shall be in full force and effect.

 

6.4                                Compliance Certificates .  The Company shall have delivered to the Investors a certificate, dated as of such Subsequent Closing, of its Chief Executive Officer certifying that the conditions specified in Sections 6.1 and 6.2 have been fulfilled.

 

6.5                                Capitalization Chart .  The Company shall have delivered to the Investors a supplemental Capitalization Chart setting forth a list of all holders of Company Securities and their holdings of Company Securities immediately before such Subsequent Closing and immediately after such Subsequent Closing, and such capitalization chart shall be true, correct and complete.

 

6.6                                Disclosure Schedule .  The Company shall have delivered to the Investors a Disclosure Schedule, arranged in paragraphs corresponding to the numbered and lettered paragraphs contained in Section 2, describing in reasonable detail any exceptions to any

 

29


 

representation or warranty of the Company contained in Section 2 as of such Subsequent Closing and indicating if such exception relates to a representation or warranty the accuracy of which is a condition to the obligations of the Investors pursuant to Section 6.1, and such Disclosure Schedule shall be true, correct and complete.

 

7.                                       Conditions to the Company’s Obligations at each Closing .

 

The obligations of the Company under this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction (or waiver in writing by the Company) on or before each Closing of each of the following conditions:

 

7.1                                Representations and Warranties True .  The representations and warranties of the Investors contained in Section 3 (other than Section 3.7) shall be true, correct and complete on and as of such Closing with the same force and effect as if they had been made at such time.

 

7.2                                Performance .  The Investors shall have performed and complied with all other conditions, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement (other than the failure of an Investor to invest its Pro Rata Share of any Draw pursuant to Section 1.4) required to be performed or complied with by them on or before such Closing.

 

7.3                                Related Documents .  The Investors and all other parties thereto shall have executed and delivered to the other parties each of the Related Documents to which they are a party.

 

7.4                                Qualifications .  All authorizations, approvals or permits, if any, of any governmental authority or regulatory body of the United States, Bermuda or of any state or other jurisdiction that are required in connection with the lawful issuance and sale of the Shares and the Conversion Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall have been duly obtained and shall be effective on and as of such Closing.

 

7.5                                Exchange of Notes .  With respect to the Initial Closing, all Notes to be tendered to the Company in payment for Shares pursuant to this Agreement shall have been delivered to the Company in exchange for the Shares to be issued by the Company in full repayment of all indebtedness evidenced thereby.

 

8.                                       Indemnification .

 

8.1                                Indemnification by the Company .  The Company shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless each Investor and their respective officers, directors, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Investor Indemnified Parties ”), from and against, and will pay to any Investor Indemnified Party the amount of, any and all claims, demands, proceedings, losses, damages (but specifically excluding indirect, special, incidental, consequential and punitive damages except to the extent arising out of a third party claim), penalties, liabilities, obligations, settlement payments, costs and expenses of every kind whatsoever (including without limitation, costs of investigating, preparing or defending any such claim or proceeding and reasonable legal fees and disbursements), as and when incurred by such Investor Indemnified Party and whether or not

 

30



 

involving a third party claim (collectively, “ Losses ”), incurred or suffered by any of the Investor Indemnified Parties, arising out of or relating to (a) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Company contained in this Agreement or in any Related Document (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto and thereto) as in effect at the time of such Investor’s purchase of Shares hereunder (assuming, for such purpose, that this Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement was in effect at the time of each Post-Disclaimer Share Purchase) or in any certificate or document delivered by the Company in connection therewith and (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of the Company contained in this Agreement or any Related Document.

 

8.2                                Indemnification by Investor .  Each Investor, severally but not jointly, shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by the Company arising by reason of or resulting from (a) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of such Investor contained in this Agreement or in any Related Document (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto and thereto) or in any certificate or document delivered in connection therewith and (b) any breach of any covenant or agreement of such Investor contained in this Agreement or any Related Document as in effect at the time of such Investor’s purchase of Shares hereunder (assuming, for such purpose, that this Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement was in effect at the time of each Post-Disclaimer Share Purchase), in each case other than Section 3.7 of this Agreement, Bye-law 38 and any covenant or agreement for which remedies are provided and expressly stated to be the exclusive remedies for such breach.

 

8.3                                Indemnification Procedures .

 

(a)                                  Promptly upon receipt by a party indemnified under this Section 8 (an “ Indemnified Party ”) of notice of the commencement of any action against such Indemnified Party (a “ Third Party Action ”) in respect of which indemnity or reimbursement may be sought against a party or parties required to make indemnification hereunder (an “ Indemnifying Party ”), such Indemnified Party shall notify the Indemnifying Party in writing of the commencement of such Third Party Action, but the failure so to notify the Indemnifying Party shall not relieve it of any liability which it may have to any Indemnified Party under this Section 8, except to the extent that such failure actually and materially adversely affects the defense of such Third Party Action.  In case notice of commencement of any such Third Party Action shall be given to the Indemnifying Party as above provided, the Indemnifying Party shall be entitled to assume the defense of such action at its own expense, with counsel chosen by it that is reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party; provided , that:

 

(i)                                      the Indemnified Party shall be entitled to participate in the defense of such Third Party Action and to employ counsel at its own expense (except as otherwise provided herein) to assist in the handling of such Third Party Action; and

 

(ii)                                   no Indemnifying Party shall consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld unless such judgment or settlement (A) includes as an unconditional term thereof the giving by each claimant or plaintiff to each Indemnified Party of a

 

31



 

release from all liability in respect of such Third Party Action, (B) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act, by or on behalf of any Indemnified Party and (C) does not impose injunctive or other equitable relief against the Indemnified Party.

 

Except as set forth in the following sentence, after written notice by the Indemnifying Party to the Indemnified Party of its election to assume control of the defense of any such Third Party Action in accordance with the foregoing, (i) the Indemnifying Party shall not be liable to the Indemnified Party hereunder for any fees and expenses of counsel subsequently incurred by the Indemnified Party attributable to defending against such Third Party Action and (ii) as long as the Indemnifying Party is reasonably contesting such Third Party Action in good faith, the Indemnified Party shall not admit any liability with respect to, or settle, compromise or discharge the claim underlying such Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed). If (A) the Indemnifying Party does not assume control of the defense of such Third Party Action or ceases to defend such Third Party Action in accordance with this Section 8.3(a) or (B) the Indemnified Party determines in good faith that representation of such Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party by the same counsel would be inappropriate under applicable standards of professional conduct (in which case the Indemnifying Party shall not have the right to assume the defense of such Third Party Action on behalf of the Indemnified Party), then, in each case the Indemnified Party shall have the right to defend such Third Party Action in such manner as it may deem appropriate at the cost and expense of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party shall promptly reimburse the Indemnified Party therefor in accordance with this Section 8; provided that (i) the Indemnifying Party shall be obligated to reimburse the Indemnified Parties for the costs and expenses of only a single counsel in each relevant jurisdiction for such Third Party Action and any matters related thereto and (ii) the Indemnified Party shall not settle or resolve such Third Party Action without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).  The reimbursement of fees and expenses of counsel required by this Section 8 shall be made by periodic payments during the course of the investigation or defense, as and when bills are received or expenses incurred.

 

(b)                                  If an Indemnified Party becomes entitled to any indemnification from an Indemnifying Party, such indemnification shall be made in cash upon demand, unless the Indemnifying Party is disputing the right of such Indemnified Party to indemnification hereunder.  If the Indemnifying Party has indemnified the Indemnified Party pursuant to this Section 8, the Indemnifying Party shall be subrogated to all rights of the Indemnified Party with respect to any claims to which such indemnification relates to the extent that Losses in respect of such claims have been satisfied in full by the Indemnifying Party.

 

(c)                                   The right to indemnification for inaccuracy of any representations or warranties in this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted or any knowledge acquired (except for those matters set forth in the Disclosure Schedule to the extent such disclosures modify such representations and warranties) or capable of being acquired by any party at any time, whether before or after the date hereof.

 

32



 

9.                                       General .

 

9.1                                Confidentiality .

 

(a)                                  Each Investor and the Company agrees that (i)  this Agreement, the Related Documents and the terms and conditions hereof and thereof, (ii) any documentation or information relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents, (iii) the Strategic Plan and (iv) any other confidential or non-public information relating to the Company or any other Investor or its business disclosed to such Investor in connection with or as a result of such Investor’s investment in the Company, in each case whether or not in writing (collectively, the “ Confidential Information ”), is confidential and shall not be disclosed to any individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, association, trust, joint venture, unincorporated organization or other entity and any government, governmental department or agency or political subdivision thereof (“ Person ”) or used for any purpose other than in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Strategic Plan and the Related Documents.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein will prevent the disclosure of Confidential Information (A) of the Company by an Investor to other Investors, (B) as required by applicable law or pursuant to the request of any court, arbitrator or governmental or self-regulatory body, agency or official, (C) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than by reason of violation of this paragraph, (D) of the Company by an Investor to such Investor’s partners, members, directors, officers, employees, affiliates and advisers (“ Representatives ”) who (1) need to know such information in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents or (2) require such information for purposes of internal compliance or evaluating an investment in the Company or such Investor and, in each case, who have been informed by such Investor of the confidential nature of such information and directed to treat such information confidentially or (E) of the Company with the prior written consent of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Each party agrees that a breach by it of the terms of this Section 9.1 could result in irreparable harm to the other parties, for which money damages would be inadequate, and that therefore any other party shall be entitled to seek the remedy of specific performance and other equitable relief in connection with any such breach or threatened breach.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Section 9.1, any Investor and its Representatives or other agents may disclose to any and all persons, without limitations of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Related Documents and all materials of any kind (including, without limitation, opinions and other tax analyses) that are provided to any Investor or the Company relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

(d)                                  The foregoing provisions of this Section 9.1 shall terminate on the second anniversary of the earlier of (i) the closing of an initial public offering of the Company’s equity securities and (ii) the consummation of a Sale Transaction (as defined in the Bye-Laws).

 

9.2                                Public Statements .  Except with the prior written consent of the Major Investors or as required by applicable law, the Investors will not, and each will direct its employees, agents and representatives not to, directly or indirectly, make any public comment, statement or communication with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Related

 

33



 

Documents or any of the terms, conditions or other matters set forth herein.  In no event shall any such comment, statement or communication name, or include a reference to, a particular Investor (or any Affiliate or investment advisor of a particular Investor) without the prior consent of such Investor.

 

9.3                                Survival .  All representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement and the Related Documents or pursuant hereto or thereto shall survive any investigation made at any time by or on behalf of any other party and shall survive the Closings.  The covenants and agreements set forth in this Agreement and the Related Documents shall survive the Closings and shall continue until all obligations set forth therein shall have been performed or satisfied or they shall have terminated in accordance with their terms.

 

9.4                                Exculpation Among Investors .  Each Investor acknowledges that it is not relying upon any other Investor in making its investment decision to invest in the Company.  Each Investor agrees that no other Investor nor the respective controlling persons, officers, directors, partners, agents or employees of any other Investor shall be liable to such Investor for any losses incurred by such Investor in connection with its investment in the Company.

 

9.5                                Use of Proceeds .  The Company shall use the cash proceeds from the sale of the Shares to pay all transaction expenses in connection with the issuance of the Shares, to make contributions to the capital of its subsidiaries to the extent necessary or advisable in furtherance of their respective business operations, to make dividends to shareholders or redeem outstanding Company Securities to the extent contemplated by the Repurchase Agreement and for general working capital purposes.

 

9.6                                Expenses .  Each party shall bear its own expenses incurred with respect to this Agreement, the Related Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; provided , however, that the Company shall pay the reasonable out of pocket costs and expenses of the New Investors (including reasonable fees and disbursements of legal counsel) incurred on or prior to the New Investor Closing, up to an aggregate maximum amount of $75,000.

 

9.7                                Successors and Assigns .  Except as otherwise provided herein, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties (including transferees of any Shares or Conversion Shares).  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by the Company.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned by any Investor other than (a)  by any Investor to a transferee of such Investor’s Shares in any transaction permitted under the terms of the Shareholders Agreement and (b) by any of the Major Investors or their respective affiliates of up to $50,000,000 of their respective Funding Amounts (less the original issue price of any Class A Common Shares transferred by such Major Investor pursuant to Section 3(a)(ii) of the Shareholders Agreement) to any of their respective limited partners or other passive co-investors under common investment management, provided , that such Major Investor exercises all rights (including, without limitation, any voting or consent rights) under, and will be subject to all obligations and liabilities (including the unfunded Funding Amounts) associated with, any Company Securities acquired by such limited partners or co-investors.  In the case of any

 

34



 

assignment by a Major Investor pursuant to this Section 9.7, (i) such Major Investor shall inform the Company and the Investors of such assignment, (ii) the assignee shall, upon and as a condition to such assignment, execute and deliver to the Company a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Person agrees to become a party to this Agreement subject to the obligations applicable to the Investors pursuant to the terms set forth herein and (iii)  Schedule A shall be revised accordingly.  Any attempted assignment made in contravention of this Agreement shall be null and void and of no force or effect.

 

9.8                                Amendment .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Agreement, any term of this Agreement may be amended and the observance of any term of this Agreement may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), with the written consent of the Company, the Investors holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Class A Common Shares and each of the Major Investors; provided , that (a) no amendment increasing the Funding Amount of any Investor shall be effective without the affirmative vote or written consent of such Investor, (b)  no amendment of any provision of this Agreement providing for the forfeiture of rights or the imposition or availability of other remedies as a result of any failure by an Investor to purchase additional Shares in response to a Draw shall be effective without the written consent of all of the Investors (including any Defaulting Investors), (c) no amendment which adversely affects the rights or obligations of any Investor under this Agreement or any Related Document in a manner disproportionate to other holders of Shares or Conversion Shares, as applicable, shall be effective without the affirmative vote or written consent of such adversely and disproportionately affected Investor and (d) no modification or amendment which increases any Investor’s obligations to make payments to or on behalf of the Company or requires any Investor to assume additional liabilities in connection with its ownership of Company Securities shall be effective without the written consent of such Investor. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 9.8 shall be binding upon each holder of Shares and Conversion Shares and each future holder of all such securities and the Company.

 

9.9                                Injunctive Relief .  The Investors and the Company acknowledge and agree that, in view of the uniqueness of the Shares and the Conversion Shares, damages at law would be insufficient for breach by the Company of any of its covenants in this Agreement.  Accordingly, the Company agrees that in the event of breach or threatened breach by the Company of any provisions of this Agreement, the Investors shall be entitled to equitable relief in the form of an order to specifically perform or an injunction to prevent irreparable injury, without being required to provide security or post bond.  Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting any party hereto from, pursuing solely or in addition any other remedies, including damages, for breach or threatened breach of this Agreement.

 

9.10                 Taxes .

 

(a)                                  The Company intends to operate in a manner so that it will not become a passive foreign investment company (“ PFIC ”) as such term is defined in section 1297 of the Code.  In the event that the Company believes that it may be or become a PFIC, the Company

 

35



 

shall, at its own expense, immediately provide each Investor with written notice that it may be or become a PFIC. Additionally, at the Company’s expense, the Company shall provide an Investor, upon request, sufficient information for a U.S. Person to make a timely qualified electing fund election as set forth in Section 1293 of the Code (a “ QEF Election ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company is treated as a PFIC for any tax year, not later than the first day of the fifth month of each subsequent tax year the Company shall provide each Investor, at the Company’s expense, with a PFIC Annual Information Statement and any other information or representations that any U.S. Person that directly or indirectly holds an interest in such Investor requires to make or maintain a timely QEF Election for the previous tax year.

 

(b)                                  The Company will provide prompt written notice to each Investor if at any time the Company becomes aware that it or any subsidiary has become or ceases to be a “controlled foreign corporation” (“ CFC ”) within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code.  The Company believes that it should be characterized as a CFC at the time of the Initial Closing and the New Investor Closing and each Investor should consider this Agreement as notice required by the previous sentence.  For any year with respect to which the Company is treated as a CFC, at the request of any Investor, or if the Company shall have determined, in its good faith discretion, that any U.S. Person that directly or indirectly holds shares in the Company (within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code) is a 9.5% U.S. Member (as defined in the Bye-laws), the Company shall furnish to the applicable Investor, upon its request, (i) no later than the first day of the fourth month of the following tax year, and at the Company’s expense, all information necessary to satisfy the U.S. income tax return filing requirements of such Investor (and each “United States shareholder” of the Company as defined by Section 951(b) of the Code that owns a direct or indirect interest (a “ U.S. Shareholder ”) in such Investor), including without limitation the information necessary to complete Internal Revenue Service Form 5471, arising from its investment in the Company and relating to the Company’s classification as a CFC and (ii) quarterly estimates of the Company’s and each subsidiary’s “subpart F income”, as such term is defined in Section 952 of the Code.  Upon written request of an Investor from time to time, subject to obtaining the consent of its shareholders to release such information, the Company will promptly provide in writing a report prepared by an internationally recognized accounting firm analyzing the direct and indirect U.S. Shareholders of the Company for the purposes of a CFC/U.S. Shareholder analysis.  The Company acknowledges and agrees that assuming the accuracy of each Investor Questionnaire, as of the Initial Closing, with the exception of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and its affiliates, it will not treat any U.S. Person that directly or indirectly holds shares in the Company within the meaning of Section 958(a) of the Code through any Investor as a 9.5% U.S. Member (as defined in the Bye-laws).

 

(c)                                   The Company shall from time to time (and at least annually) use commercially reasonable efforts to determine whether United States shareholders will be required to include in income related party insurance income (“ RPII ”), as such term is defined in Section 953(c) of the Code.  The Company shall, at its own expense, immediately notify each Investor in writing if it determines that United States shareholders will be required to include RPII in income.  Additionally, if the Company determines that its United States shareholders (as defined by Section 953(c)(1)(A) of the Code) will be required to include in income RPII for any taxable year, no later than the first day of the fifth month of the following tax year, the Company

 

36



 

shall, at its own expense, provide each Investor with all information necessary to satisfy the U.S. income tax filing requirements of such Investor (and each United States shareholder (as defined by Section 953(c)(1)(A) of the Code) that owns a direct or indirect interest in such Investor), including without limitation the information necessary to complete Internal Revenue Service Form 5471, arising from its investment in the Company and relating to the requirement to include in income RPII as a result of such investment.

 

9.11                         Remedies Cumulative .  No remedy or election hereunder shall be deemed exclusive but shall, wherever possible, be cumulative with all other remedies at law or in equity.

 

9.12                         No Waiver .  No waiver of any provision or consent to any action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other action, whether or not similar.  No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.

 

9.13                         Jury Trial Waiver .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, and as separately bargained-for-consideration, each party hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, suit, proceeding or counterclaim of any kind arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

9.14                         GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

9.15                         Notices .  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified, (b) when sent by confirmed telex or facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, if not, then on the next business day, (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address as set forth on the signature page hereof and to an Investor at the Investor’s address set forth on Schedule A attached hereto or at such other address as the Company or an Investor may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

9.16                         Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, unenforceable or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, such illegal, unenforceable or invalid provisions or part thereof shall be stricken from this Agreement, and such provision shall not affect the legality, enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Agreement.  If any provision or part thereof of this Agreement is stricken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 9.16, then such stricken provision shall be replaced, to extent possible, with a legal, enforceable and valid provision that is as similar in tenor to the stricken provision as is legally possible.

 

9.17                                 Joinder of Management Investors .  If, at any time on or prior to December 31, 2010, the Board determines to issue and sell additional Class A Common Shares to and accept

 

37



 

additional Funding Amounts from members of management of the Company or its subsidiaries, upon and as a condition to such issuance and sale, each additional management Investor shall execute and deliver to the Company a joinder to this Agreement pursuant to which such Person agrees to become a party to this Agreement subject to the obligations applicable to the Investors pursuant to the terms set forth herein.  In such event, Schedule A to this Agreement may be appropriately amended by the Board without the requirement of any consent of the Investors.

 

9.18                         Entire Agreement .  This Agreement and the documents, schedules and exhibits referred to herein or executed and delivered in connection herewith (including without limitation the Side Agreement among the Company and the Investors dated as of the date hereof) constitute the entire agreement among the parties and supersede all prior communications, representations, understandings and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof.  No party shall be liable or bound to any other party in any manner by any warranties, representations or covenants except as specifically set forth herein or therein.  All schedules and exhibits hereto are hereby incorporated herein by reference.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

9.19                         Section Headings .  The section headings are for the convenience of the parties and in no way alter, modify, amend, limit or restrict the contractual obligations of the parties.

 

9.20                         General Interpretation .  The terms of this Agreement have been negotiated by the parties hereto and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent.  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument or any portion thereof to be drafted, or in favor of the party receiving a particular benefit under this Agreement.  No rule of strict construction will be applied against any Person. For all purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neutral forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby”, and other words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits are references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits of this Agreement;

 

(d)                                  any reference herein to a statute, rule or regulation of any governmental entity (or any provision thereof) shall include such statute, rule or regulation (or provision thereof), including any successor thereto, as it may be amended from time to time; and

 

38



 

(e)                                   any reference to the “Company” shall mean the Company, acting through its authorized officers or the Board and shall not, unless otherwise expressly indicated or as required by Applicable Laws, mean the Shareholders or Members or imply any action or approval thereby.

 

9.21                         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures.

 

9.22                         Existing Subscription Agreement .  The Existing Subscription Agreement is amended and restated in its entirety by this Agreement, and shall be of no further force or effect.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

39


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amended and Restated Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark A. Casale

 

 

 

Name: Mark Casale

 

 

 

Title:. President

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Clarendon House

 

 

 

2 Church Street

 

 

 

Hamilton, HM 11

 

 

 

Bermuda

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PINE BROOK ESSENT CO-INVEST, L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ian Lyall

 

 

Name:

Ian Lyall

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

PineBrook Road Associates (Cayman), L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Gantz

 

 

Name:

Joseph Gantz

 

 

Title:

Director, PBRA (Cayman) Company

 

 

 

its General Partner

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

RENAISSANCERE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John D. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Name:

John D. Nichols, Jr.

 

 

Title:

EVP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven Palmer

 

 

Name:

Steven Palmer

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) 1nc.,

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

ITHAN CREEK MASTER INVESTMENT PARTNERSHIP (CAYMAN) II, L.P.

 

By:

Wellington Management Company, LLP

 

 

as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Name:

Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ITHAN CREEK MASTER INVESTORS (CAYMAN) L.P.

 

By:

Wellington Management Company, LLP

 

 

as investment advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Name:

Steven M. Hoffman

 

 

Title:

Vice President and Counsel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Casale

 

 

Name:

Mark Casale

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCR.IPTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Wollmann

 

 

Name:

Paul Wollmann

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Peter Simon

 

 

Name:

Peter Simon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David Weinstock

 

 

Name:

David Weinstock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wayne Throgmorten

 

 

Name:

Wayne Throgmorten

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Susan Meserva

 

 

Name:

Susan Meserva

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Guy DiSimplico

 

 

Name:

Guy DiSimplico

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Becky Moore

 

 

Name:

Becky Moore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Antonia Pollick

 

 

Name:

Antonia Pollick

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ellen Rottiers

 

 

Name:

Ellen Rottiers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Malia Young Shelton

 

 

Name:

Malia Young Shelton

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCR.IPTION AGREEMENT]

 



 

 

By:

/s/ Vijay Bhasin

 

 

Name:

Vijay Bhasin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey Cashmer

 

 

Name:

Jeffrey Cashmer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wei Ding

 

 

Name:

Wei Ding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mary Gibbons

 

 

Name:

Mary Gibbons

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Theodore Gray

 

 

Name:

Theodore Gray

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Kaiser

 

 

Name:

William Kaiser

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Adolfo Marzol

 

 

Name:

Adolfo Marzol

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Lawrence McAlee

 

 

Name:

Lawrence McAlee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ George Nebel

 

 

Name:

George Nebel

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Anthony Shore

 

 

Name:

Anthony Shore

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Widman

 

 

Name:

Andrew Widman

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CLASS A COMMON SHARE SUBSCR.IPTION AGREEMENT]

 




Exhibit 10.2

 

Execution Version

 

FEE AGREEMENT

 

FEE AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of February       , 2009, by and among Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”) and each of the Investors set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto (the “ Investors ”).

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Class A Common Share Subscription Agreement, dated as of the date hereof (as amended from time to time, the “ Subscription Agreement ”), by and among the Company and the Investors, the Investors have agreed to make equity investments in the Company of up to $469,169,358.85 in the aggregate, subject to adjustment, from time to time on the terms and conditions set fort in the Subscription Agreement; and

 

WHEREAS, as an inducement for the Investors to enter into the Subscription Agreement and as consideration for the agreement of the Investors to make equity capital available to the Company as set forth therein, the Company has agreed to pay to each Investor an annual fee in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants hereinafter set forth, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Certain Definitions .  All capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Subscription Agreement.

 

2.                                       Annual Fees .

 

2.1.                             Amount .  The Company shall pay to each Investor (other than any Defaulting Investor) a fee, for each calendar year (or portion thereof) from and after the Fee Commencement Date (as defined below), in an amount equal to such Investor’s pro rata share of the lesser of (a) three-quarters of one percent (.75%) of the total amount invested in the Company by the Investors pursuant to this Agreement from the Initial Closing to December 31 of such year or (b) $2,300,000 (an “ Annual Fee ”).  The pro rata share of each Investor (other than any Defaulting Investor) as of any time shall be equal to a fraction, the numerator of which is total amount invested in the Company by such Investor pursuant to the Subscription Agreement and the denominator of which is the total amount invested in the Company by all Investors (other than any Defaulting Investors) pursuant to the Subscription Agreement.

 

2.2.                             Payment .  Annual Fees will begin to accrue on the date that the total amount invested in the Company by the Investors pursuant to the Subscription Agreement is at least $100,000,000 (the “ Fee Commencement Date ”).  Subject to such restrictions as may be contained in any credit facility to which the Company is a party from time to time, and subject to applicable Bermuda Law, the Company shall pay all Annual Fees for each calendar year (or portion thereof) from and after the Fee Commencement Date, in arrears, on or prior to January 31st of the following year by wire transfer of the amount thereof in immediately available funds

 



 

to an account designated for such purpose by each Investor (other than any Defaulting Investor) at least five (5) days prior to the date of payment.

 

2.3.                             Other Fees; No Obligation to Provide Services .  Annual Fees shall be non-refundable, and shall be in addition to any fees payable to or reimbursement of expenses of any Investor or any member of the board of directors of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company designated from time to time by any Investor as set forth in the Subscription Agreement or any Related Document.  Payment of the Annual Fees as contemplated hereby is not related to or conditioned upon any investment advisory or consulting services which may from time to time be offered or provided by any Investor, and at no time shall any Investor be obligated (except as otherwise agreed by such Investor) to provide investment advisory or consulting services to the Company.

 

3.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

3.1.                             Successors and Assigns .  The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and permitted assigns of the parties.  Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations hereunder shall be assigned (a) by the Company or (b) by any Investor other than to a transferee of such Investor’s Shares in connection with a transfer effected in accordance with the terms of the Shareholders Agreement.

 

3.2.                             Term .  This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect from the date hereof until the date on which the Shareholders Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms.

 

3.3.                             Amendment .  Any provision of this Agreement may be amended and the observance thereof may be waived (either generally or in a particular instance and either retroactively or prospectively), only by the written consent of the Company and the Investors holding at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares and each of the Major Investors; provided , that (a) no modification or amendment which adversely affects the rights or obligations of any Investor under this Agreement or any other Related Document (as defined in the Subscription Agreement) in a manner disproportionate to the other Investors shall be effective without the written consent of such adversely and disproportionately affected Investor and (b) no modification or amendment which increases any Investor’s obligations to make payments to or on behalf of the Company or requires any Investor to assume additional obligations in any material respect in connection with its ownership of Company Securities shall be effective without the written consent of such Investor.  Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 3.3 shall be binding upon the Company and each of the Investors and their respective successors and assigns.

 

3.4.                             No Waiver .  No waiver of any provision or consent to any action shall constitute a waiver of any other provision or consent to any other action, whether or not similar.  No waiver or consent shall constitute a continuing waiver or consent or commit a party to provide a waiver in the future except to the extent specifically set forth in writing.

 

2



 

3.5.                             Jury Trial Waiver .  To the fullest extent permitted by law, and as separately bargained-for-consideration, each party hereby waives any right to trial by jury in any action, suit, proceeding or counterclaim of any kind arising out of or relating to this Agreement.

 

3.6.                             GOVERNING LAW .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

3.7.                             Notices .  All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed effectively given: (a) upon personal delivery to the party to be notified; (b) when sent by confirmed facsimile if sent during normal business hours of the recipient; if not, then on the next business day; (c) five (5) days after having been sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid; or (d) one (1) business day after deposit with a nationally recognized overnight courier, specifying next day delivery, with written verification of receipt.  All communications shall be sent to the Company at the address as set forth on the signature page hereof, to an Investor at such Investor’s address as set forth on Exhibit A attached hereto, or at such other address as the Company or such Investor may designate by ten (10) days advance written notice to the other parties hereto.

 

3.8.                             Severability .  If any term or provision of this Agreement is determined to be illegal, unenforceable or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, such illegal, unenforceable or invalid provisions or part thereof shall be stricken from this Agreement, and such provision shall not affect the legality, enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Agreement.  If any provision of this Agreement or part thereof is stricken in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.8, then such stricken provision shall be replaced, to extent possible, with a legal, enforceable and valid provision that is as similar in tenor to the stricken provision as is legally possible.

 

3.9.                             Entire Agreement .  This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement among the parties and supersedes all prior communications, representations, understandings and agreements of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.  Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any third party any rights, remedies, obligations or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

3.10.                      Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.  This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or .pdf signatures.

 

[ Signature Pages Follow ]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fee Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

 

COMPANY:

 

 

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:  Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

Clarendon House

 

 

2 Church Street

 

 

Hamilton, HM 11

 

 

Bermuda

 

4



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ William Spiegel

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

5



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

6



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ian Lyall

 

 

Name:  Ian Lyall

 

 

Title:  Director

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

7



 

 

INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:  William Spiegel

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ L. B. Richardson

 

 

Name:  L.B. Richardson

 

 

Title:  SVP

 

8



 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph G. Hissong

 

 

Name:  Joseph G. Hissong

 

 

Title:

Executive Director

 

 

Head of Strategic Investments

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA, LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Casale

 

9



 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA, LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name:

Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title:

Director

 

10



 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA, LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA), Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mark Casale

 

11




Exhibit 10.3

 

AMENDMENT AND WAIVER
TO
FEE AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT AND WAIVER TO FEE AGREEMENT (this “ Amendment ”) is made and entered into as of December 18, 2012 by and among Essent Group Ltd. (the “ Company ”) and the Investors listed on the signature pages hereto.

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the Investors are parties to that certain Fee Agreement dated as of February 6, 2009 (the “ Fee Agreement ”);

 

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that the Investors waive the obligations of the Company with respect to the payment and accrual of the Annual Fee in respect of the calendar year ending December 31, 2012 and thereafter, and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and the undersigned Investors, being the holders of at least sixty-six and two-thirds percent (66 2/3%) of the Class B-1 Common Shares issued or issuable upon conversion of the Shares and each of the Major Investors, desire to amend the Fee Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Amendment .  Section 3.2 of the Fee Agreement is hereby amended to insert “December 5, 2012” in place of “the date on which the Shareholders Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms”.

 

2.                                       Waiver .  The Investors hereby irrevocably waive any and all obligations of the Company under the Fee Agreement to pay any Annual Fee to the Investors in respect of (i) the calendar year ending December 31, 2012, or any portion thereof, and (ii) any calendar year, or portion thereon, commencing on or after January 1, 2013.

 

3.                                       General Provisions .  Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment will not alter, modify, amend or affect any of the terms, conditions, covenants, obligations or agreements contained in the Fee Agreement.  This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed and interpreted in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of laws.  If any term or provision of this Amendment is determined to be illegal, unenforceable or invalid in whole or in part for any reason, such illegal, unenforceable or invalid provisions or part thereof shall be stricken from this Amendment, and such provision shall not affect the legality, enforceability or validity of the remainder of this Amendment.  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all of which together shall constitute one and the same document.  This Amendment may be executed by facsimile or ,pdf signatures.

 

Capitalized terms used and not defined in this Amendment have the meanings ascribed to them in the Fee Agreement.

 



 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Essent Intermediate. L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Howard H. Newman

 

 

Name: Howard H. Newman

 

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Amendment as of the date first written above.

 

 

ESSENT INTERMEDIATE, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ALDERMANBURY INVESTMENTS LIMITED

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

VALORINA LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Essent Intermediate, L.P.

 

 

Its Manager

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

RENAISSANCE RE VENTURES LTD.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

4



 

 

PPF HOLDINGS II LTD.

 

By:

PartnerRe Principal Finance Inc.

 

 

Its Investment Advisor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Hissong

 

 

Name: Joseph Hissong

 

 

Title: Executive Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC EQUITY PARTNERS USA, L.P.

 

By:

HSBC Equity Investors USA, L.P.,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Equity GP, LLC,

 

 

Its General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Managing Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name: Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title: Graycliff Partners, L.P.

 

 

it’s Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HSBC PRIVATE EQUITY PARTNERS II USA LP

 

By:

HSBC Private Equity Investors II, L.P.,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC PEP II GP, LLC,

 

 

as General Partner

 

By:

HSBC Capital (USA) Inc.,

 

 

Its Sole Member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Trigg

 

 

Name: Andrew Trigg

 

 

Title: Graycliff Partners, L.P.

 

 

it’s Attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Mark A. Casale

 

Mark A. Casale

 

5



 

Accepted and Agreed:

 

 

 

ESSENT GROUP LTD.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark A. Casale

 

 

Name: Mark A. Casale

 

 

Title: President & CEO

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.4

 

Execution Version

 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF

 

OCTOBER 7, 2009

 

BY AND AMONG

 

TRIAD GUARANTY INSURANCE CORPORATION,

 

TRIAD GUARANTY INC.

 

AND

 

ESSENT GUARANTY, INC.

 

1



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

Certain Terms

1

 

1.2

Sale and Purchase of Purchased Assets

1

 

1.3

Assumption of Certain Liabilities

4

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

PURCHASE PRICE, CLOSING AND RELATED MATTERS

4

 

 

 

 

2.1

Purchase Price

4

 

2.2

Closing

6

 

2.3

Closing Deliveries

6

 

2.4

Closing Expenses

7

 

2.5

Purchase Price Allocation

8

 

2.6

Withholding Taxes

8

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TGIC

8

 

 

 

 

3.1

Organization and Good Standing

8

 

3.2

Authorization; Enforceability

9

 

3.3

No Conflict

9

 

3.4

Governmental Consents

9

 

3.5

Legal Compliance

10

 

3.6

Licenses, Permits and Orders

10

 

3.7

Litigation

10

 

3.8

Commission Reports

11

 

3.9

Title to Assets; Condition

11

 

3.10

Absence of Certain Changes or Events

11

 

3.11

Intellectual Property

11

 

3.12

Sublease Property

14

 

3.13

Assumed Contracts

14

 

3.14

Employees and Consultants

15

 

3.15

Employee Benefits Plans

16

 

3.16

Tax Returns and Payments

17

 

3.17

Insurance

17

 

3.18

Solvency, Adequacy of Consideration, Other Asset Sales and Status

17

 

3.19

Security Programs

17

 

3.20

Brokers’ Fees

18

 

3.21

Right to Purchase Price

18

 

3.22

Disclosure

18

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

18

 

 

 

 

4.1

Organization and Good Standing

18

 

4.2

Authorization; Enforceability

18

 

4.3

No Conflict

18

 

4.4

Governmental Consents

19

 

4.5

Litigation

19

 

4.6

Brokers’ Fees

19

 

i



 

 

4.7

Financing

19

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

COVENANTS

19

 

 

 

 

5.1

Access and Investigation

19

 

5.2

Operation of the Business

20

 

5.3

Employment Matters

21

 

5.4

Efforts to Consummate

23

 

5.5

Efforts to Obtain Consents from Third Parties

24

 

5.6

Notification

25

 

5.7

No Negotiation

26

 

5.8

Non-Solicitation

26

 

5.9

Confidential Information

27

 

5.10

Acknowledgment

28

 

5.11

Tax Matters

28

 

5.12

Certain Limitations on Resale

29

 

5.13

Release

29

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

29

 

 

 

 

6.1

Accuracy of Representations

29

 

6.2

Performance

29

 

6.3

Consents

29

 

6.4

Fannie Mae; Freddie Mac

30

 

6.5

No Proceedings or Illegality

30

 

6.6

No Bankruptcy or Receivership

30

 

6.7

No Material Adverse Change

30

 

6.8

Closing Deliveries

30

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS’ OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

30

 

 

 

 

7.1

Accuracy of Representations

30

 

7.2

Performance

31

 

7.3

Consents

31

 

7.4

No Proceedings or Illegality

31

 

7.5

No Bankruptcy or Receivership

31

 

7.6

Closing Deliveries

31

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

TERMINATION

31

 

 

 

 

8.1

Termination Events

31

 

8.2

Effect of Termination

32

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

32

 

 

 

 

9.1

Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants

32

 

9.2

Indemnification

32

 

9.3

Defense of Claims

34

 

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

DEFINITIONS

35

 

 

 

 

10.1

Certain Definitions

35

 

10.2

General Interpretation

42

 

ii



 

ARTICLE XI

MISCELLANEOUS

43

 

 

 

 

11.1

Expenses

43

 

11.2

Press Releases and Public Announcements

43

 

11.3

Notices; Certain Consents

43

 

11.4

Mandatory and Binding Arbitration

45

 

11.5

Further Assurances

46

 

11.6

Amendments and Waivers

46

 

11.7

Entire Agreement

46

 

11.8

Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights

46

 

11.9

Severability

46

 

11.10

No Merger or Continuation

47

 

11.11

Governing Law

47

 

11.12

Counterparts; Facsimile

47

 

11.13

Guaranty

47

 

Exhibit A:

Opinion of Counsel

 

Exhibit B:

Sellers’ Officer Certificate

 

Exhibit C:

Sellers’ Secretary Certificate

 

Exhibit D:

Buyer’s Officer Certificate

 

Exhibit E:

Buyer’s Secretary Certificate

 

Exhibit F:

Bill of Sale

 

Exhibit G:

Assignment and Assumption Agreement

 

Exhibit H:

Sellers’ Account

 

Exhibit I:

Services Agreement

 

Exhibit J:

Sublease

 

Exhibit K:

Press Release

 

Schedule I:

Allocation

 

Disclosure Schedule

 

 

iii


 

ASSET PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

This Asset Purchase Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of October 7, 2009 by and among Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation, an Illinois domiciled insurance company (“ TGIC ”), and Triad Guaranty Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ TGI ” and, together with TGIC, the “ Sellers ”) and Essent Guaranty, Inc., a Pennsylvania stock insurance company (the “Buyer”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS, the Sellers wish to sell and the Buyer wishes to purchase the Purchased Assets upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

AGREEMENT

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual representations, covenants and agreements hereinafter set forth, the adequacy and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
SALE AND PURCHASE OF ASSETS

 

1.1                            Certain Terms .  Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement have the definitions assigned to them in Article X.

 

1.2                            Sale and Purchase of Purchased Assets .

 

(a)                                  Purchased Assets .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, at the Closing, each Seller shall sell, convey, assign, transfer and deliver to the Buyer, and the Buyer shall purchase, free and clear of all Encumbrances, all right, title and interest of such Seller in and to the following Assets (collectively, the “ Purchased Assets ”):

 

(i)                                      all tangible and intangible Assets included in the systems, data center, core services and data listed in Section 1.2(a)(i)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(ii)                                   all computer program object code, source code, supporting technical and user documentation and media for all software applications of any kind comprising or otherwise part of any proprietary computer programs used in connection with the items described in Section 1.2(a)(i)  of the Disclosure Schedule or otherwise used in or necessary to the Sellers’ underwriting, policy administration, billing, customer service, claims handling, risk management, information technology and technology development operations, policies and procedures (including without limitation in the United States and Canada), and all obsolete and unsupported versions as well as all currently-supported versions of any of the foregoing, together with all customizations, enhancements, modifications, updates, upgrades, patches and works-in progress, and all intellectual property rights therein, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(ii)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(iii)                                all graphical user interfaces and application program interfaces of any kind used in connection with any of the items referenced in subclause (i) or (ii) above,

 

1



 

including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(iii)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(iv)                               except to the extent specifically excluded pursuant to Section 1.2(b) , all servers, routers, desktop computers, laptops, fixed and mobile computer storage devices, network equipment, non-fixed media (i.e. , CDs, historical backup tapes, USB drives, thumb drives or other storage devices that can be temporarily attached to a computer) (but excluding all data on any historical backup tapes which shall remain Triad’s) and all other computer and electronic equipment of any kind used by any Seller in the operation, maintenance or support of any of the items referenced in subclause (i), (ii) or (iii) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(iv)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(v)                                  all other documentation, forms, records (including maintenance and support records and audit records), procedures, policy documents, system specifications, scripts, logs, programmer notes, databases and other materials of any kind, whether in print or electronic form, used by any Seller in the operation, maintenance or support any of the items referenced in subclause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(v)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(vi)                               except to the extent specifically excluded pursuant to Section 1.2(b) , all licenses, leases, proprietary information agreements, confidentiality agreements, consulting agreements, service agreements and other Contracts of any kind (whether written or oral) to which either Seller is a party (or under which either Seller has rights) relating to operating system software, application software, hardware, network services, telecommunications services, data processing or storage services or information security services, and which are used in connection with the ownership, operation, use or maintenance of any of the Assets referred to in subclause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(vi)  of the Disclosure Schedule (the “ Assumed Contracts ”);

 

(vii)                            except to the extent specifically excluded pursuant to Section 1.2(b) , all office furniture and fixtures located in the Sublease Property as of the date hereof and all desktop equipment and supplies (other than photographs and art work) used by Transferred Employees in connection with the operation, maintenance and support of any of the Assets referred to in subclause (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, including without limitation all of the foregoing described in Section 1.2(a)(vii)  of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(viii)                         a one-half undivided total ownership interest, without limitation on use or disposition (except as set forth in Section 5.12 ), in and to of all underwriting, policy administration, billing, customer service, claims handling, risk management and other policies and procedures related to or associated with the Triad Technology Platform (the “ Copyrighted Underwriting-Related Works ”);

 

(ix)                               a one-half undivided total ownership interest, without limitation on use or disposition (except as set forth in Section 5.12 ), in and to all current and future borrower data including without limitation property information, historic, current and future loan characteristic data and payment history data with respect to the mortgage loan portfolio insured

 

2



 

by Sellers or their Affiliates (collectively, “ Borrower Data ”), whether maintained in hard-copy or on any electronic or magnetic media or database, with Personally Identifiable Information redacted;

 

(x)                                  except to the extent specifically required to be retained pursuant to Section 1.2(b)(iv) , all personnel records and files maintained by the Sellers with respect to the Transferred Employees; provided , that the Sellers may retain copies of such records transferred to the Buyer;

 

(xi)                               all insurance claims, benefits and rights thereunder to the extent arising from or related to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities;

 

(xii)                            all claims against Third Parties to the extent arising from or related to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities, whether known or unknown, fixed or contingent;

 

(xiii)                         all rights relating to deposits and prepaid expenses, claims for refunds and rights to offset in respect thereof, in each case to the extent arising from or related to the Purchased Assets or the Assumed Liabilities; and

 

(xiv)                        all Intellectual Property and other intangible Assets related to or associated with any of the Assets referred to in this Section 1.2(a) .

 

(b)                                  Excluded Assets .  The following Assets of the Sellers (collectively, the “ Excluded Assets ”) are not part of the sale and purchase contemplated by this Agreement, are excluded from the Purchased Assets and shall remain the property of the Sellers from and after the Closing:

 

(i)                                      all desktop computers, laptops, fixed and mobile computer storage devices, telephone systems, mobile phones and other computer and electronic equipment specifically listed in Section 1.2(b)(i) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(ii)                                   all licenses, leases, proprietary information agreements, confidentiality agreements, consulting agreements, service agreements and other Contracts specifically listed in Section 1.2(b)(ii) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(iii)                                all office furniture, fixtures, desktop equipment and supplies specifically listed in Section 1.2(b)(iii) of the Disclosure Schedule;

 

(iv)                               all personnel records and files that the Sellers are required by applicable Legal Requirements to retain in their possession and for all employees of Sellers other than the Transferred Employees; provided, that subject to applicable Legal Requirements, the Buyer shall have access to and may make copies of such records retained by the Sellers with respect to the Transferred Employees;

 

(v)                                  all Intellectual Property and other intangible Assets specifically listed in Section 1.2(b)(v) of the Disclosure Schedule; and

 

3



 

(vi)                               all other tangible or intangible Assets of the Sellers not included in the Purchased Assets.

 

1.3                            Assumption of Certain Liabilities .

 

(a)                                  Assumed Liabilities .  The Buyer hereby assumes from the Sellers only the Assumed Liabilities, and does not assume and shall in no event be deemed to have assumed or be liable for any of the Excluded Liabilities.  Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, the Buyer does not assume and shall in no event be deemed to have assumed or be liable for any Liability (including without limitation under any policy of insurance) of any Seller of any nature whatsoever.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Buyer expressly disclaims all of the Excluded Liabilities.

 

(b)                                  Excluded Liabilities .  The Buyer shall not assume or be obligated to pay, perform, honor or otherwise discharge any Liability of the Sellers or their Affiliates other than the Assumed Liabilities, whether or not related to the Purchased Assets.  The Excluded Liabilities shall remain the sole responsibility of and shall be retained, paid, performed, honored and discharged solely by the Sellers.

 

ARTICLE II
PURCHASE PRICE, CLOSING AND RELATED MATTERS

 

2.1                            Purchase Price .  In consideration of the sale and purchase of the Purchased Assets and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (the aggregate amount payable by the Buyer to the Sellers under this Section 2.1 is the “ Purchase Price ”):

 

(a)                                  The Buyer shall pay to the Sellers by delivery of cash payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Sellers’ Account (i) $10,000,000, less the amount (if any) of Seller Closing Expenses paid by the Buyer on behalf of the Sellers, less the Outside Bonus Amount (the “ Closing Payment ”), on the Closing Date, (ii) $2,500,000 on the first anniversary of the Closing Date and (iii) $2,500,000 on the second anniversary of the Closing Date (each such payment under this Section 2.1(a) , a “ Fixed Payment ”).

 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall also pay to the Sellers by delivery of cash payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds to the Sellers’ Account up to six (6) equal semi-annual installments of $2,500,000 (each such installment, a “ Contingent Payment ”) commencing thirty (30) months after the Closing Date and ending on the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, if (i) the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer licensed as a domestic insurance company in any state of the United States have written mortgage insurance policies (other than mortgage reinsurance or other types of credit enhancement) on mortgage loans having an aggregate unpaid principal balance of not less than $500,000,000 in the six (6) month period immediately preceding such Contingent Payment (each such period is a “ Contingent Payment Period ”) and (ii) the Escrowed Material has not been previously released to the Sellers under the License Agreement (other than pursuant to Sections 4(a)-(f) of the Technology Escrow Agreement).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (A) clause (i) has not been satisfied for the first Contingent Payment Period and (B) the Buyer or any Affiliate of the Buyer licensed as a domestic insurance company in any state of the United States have written mortgage insurance policies (other than

 

4



 

mortgage reinsurance or other types of credit enhancement) on mortgage loans having an aggregate unpaid principal balance of not less than $1,000,000,000 in the first two (2) Contingent Payment Periods, then the Buyer shall pay to the Sellers an additional $2,500,000 Contingent Payment at the end of the second (2nd) Contingent Payment Period.

 

(c)                                   If (i) the Buyer has not defaulted under Section 2.1(b) and (ii) the Escrowed Materials are released to the Sellers under the License Agreement (other than pursuant to Sections 4(a)-(f) of the Technology Escrow Agreement) at any time after the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Closing Date, then the Sellers will pay, by delivery of cash payable by wire transfer of immediately available funds, $2,500,000 to the Buyer upon release of the Escrowed Materials.

 

(d)                                  The Buyer and its Affiliates may make from time to time such business decisions as they deem appropriate in the conduct of their respective businesses, including actions that may have an impact on the amount of mortgage insurance policies that they write and, in the absence of bad faith or a breach of this Agreement by Buyer, no Seller will have any right to claim any right to any Contingent Payment or other damages as a result of such decisions.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, the obligations of the Buyer to make any Fixed Payment or Contingent Payment shall be subject to each Seller remaining in compliance with all material terms of each Transaction Document, including making all payments required under the Services Agreement in the manner set forth therein.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement to the contrary, any party may retain for its own account and as general assets all or a portion of any amount payable by such party to the other party under this Agreement, the Services Agreement or any other Transaction Document, solely to satisfy any amount due or payable to any Indemnified Party under Section 9.2 that, unless arising in connection with a third party Claim, is undisputed or has been adjudicated to be due and owing to an Indemnified Party pursuant to the procedures set forth in Section 11.4.  Any amount lawfully and properly retained by a party as provided hereby shall be owned by such party free of any pledge, lien, claim or other legal or equitable interest of any other party.  The parties acknowledge and agree that the obligations of each party arising under each of this Agreement, the Services Agreement and the other Transaction Documents form and are part of a single and integrated transaction such that any amount lawfully due and payable to the Buyer, on the one hand, or any Seller, on the other hand, under this Agreement, the Services Agreement or any other Transaction Document may be applied and recouped against any amount lawfully due and payable to the other party under this Agreement, the Services Agreement or any other Transaction Document, and on each date that a payment is lawfully due and payable to such party under this Agreement, the Services Agreement or any other Transaction Document only an amount net of such recoupment shall be paid.  A party that reduces any amount lawfully due and payable to the other party under this Agreement, the Services Agreement or any other Transaction Document under the authority of this Section 2.1(f)  will notify the other party promptly of such action, including reasonable details concerning the credit taken and the basis therefor.

 

5



 

2.2                            Closing .  The purchase and sale provided for in this Agreement shall take place at a closing (the “ Closing ”) to be held at the offices of Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP located at 1301 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York at 10:00 a.m. (local time) on the third (3rd) Business Day following the date on which all conditions set forth in Article VI and Article VII (other than conditions to be satisfied by the delivery of documents or the payment of money at the Closing) have been satisfied or waived by the party or parties entitled to the benefit thereof in their sole discretion, or at such other time, date and place as the parties may agree.

 

2.3                            Closing Deliveries .

 

(a)                                  At or prior to the Closing, the Sellers shall deliver to the Buyer:

 

(i)                                      the Purchased Assets;

 

(ii)                                   evidence that the Sellers have, at the Sellers’ expense and without cost or other adverse consequence to the Buyer, sent all notices, made all filings and obtained all Consents (except for Consents under Third Party Agreements) and Orders required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(iii)                                all Ancillary Agreements to which any Seller is a party, dated the Closing Date and duly executed by such Seller;

 

(iv)                               evidence of the acceptance of employment with the Buyer of at least ninety percent (90%) of the Identified Employees, including each of the individuals named by the Buyer in writing and delivered to the Sellers on or prior to the date hereof;

 

(v)                                  restrictive covenant and work made for hire agreements executed by each Transferred Employee in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer;

 

(vi)                               an opinion of counsel to the Sellers, dated the Closing Date, substantially in the form of Exhibit A ;

 

(vii)                            a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the President or other authorized officer of each Seller certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Article VI substantially in the form of Exhibit B ;

 

(viii)                         a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of each Seller certifying as to the director, stockholder and other resolutions authorizing the Transaction Documents substantially in the form of Exhibit C ;

 

(ix)                               good standing certificates for each Seller dated within ten (10) days prior to the Closing Date from its jurisdiction of organization;

 

(x)                                  evidence of the release of all Encumbrances on the Purchased Assets;

 

(xi)                               all documents obtained by the Sellers pursuant to Section 6.3 ; and

 

6



 

(xii)                            such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the Buyer may reasonably request in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  At or prior to the Closing, the Buyer shall deliver to the Sellers:

 

(i)                                      the Closing Payment by wire transfer to the Sellers’ Account;

 

(ii)                                   all Ancillary Agreements to which the Buyer is a party, dated the Closing Date and duly executed by the Buyer;

 

(iii)                                a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the President or other authorized officer of the Buyer certifying as to the satisfaction of each of the conditions set forth in Article VII substantially in the form of Exhibit D ;

 

(iv)                               a certificate dated the Closing Date executed by the Secretary of the Buyer certifying as to the director, stockholder and other resolutions authorizing the Transaction Documents substantially in the form of Exhibit E ; and

 

(v)                                  such other agreements, certificates, instruments and documents as the Sellers may reasonably request in order to fully consummate the transactions contemplated by and carry out the purposes and intent of this Agreement.

 

2.4                            Closing Expenses .

 

(a)                                  The Sellers shall be responsible for and shall pay (i) the fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person engaged by any Seller with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) the legal, accounting and audit fees of any Seller paid or incurred in connection with this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, (iii) subject to Section 5.3(a) , all compensation, severance and similar amounts payable to any Transferred Employee and attributable to any period on or prior to the Closing Date, and all payroll, employment and similar Taxes thereon, (iv) severance and similar amounts, if any, payable to any officer, director or current or former employee or independent contractor of any Seller (other than any Transferred Employee) and all payroll, employment or similar Taxes thereon, (v) the costs associated with preparing the Purchased Assets for transfer to the Buyer and the costs of the Sellers’ own personnel, counsel and other advisors associated with fulfilling the Sellers’ obligations under Section 5.4, (vi) fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Expenses in excess of the Buyer Transfer Expense Cap and (vii) fifty percent (50%) of the Transfer Taxes, if any (collectively, the “ Seller Closing Expenses ”).

 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall be responsible for and shall pay (i) the fees, commissions or other compensation to any broker, finder, investment banker or other Person engaged by the Buyer with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including, without limitation, such amounts payable to financial advisors to the Buyer engaged to render opinions with respect to the fairness of the consideration for the Purchased Assets), (ii) subject to Section 11.1, the legal, accounting and audit fees of the Buyer, (iii) the out-of-pocket costs associated with obtaining, configuring, implementing, testing and launching the Triad Technology Platform

 

7



 

following the Closing, including obtaining, configuring, implementing, testing and launching commercially available “off-the-shelf” software and other Third Party software (including any license for such software) necessary for the use or operation of the Triad Technology Platform and not transferable from the Sellers (including by reason of a Third Party withholding its Consent to such transfer or imposing a transfer fee, up-front license fee or other charge associated with the transfer of a license from the Sellers to the Buyer) (“ Transfer Expenses ”), up to $3,800,000 (excluding any amounts paid by Buyer for optional or discretionary developments or improvements to improve the capacity, functionality or other features of the Triad Technology Platform from the capacity, functionality and other features in place immediately prior to the Closing Date) (the “ Buyer Transfer Expense Cap ”), (iv) fifty percent (50%) of any Transfer Expenses in excess of the Buyer Transfer Expense Cap, (v) fifty percent (50%) of the Transfer Taxes, if any, and (vi) the costs of Buyer’s own personnel, counsel and other advisors associated with the fulfillment of the Buyer’s obligations pursuant to Section 5.4 (collectively, the “ Buyer Closing Expenses ”).

 

2.5                            Purchase Price Allocation .  The Buyer and the Sellers shall allocate the Purchase Price (the “ Allocation ”) among the Purchased Assets in accordance with Schedule I based on the relative fair market values of the Purchased Assets in compliance with Code Section 1060 and the Treasury Regulations thereunder (and any similar provision of state, local or foreign law, as appropriate).  Any subsequent adjustments to the Purchase Price shall be reflected in the Allocation hereunder in a manner consistent with Section 1060 of the Code and the Treasury Regulations thereunder.  The Buyer, the Sellers and their respective Affiliates shall take all actions and file all Tax Returns (including, but not limited to IRS Form 8594 “Asset Acquisition Statement”) consistent with the Allocation.

 

2.6                            Withholding Taxes .  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, the Buyer shall have the right to deduct and withhold Taxes from any payments to be made hereunder if such withholding is required by applicable Legal Requirements.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld, such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been delivered and paid to the Sellers.

 

ARTICLE III
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF TGIC

 

TGIC represents and warrants to the Buyer as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows:

 

3.1                            Organization and Good Standing .  TGIC is a stock insurance company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Illinois, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.  TGI is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware, and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.  True, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of each of the Sellers have been delivered to the Buyer.

 

8



 

3.2                            Authorization; Enforceability .  Each of the Sellers has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  All corporate action on the part of each Seller, its officers, directors and stockholders necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents and the performance of all obligations of such Seller hereunder and thereunder has been taken.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents each constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of each Seller enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies.

 

3.3                            No Conflict .

 

(a)                                  None of the Sellers is in default under, and the execution, delivery and performance by any Seller of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not conflict with or result in any, violation of or default under any provision of (i) any Organizational Documents of such Seller, (ii) any Legal Requirement or any Order or (iii) any Contract to which any Seller is a party or by which it or any of the Purchased Assets is bound, except in the case of this clause (iii) where any such conflict, violation or default has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets.  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and each other Transaction Document and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result in any such violation or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, a default under any such provision or an event which results in the creation of any Encumbrance upon any of the Purchased Assets (except an Encumbrance created in favor of a Seller by a Transaction Document) or gives rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration of any right or obligation of any Seller or to a loss of any benefit to which any Seller is entitled under any provision of any Contract binding upon any Seller or any of the Purchased Assets, except as provided under the Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                  Except as set forth in Section 3.3(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Sellers is or will be required to give any notice to or make any filing with or obtain any Consent under any Contract to which it is a party or by which it, any of its Assets or any of its employees or independent contractors is bound in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets.

 

3.4                            Governmental Consents .  Except as set forth in Section 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule, no notice to or filing with or other Consent or Order of any Governmental Body on the part of any Seller is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

9



 

3.5                            Legal Compliance .  Each of the Sellers is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule or where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets.  To the Knowledge of the Sellers and except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, each director, officer, member, manager and employee of each Seller engaged at any time in the development, use or operation of the Purchased Assets, and each independent contractor providing services relating to the Purchased Assets, is and has been in compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements relating to the development, use or operation of the Purchased Assets by them except where the failure to do so has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets.  Except as set forth in Section 3.5 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Proceeding or notice has been filed, given, commenced or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers threatened against any Seller or any of their respective directors, officers, members, managers, employees or independent contractors alleging any failure to so comply.

 

3.6                            Licenses, Permits and Orders .  Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) no licenses, approvals, consents, ratifications, waivers, notices, registrations, qualifications, designations, filings, franchises, authorizations, security clearances or other permits of, to, from or with, any Governmental Body (“ Permits ”), are held or required to be held (pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements or otherwise) by any Seller or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or independent contractors applicable to the Purchased Assets or the ownership, operation, use or maintenance thereof except for those the absence or violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets and (b) to the Knowledge of the Sellers, no Permits are required to be held (pursuant to applicable Legal Requirements or otherwise) by the Buyer or any of its directors, officers, employees or independent contractors from or after the Closing applicable to the Purchased Assets or the ownership, operation, use or maintenance thereof except for those the absence or violation of which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Purchased Assets.  Except as set forth in Section 3.6 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Sellers nor any of the Purchased Assets is subject to the provisions of any Order of any Governmental Body.

 

3.7                            Litigation .  There is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, currently threatened against any Seller that questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of any Seller to enter into or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Transaction Documents, nor, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, is there any basis for the foregoing.  Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and correct description of all Proceedings existing at any time during the three (3) years prior to the Closing Date (a) involving any Seller which, if determined adversely, could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on any Seller or involving any Purchased Assets or (b) in which any Seller is a plaintiff or claimant and such Proceeding relates to the Purchased Assets.  Except as set forth in Section 3.7 of the Disclosure Schedule, there is no Proceeding pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, currently threatened against or affecting any Seller which, if determined adversely, could have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect on any Seller or involving any Purchased Assets and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, no basis for such a Proceeding exists.  The foregoing includes, without limitation, Proceedings pending or threatened involving the prior employment or engagement of any employee or independent

 

10


 

contractor of the Sellers, their use in connection with the Purchased Assets of any information or techniques allegedly proprietary to any of their former employers or Persons for whom they previously provided services as an independent contractor, or their obligations under any agreements with any of them.

 

3.8                            Commission Report s.  All registration statements, reports, proxy statements and other materials required to be filed or furnished by TGI with or to the United States Securities and Exchange Commission since December 31, 2008 were filed within the applicable required time periods (or any extensions related thereto), complied in all material respects with applicable requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the applicable rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, and at the time filed did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements made therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading.  TGI has not received any request from the United States Securities and Exchange Commission to file any amendment or supplement to any of the reports described in the preceding sentence except as set forth in Section 3.8 of the Disclosure Schedule, and no Seller has any material Liabilities except as set forth in such filings.  The books and records of TGI have been, and are being, maintained in accordance with applicable legal and accounting requirements.

 

3.9                            Title to Assets; Condition .  Except as set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, each Seller has good and marketable title in, to and under the Purchased Assets to be sold by it hereunder, free and clear of all Encumbrances.  Except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule, no Person other than the Sellers has any right, title or interest in or to any of the Purchased Assets.  As of the Closing, the Buyer will have good and valid title to all of the Purchased Assets, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.9 of the Disclosure Schedule.  To the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Purchased Assets are free from material defects (patent and latent), have been maintained in accordance with normal industry practice, are in good operating condition and repair (subject to normal wear and tear) and are suitable for the purposes for which they are now used.

 

3.10                     Absence of Certain Changes or Events .  Since December 31, 2008, except as otherwise set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) each of the Sellers has owned, operated, used and maintained the Purchased Assets only in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (b) there have not been any events, changes, occurrences or state of facts that, individually or in the aggregate, have had or could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect with respect to any Seller or the Purchased Assets or prevent the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, since December 31, 2008, and except as set forth set forth in Section 3.10 of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Sellers has taken any of the actions listed in Section 5.2(b) .

 

3.11                     Intellectual Property .

 

(a)                                  Except as set forth in Section 3.11(a) of the Disclosure Schedule, the Intellectual Property included in the Purchased Assets is comprised only of Owned Intellectual Property and Licensed Intellectual Property (collectively, the “ Purchased Intellectual

 

11



 

Property ”).  The Purchased Intellectual Property constitutes all Intellectual Property that, as of the Closing Date, is necessary in order to own, operate, use and maintain the Triad Technology Platform and contains only those items and rights that are owned by the Sellers or rightfully used by the Sellers pursuant to a valid and enforceable license.

 

(b)                                  Section 3.11(b)(i)  of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of the Owned Intellectual Property.  Section 3.11(b)(ii)  of the Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list of the Licensed Intellectual Property (excluding licenses for computer software that is generally available on nondiscriminatory pricing terms and has an individual acquisition cost of $1,000 or less per seat, user or workstation but including all licenses for computer software that is distributed as “free software”, “open source software” or under a similar licensing or distribution model).  All Owned Intellectual Property and licenses for Licensed Intellectual Property are in good standing, neither any Seller nor, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, any other Person is in breach or default thereunder and all of the fees and filings due as of the Closing Date with respect thereto have been or will be duly made.  Except as set forth in Section 3.11(b)(i) and (ii)  of the Disclosure Schedule, none of the Purchased Intellectual Property is subject to any Order or Contract related to or in any manner restricting the licensing, assignment, transfer or conveyance thereof by the Sellers.  None of the Sellers owes any royalties or other payments to Third Parties in respect of the Purchased Intellectual Property as of the Closing Date.

 

(c)                                   Upon the Closing, (i) the Buyer will be the sole owner of the Owned Intellectual Property, free and clear of all Encumbrances, except as set forth in Section 3.11(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) no Seller nor any Third Party will have any ownership interest in or to any Owned Intellectual Property or, except as set forth in Section 3.11(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, any right to use or sublicense the Owned Intellectual Property and (iii) the Buyer will have all rights in the Purchased Intellectual Property necessary to own, operate, use and maintain the Triad Technology Platform and to assign and sell the Owned Intellectual Property and, subject to the terms of the applicable license, to assign or sublicense the Licensed Intellectual Property.

 

(d)                                  To the Knowledge of the Sellers, the ownership, operation, use and maintenance of the Triad Technology Platform by the Sellers has not infringed or misappropriated, and to the Knowledge of the Sellers does not infringe or misappropriate, any Intellectual Property of any Third Party anywhere in the world.  No Proceeding is pending before any Governmental Body in any jurisdiction or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, is threatened, (i) challenging the validity, enforceability, continuity or ownership by any Seller of any Owned Intellectual Property or (ii) to the effect that the operation, use, maintenance, distribution, licensing, sublicensing, sale or any other exercise of rights in the Owned Intellectual Property by any Seller or their respective directors, officers, employees or independent contractors infringes or will infringe any Intellectual Property of any Third Party, and no such claim has been asserted, by any Person and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, there is no basis for such a Proceeding or claim.  To the Knowledge of the Sellers, there is no unauthorized use, infringement or misappropriation of any Owned Intellectual Property by any Third Party, including without limitation any director, officer, employee, independent contractor or other service provider of any Seller.

 

12



 

(e)                                   Section 3.11(e) of the Disclosure Schedule is a copy of the current policy or policies of each Seller relating to the physical and electronic protection of its information assets from unauthorized disclosure, use or modification.  All personal or user information used by or in the possession of any Seller has been collected, stored, maintained and used in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements as well as such Seller’s and its customers’ privacy policies.

 

(f)                                    Except as set forth in Section 3.11(f) of the Disclosure Schedule, to the extent any Owned Intellectual Property included in or relating to the Purchased Assets has been developed or created by employees of any Seller, all such Owned Intellectual Property was developed by employees in the scope of their employment with the Sellers and constitutes “work made for hire” under the United States Copyright Act of 1976, or such Seller has obtained, by written agreement with such employees, sole and exclusive ownership of all right, title and interest in and to all such Intellectual Property.  No current or former employee or independent contractor of any Seller has asserted, whether or not in writing, any claim of ownership of any Intellectual Property rights in or to any part of the Triad Technology Platform and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, no such claim is threatened, and no Seller is aware of any facts which would support such a claim.  Upon the Closing and except as set forth in the Technology Escrow Agreement and the License Agreement, no Person other than the Buyer will possess any current or contingent rights to any source code that is part of the Owned Intellectual Property.  Except pursuant to the Technology Escrow Agreement and the License Agreement and in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth therein, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not result in any Person other than the Buyer gaining a right to access the source code included in the Owned Intellectual Property (as the result of an escrow release or otherwise).

 

(g)                                   With respect to any software included in the Owned Intellectual Property, (i) the Sellers maintain complete machine-readable master-reproducible copies, source code listings and technical documentation for the most current releases and versions thereof and for all earlier releases or versions thereof currently being supported by them, (ii) in each case, the machine-readable copy conforms to the corresponding source code listing, (iii) it is written in the language set forth in Section 3.11(g) of the Disclosure Schedule for use on the hardware set forth in Section 3.11(g) of the Disclosure Schedule with standard operating systems and (iv) it can be maintained and modified by reasonably competent programmers familiar with such language, hardware and operating systems.

 

(h)                                  None of the software included in the Owned Intellectual Property or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Licensed Intellectual Property contains any software code (i) designed to harm, disable or impair in any manner the operation of such software, or any other associated software, firmware, hardware, computer system or network (sometimes referred to as “viruses” or “worms” or “time bombs”) or (ii) that would permit any Person to access such software to intentionally cause any harmful, malicious procedures, routines or mechanisms which would cause the software to cease functioning or to damage or corrupt data, storage media, programs, equipment or communications.

 

(i)                                      None of the software included in the Owned Intellectual Property or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, the Licensed Intellectual Property contains any software code (i) that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, any software that is

 

13



 

distributed under the GNU General Public License, Lesser/Library GPL, Artistic License (e.g., PERL), Mozilla Public License, Netscape Public License, Sun Community Source License (SCSL), Sun Industry Standards License (SISL) or any similar licenses or distribution models except as set forth on Section 3.11(i) of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) that is licensed under any terms or conditions that impose any requirement that any software using, linked with, incorporating, distributed with, based on, derived from or accessing the software code (A) be made available or distributed in source code form, (B) be licensed for the purpose of making derivative works, (C) be licensed under terms that allow reverse engineering, reverse assembly or disassembly of any kind or (D) be redistributable at no charge, (iii) development of which was funded in whole or in part by any Governmental Body or (iv) that uses or incorporates any source or object code that contains, or is derived in any manner (in whole or in part) from, the software or code known as “InfoBytes” or any predecessor or enhancement of the software or code known as “InfoBytes”.

 

3.12                     Sublease Property .  Upon the Closing, the Buyer will have a good and valid leasehold interest in the Sublease Property.  Except as set forth in Section 3.12 of the Disclosure Schedule, with respect to the Sublease Property (a) there is no pending or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, threatened eminent domain or condemnation Proceeding affecting the Sublease Property, (b) the current use by any Seller of the Sublease Property does not violate in any material respect the terms and provisions of any Contracts entered into by any Seller relating thereto, (c) the master lease is valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, (d) all rent and other sums and charges due to date from any Seller under such lease have been paid, (e) neither any Seller nor any other Person is in default under any such lease and no event has occurred and no condition exists which, with the giving of notice or the lapse of time or both, would constitute a default on the part of any Seller or would entitle the lessor or sublessor thereunder to terminate such lease, (f) except for normal wear and tear, the premises included in the Sublease Property are in a good state of maintenance and repair and (g) the Sublease Property is occupied exclusively by the Sellers or their Affiliates, which are entitled to vacant possession thereof.  True, correct and complete copies of all lease agreements in effect with respect to the Sublease Property have been delivered to the Buyer.

 

3.13                     Assumed Contracts .  Except as set forth in Section 3.13 of the Disclosure Schedule, with respect to each Assumed Contract, (a) the Contract is legal, valid, binding, enforceable in accordance with its terms and in full force and effect and will continue to be legal, valid, binding, enforceable by the Buyer and in full force and effect on identical terms following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies, (b) the Contract is assignable without any Consent of any Person or such Consent has been obtained, (c) neither any Seller nor, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, any other party to such Contract is in material breach or material default and no event has occurred which with the passage of time or giving of notice would constitute a material breach or material default, or permit termination, modification, or acceleration, of or under the Contract and (d) no party has actually repudiated any provision of the Contract or provided notice (whether or not in writing) of repudiation or an intent to terminate the Contract.  The Assumed Contracts are all of the Contracts necessary for the Buyer to own, operate, use and maintain the Purchased Assets in substantially the manner in which the Purchased Assets have been owned, operated, used and

 

14



 

maintained by the Sellers prior to the Closing.  True, correct and complete copies of all Assumed Contracts have been delivered to the Buyer.

 

3.14                     Employees and Consultants .

 

(a)                                  Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all current and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, former employees of any Seller or their respective Affiliates engaged at any time in the development, operation, use or maintenance of any portion of the Triad Technology Platform including their names, job titles, current or last compensation levels (including base salary, commission, bonus and other incentive compensation), date and amount of last compensation change, employment location, date of hire, date of termination (whether or not voluntary), each Plan in which they participate and each Permit that is held by them.  Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule also sets forth a complete and correct list of all independent contractors and other consultants currently and, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, at any time engaged by any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates to provide services relating to the Triad Technology Platform including their names, state or country of residence, payment arrangements and other material terms of engagement and each Permit that is held by them.

 

(b)                                  Section 3.14(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and correct list of all employment, independent contractor, consulting or severance agreements or other Contracts between any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates and any current or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, former employee, independent contractor or other consultant engaged at any time in the development, operation, use or maintenance of any portion of the Triad Technology Platform.  True, correct and complete copies of each such Contract, as amended to date, have been delivered to the Buyer.  Except as set forth in Section 3.14(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule or the Sellers’ current severance pay plan (a complete and correct copy of which has been delivered to the Buyer), the employment of each current employee listed in Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule is terminable at the will of the Sellers and the Sellers have the right to terminate such employees and the engagement of any of their independent contractors and other consultants, in each case without payment to such employee, independent contractor or consultant other than for services rendered through termination and without incurring any severance obligation, penalty or liability.

 

(c)                                   No Seller is bound by or subject to (and none of the Purchased Assets is bound by or subject to) any Contract with any labor union and no labor union has requested or, to the Knowledge of the Sellers, has sought to represent any of the employees, representatives or agents of any Seller.  There is no strike or other labor dispute involving any Seller pending or threatened, nor to the Knowledge of the Sellers is there any labor organization activity involving their employees.  No Seller has received any oral or written notice that any current employee or independent contractor listed in Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule intends to terminate his or her employment or engagement, nor does any Seller have any present intention to terminate the employment or engagement of any of the foregoing other than in connection with the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Each Seller is and has been in compliance in all material respects with all federal, state, local and foreign Legal Requirements respecting employment and employment

 

15



 

practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, safety and health, pay equity and workers’ compensation and collection and payment of withheld Taxes.  Each Seller is and has been in compliance with the requirements of the WARN Act and has no Liabilities or unfulfilled notice obligations pursuant to the WARN Act, and no Seller has taken any action that would cause any Seller, or after the Closing the Buyer, to have any Liability or notice obligation thereunder.

 

3.15                     Employee Benefits Plans .

 

(a)                                  Section 3.15(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule contains a list of all “employee benefit plans” within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA and a description of all other employee benefit plans, programs or arrangements, including, without limitation, compensation, deferred compensation, bonus, long term incentive, commission, change in control, retention and severance arrangements, vacation, medical, life insurance, retirement, pension or other welfare or fringe benefit, whether or not in writing, that are maintained, sponsored or contributed to (or with respect to which any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates has any obligation or Liability including, without limitation, any obligation or Liability to contribute) by the Sellers or any of their respective Affiliates with respect to or for the benefit of any of the employees, independent contractors or consultants listed in Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule (each, a “ Plan ” and collectively, the “ Plans ”).  True, correct and complete copies of each of the Plans and related documents and governmental filings, or descriptions of any unwritten Plan, have been delivered to the Buyer.

 

(b)                                  No Seller nor any entity that would be deemed a “single employer” with any Seller under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code or Section 4001 of ERISA (each, an “ ERISA Affiliate ”) has any Liability with respect to any Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, Section 302 of ERISA or Title IV of ERISA, including, without limitation, any “multiemployer plan” (within the meaning of Sections 3(37) or 4001(a)(3) of ERISA or Section 414(f) of the Code) or any “single employer plan” (within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(15) of ERISA) which is subject to Sections 4063, 4064 and 4069 of ERISA.  None of the Purchased Assets is subject to any Encumbrance under ERISA or Section 412 of the Code.

 

(c)                                   Except as set forth in Section 3.15(c)  of the Disclosure Schedule, the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in combination with any other event, give rise to any Liability with respect to any Plan or any current or former director, officer, employee or consultant of the Sellers, including without limitation Liability for severance pay, unemployment compensation, termination pay or withdrawal liability, or accelerate the time of payment, vesting or funding or increase the amount of compensation or benefits due to any director, officer, employee or consultant of the Sellers (whether current, former or retired) or their beneficiaries solely by reason of such transactions or by reason of a termination in connection with or following such transactions.

 

(d)                                  No Seller has classified any individual listed in Section 3.14(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule as an “independent contractor” or similar status who, under any applicable Legal Requirements or the provisions of any Plan, should have been classified as an employee.

 

16



 

3.16                     Tax Returns and Payments .  Except as set forth in Section 3.16 of the Disclosure Schedule, (a) all material Tax Returns required to be filed by or on behalf of any Seller on or before the Closing Date with respect to the use or ownership of Purchased Assets or the Transferred Employees have been duly filed on a timely basis, (b) all Taxes which were shown to be due on such Tax Returns or on subsequent assessments with respect thereto have been paid in full on a timely basis unless otherwise being contested in good faith and (c) no Tax claim has become (or, with the passage of time, could become) an Encumbrance on any of the Purchased Assets, except with respect to Taxes not yet due or payable.

 

3.17                     Insurance .

 

(a)                                  Section 3.17(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule sets forth (i) a complete and correct list of each insurance policy (including policies providing property, casualty, liability and worker’s compensation coverage and bond and surety arrangements and including any self-insurance arrangements) providing coverage with respect to the Purchased Assets, the Identified Employees or the Sublease Property to which any Seller or any of their respective Affiliates is a party, a named insured or otherwise the beneficiary of coverage and (ii) for each such policy, the name of the insurer, name of the policyholder, the expiration date of the policy, the type of policy, the amount of premium and a description of all loss sharing arrangements, and a list and description of all claims made thereunder.  True, correct and complete copies of each such policy, as amended to date, have been delivered to the Buyer.

 

(b)                                  Each of the Sellers or their respective Affiliates has paid or caused to be paid all premiums under, and each has at all times owned, operated and maintained the Purchased Assets in a manner so as to conform in all material respects to the applicable provisions of, all such insurance policies.  Each such policy is in full force and effect and no notice of cancellation or transaction has been received with respect to such policy.

 

3.18                     Solvency, Adequacy of Consideration, Other Asset Sales and Status .  No Seller will be rendered insolvent by the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Purchase Price, together with any other consideration to be paid by the Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, is reasonably equivalent to the value of the Purchased Assets and the Assumed Liabilities.  The Purchased Assets do not constitute all or substantially all of the Assets of the Sellers or either of them.  No sale or sales of Assets of any Seller has occurred or is contemplated which, taken together with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, would constitute the sale of all or substantially all of the Assets of such Seller.  The Sellers have experienced an event described in 215 ILCS 35A-25 or 35A-30, as contemplated by 215 ILCS 5/204(m)(C).

 

3.19                     Security Programs .  Each Seller is in compliance in all material respects with all privacy and data security policies, procedures and Legal Requirements applicable to its business and the Purchased Assets.  Each Seller maintains and is in compliance in all material respects with a written information security policy that implements commercially reasonable security programs that are designed to protect (a) the security, confidentiality, availability and integrity of transactions executed through its computer systems, including encryption and/or other security protocols and techniques when appropriate and (b) the security, confidentiality and integrity of all non-public personal information and other confidential and proprietary data.  To the

 

17



 

Knowledge of the Sellers, no Seller has suffered a security breach with respect to its data or systems and no Seller has notified any customer, policy holder, mortgage borrower or any employee or independent contractor of any information security breach involving such customer’s, policy holder’s or mortgage borrower’s confidential information or such employee’s or independent contractor’s confidential information.

 

3.20                     Brokers’ Fees .  No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on arrangements made by the Sellers or their Affiliates.

 

3.21                     Right to Purchase Price .  No Person other than the Sellers is entitled to any portion of the Purchase Price.

 

3.22                     Disclosure .  No representation or warranty set forth in this Article III contains any untrue statement of material fact, or omits to state any material fact necessary, in light of the circumstances under which it was made, in order the make the statements in this Article III not misleading.

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE BUYER

 

The Buyer represents and warrants to the Sellers as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date as follows:

 

4.1                            Organization and Good Standing .  The Buyer is a stock insurance company duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and has all requisite corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party.  True, correct and complete copies of the Organizational Documents of the Buyer have been delivered to the Sellers.

 

4.2                            Authorization; Enforceability .  The Buyer has full corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder.  All stockholder, director and other action on the part of the Buyer necessary for the authorization, execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the performance of all obligations of the Buyer hereunder and thereunder has been taken or will be taken prior to the Closing.  This Agreement and the other Transaction Documents each constitutes, or when executed and delivered will constitute, a valid and legally binding obligation of the Buyer enforceable in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that enforceability thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or other similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by principles of equity regarding the availability of remedies.

 

4.3                            No Conflict .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer is not in default under, and the execution, delivery and performance by the Buyer of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby will not result

 

18



 

in any violation of or be in conflict with or constitute, with or without the passage of time or giving of notice, a default under any provision of (i) its Organizational Documents, (ii) any Legal Requirement or any Order or (iii) any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound, except in the case of this clause (iii) where any such conflict, violation or default has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer is not and will not be required to give any notice to or make any filing with or obtain any other Consent under any Contract to which it is a party or by which it is bound in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, except where the failure of any such action has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on the Buyer.

 

4.4                            Governmental Consents .  Except as provided in Section 6.4, no notice to or filing with or other Consent or Order of any Governmental Body on the part of the Buyer is required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

4.5                            Litigation .  There is no Proceeding pending or currently threatened against the Buyer that questions the validity of this Agreement or the right of the Buyer to enter into or to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby or by any of the Transaction Documents, nor, to the knowledge of the Buyer, is there any basis for the foregoing.

 

4.6                            Brokers’ Fees .  No broker, finder, investment banker or other Person is entitled to any brokerage fee, finders’ fee or other commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based on arrangements made by the Buyer or any of its Affiliates.

 

4.7                            Financing .  The Buyer has available commitments for equity financing in amounts sufficient to pay the Purchase Price and related expenses of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

ARTICLE V
COVENANTS

 

5.1                            Access and Investigation .  Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Sellers shall, and shall cause their representatives to, (a) afford the Buyer and its representatives reasonable access to the Sellers’ personnel, properties, Contracts, books and records and other information of or relating to the Purchased Assets and (b) furnish the Buyer and its representatives with reasonable workspace and copies of all such Contracts, books and records and other information of or relating to the Purchased Assets as the Buyer may reasonably request.  From and after the Closing, the Sellers and the Buyer will each afford promptly to the other and the respective representatives of each reasonable access, during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice, to its books of account, financial and other records (including accountant’s work papers), information, employees and auditors to the extent necessary or useful for either party in connection with any subpoena, order or any court, regulator or other Governmental Body or other similar investigation conducted in connection

 

19



 

with any official investigation, any dispute or litigation with a Third Party or any other reasonable business purpose relating to this Agreement or the transactions, rights or obligations contemplated hereby; provided, however, that no such access shall unreasonably interfere with the conduct of the business of any party hereto.

 

5.2                            Operation of the Business .

 

(a)                                  From the date hereof until the Closing Date (unless the Buyer consents in writing) each Seller shall (i) use its reasonable best efforts to preserve intact the Purchased Assets and to keep available the services of the Identified Employees, (ii) confer with the Buyer concerning operational matters of a material nature concerning the Purchased Assets or otherwise directly or indirectly affecting the ownership, use or operation thereof by the Buyer or its potential liability with respect thereto and (iii) otherwise report periodically to the Buyer concerning the status of the operations and finances and regulatory oversight of the Sellers and promptly convey the occurrence of any material event concerning the Purchased Assets or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents.

 

(b)                                  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, from the date of this Agreement until the Closing Date, the Sellers will not without the consent of the Buyer (i) sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of any of the Purchased Assets, except for the disposal in the ordinary course of business of Purchased Assets having a value (individually or in the aggregate) of less than $5,000, (ii) enter into any Contract, agreement or other commitment giving any Person an option, right of first offer or other similar rights with respect to the Purchased Assets or any of them, (iii) create any indebtedness or obligation that could reasonably be expected to result in an Encumbrance on the Purchased Assets or otherwise permit or allow any of the Purchased Assets to become subject to any Encumbrance, (iv) incur or commit to incur any Liability (individually or in the aggregate) in excess of $10,000 that would be an Assumed Liability, (v) enter into any Contract except in the ordinary course of business or requiring payments by the Sellers (individually or in the aggregate) in excess of $10,000 that would be an Assumed Contract if it had been entered into prior to the date hereof, (vi) amend, extend or terminate any Assumed Contract, (vii) do or fail to do any acts or permit any acts or omissions to act that would constitute a material breach of an Assumed Contract or other material obligation relating to the Purchased Assets, (viii) enter into, amend, extend or otherwise modify any lease agreement or other Contract relating to or affecting the Sublease Property, (ix) hire or engage any new employee, consultant or independent contractor to provide services in connection with the Purchased Assets, (x) except as required under existing Contracts or Plans, grant any severance or termination pay or rights to, or enter into any employment or severance agreement with, any Identified Employee, except as required by applicable Legal Requirements, increase or accelerate the vesting or payment of any benefits payable under any existing Plan, severance or termination pay policies or employment or similar agreements with any Identified Employee or establish, adopt, enter into or, except as required by Legal Requirements, terminate or amend any Plan in which any Identified Employee participates, (xi) adopt any plan of complete or partial liquidation, dissolution, rehabilitation, restructuring, recapitalization, redomestication or other reorganization, (xii) cancel or compromise any material debt, claim or Proceeding relating to or waive or release any material right included in the Purchased Assets, (xiii) voluntarily take any action that would make any representation or warranty of any Seller hereunder inaccurate at, or

 

20


 

as of any time on or prior to, the Closing Date, (xiv) voluntarily take any action that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Purchased Assets or (xv) enter into any Contract to do any of the foregoing.

 

5.3                            Employment Matters .

 

(a)                                  At all times prior to the Closing Date, the Sellers shall provide the Buyer with all information reasonably requested by the Buyer about the employees engaged in the development, use, operation or maintenance of the Purchased Assets in order for the Buyer to decide whom it will offer employment.  No later than twenty (20) Business Days after the date of this Agreement, the Buyer shall identify and provide to the Sellers a written list of such individuals to whom the Buyer will offer employment effective as of the Closing Date (the “ Identified Employees ”).  The Sellers shall use their reasonable best efforts to assist the Buyer in its efforts to hire the Identified Employees effective as of the Closing Date.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 5.3 , all offers by the Buyer shall be on terms and conditions as the Buyer in its sole discretion shall determine; provided , that such terms shall include (i) a base salary no less than the base salary being paid by the Sellers immediately prior to the Closing Date and (ii) an opportunity to earn a performance bonus in respect of the 2009 calendar year on substantially the terms provided in the Sellers’ Performance Bonus Plan, in each case as set forth in Section 5.3(a ) of the Disclosure Schedule.  Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, the Buyer shall not have any Liability or responsibility for, and the Sellers shall have sole Liability and responsibility for, any and all severance pay and other employment termination obligations for the Sellers’ employees regardless of whether such employees become employees of the Buyer; provided , (i) that the Buyer will agree with each Transferred Employee that in the event such Transferred Employee is terminated by the Buyer without cause at any time prior to December 31, 2010, such Transferred Employee will be entitled to receive from the Buyer the amount to which they would be entitled under the severance plan and policies of the Sellers as in effect on the date hereof as set forth in Section 5.3(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule (and the Buyer shall be solely responsible for the payment of such amounts without reimbursement from the Sellers), (ii) the Buyer will not hire any Identified Employee who declines an offer of employment from the Buyer pursuant to this Section 5.3(a)  and is subsequently terminated by the Sellers until the expiration of the period, if any, for which severance amounts are payable to such Identified Employee in accordance with the severance plan and policies of the Sellers as in effect on the date hereof and (iii) the Buyer shall pay each Transferred Employee who remains employed by the Buyer through December 31, 2009 the performance bonus earned by such Transferred Employee in an amount they would be entitled to receive in respect of the 2009 calendar year if they remained the Sellers’ employees under the Sellers’ Performance Bonus Plan as set forth in Section 5.3(a)  of the Disclosure Schedule; provided , that (A) the Purchase Price shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Sellers’ pro rata share of such bonus based on the number of days in 2009 during which the Transferred Employee was an employee of the Sellers (the maximum possible amount of such reduction, the “ Outside Bonus Amount ”) and (B) the Buyer shall (1) hold back from the consideration to be paid to the Sellers at the Closing and retain, for its own account and as general assets free of any pledge, lien, claim or other legal or equitable interest of the Sellers other than as set forth in the immediately following clause (B)(2), an amount equal to the Outside Bonus Amount and (2) promptly after payment of such bonuses to the Transferred Employees, pay to the Sellers the excess (if any) of the Outside Bonus Amount over the amount of all such bonuses actually paid by the Buyer and attributable to the

 

21



 

Sellers’ pro rata share of such bonuses.  Nothing herein shall be construed to prevent the Buyer from terminating the employment of any employee of the Buyer at any time after the Closing Date for any reason (or no reason).  At or prior to Closing, the Sellers shall pay each Transferred Employee the amount such person would receive under the Sellers’ Long Term Retention Bonus Plan if such person remained an employee of the Sellers from Closing until December 31, 2012.

 

(b)                                  It shall be the Sellers’ sole responsibility to provide the required notices under Part 6 of Title I of ERISA (“ COBRA ”) to all M&A Qualified Beneficiaries (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4980B-9, Q&A 4) in connection with qualifying events occurring on or before the Closing Date (“ Closing or Pre-Closing Qualifying Events ”) and to provide or cause to be provided coverage under COBRA to such individuals and shall be responsible for all obligations and liabilities relating to or arising under the COBRA continuation coverage requirements in connection with Closing or Pre-Closing Qualifying Events.  The Buyer shall be solely responsible for providing the required notices and coverage under COBRA to employees of the Buyer who are qualified beneficiaries entitled to COBRA continuation coverage under the Buyer’s group health plan in connection with qualifying events occurring after the Closing Date.  The Sellers shall indemnify, defend and hold the Buyer harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs, expenses (including, without limitation, actual attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs) and any other Liability whatsoever that the Buyer may incur if the Sellers fail to provide the required COBRA continuation coverage to M&A Qualified Beneficiaries in connection with Closing or Pre-Closing Qualifying Events and the Buyer becomes legally obligated to provide such coverage.

 

(c)                                   The Sellers shall be (i) considered to be the “employer” for any triggering events arising out of this Agreement under the WARN Act, (ii) solely and exclusively responsible for all liabilities and obligations under the WARN Act and (iii) solely and exclusively responsible for providing all notices required under the WARN Act.  The Sellers shall indemnify, defend and hold the Buyer harmless from and against any and all liabilities, losses, claims, demands, costs, expenses (including without limitation actual attorneys’ fees, expenses and costs) and any other Liability whatsoever arising out of or resulting from the Sellers’ breach of the foregoing covenants and obligations.

 

(d)                                  As of the Closing Date, the Transferred Employees shall be eligible to participate in the Buyer’s 401(k) plan, subject to the terms of the Buyer’s 401(k) plan, in the same manner as similarly situated employees of the Buyer; provided , that the Transferred Employees shall receive service credit for the period of service of the Transferred Employees with the Sellers for purposes of eligibility to participate and vesting.

 

(e)                                   As of the Closing Date, the Transferred Employees shall be eligible to participate in any group hospitalization, medical, dental, life, disability and other welfare benefit plans and programs available to similarly situated employees of the Buyer (the “ Buyer’s Welfare Plans ”), subject to the terms of the Buyer’s Welfare Plans; provided , that service with the Sellers shall be deemed to be service with the Buyer for the purposes of determining eligibility to participate and the level of benefits provided in the Buyer’s Welfare Plans.  In addition, the Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to cause the Buyer’s medical plan (i) to waive any pre-existing condition limitations for conditions covered immediately prior to the Closing under the applicable welfare plans of the Sellers and (ii) to honor any deductible expenses

 

22



 

incurred by the Transferred Employees during the portion of the current plan year which precedes the Closing Date.

 

(f)                                    For any Transferred Employee, the Sellers shall pay at the time of termination of employment with the Sellers any and all accrued and unpaid paid time-off time.  In the event that a Transferred Employee has used more paid time-off than he or she has accrued at the time of termination of employment with the Sellers, the Sellers may in accordance with their normal business practice and applicable Legal Requirements offset the value of the used paid time-off against the last paycheck of the Transferred Employee.  Upon employment of the Transferred Employee by the Buyer, the Transferred Employee will begin to accrue paid time-off time in accordance with the Buyer’s paid time-off policy as then in effect.  The Buyer shall, however, permit Transferred Employees to take up to ten (10) paid time-off days prior to those days being accrued in accordance with the Buyer’s paid time-off policy in order to accommodate the summer vacation schedules of the Transferred Employees (“ Advanced PTO Days ”).  Employees who take Advanced PTO Days will “work off” the Advanced PTO Days as they accrue paid time-off time in accordance with the Buyer’s paid time-off policy.  All Advanced PTO Days must be approved in advance by a manager of the Buyer to ensure appropriate coverage for such Transferred Employee’s work and to ensure that there is minimal impact on the services to be provided to the Sellers under the Services Agreement.

 

(g)                                   Nothing herein is intended to, and shall not be construed to, create any Third Party beneficiary rights of any kind or nature, including, without limitation, the right of any Transferred Employee or other individual to seek to enforce any right to compensation, benefits or any other right or privilege of employment with the Sellers or the Buyer.

 

(h)                                  The Sellers shall provide to the Buyer upon request all documentation with respect to the Transferred Employees necessary to enable the Buyer to fulfill its statutory obligations pursuant to 8 C.F.R.  Section 274a.2(b)(1)(viii)(A)(7)(ii).

 

5.4                            Efforts to Consummate .

 

(a)                                  Each Seller shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all action and do all things necessary to consummate, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Transaction Documents, including, without limitation, preparing the Purchased Assets for transfer to the Buyer, satisfying the conditions to the Buyer’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and avoiding taking any action that would reasonably be expected to materially delay the obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any Consent or Order from any Person prior to the Closing.  In the event that the Buyer, from time to time prior to the Closing, requests assistance from the Sellers that the parties agree is beyond the scope of the foregoing commitment, the Sellers shall use their reasonable best efforts to provide such assistance to the extent that they have sufficient resources reasonably available to fulfill such requests and the Buyer shall reimburse the Sellers for the reasonable expenses (including employee time) of fulfillment.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall use its reasonable best efforts to take all action and do all things necessary to consummate, as soon as reasonably practicable, the transactions contemplated hereby, including, without limitation, satisfying the conditions to the Sellers’

 

23



 

obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and avoiding taking any action that would reasonably be expected to materially delay the obtaining of, or result in not obtaining, any Consent or Order from any Person prior to the Closing.

 

(c)                                   The Buyer and the Sellers will cooperate in good faith and each will use its reasonable best efforts to obtain any Consents from any Person necessary or advisable in order to effectively transfer and convey the Purchased Assets at the Closing, and each party will bear and be responsible for the costs of its own personnel, counsel and other advisors associated with obtaining such Consents.

 

(d)                                  The parties will cooperate in good faith and each will use commercially reasonable efforts to support the efforts of the other in obtaining all Consents or Orders required from the Illinois Department of Insurance, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, including but not limited to the Sellers making available to the Buyer any and all policies, procedures and documentation that may be useful to the Buyer in developing its policies, procedures and business practices for submission to Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, and each party providing the other a reasonable opportunity to review and comment on any proposed regulatory filings related to the transactions contemplated hereby and giving due consideration to such party’s comments thereon.

 

(e)                                   After the date hereof, except for communications with any state department of insurance, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac, each of the Buyer on the one hand and the Sellers on the other hand shall (i) consult with the other prior to sending any notices to, making any filings with, or having any communications with any Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, (ii) prior to the Closing, promptly consult with the other with respect to, provide any necessary information with respect to, and provide the other (or its counsel) with copies of, all notices sent, all filings made or any other information supplied by such party to a Person in connection with this Agreement and the transactions described herein and (iii) promptly inform the other of any communication from any Person regarding any of the transactions contemplated herein.

 

5.5                            Efforts to Obtain Consents from Third Parties .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer and the Sellers shall work together cooperatively in accordance with the process set forth in this Section 5.5 to obtain, prior to the Closing Date, all Consents or other permissions, waivers or licenses from (i) the licensors of Licensed Intellectual Property and (ii) the providers of Third Party services related to the Triad Technology Platform, which are necessary in order for the Buyer to enjoy the benefit of the Assets purchased hereunder and to be able to provide to the Sellers the Services to be furnished by the Buyer under the terms of the Services Agreement (the “ Third Party Agreements ”).

 

(b)                                  No less than fifteen (15) days after the date of this Agreement, the Sellers shall furnish to the Buyer a complete list of all Third Party Agreements.  Such list shall identify (i) each agreement that requires Consent from the licensor or provider for the assignment or other transfer of the agreement to the Buyer and (ii) each agreement that requires Consent or other permission, waiver or license from the licensor or provider to enable the Buyer to receive the benefits of the agreement both for itself and for the purpose of providing the Services to

 

24



 

Sellers.  The Buyer shall contact each such licensor and provider promptly in order to obtain the necessary Consents and, as appropriate, to negotiate alternative terms under which such licenses or services may be obtained by the Buyer for the benefit of both the Buyer and the Sellers.  To the extent that licensors or providers under the Third Party Agreements demand payment in exchange for consenting to assignment or an amendment to the terms of the applicable license, the Buyer may accept or reject such licensor demands and may make counteroffers or otherwise engage in negotiations.  The Sellers shall cooperate with all reasonable requests by Buyer for assistance in connection with such negotiations, including without limitation providing introductions for Buyer to appropriate contacts at licensors and providers, participation at Buyer’s request in communications with licensors and providers, and providing information on the Third Party Agreements as reasonably requested by the Buyer.  The Buyer, however, shall have the right at all times to initiate, control and conclude such negotiations.  The Sellers shall execute such documents as are reasonably requested by the Buyer to evidence any Consents, permissions, waivers and/or licenses.

 

(c)                                   To the extent obtaining any such Consents related to the Third Party Agreements involves any fees or charges, the Buyer may obtain, at the Buyer’s sole cost and expense, any such Consents; provided , however, that, in the event that the Buyer’s costs in connection with performing its obligations under this Section 5.5 exceed the Buyer Transfer Expense Cap, the parties shall bear equally the amount of all such excess costs until the Buyer determines that all Consents regarding Third Party Agreements have been obtained.

 

(d)                                  If the Buyer concludes with respect to any Third Party Agreement that a Consent is not available to the Buyer for any reason, the Buyer shall use reasonable efforts to obtain substitute product alternatives or alternative providers.  If the Buyer obtains such alternate products or services, Buyer shall obtain a license or other agreement for an alternative, subject to the payment terms in Section 5.5(c)  immediately above.

 

(e)                                   If the rights and benefits of a Third Party Agreement are only available to be licensed or provided directly by the Sellers, the Sellers shall obtain for the account of the Sellers and at the Buyer’s cost and expense (subject to Section 5.5(c)  above) the benefits of such Third Party Agreement, including the right for the Buyer to access and use such Third Party Agreement in connection with provision of the Services under (and as defined in) the Services Agreement.

 

5.6                            Notification .

 

(a)                                  Each Seller shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) days after becoming aware of such an event, fact or condition) notify the Buyer in writing if, at any time prior to the Closing Date, such Seller becomes aware of any event, fact or condition that would cause such Seller’s representations and warranties in this Agreement to be untrue or incomplete or that makes the satisfaction of the conditions to the Buyer’s obligation to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby impossible or unlikely; provided , however, that no disclosure by any Seller pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to amend or supplement any representation or warranty or any Section of the Disclosure Schedule or to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant or other breach of this Agreement.

 

25



 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall promptly (and in any event within three (3) days after becoming aware of such an event, fact or condition) notify the Sellers in writing if, at any time prior to the Closing Date, the Buyer becomes aware of any event, fact or condition that would cause the Buyer’s representations and warranties in this Agreement to be untrue or incomplete or that makes the satisfaction of the conditions to the Sellers’ obligation to close the transactions contemplated hereby impossible or unlikely; provided , however, that no disclosure by the Buyer pursuant to this Section shall be deemed to amend or supplement any representation or warranty or to prevent or cure any misrepresentation, breach of warranty or breach of covenant or other breach of this Agreement.

 

5.7                            No Negotiation .

 

(a)                                  Unless and until this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Article VIII , each Seller shall not, and shall cause each of its respective representatives not to, directly or indirectly, respond to, solicit, initiate or encourage any inquiries or proposals from, discuss or negotiate with, provide any non-public information to, or consider the merits of any unsolicited inquiries or proposals from, any Person (other than the Buyer) relating to (i) any transaction involving the sale or license of the Purchased Assets or any of them, (ii) any merger, consolidation, reorganization, business combination or similar transaction involving any Seller or (iii) any transfer of the insured mortgage loan portfolio of the Sellers or their Affiliates through any sale, bulk reinsurance or similar arrangement (any such transaction is referred to herein as a “ Restricted Transaction ”).

 

(b)                                  If any Seller receives an offer or proposal relating to a possible Restricted Transaction, the Sellers shall immediately notify the Buyer and provide to the Buyer a summary of the terms thereof.

 

5.8                            Non-Solicitation .

 

(a)                                  Each Seller agrees that, unless the Buyer shall be in material breach of its obligations under the Services Agreement, for a period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Closing Date it will not, directly or indirectly, (i) hire or employ any Identified Employee, (ii) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any Transferred Employee to leave the employment of the Buyer or its Affiliates or (iii) in any way interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt any then existing relationship between the Buyer or its Affiliates and any Transferred Employee; unless, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the employment of such Identified Employee or Transferred Employee has been terminated by the Buyer.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer agrees that, unless either Seller shall be in material breach of its obligations under the Services Agreement, for a period commencing on the Closing Date and ending on the seventh (7th) anniversary of the Closing Date it will not, directly or indirectly, (i) hire or employ any individual listed in Section 5.8(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule, (ii) solicit, induce or attempt to induce any employee of either Seller to leave the employment of such Seller or its Affiliates or (iii) in any way interfere with, disrupt or attempt to disrupt any then existing relationship between the Sellers or their respective Affiliates and any individual listed in Section

 

26



 

5.8(b)  of the Disclosure Schedule; unless, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, the employment of such individual has been terminated by either Seller.

 

(c)                                   In recognition of the business objectives of the parties hereto in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and the consideration paid therefor, the Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand, each acknowledge and agree that (i) the foregoing non-solicitation and non-hire provisions do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the other parties hereto, (ii) are reasonable under the circumstances and (iii) the parties hereto would not be willing to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement without each of them entering into the restrictive covenants set forth herein.  If, at any time, the provisions of this Section 5.8 shall be determined to be invalid or unenforceable by reason of being vague or unreasonable as to duration, geographic area or scope, this Section 5.8 shall be considered divisible and shall be deemed amended to only such duration, geographic area or scope as shall be determined to be reasonable and enforceable by the court or other body having jurisdiction.

 

5.9                            Confidential Information .

 

(a)                                  Between the date of this Agreement and the Closing Date, the Buyer and the Sellers shall maintain in confidence, and shall cause their respective agents and advisors to maintain in confidence, any written, oral, or other information obtained in confidence from any other party hereto in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, unless such information (i) is now, or hereafter becomes, through no act or failure to act on the part of the receiving party in breach of this Agreement, generally known or available, (ii) is known by the receiving party at the time of receiving such information, provided the receiving party can demonstrate such knowledge, (iii) is hereafter furnished to the receiving party by a Third Party as a matter of right and without restriction on disclosure, (iv) is independently developed by or on behalf of the receiving party without any breach of this Agreement, (v) is the subject of a written permission to disclose provided by the disclosing party, (vi) is necessary or appropriate in making any filing or obtaining any consent or approval required for the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or (vii) is required to be furnished or disclosed in connection with Proceedings.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the exceptions in clauses (i), (iii) and (v) through (vii) of Section 5.9(a)  above, and except to the extent permitted under the License Agreement or the Services Agreement, neither (i) any Seller, the Buyer nor any of their respective Affiliates shall at any time use or disclose to any Person any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to another party hereto or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents and (ii) any Seller nor any of their respective Affiliates shall at any time use or disclose to any Person any confidential or proprietary information, knowledge or data relating to the Purchased Assets, in each case including, without limitation, financial dealings, transactions, trade secrets, intangibles, files, manuals, procedures, notes, forms, reference materials, computer files, programs and databases, Contracts, process information, workflow information, reports and other materials and documents, however maintained, whether or not marked or otherwise identified as confidential or secret.

 

27



 

5.10                     Acknowledgment .  The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand, each acknowledge that, in view of the nature of the Business and the business objectives of the parties in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby, and the consideration paid therefor, the agreements contained in Sections 5.7 , 5.8 and 5.9 are reasonably necessary to protect the legitimate business interests of the parties and that any violation of such agreements will result in irreparable injury to the other parties hereto for which damages will not be an adequate remedy.  The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other, therefore agree that in the event of a breach or threatened breach of any such agreements by any other party hereto or its Affiliates, the affected party shall be entitled to preliminary and permanent injunctive relief without proof of actual damages or posting of any bond or other security.  For purposes of Sections 5.7 , 5.8 and 5.9 , the parties further agree that (a) the term “Buyer” shall also include each subsidiary and Affiliate of the Buyer now existing or acquired or formed after the date hereof and the successors and assigns of the Buyer and each such Affiliate or subsidiary and (b) the term “Sellers” shall also include each subsidiary and Affiliate of each Seller now existing or acquired or formed after the date hereof and the successors and assigns of each Seller and each such Affiliate or subsidiary.

 

5.11                     Tax Matters .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer and the Sellers agree to furnish or cause to be furnished to each other, upon request, as promptly as practicable, such information and assistance relating to the Purchased Assets as is reasonably necessary for (i) the filing of all Tax Returns with respect to the Purchased Assets and the Transferred Employees (and Tax Returns with respect to Transfer Taxes, if any), (ii) the preparation for any audit by any Tax authority with respect to such Tax Returns and (iii) the prosecution or defense of any claim, suit or proceeding relating to any Tax Return with respect to the Purchased Assets.  The Buyer and the Sellers shall reasonably cooperate with each other in the conduct of any audit or other proceeding related to Taxes or Transfer Taxes involving the Purchased Assets.  Neither the Buyer nor the Sellers shall enter into any compromise or agree to settle any claim pursuant to any Tax audit or proceeding with respect to any Tax, or Transfer Tax, Return involving the Purchased Assets which compromise or settlement would adversely affect the other party without the prior written consent of the other party, which consent may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(b)                                  The Buyer shall pay all personal property Taxes attributable to the Purchased Assets that are due or become due on or after the Closing Date, whether accruing prior to or after the Closing Date, except that the Sellers shall reimburse the Buyer for any such Taxes paid by the Buyer that constitute Pre-Closing Taxes and the Buyer shall reimburse the Sellers for any such Taxes paid by the Sellers that constitute Post-Closing Taxes.  Transfer Taxes shall be borne as allocated in Section 2.4 .   All refunds of any such Taxes that constitute Pre-Closing Taxes shall be for the account of the Sellers (except to the extent included in the Purchased Assets), and all refunds of any Taxes that constitute Post-Closing Taxes shall be for the account of the Buyer.

 

(c)                                   The Sellers shall pay any income Taxes imposed as a result of any income or gain recognized by the Sellers as a result of the sale of the Purchased Assets.

 

28



 

(d)                                  All payments made with respect to any indemnification obligations under this Agreement shall be treated as adjustments to the Purchase Price for Tax purposes and such agreed treatment shall govern for purposes of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                   The parties agree that the Sellers shall be responsible for all Pre-Closing Taxes and shall prepare all Pre-Closing Tax Returns of the Sellers relating to such Pre-Closing Taxes attributable to the use or ownership of the Purchased Assets for all periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date, and the Buyer shall prepare all Tax Returns of the Buyer relating to the use or ownership of the Purchased Assets for all periods beginning after the Closing Date.

 

5.12                     Certain Limitations on Resale .  From and after the Closing, the Buyer shall not, except in connection with an acquisition of the Buyer by merger, consolidation or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Buyer, sell the Borrower Data or the Copyrighted Underwriting-Related Works in the form delivered to the Buyer at the Closing to any Person (other than an Affiliate of the Buyer) without the prior written consent of the Sellers.

 

5.13                     Release .  Effective as of the Closing, each of the Sellers, on behalf of itself and its Affiliates, releases and forever discharges each Buyer Indemnified Party from any and all Losses, which such Seller now has, has ever had or may hereafter have against any Buyer Indemnified Party arising from acts, omissions, events or circumstances occurring on or prior to the Closing, including for contribution or indemnification; provided, that nothing contained herein shall release any obligation of any Buyer Indemnified Party hereunder or under any other Transaction Document.

 

ARTICLE VI
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE BUYER’S OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

 

The Buyer’s obligation to consummate the transactions to occur at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (which may be waived by the Buyer, in its sole discretion, in whole or in part):

 

6.1                            Accuracy of Representations .  The representations and warranties of the Sellers set forth in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any certificate or document delivered to the Buyer shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (except for those representations and warranties that address matters as of a particular date which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date).

 

6.2                            Performance .  The Sellers shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by them on or before the Closing.

 

6.3                            Consents .  Except for Consents under Third Party Agreements, the Sellers shall have sent all notices, made all filings and obtained all Consents and Orders that are listed or required to be listed in Sections 3.3(b) and 3.4 of the Disclosure Schedule including but not limited to the Illinois Department of Insurance.  The Buyer shall have obtained all Consents under the Third Party Agreements listed in Section 6.3 of the Disclosure Schedule, or obtained

 

29



 

licenses or other agreements for alternative products as contemplated by Section 5.5.  All such Consents, Orders and licenses shall be in form reasonably satisfactory to the Buyer, and none of such Consents, Orders and licenses shall have been revoked.

 

6.4                            Fannie Mae; Freddie Mac .  The Buyer shall have received conditional approval by Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac and, to the extent necessary, their regulator the Federal Housing Financing Agency, to write private mortgage insurance on terms and in a form acceptable to the Buyer in the Buyer’s sole discretion.

 

6.5                            No Proceedings or Illegality .  No Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable Order could (a) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents, (b) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be rescinded or divested following consummation or (c) adversely affect the right of the Buyer to own or operate the Purchased Assets, and no such Order shall be in effect.  No Order or provision of any Legal Requirement shall prohibit the Buyer from consummating the Closing on its behalf.

 

6.6                            No Bankruptcy or Receivership .  None of any Seller, the Illinois Department of Insurance or any other Person shall have filed any petition or commenced any Proceeding with respect to any Seller under any provision or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, no Seller shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors and no Order for relief shall have been entered against any Seller under any state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization of any Seller.  No Seller shall be subject to any Order appointing a custodian, trustee or receiver for such Seller or all or any material portion of its Assets or authorizing the taking of possession of the Assets of such Seller.

 

6.7                            No Material Adverse Change .  From the date of this Agreement to the Closing, there shall not have occurred a Material Adverse Effect with respect to the Sellers or the Purchased Assets.

 

6.8                            Closing Deliveries .  The Buyer shall have received each of the documents and deliveries required by Section 2.3(a) .

 

ARTICLE VII
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO THE SELLERS’ OBLIGATION TO CLOSE

 

The Sellers’ obligation to consummate the transactions to occur at the Closing is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (which may be waived by the Sellers in their sole discretion, in whole or in part):

 

7.1                            Accuracy of Representations .  The representations and warranties of the Buyer set forth in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents and any certificate or document delivered to the Sellers shall be true and correct in all respects as of the date of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date as though made on the Closing Date (except for those representations

 

30


 

and warranties that address matters as of a particular date which shall be true and correct in all respects as of such date).

 

7.2                            Performance .  The Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements, obligations and conditions contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents that are required to be performed or complied with by it on or before the Closing.

 

7.3                            Consents .  The Sellers shall have obtained the Consent of the Illinois Department of Insurance.

 

7.4                            No Proceedings or Illegality .  No Proceeding shall be pending or threatened wherein an unfavorable Order could (a) prevent consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or (b) cause any of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to be rescinded or divested following consummation, and no such Order shall be in effect.  No Order or provision of any Legal Requirement shall prohibit the Sellers from consummating the Closing on their behalf.

 

7.5                            No Bankruptcy or Receivership .  Neither the Buyer nor any other Person shall have filed any petition or commenced any Proceeding with respect to the Buyer under any provision or chapter of the United States Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization, the Buyer shall have not have made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors and no Order for relief shall have been entered against the Buyer under any state law relating to insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization of the Buyer.  The Buyer shall not be subject to any Order appointing a custodian, trustee or receiver for the Buyer or all or any material portion of its Assets or authorizing the taking of possession of the Assets of the Buyer.

 

7.6                            Closing Deliveries .  The Sellers shall have received each of the documents contemplated by Section 2.3(b).

 

ARTICLE VIII
TERMINATION

 

8.1                            Termination Events .  This Agreement may, by written notice given prior to or at the Closing, be terminated:

 

(a)                                  (i)                                      by the Buyer if a material breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by any Seller and such breach has not been waived or (ii) by the Sellers if a material breach of any provision of this Agreement has been committed by the Buyer and such breach has not been waived; provided , that if such breach is capable of being cured a party may not terminate this Agreement under this Section 8.1(a)  until a period of thirty (30) days has expired from the date of notice of such breach without such breach having been cured;

 

(b)                                  (i)                                      by the Buyer if satisfaction of any of the conditions in Article VI is or becomes impossible (other than through the material breach by the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement) and the Buyer has not waived such condition or (ii) by the Sellers if

 

31



 

satisfaction of any of the conditions in Article VII is or becomes impossible (other than through the material breach by any Seller of its obligations under this Agreement) and the Sellers have not waived such condition;

 

(c)                                   by mutual consent of the Buyer and the Sellers; or

 

(d)                                  by the Buyer (other than through the breach of the Buyer of its obligations under this Agreement) or the Sellers (other than through the breach by any Seller of its obligations under this Agreement) if the Closing has not occurred on or before one hundred fifty (150) days after the date hereof, or such later date as the Buyer and the Sellers may agree.

 

8.2                            Effect of Termination .  If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 8.1 , all further obligations of the parties under this Agreement shall terminate without liability of any party (or any stockholder, member, partner, director, manager, officer, employee, agent, consultant or representative of such party) to the other parties to this Agreement, except that (a) the obligations in Section 5.9(a) , this Article VIII and Articles IX , X and XI will survive such termination and (b) if this Agreement is terminated by a party because of the material breach of this Agreement by the other party or because one or more of the conditions to the terminating party’s obligations under this Agreement is not satisfied as a result of the other party’s material breach of its obligations under this Agreement, the terminating party’s right to pursue all legal remedies shall survive such termination.

 

ARTICLE IX
INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

 

9.1                            Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants .  All representations and warranties of the parties contained in this Agreement, the other Transaction Documents or any certificate delivered in connection with the Closing shall survive the Closing Date for a period of eighteen (18) months, except that (i) the representations contained in Section 3.15 shall survive until six (6) months following the expiration of the applicable statutes of limitations, (ii) representations which are the basis for claims asserted under this Agreement prior to the expiration of such applicable time periods shall survive until the final resolution of those claims and (iii) the representations contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.9 (first three sentences only), 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 shall survive the Closing without limitation.  All covenants and agreements of the parties contained in this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents shall survive the Closing without limitation other than the applicable statute of limitations.

 

9.2                            Indemnification .

 

(a)                                  Subject to the provisions of this Article IX , effective as of and after the Closing Date, TGIC shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Buyer and its Affiliates and their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, representatives, controlling persons, counsel, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Buyer Indemnified Parties ”), from and against, and will pay to any Buyer Indemnified Party the amount of, any and all claims, demands, Proceedings, losses, damages (excluding indirect, special, incidental, consequential and punitive damages, except in each case to the extent arising in connection with, as a result of or otherwise relating to any Third Party claim), penalties,

 

32



 

Liabilities, obligations, settlement payments, costs and expenses of every kind whatsoever (including without limitation, costs of investigating, preparing or defending any such claim or Proceeding and reasonable legal fees and disbursements), as and when incurred by such Buyer Indemnified Party and whether or not involving a Third Party claim (collectively and generically “ Losses ”), incurred or suffered by any of the Buyer Indemnified Parties, arising out of or relating to (i) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of any Seller contained in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto and thereto) or in any certificate or document delivered in connection therewith, disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to the Knowledge of the Sellers, materiality, specified dollar thresholds or Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any material breach of any covenant or agreement of any Seller contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (exclusive, however, of the Services Agreement) and (iii) any Excluded Liability.

 

(b)                                  Subject to the provisions of this Article IX , effective at and after the Closing Date, the Buyer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Sellers and their Affiliates, and their respective stockholders, members, partners, managers, officers, directors, employees, representatives, controlling persons, counsel, agents, successors and assigns (collectively, the “ Seller Indemnified Parties ”), from and against any and all Losses incurred or suffered by any of the Seller Indemnified Parties arising by reason of or resulting from (i) any inaccuracy of any representation or warranty of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any other Transaction Document (including all schedules, exhibits and annexes hereto and thereto) or in any certificate or document delivered in connection therewith, disregarding all qualifications and exceptions contained therein relating to knowledge, materiality, specified dollar thresholds or Material Adverse Effect, (ii) any material breach of any covenant or agreement of the Buyer contained in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (exclusive, however, of the Services Agreement), (iii) any Assumed Liability and (iv) any Buyer Closing Expenses.

 

(c)                                   No party shall have any liability for indemnification with respect to Losses contemplated by Section 9.2(a)(i)  or 9.2(b)(i)  which would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder unless and until the total amount of claims in respect of such Losses exceeds $400,000 (the “ Basket ”) in the aggregate and in such event, such party shall be liable for all Losses in excess of the Basket.

 

(d)                                  Notwithstanding any provision of this Article IX , the liability of the Sellers under Section 9.2(a)(i)  and the Buyer under Section 9.2(b)(i)  shall be limited to $6,000,000; except, that the foregoing limitation on liability shall not apply to (i) intentional, fraudulent or willful misrepresentations or (ii) any inaccuracy of the representations and warranties contained in Sections 3.1 , 3.2 , 3.3 , 3.9 (first three sentences only), 4.1 , 4.2 and 4.3 .

 

(e)                                   The right to indemnification, payment of damages and other remedies based on representations, warranties, covenants and obligations in this Agreement shall not be affected by any investigation conducted or any knowledge acquired (except for those matters specifically set forth in the Disclosure Schedule) or capable of being acquired at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy or inaccuracy of or compliance with any such representation, warranty, covenant or obligation.

 

33



 

(f)                                    Each Indemnified Party shall take all commercially reasonable steps to mitigate any Losses for which it is entitled to indemnification hereunder upon becoming aware of any event which would reasonably be expected to, or does, give rise thereto; provided , that any costs incurred by an Indemnified Party pursuant to this clause (f) shall be included in the amount of Losses for which the Indemnified Party may seek indemnification under this Agreement.

 

9.3                            Defense of Claims .  If a claim for Losses (a “ Claim ”) is to be made by a Buyer Indemnified Party or a Seller Indemnified Party (an “ Indemnified Party ”), or if any Proceeding is filed or instituted making a claim against any Indemnified Party with respect to a matter subject to indemnity hereunder, such Indemnified Party shall give notice (a “ Claim Notice ”) to (a) the Sellers, in the case of an indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.2(a)  or (b) the Buyer, in the case of an indemnification claim pursuant to Section 9.2(b)  (the “ Indemnifying Party ”), in either case as soon as practicable after such Indemnified Party becomes aware of any fact, condition or event which may reasonably give rise to Losses for which indemnification may be sought under this Article IX ; however, the failure of any Indemnified Party to give timely notice hereunder shall not affect rights to indemnification hereunder, except to the extent such Indemnified Party is actually prejudiced by such failure (to the extent determined by a court of competent jurisdiction).  After receipt of a Claim Notice of a Proceeding, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend the Indemnified Party against the Proceeding at the Indemnifying Party’s expense with counsel of its choice reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Party, unless the nature of the Claim creates an ethical conflict for the same counsel to represent the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party, so long as (i) the Indemnifying Party notifies the Indemnified Party in writing within fifteen (15) days after the Indemnifying Party has received the Claim Notice and that the Indemnifying Party will indemnify the Indemnified Party from and against the entirety of any Losses the Indemnified Party may suffer resulting from, arising out of, relating to, in the nature of, or caused by the Claim or raised in the Proceeding, (ii) the Indemnifying Party provides the Indemnified Party with evidence reasonably acceptable to the Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will have the financial resources to defend against the Proceeding and fulfill its indemnification obligations hereunder, (iii) the Proceeding involves only a claim for money damages and no other relief and (iv) the Indemnifying Party conducts the defense of the Proceeding actively and diligently.  The Indemnifying Party shall not compromise or settle any such Proceeding without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party or enter into any settlement negotiations in connection with such Proceeding without giving prior written notice to the Indemnified Party.  In all other cases the Indemnified Party may defend the claim or Proceeding with one counsel of its choosing reasonably satisfactory to and at the expense of the Indemnifying Party.  The Indemnified Party may, at its own cost, participate in the investigation, trial and defense of any such Proceeding defended by the Indemnifying Party and any appeal arising therefrom and employ its own counsel in connection therewith.  The parties shall cooperate with each other in connection with any defense and in any notifications to insurers.  If the Indemnifying Party fails to promptly and diligently assume the defense of such Proceeding after receipt of notice hereunder, the Indemnified Party against which such Claim has been asserted shall (upon delivering notice to such effect to the Indemnifying Party) have the right to undertake the defense, compromise or settlement of such Proceeding with counsel of its own choosing at the expense of the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to participate therein at its own cost.  The Indemnified Party shall provide prompt notice to the Indemnifying Party in the event of any compromise or settlement entered into pursuant to the

 

34



 

immediately preceding sentence.  Losses shall be paid within five (5) Business Days of the final determination of the merits and amount of a Claim.

 

ARTICLE X
DEFINITIONS

 

10.1                     Certain Definitions .  In this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth below, which shall be equally applicable to both the singular and plural forms.  Any agreement or document referred to below shall mean such agreement or document as amended, supplemented and modified from time to time to the extent permitted by the applicable provisions thereof and by this Agreement.

 

“Advanced PTO Days” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(f) .

 

“Affiliate or Affiliated” with respect to any specified Person, means a Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, Controls, is Controlled by, or is under common Control with, such specified Person; provided that with respect to the Sellers such term shall not include New South Federal Savings Bank.

 

“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

“Allocation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.5 .

 

“Ancillary Agreements” means, collectively, (i) a bill of sale in substantially the form of Exhibit F , (ii) an assignment and assumption agreement in substantially the form of Exhibit G , (iii) the Services Agreement, (iv) the Technology Escrow Agreement, (v) the License Agreement, (vi) the Sublease and (vii) any other Contracts delivered by any party hereto at or prior to the Closing.

 

“Assets” means all properties, assets and rights of every kind, nature and description whatsoever whether tangible or intangible, real, personal or mixed, fixed or contingent, choate or inchoate, known or unknown, wherever located.

 

“Assumed Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a)(vi) .

 

“Assumed Liabilities” means any Liability arising after the Closing Date under the Assumed Contracts, except for Liabilities caused by a breach by any Seller of its obligations on or prior to the Closing Date under such Contracts.

 

“Basket” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(c) .

 

“Borrower Data” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a)(ix) .

 

“Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, Sunday or legal holiday recognized by the United States of America.

 

“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

35



 

“Buyer Closing Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

“Buyer Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a) .

 

“Buyer Transfer Expense Cap” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

“Buyer’s Welfare Plans” has the meaning set forth in S ection   5.3(e) .

 

“Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.

 

“Claim Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3.

 

“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

“Closing Date” means the date and time as of which the Closing actually takes place.

 

“Closing or Pre-Closing Qualifying Events” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b) .

 

“Closing Payment ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

“COBRA” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(b).

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

“Consent” means any approval, consent, ratification, waiver, or other authorization of, notice to or registration, qualification, designation, declaration or filing with any Person, including without limitation, any Governmental Body.

 

“Contingent Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

“Contingent Payment Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(b) .

 

“Contract” means any agreement, contract, option, license, instrument, mortgage, obligation, commitment, arrangement, promise or undertaking (whether written or oral) that is legally binding.

 

“Control” (including the terms “Controlled by” and “under common Control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, or as trustee or executor, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of stock, as trustee or executor, by Contract or otherwise.

 

“Copyrighted Underwriting-Related Works” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a)(viii) .

 

“Disclosure Schedule” means the schedules attached to this Agreement and entitled Disclosure Schedule.

 

“Dispute” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a).

 

36



 

“Encumbrance” means any charge, claim, community property interest, condition, easement, covenant, Contract, commitment, warrant, demand, encumbrance, equitable interest, lien, mortgage, charge, option, purchase right, pledge, security interest, right of first refusal, or other material rights of Third Parties or material restrictions of any kind, including without limitation any restriction on use, voting, transfer, receipt of income or exercise of any other attribute of ownership.

 

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

“ERISA Affiliate” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(b) .

 

“Escrowed Material” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Services Agreement.

 

“Excluded Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(b) .

 

“Excluded Liabilities” means each of the following Liabilities (other than Assumed Liabilities): (i) any Liability arising out of or relating to any act or omission of any Seller or event occurring on or prior to the Closing Date; (ii) any Liability under any Assumed Contract that arises out of or relates to any breach by any Seller of its obligations under such Contract on or prior to the Closing Date; (iii) any Liability that arises under any Contract other than an Assumed Contract; (iv) any Liability for Taxes not related to the Purchased Assets, any Liability for Taxes related to the Purchased Assets (other than Transfer Taxes allocated under Section 2.4 ) with respect to any Tax period (or portion thereof) ending on or prior to the Closing Date, that portion of the Transfer Taxes that is the Sellers’ Liability under Section 2.4(a)  and any income or similar Taxes imposed on the Sellers (including any franchise Taxes) as a result of the sale of the Purchased Assets; (v) any environmental Liabilities; (vi) any Liability of any Seller or any ERISA Affiliate arising under or with respect to any Plan; (vii) any Liability with respect to any current or former employee, director, member, manager, shareholder, creditor, policy holders, partner, agent or independent contractor of any Seller; (viii) any Liability arising out of or relating to any conduct or alleged conduct of any employee or independent contractor of any Seller other than the Transferred Employees; (ix) any Liability arising out of or relating to any conduct or alleged conduct of any Transferred Employee occurring on or prior to the Closing Date; (x) any Liability with respect to any Indebtedness of any Seller; (xi) any Liability under any policy of insurance written or issued by any Seller or their Affiliates; (xii) any Liability to indemnify, reimburse or advance amounts to or arising from any Guarantee of any Seller; (xiii) any Liability arising out of or resulting from any Seller’s compliance or noncompliance with any Legal Requirement or Order of any Governmental Body; (xiv) any Liability relating to or resulting from the Purchased Intellectual Property to the extent arising on or prior to the Closing Date (whether or not continuing past the Closing Date); (xv) any Liability for any Seller Closing Expenses; (xvi) any Liability based upon any Seller’s acts or omissions after the Closing Date; and (xvii) any Liability arising from the failure to send any notices, make any filings or obtain any Consents under Section 6.3 (other than Consents under Third Party Agreements addressed in Section 5.5 ).

 

“Fannie Mae” means the Federal National Mortgage Association.

 

“Fixed Payment” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a) .

 

37



 

“Freddie Mac” means the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation.

 

“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles.

 

“Governmental Body” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority, including without limitation any administrative, executive, judicial, legislative, regulatory or taxing authority of any nature of any jurisdiction (including without limitation, any governmental agency, branch, department, official or entity and any court or other tribunal), the Illinois Department of Insurance, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation of a Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such indebtedness or other obligation (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, by agreement to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part).

 

“Identified Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) .

 

“Indebtedness” means (i) the principal of and premium, if any, and interest in respect of any indebtedness for money borrowed or any obligations evidenced by notes or other instruments, (ii) every capital lease obligation, (iii) every obligation issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services and (iv) all obligations in respect of surety bonds, letters of credit or other similar instruments.

 

“Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 .

 

“Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3 .

 

“Intellectual Property” means all United States and foreign (i) patents, patent rights, patent applications, patent disclosures and all related continuations, continuations-in-part, divisionals, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions and extensions thereof, (ii) trademarks, service marks, trade names, fictitious business names, logos, domain names, reissues, re-examinations, substitutions and extensions thereof, (iii) copyrights (registered and unregistered) and applications for copyright registration, (iv) mask works and registrations and applications for registration thereof, (v) computer software programs and applications (whether in source or object code forms) and related documentation, (vi) databases and sui generis database rights, (vii) trade secrets, know-how and confidential or proprietary information, whether patentable or nonpatentable and whether or not reduced to practice, processes and techniques, research and development information and (viii) other proprietary rights relating to any of the foregoing (including, without limitation, associated goodwill and remedies against infringements thereof and rights of protection of an interest therein under the Legal Requirements of all jurisdictions.

 

38



 

“IRS” means the Internal Revenue Service.

 

“JAMS” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) .

 

“Knowledge of the Sellers” means the knowledge of Kenneth Jones, Earl Wall, Shirley Gaddy, George Jackson, Steven Haferman, Debbie Steelman, Julia Turner or Ken Nash, in each case after reasonable inquiry and diligence and taking into account the respective duties and responsibilities of each.

 

“Legal Requirement” means any federal, state, local, municipal, foreign, international, multinational or other statute, law, Order, constitution, rule, regulation, ordinance, principle of common law, treaty or other requirement of any Governmental Body.

 

“Liability” means any liabilities of any kind whatsoever (whether known or unknown, asserted or unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, due or to become due, and whether or not reflected or required by GAAP to be reflected on a balance sheet), including without limitation any direct or indirect Guarantee of any Liability of any other Person.

 

“License Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Services Agreement.

 

“Licensed Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property included in the Purchased Assets that is licensed to the Sellers.

 

“Losses” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a) .

 

“Material Adverse Effect” means, with respect to a Person or any portion of its business or assets, any events, changes or effects which, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets, liabilities, condition (financial or otherwise), results of operations or prospects of such Person or such portion of its business or assets; provided, however, that none of the following shall constitute a Material Adverse Effect: (i) changes that result from actions taken at the written request of the Buyer and not necessary to effect the Closing of the transactions contemplated hereby; (ii) changes that the Person can demonstrate were primarily attributable to their compliance with the terms of this Agreement or any other Transaction Document; (iii) changes that are the result of factors generally affecting the industry in which the Person operates; and (iv) changes that are the result of economic factors affecting the national or international securities markets; except, in the case of clauses (iii) and (iv), to the extent disproportionately affecting such Person relative to other participants in the industry in which they operate.

 

“Notices” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3(b) .

 

“Order” means any law, rule, regulation, award, decision, injunction, judgment, order, decree, ruling, subpoena or verdict entered, issued, made or rendered by any court, administrative agency or other Governmental Body or by any referee, arbitrator or mediator.

 

“Organizational Documents” means any certificate or articles of incorporation, formation or organization, by-laws, operating agreement, certificate of limited partnership,

 

39



 

business certificate of partners, partnership agreement, declaration of trust or other similar documents.

 

“Outside Bonus Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3(a) .

 

“Owned Intellectual Property” means all Intellectual Property which is included in the Purchased Assets that is owned by the Sellers.

 

“Permits” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6 .

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, general or limited partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, estate, trust, association, organization, labor union or other entity or Governmental Body.

 

“Personally Identifiable Information” means information about a Person which the Buyer obtains from the Sellers that actually identifies such Person.

 

“Plan ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15(a) .

 

“Post-Closing Taxes” means (i) any Taxes that are due for a Tax period that begins after the Closing Date and (ii) the post-Closing portion of any Taxes that are due for a Tax period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date.  The post-Closing portion shall be a fraction of such Taxes the numerator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date to the end of the relevant Tax period and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such Tax period.

 

“Pre-Closing Tax Return” means a Tax Return for a Tax period that begins on or before the Closing Date.

 

“Pre-Closing Taxes” means (a) any Taxes that are due for a Tax period that ends on or before the Closing Date and (b) the pre-Closing portion of any Taxes that are due for a Tax period that begins before and ends after the Closing Date.  The pre-Closing portion shall be a fraction of such Taxes the numerator of which is the number of days from the beginning of the relevant Tax period to and including the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in such Tax period.  For avoidance of doubt, (i) “Pre-Closing Taxes shall not include any Transfer Taxes, which are separately allocated as provided in Section 2.4 and (ii) Pre-Closing Taxes will include any Taxes which are asserted on an arrears basis in a period following the actual Tax year to which such Taxes relate.

 

“Proceeding” means any action, claim, arbitration, audit, hearing, investigation, litigation or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or informal) commenced, brought, conducted or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any court or other Governmental Body or referee, trustee, arbitrator or mediator.

 

“Purchase Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 .

 

“Purchased Assets” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.2(a) .

 

“Purchased Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.11(a) .

 

40


 

“Restricted Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.7(a) .

 

“Seller Closing Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a) .

 

“Seller Indemnified Parties” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(b) .

 

“Sellers” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

“Sellers’ Account” means the bank account of the Sellers set forth on Exhibit H.

 

“Services Agreement” means the Services Agreement to be entered into on the Closing Date by and among the Buyer and the Sellers in substantially the form of Exhibit I.

 

“Sublease” means the Sublease Agreement to be entered into on the Closing Date between TGIC and the Buyer for the Sublease Property in substantially the form of Exhibit J.

 

“Sublease Property” means those portions of the first (1st) and fourth (4th) floors of the building located at 101 South Stratford Road, Winston-Salem, North Carolina, identified in Exhibit A to the Sublease.

 

“Tax” or “Taxes” means any and all taxes, fees, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts and governmental impositions or charges of any kind in the nature of (or similar to) taxes, payable to any federal, state, provincial, local or foreign taxing authority, including, without limitation, (i) income, franchise, profits, gross receipts, ad valorem, net worth, value added, sales, use, service, real or personal property, special assessments, capital stock, license, payroll, withholding, employment, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation, utility, severance, production, excise, stamp, occupation, premiums, windfall profits, transfer and gains taxes and (ii) interest, penalties, additional taxes and additions to tax imposed with respect thereto.

 

“Tax Returns” means any return, report or information statement with respect to Taxes (including but not limited to statements, schedules and appendices and other materials attached thereto) filed or required to be filed with the IRS or any other Governmental Body, domestic or foreign, including, without limitation, consolidated, combined and unitary tax returns.

 

“Technology Escrow Agreement” has the meaning ascribed to it in the Services Agreement.

 

“TGI” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

“TGIC” has the meaning set forth in the first paragraph hereof.

 

“Third Party” means any Person other than the parties to this Agreement.

 

“Third Party Agreements” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.5(a) .

 

41



 

“Transaction Documents” means this Agreement, the Ancillary Agreements and all other Contracts, instruments and certificates contemplated hereunder to be delivered by any party hereto at or prior to the Closing.

 

“Transfer Expenses ” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b) .

 

“Transfer Taxes” means any sales, use, stamp, documentary, filing, recording, transfer, conveyance, real estate transfer, stock transfer, excise, registration, duty, securities, securities transactions or similar Taxes and fees (together with any interest, penalties or additions to Tax attributable thereto), in each case as levied by any Governmental Body in connection with the sale and purchase of the Purchased Assets.

 

“Transferred Employee” means each Identified Employee who accepts an offer of employment from the Buyer as of the Closing Date.

 

“Treasury Regulations” means the Income Tax Regulations and Temporary Regulations promulgated under the Code, as such regulations may be amended from time to time (including corresponding provisions of succeeding regulations).

 

“Triad Technology Platform” means, collectively, the Assets of the Sellers described in Section 1.2(a)(i)  through (vii) .

 

“Tribunal” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.4(a) .

 

“WARN Act” means the Worker’s Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act of 1988, 29 U.S.C. §2101, et seq., and any similar state and local Legal Requirements, as amended from time to time, and any regulations, rules and guidelines issued pursuant thereto.

 

10.2                     General Interpretation .  The terms of this Agreement have been negotiated by the parties hereto and the language used in this Agreement shall be deemed to be the language chosen by the parties hereto to express their mutual intent.  This Agreement shall be construed without regard to any presumption or rule requiring construction against the party causing such instrument or any portion thereof to be drafted, or in favor of the party receiving a particular benefit under this Agreement.  No rule of strict construction will be applied against any Person.  For all purposes of this Agreement, unless otherwise expressly provided or unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                  any pronouns used in this Agreement shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine or neutral forms, and the singular form of nouns and pronouns shall include the plural, and vice versa;

 

(b)                                  the words “herein”, “hereto” and “hereby”, and other words of similar import, refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular Section or other subdivision of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   the use of the term “including” (and with correlative meaning “include” and “includes”) means including without limitation;

 

42



 

(d)                                  references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits are references to Sections, clauses, other subdivisions and exhibits of this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   the captions, titles and headings used in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only, shall not be deemed part of this Agreement and shall not affect its construction or interpretation; and

 

(f)                                    any reference herein to a statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Body (or any provision thereof) shall include such statute, rule or regulation (or provision thereof), including any successor thereto, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS

 

11.1                     Expenses .  Except as otherwise provided herein, each of the parties will bear its own costs and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, without limiting any other rights or remedies available to the Buyer at law or in equity, the Sellers shall promptly reimburse all such costs and expenses incurred by the Buyer upon request therefor (together with reasonable supporting documentation) following a material breach by any Seller of its obligations under Section 5.7 .

 

11.2                     Press Releases and Public Announcements .  Promptly following the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the parties shall issue a joint press release in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit K with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby.  The joint press release will clearly state, among other things, that all Liabilities under any policies of insurance written or issued by the Sellers or their Affiliates are expressly excluded from the Purchased Assets, and that all such Liabilities, together with other Excluded Liabilities, will remain the sole responsibility of the Sellers.  No party shall issue any press release or make any public announcement relating to the subject matter of this Agreement without the prior written approval of the other parties; provided , however, that a party may make any public disclosure it believes in good faith is required by applicable Legal Requirements, in which case such party will use its reasonable efforts to consult with the other party prior to such disclosure.  The Sellers and the Buyer will consult with each other concerning the means by which the Sellers’ employees, customers and suppliers and others having dealings with either of them in connection with the Purchased Assets will be informed of the contemplated transactions and will use reasonable efforts to facilitate the Buyer’s participation in any such communication when appropriate.

 

11.3                     Notices; Certain Consents .

 

(a)                                  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, any requirement in this Agreement to (i) notify the Sellers of the occurrence of any event, (ii) deliver any documents or materials to the Sellers, (iii) obtain a waiver from the Sellers with respect to any condition set forth in this Agreement or (iv) obtain the agreement or consent of the Sellers with respect to any matter set forth in this Agreement, shall be deemed to be satisfied for purposes of this Agreement upon the Buyer (A) providing such notice to TGIC, (B) delivering

 

43



 

such documents or materials to TGIC, (C) obtaining such waiver from TGIC or (D) obtaining such agreement or consent of TGIC, as applicable.  The Buyer shall be entitled to rely exclusively upon any communications or writings given or executed by TGIC and shall not be liable in any manner whatsoever for any action taken or not taken in reliance upon the actions taken or not taken or communications or writings given or executed by TGIC.  Each Seller acknowledges that this Section 11.3(a)  is intended to have the broadest possible scope for the purpose of promoting the efficient negotiation and handling of all matters which arise under or in connection with this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  All notices, consents, waivers and deliveries (“Notices”) under this Agreement must be in writing and will be deemed to have been duly given when (i) delivered by hand (against receipt), (ii) sent by telecopier or electronic-mail (with written confirmation of receipt), (iii) when received by the addressee, if sent by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service (receipt requested) or (iv) five (5) days after being sent registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, in each case to the appropriate addresses and telecopier numbers set forth below (or to such other addresses and telecopier numbers as a party may hereafter designate by similar Notice to the other parties):

 

If to the Sellers:

 

Triad Guaranty Insurance Corporation
101 South Stratford Road
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 2104
Attention: Earl F. Wall
Telecopier No.: (336) 331-1519
E-Mail: ewall@tgic.com

 

with a copy to:

 

Womble Carlyle Sandridge & Rice
One West Fourth Street
Winston-Salem, North Carolina 27101
Attention: Jeffrey C. Howland
Telecopier No.: (336) 733-8371
E-Mail: jhowland@wcsr.com

 

If to the Buyer:

 

Essent Guaranty, Inc.
201 King of Prussia Road
Radnor, Pennsylvania 19087
Attention: Mark A. Casale, CEO
E-Mail: mark.casale@essent.us

 

with a copy to:

 

Dewey & LeBoeuf LLP
1301 Avenue of the Americas

44



 

New York, New York 10019
Attention: Michael Groll
Telecopier No.: (212) 649-0999
E-Mail: mgroll@dl.com
Attention: Jeffrey S. MacDonald
Telecopier No.: (212) 632-0102
Mail: jmacdonald@dl.com

 

11.4                     Mandatory and Binding Arbitration .

 

(a)                                  The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand, shall seek in good faith to reach agreement as to any dispute, controversy, claim or difference of any kind (“ Dispute ”) between the parties arising out of or related to this Agreement.  If the parties hereto are unable to reach such agreement within thirty (30) Business Days of one party delivering written notice of a Dispute to the other, then the Dispute shall be finally settled by an arbitral tribunal (the “ Tribunal ”) under the JAMS Comprehensive Arbitration Rules and Procedures (“ JAMS ”) as in force at the time such arbitration is commenced, except as provided below.  The Tribunal shall apply the law of the State of New York in the arbitration proceedings.

 

(b)                                  The Tribunal shall consist of three (3) arbitrators.  The Buyer, on the one hand, and the Sellers, on the other hand, shall each nominate an arbitrator within fourteen (14) days of the request for arbitration.  If the Buyer or the Sellers fail to nominate an arbitrator, JAMS shall appoint such arbitrator within seven (7) days of notice of a party’s failure to appoint an arbitrator within the required period.  Following their selection, the two (2) party-nominated arbitrators shall together agree upon the nomination of the third (3rd) arbitrator within thirty (30) days after the nomination of the second arbitrator.  If the two (2) party-nominated arbitrators are unable to agree on the nomination of the third arbitrator within the thirty (30) day period, JAMS shall appoint the third arbitrator within seven (7) days of notice of the parties’ inability to agree on a third (3rd) arbitrator within the required period.  The third (3rd) arbitrator, however appointed, shall serve as Chairman of the Tribunal.

 

(c)                                   The site of the arbitration shall be New York, New York and the arbitration proceedings shall be conducted exclusively in English.  The arbitration proceedings shall be confidential.  All disputes concerning or relating to arbitrability of disputes under this Agreement or the jurisdiction of the arbitrators shall be resolved in the first instance by the arbitrators.

 

(d)                                  The award shall be rendered in writing and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts of the dispute and the reasons for the Tribunal’s decision.  In the award, the Tribunal shall apportion the costs and expenses of the arbitration.  The award rendered in any arbitration commenced hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon the parties upon the date it is rendered.  The parties hereto undertake to implement any award rendered by the Tribunal and judgment upon the award maybe entered in any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(e)                                   The arbitrators are authorized to consolidate multiple Disputes between the parties to the Transaction Documents where efficient and appropriate.

 

45



 

(f)                                    Either party may make an application to the arbitrators seeking injunctive relief until such time as the arbitration award is rendered or the Dispute is otherwise resolved.  Either party may apply to any court having jurisdiction hereof and seek injunctive relief until such time as the arbitrators are available to consider the request for injunctive relief.

 

11.5                     Further Assurances .  The parties agree (a) to furnish upon request to each other such further information, (b) to execute and deliver to each other such other documents and (c) to do such other acts and things, all as the other party may reasonably request for the purpose of carrying out the intent of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby (including conveyance and transfer of the Purchased Assets to the Buyer).

 

11.6                     Amendments and Waivers .  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement shall be valid unless in writing and signed by the party to be charged with such amendment or waiver.  No waiver by any party of any default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder, whether intentional or not, shall be deemed to extend to any prior or subsequent default, misrepresentation or breach of warranty or covenant hereunder or affect in any way any rights arising by virtue of any prior or subsequent such occurrence.

 

11.7                     Entire Agreement .  This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements among the parties with respect to its subject matter and constitutes (together with the other Transaction Documents) a complete and exclusive statement of the terms of the agreement between the parties with respect to its subject matter.  The exhibits and schedules identified in and attached to this Agreement are incorporated herein by reference and shall be deemed as fully a part hereof as if set forth herein in full.  In the event of any inconsistency between the statements in the body of this Agreement and those in the exhibits and schedules (other than an exception expressly set forth as such in the Disclosure Schedule with respect to a specifically identified representation or warranty), the statements in the body of this Agreement will control.

 

11.8                     Assignments, Successors and No Third-Party Rights .  Neither party may assign any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior consent of the other parties except that the Buyer may assign any of its rights under this Agreement to any Affiliate of the Buyer, provided that any such assignment shall not relieve the Buyer of its duties and obligations hereunder.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement will apply to, be binding in all respects upon and inure to the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of the parties.  Nothing expressed or referred to in this Agreement will be construed to give any Person other than the parties hereto any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with respect to this Agreement or any provision of this Agreement.

 

11.9                     Severability .  The determination of any court that any provision of this Agreement is invalid or unenforceable shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the remaining terms and provisions hereof or the validity of the offending term or provision in any other situation or in any other jurisdiction.  Upon such a determination, the parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the parties as closely as possible in an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby be consummated as originally contemplated to the fullest extent possible.

 

46



 

11.10              No Merger or Continuation .  The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby shall in no way constitute a merger or consolidation of the Buyer and the Sellers or any of them.  Subject to the terms and conditions herein and in the other Transaction Documents the Sellers shall be responsible for the operation of their respective businesses from and after the Closing Date, and the Buyer shall not be a continuation of any Seller or any Affiliate of any Seller.

 

11.11              Governing Law .  THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO CONFLICT OF LAWS PRINCIPLES.

 

11.12              Counterparts; Facsimile .  This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same instrument.  Original signatures hereto and to other Transaction Documents may be delivered by facsimile or .pdf which shall be deemed originals.

 

11.13              Guaranty .  TGI hereby absolutely, irrevocably and (except as set forth in this Agreement) unconditionally guarantees to the Buyer, as principal obligor and not merely as surety, the due and punctual payment and performance of each of TGIC’s obligations under this Agreement, including without limitation the payment of all amounts due from TGIC under Article IX of this Agreement, as and when due and payable, and TGI shall immediately pay and perform all such obligations upon written demand made at any time by the Buyer from and after the date such amounts are due and payable by TGIC but remain unpaid.  The foregoing obligation of TGI constitutes a continuing guaranty of payment and not of collection and is and shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances except as set forth in this Agreement, including without limitation circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of a surety or guarantor.  Except as set forth in this Agreement, the obligation of TGI hereunder shall not be discharged, impaired, delayed or otherwise affected by the failure of the Buyer to assert any claim or demand against TGIC or to enforce or pursue any remedy hereunder.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

47



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed and delivered this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

SELLERS:

 

 

 

TRIAD GUARANTY INSURANCE CORPORATION

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth W. Jones

 

 

Print name: Kenneth W. Jones

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

TRIAD GUARANTY INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Kenneth W. Jones

 

 

Print name: Kenneth W. Jones

 

 

Title: President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

BUYER:

 

 

 

ESSENT GUARANTY, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark A. Casale

 

 

Print name: Mark A. Casale

 

 

Title: Chief Executive Officer

 

[Signature Page to Asset Purchase Agreement]

 

48




Exhibit 10.17

 

FORM OF DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Agreement is made as of the [Date] by and between Essent Group Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”), and [Name] (the “Indemnitee”), a [Director/Officer] of the Company.

 

WHEREAS it is essential to the Company to retain and attract as Directors (as defined below) and Officers (as defined below) the most capable persons available; and

 

WHEREAS the substantial increase in corporate litigation subjects Directors and Officers to expensive litigation risks at the same time that the availability of Directors and Officers’ liability insurance has been severely limited; and

 

WHEREAS it is the express policy of the Company to indemnify its Directors and Officers so as to provide them with the maximum possible protection permitted by law; and

 

WHEREAS the Company does not regard the protection available to the Indemnitee as adequate in the present circumstances, and realizes that the Indemnitee may not be willing to serve as a Director and/or Officer without adequate protection, and the Company desires the Indemnitee to serve in such capacity.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the Indemnitee’s service as a Director and/or Officer after the date hereof, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Definitions

 

1.1                                As used in this Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The term “Proceeding” shall include any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil, criminal, administrative or investigative nature;

 

(b)                                  The term “Expenses” shall include, but is not limited to, expenses of investigations, judicial, arbitral or administrative proceedings or appeals, whether threatened, pending or completed, damages, judgments, fines, amounts paid in settlement by or on behalf of the Indemnitee, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and any expenses of establishing a right to indemnification under this Agreement; and

 

(c)                                   The terms “Director” and “Officer” shall include the Indemnitee’s service at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise as well as a Director and/or Officer of the Company.

 

2.                                       Indemnity of Director and/or Officer

 

2.1                                Subject only to the limitations set forth in Section 3, the Company will pay on behalf of the Indemnitee all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or

 



 

preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a Proceeding by reason of the fact that he is or was a Director and/or Officer of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or any predecessor thereof, or of any company, corporation or entity as to which he serves or served as a Director and/or Officer at the request of the Company.

 

2.2                                Without limiting the foregoing, in the event any Proceeding is initiated by the Indemnitee, the Company, any of its subsidiaries or any other person to enforce or interpret this Agreement or any rights of Indemnitee to indemnification or advancement of Expenses (or related obligations of Indemnitee) under the Company’s or any such subsidiary’s memorandum of association, bye-laws or other organizational agreement or instrument, any other agreement to which Indemnitee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries are party, any vote of shareholders or directors of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, Bermuda law, any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against Expenses incurred by Indemnitee or on Indemnitee’s behalf in connection with such Proceeding in proportion to the success achieved by Indemnitee in such Proceeding and the efforts required to obtain such success, as determined by the court presiding over such Proceeding.

 

3.                                       Limitations on Indemnity

 

3.1                                The Company shall not be obligated under this Agreement to make any payment of Expenses to the Indemnitee:

 

(a)                                  which payment it is prohibited by applicable law from paying as indemnity;

 

(b)                                  for which payment is actually made to the Indemnitee under an insurance policy, except in respect of any excess beyond the amount of payment under such insurance;

 

(c)                                   for which payment the Indemnitee is indemnified by the Company otherwise than pursuant to this Agreement and for which payment has actually been made by the Indemnitee;

 

(d)                                  resulting from a claim decided in a Proceeding adversely to the Indemnitee based upon or attributable to (x) the Indemnitee gaining in fact any personal profit or advantage to which he was not legally entitled or (y) the fraud or dishonesty of the Indemnitee seeking payment hereunder; however, notwithstanding the foregoing, the Indemnitee shall be indemnified under this Agreement as to any claims upon which suit may be brought against him by reason of any alleged dishonesty on his part, unless it shall be decided in a Proceeding that he committed (i) acts of active and deliberate dishonesty, (ii) with actual dishonest purpose and intent, and (iii) which acts were material to the cause of action so adjudicated.

 

3.2                                For purposes of Sections 3 and 4, the phrase “decided in a Proceeding” shall mean a decision by a court, arbitrator(s), hearing officer or other judicial agent having the requisite legal authority to make such a decision, which decision has become final and from which no appeal or other review proceeding is permissible.

 

2



 

4.                                       Advance Payment of Costs

 

4.1                                Expenses incurred by the Indemnitee in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, appealing or otherwise participating in a Proceeding shall be paid by the Company as incurred and in advance of the final disposition of such Proceeding; provided, however, that Expenses of defense need not be paid as incurred and in advance in the case of a claim brought against the Indemnitee where the judicial agent of first impression has decided the Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

4.2                                The Indemnitee hereby agrees and undertakes to repay such amounts advanced if it shall be fully adjudicated in a Proceeding that he is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise.

 

5.                                       Enforcement

 

If a claim under this Agreement is not paid by the Company, or on its behalf, within thirty days after a written claim has been received by the Company, the Indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Company to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and if successful in whole or in part, the Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid the Expenses of prosecuting such claim.

 

6.                                       Subrogation

 

In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee, who shall execute all papers required and shall do everything that may be necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents necessary to enable the Company effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

7.                                       Notice

 

7.1                                The Indemnitee, as a condition precedent to his right to be indemnified under this Agreement, shall give to the Company notice in writing as soon as practicable of any claim made against him for which indemnity will or could be sought under this Agreement, together with such information and cooperation as it may reasonably require; provided that any failure or delay in giving such notice shall not relieve the Company of its obligations under this Agreement unless and to the extent that (i) none of the Company and its subsidiaries are party to or aware of such Proceeding and (ii) the Company is materially prejudiced by such failure.

 

7.2                                Notice to the Company shall be given at its principal office and shall be directed to the Company’s Secretary (or such other address as the Company shall designate in writing to the Indemnitee).

 

7.3                                Notice shall be deemed received if sent by prepaid mail properly addressed, the date of such notice being the date postmarked.

 

3



 

8.                                       Settlement

 

The Company will not, without the prior written consent of Indemnitee, which may be provided or withheld in Indemnitee’s sole discretion, effect any settlement of any Proceeding against Indemnitee or which could have been brought against Indemnitee unless such settlement solely involves the payment of money by persons other than Indemnitee and includes an unconditional release of Indemnitee from all liability on any matters that are the subject of such Proceeding and an acknowledgment that Indemnitee denies all wrongdoing in connection with such matters. The Company shall not be obligated to indemnify Indemnitee against amounts paid in settlement of a Proceeding against Indemnitee if such settlement is effected by Indemnitee without the Company’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

9.                                       Saving Clause

 

If this Agreement or any portion thereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify the Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated or by any other applicable law.

 

10.                                Indemnification Hereunder Not Exclusive

 

The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the memorandum of association, bye-laws or other organizational agreement or instrument of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, any other agreement, any vote of shareholders or directors, Bermuda law, any other applicable law or any liability insurance policy, provided that to the extent that Indemnitee is entitled to be indemnified by the Company and by any shareholder of the Company or any affiliate of any such shareholder (other than the Company) under any other agreement or instrument, or by any insurer under a policy procured or maintained by any such shareholder or affiliate, (i) the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be primary and the obligations of such shareholder, affiliate or insurer secondary, and (ii) the Company shall not be entitled to contribution or indemnification from or subrogation against such equity holder, affiliate or insurer. In the event that any such shareholder or affiliate makes indemnification payments or advances to Indemnitee in respect of any Expenses, losses, liabilities, judgments, fines, penalties or amounts paid in settlement for which the Company would also be obligated pursuant to this Agreement, the Company shall reimburse such shareholder or affiliate in full on demand.

 

11.                                Exculpation, etc.

 

11.1                         Indemnitee shall not be personally liable to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or to the shareholders of the Company or any such subsidiary for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director of the Company or any such subsidiary; provided, however, that the foregoing shall not eliminate or limit the liability of the Indemnitee for acts of fraud or dishonesty. If Bermuda law or other applicable law shall be amended to permit further elimination or limitation of the personal liability of directors, then the liability of the Indemnitee shall, automatically, without any further action, be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by Bermuda law or such other applicable law as so amended.

 

4



 

11.2                         No legal action shall be brought and no cause of action shall be asserted by or in the right of the Company or any of its subsidiaries against Indemnitee or Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators or assigns after the expiration of two years from the date of accrual of such cause of action, and any claim or cause of action of the Company shall be extinguished and deemed released unless asserted by the timely filing of a legal action within such two-year period, provided that if any shorter period of limitations is otherwise applicable to any such cause of action, such shorter period shall govern.

 

12.                                Applicable Law

 

The terms and conditions of this Agreement and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be governed by and construed in all respects in accordance with the laws of Bermuda. The parties to this Agreement hereby irrevocably agree that the courts of Bermuda shall have exclusive jurisdiction in respect of any dispute, suit, action, arbitration or proceedings which may arise out of or in connection with this Agreement and waive any objection to such proceedings in the courts of Bermuda on the grounds of venue or on the basis that they have been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

13.                                Counterparts

 

This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute the original.

 

14.                                Amendment and Termination

 

No amendment, modification, termination or cancellation of this Agreement shall be effective unless it is in writing signed by all the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar), nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

15.                                Successors and Assigns

 

This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its respective successors and assigns, including without limitation any acquiror of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or business, any person (as such term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the United States of America Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended) that acquires beneficial ownership of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the total voting power represented by the Company’s then issued and outstanding voting securities and any survivor of any merger, amalgamation or consolidation to which the Company is party, and shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Indemnitee and Indemnitee’s estate, spouses, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, administrators and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any such successor, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement as if it were named as the Company herein, and the Company shall not permit any such purchase of assets or business, acquisition of securities or merger or consolidation to occur until such written agreement has been executed and delivered. No such assumption and agreement shall relieve the Company of any of its obligations hereunder, and this Agreement shall not otherwise be assignable by the Company.

 

5



 

16.                                Continuation of Indemnification

 

The indemnification under this Agreement shall continue as to the Indemnitee even though he may have ceased to be a Director and/or Officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs and personal representatives of the Indemnitee.

 

17.                                Coverage of Indemnification

 

The indemnification under this Agreement shall cover the Indemnitee’s service as a Director and/or Officer prior to or after the date of the Agreement.

 

AGREED by the parties through their authorized signatories on the date first written above:

 

6




Exhibit 21.1

 

Essent Group Ltd.

 

List of Subsidiaries

 

Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Formation

Essent Reinsurance Ltd.

 

Bermuda

Essent US Holdings, Inc.

 

Delaware

Essent Guaranty of PA, Inc. (1)

 

Pennsylvania

CUW Solutions, LLC (2)

 

Delaware

Essent Guaranty, Inc. (3)

 

Pennsylvania

Essent Solutions, LLC (4)

 

Delaware

 


(1) 100% of common shares held by Essent US Holdings Inc.

(2) 100% of common shares held by Essent US Holdings Inc.

(3) 100% of common shares held by Essent US Holdings Inc.

(4) 100% of common shares held by Essent Guaranty, Inc.

 




Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Essent Group Ltd. of our report dated March 25, 2013, except for Note 13 and Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements and except for the financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index, as to which the date is July 29, 2013 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Essent Group Ltd., which appear in such Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

 

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Philadelphia, PA

September 16, 2013

 




Exhibit 24.1

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

Each of the undersigned directors and officers of Essent Group Ltd., a limited liability company organized under the laws of Bermuda (the “ Company ”) designates each of Mark Casale, Lawrence E. McAlee, Adolfo Marzol and Mary Lourdes Gibbons, with the power of substitution, as the undersigned’s true and lawful attorney-in-fact for the purpose of: (i) executing in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any related documents (including post-effective amendments) and/or supplements to said Registration Statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended); (ii) generally doing all things in the undersigned’s name and on the undersigned’s behalf in the undersigned’s capacity as a director to enable the Company to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and all requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission; and (iii) ratifying and confirming the undersigned’s signature as it may be signed by the attorney-in-fact to the Registration Statement and any related amendments (including post-effective amendments) and/or supplements to said Registration Statement (or any other registration statement for the same offering that is to be effective upon filing pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended).

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have each executed this Power of Attorney, in one or more counterparts, as of the dates set forth below.

 

 

/s/ Mark Casale

 

/s/ Aditya Dutt

Mark Casale

 

Aditya Dutt

Date:

7/27/2013

 

Date:

7/24/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ William Spiegel

 

/s/ Vipul Tandon

William Spiegel

 

Vipul Tandon

Date:

7/30/2013

 

Date:

7/30/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Glanville

 

/s/ Lawrence E. McAlee

Robert Glanville

 

Lawrence E. McAlee

Date:

7/23/2013

 

Date:

7/25/2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Allan Levine

 

/s/ David Weinstock

Allan Levine

 

David Weinstock

Date:

7/23/2013

 

Date:

9/16/13

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Andrew Turnbull

 

 

Andrew Turnbull

 

 

Date:

7/24/2013

 

 

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

 

OMB APPROVAL

 

 

 

OMB Number:               3235-0411

 

 

 

Expires:                      April 30, 2015

 

 

 

Estimated average
burden hours per response.........1.0

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM F-N

 

APPOINTMENT OF AGENT FOR SERVICE OF PROCESS
BY FOREIGN BANKS AND FOREIGN INSURANCE
COMPANIES AND CERTAIN OF THEIR HOLDING COMPANIES
AND FINANCE SUBSIDIARIES MAKING PUBLIC OFFERINGS
OF SECURITIES IN THE UNITED STATES

 

A.             Name of issuer or person filing (“Filer”):  Essent Group Ltd.

 

B.             This is (select one):

 

x an original filing for the Filer

 

o an amended filing for the Filer

 

C.             Identify the filing in conjunction with which this Form is being filed:

 

Name of registrant  Essent Group Ltd.

 

Form type  S-1

 

File Number  (if known)

 

Filed by  Essent Group Ltd.

 

Date Filed (if filed concurrently, so indicate) September 16, 2013 (concurrently with S-1 filing)

 

D.             The Filer is incorporated or organized under the laws of (Name of the jurisdiction under whose laws the filer is organized or incorporated)

 

Bermuda

 

and has its principal place of business at (Address in full and telephone number)

 

Clarendon House , 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM 11, Bermuda; (441) 297-9901

 



 

E.              The Filer designates and appoints (Name of United States person serving as agent)

 

The Corporation Trust Company (“Agent”) located at (Address in full in the United States and telephone number) 1015 15 th  Street N.W., Suite 1000, Washington, DC 20005; Telephone number: (202) 572-3100 as the agent of the Filer upon whom may be served any process, pleadings, subpoenas, or other papers in:

 

(a)          any investigation or administrative proceeding conducted by the Commission, and

 

(b)          any civil suit or action brought against the Filer or to which the Filer has been joined as defendant or respondent, in any appropriate court in any place subject to the jurisdiction of any state or of the United States or any of its territories or possessions or of the District of Columbia,

 

arising out of or based on any offering made or purported to be made in connection with the securities registered by the Filer on Form (Name of Form) S-1 filed on (Date) September 16, 2013 or any purchases or sales of any security in connection therewith. The Filer stipulates and agrees that any such civil suit or action or administrative proceeding may be commenced by the service of process upon, and that service of an administrative subpoena shall be effected by service upon, such agent for service of process, and that the service as aforesaid shall be taken and held in all courts and administrative tribunals to be valid and binding as if personal service thereof had been made.

 

F.               Each person filing this Form stipulates and agrees to appoint a successor agent for service of process and file an amended Form F-N if the Filer discharges the Agent or the Agent is unwilling or unable to accept service on behalf of the Filer at any time until six years have elapsed from the date of the Filer’s last registration statement or report, or amendment to any such registration statement or report, filed with the Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Filer further undertakes to advise the Commission promptly of any change to the Agent’s name or address during the applicable period by amendment of this Form referencing the file number of the relevant registration form in conjunction with which the amendment is being filed.

 

G.             Each person filing this form undertakes to make available, in person or by telephone, representatives to respond to inquiries made by the Commission staff, and to furnish promptly, when requested to do so by the Commission staff, information relating to the securities registered pursuant to the form referenced in paragraph E or transactions in said securities.

 

The Filer certifies that it has duly caused this power of attorney, consent, stipulation and agreement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the

 

City of Hamilton

Country of Bermuda

 

 

this 16th day

2013 A.D.

 

 

Filer:

By (Signature and Title):

 

 

Essent Group Ltd.

 

 

/s/ Paul Wollmann

 

Paul Wollmann, Senior Vice President

 

 

This statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

The Corporation Trust Company

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ann J. Williams

 

Name: Ann J. Williams, Assistant Vice President

 

Title: Authorized Agent for Service of Process in the United States

 


 



Exhibit 99.2

 

CONSENT OF ROY J. KASMAR

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the undersigned hereby consents to be named in the Registration Statement (No. 333-                        ) on Form S-1 of Essent Group Ltd., a Bermuda exempted company (the “Company”), and any amendments or supplements thereto, including the prospectus contained therein, as an individual who has agreed to serve as a director of the Company upon the effectiveness of such Registration Statement, to all references to the undersigned in connection therewith, and to the filing or attachment of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

Dated: September 13, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Roy J. Kasmar

 

Roy J. Kasmar